A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

1.0 ATOMS, MOLECULES & STOICHIOMETRY

1. Nitroglycerine, C3H5N3O9, is an explosive which, on detonation, decomposes rapidly to
form a large number of gaseous molecules. The equation for this decomposition is given
below.
4C3H5N3O9(l) → 12CO2(g) + 10H2O(g) + 6N2(g) + O2(g)
(a) A sample of nitroglycerine was detonated and produced 0.350 g of oxygen gas.
(i) State what is meant by the term one mole of molecules.
(ii) Calculate the number of moles of oxygen gas produced in this reaction, and
hence deduce the total number of moles of gas formed.
(iii) Calculate the number of moles, and the mass, of nitroglycerine detonated.
(7)
(b) A second sample of nitroglycerine was placed in a strong sealed container and
detonated. The volume of this container was 1.00 × 10–3 m3. The resulting
decomposition produced a total of 0.873 mol of gaseous products at a temperature
of 1100 K.
State the ideal gas equation and use it to calculate the pressure in the container
after detonation.
–1 –1
(The gas constant R = 8.31 J K mol )
(4)
(Total 11 marks)
2. Sodium chlorate(V), NaClO3, contains 21.6% by mass of sodium, 33.3% by mass of
chlorine and 45.1% by mass of oxygen.
(a) Use the above data to show that the empirical formula of sodium chlorate(V) is
NaClO3
(b) Sodium chlorate(V) may be prepared by passing chlorine into hot aqueous sodium
hydroxide. Balance the equation for this reaction below.
…… Cl2 + …… NaOH → …… NaCl + NaClO3 + 3H2O
(3)
(Total 3 marks)
3. Potassium nitrate, KNO3, decomposes on strong heating, forming oxygen and solid Y as
the only products.
(a) A 1.00 g sample of KNO3 (Mr = 101.1) was heated strongly until fully decomposed
into Y.
(i) Calculate the number of moles of KNO3 in the 1.00 g sample.
(ii) At 298 K and 100 kPa, the oxygen gas produced in this decomposition
occupied a volume of 1.22 × 10–4 m3.
State the ideal gas equation and use it to calculate the number of moles of
oxygen produced in this decomposition.
(The gas constant R = 8.31 J K–1 mol–1)
(5)
(b) Compound Y contains 45.9% of potassium and 16.5% of nitrogen by mass, the
remainder being oxygen.
(i) State what is meant by the term empirical formula.
(ii) Use the data above to calculate the empirical formula of Y.
(4)
(c) Deduce an equation for the decomposition of KNO3 into Y and oxygen.
(1)
(Total 10 marks)
4. The equation for the reaction between magnesium hydroxide and hydrochloric acid is
shown below.
Mg(OH)2(s) + 2HCl(aq) → MgCl2(aq) + 2H2O(l)
Calculate the volume, in cm3, of 1.00 mol dm–3 hydrochloric acid required to react
completely ith 1.00 g of magnesium hydroxide.
(4)
(Total 4 marks)
5. When aluminium is added to an aqueous solution of copper(II) chloride, CuCl2, copper

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 1

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

metal and aluminium chloride, AlCl3, are formed. Write an equation to represent this
reaction.
(1)
(Total 1 mark)
6. (a) Lead(II) nitrate may be produced by the reaction between nitric acid and lead(II)
oxide as shown by the equation below.
PbO + 2HNO3 → Pb(NO3)2 + H2O
3 –3
An excess of lead(II) oxide was allowed to react with 175 cm of 1.50 mol dm nitric
acid. Calculate the maximum mass of lead(II) nitrate which could be obtained from
this reaction.
(4)
(b) An equation representing the thermal decomposition of lead(II) nitrate is shown
below.
2Pb(NO3)2(s) → 2PbO(s) + 4NO2(g) + O2(g)
A sample of lead(II) nitrate was heated until the decomposition was complete. At a
temperature of 500 K and a pressure of 100 kPa, the total volume of the gaseous
–4 3
mixture produced was found to be 1.50 × 10 m .
(i) State the ideal gas equation and use it to calculate the total number of moles
of gas produced in this decomposition.
(The gas constant R = 8.31 J K–1 mol–1)

(ii) Deduce the number of moles, and the mass, of NO2 present in this gaseous
mixture. (If you have been unable to calculate the total number of moles of gas
–3
in part (b)(i), you should assume this to be 2.23 × 10 mol. This is not the
correct answer.)
(7)
(Total 11 marks)
7. (a) Ammonia, NH3, reacts with sodium to form sodium amide, NaNH2, and hydrogen.
Write an equation for the reaction between ammonia and sodium.
(1)
(b) A salt, X, contains 16.2% by mass of magnesium, 18.9% by mass of nitrogen and
64.9% by mass of oxygen.
(i) State what is meant by the term empirical formula.
(ii) Determine the empirical formula of X.
(3)
(Total 4 marks)
8. (a) Ammonium sulphate reacts with aqueous sodium hydroxide as shown by the
equation below.
(NH4)2SO4 + 2NaOH → 2NH3 + Na2SO4 + 2H2O
3 –3
A sample of ammonium sulphate was heated with 100 cm of 0.500 mol dm
aqueous sodium hydroxide. To ensure that all the ammonium sulphate reacted, an
excess of sodium hydroxide was used.
Heating was continued until all of the ammonia had been driven off as a gas.
3
The unreacted sodium hydroxide remaining in the solution required 27.3 cm of
0.600 mol dm–3 hydrochloric acid for neutralisation.
3
(i) Calculate the original number of moles of NaOH in 100 cm of 0.500 mol
dm–3 aqueous sodium hydroxide.
(ii) Calculate the number of moles of HCl in 27.3 cm3 of 0.600 mol dm–3
hydrochloric acid.
(iii) Deduce the number of moles of the unreacted NaOH neutralised by the
hydrochloric acid.
(iv) Use your answers from parts (a) (i) and (a) (iii) to calculate the number of
moles of NaOH which reacted with the ammonium sulphate.
(v) Use your answer in part (a) (iv) to calculate the number of moles and the mass
of ammonium sulphate in the sample.
(If you have been unable to obtain an answer to part (a) (iv), you may assume
that the number of moles of NaOH which reacted with ammonium sulphate

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 2

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

equals
–2
2.78 × 10 mol. This is not the correct answer.)
(7)
–4 3
(b) A 0.143g gaseous sample of ammonia occupied a volume of 2.86 × 10 m at a
temperature T and a pressure of 100 kPa.
State the ideal gas equation, calculate the number of moles of ammonia present and
deduce the value of the temperature T.
–1 –1
(The gas constant R = 8.31 J K mol )
(4)
(Total 11 marks)
9. Compound A is an oxide of sulphur. At 415 K, a gaseous sample of A, of mass 0.304 g,
3
occupied a volume of 127 cm at a pressure of 103 kPa.
State the ideal gas equation and use it to calculate the number of moles of A in the sample,
and hence calculate the relative molecular mass of A.
(The gas constant R = 8.31 J K–1 mol–1)
(Total 5 marks)
10. A hydrocarbon, W, contains 92.3% carbon by mass. The relative molecular mass of W is
78.0
(a) Calculate the empirical formula of W.
(b) Calculate the molecular formula of W.
(4)
(Total 4 marks)
11. (a) One isotope of sodium has a relative mass of 23.
Calculate the mass, in grams, of a single atom of this isotope of sodium.
(The Avogadro constant, L, is 6.023 × 1023 mol–1)
(2)
(Total 2 marks)
12. (a) State what is meant by the term empirical formula.
(b) A chromium compound contains 28.4% of sodium and 32.1% of chromium by mass,
the remainder being oxygen.
Calculate the empirical formula of this compound.
(4)
(Total 4 marks)
13. (a) Titanium(IV) chloride reacted with water as shown in the following equation.
TiCl4(l) + 2H2O(l) → 4HCl(aq) + TiO2(s)
The reaction produced 200 cm3 of a 1.20M solution of hydrochloric acid.
Calculate the number of moles of HCl in the solution and use your answer to
find the original mass of TiCl4.
(4)
(b) Calculate the volume of 1.10 M sodium hydroxide solution which would be required
to neutralise a 100 cm3 portion of the 1.20 M solution of hydrochloric acid.
(3)
3
(c) An excess of magnesium metal was added to a 100 cm portion of the 1.20 M
solution of hydrochloric acid. Calculate the volume of hydrogen gas produced at 98
kPa and 20°C.
Mg(s) + 2HCl(aq) → 4 MgCl2(aq) + H2(g)
(4)
(Total 11 marks)

14. (a) Calculate the maximum mass of sodium sulphide that can be obtained from 10.0 g
of sulphur.
(2)
3
(b) Calculate the minimum volume of hydrogen, in cm , at 298 K and 101.3 kPa, that
is needed to form 5.00 g of hydrogen sulphide.
(3)
(Total 5 marks)
15. When a sample of liquid, X, of mass 0.406 g was vaporised, the vapour was found to

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 3

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

–4 3
occupy a volume of 2.34 × 10 m at a pressure of 110 kPa and a temperature of 473 K.
(a) Give the name of the equation pV = nRT.
(1)
(b) Use the equation pV = nRT to calculate the number of moles of X in the sample and
hence deduce the relative molecular mass of X.
–1 –1
(The gas constant R = 8.31 J K mol )
(4)
(c) Compound X, which contains carbon, hydrogen and oxygen only, has 38.7%
carbon and 9.68% hydrogen by mass. Calculate the empirical formula of X.
(3)
(d) Using your answers to parts (b) and (c) above, deduce the molecular formula of X.
(1)
(Total 9 makrs)
–3
16. (a) Calculate the concentration, in mol dm , of the solution formed when 19.6 g of
3
hydrogen chloride, HCl, are dissolved in water and the volume made up to 250 cm .
(3)
(b) The carbonate of metal M has the formula M2CO3. The equation for the reaction of
this carbonate with hydrochloric acid is given below.
M2CO3 + 2HCl → 2MCl + CO2 + H2O
3
A sample of M2CO3, of mass 0.394 g, required the addition of 21.7 cm of a
–3
0.263 mol dm solution of hydrochloric acid for complete reaction.
(i) Calculate the number of moles of hydrochloric acid used.
(ii) Calculate the number of moles of M2CO3 in 0.394 g.
(iii) Calculate the relative molecular mass of M2CO3
(iv) Deduce the relative atomic mass of M and hence suggest its identity.
(6)
(Total 9 marks)
17. (a) The mass of one mole of 1H atoms is 1.0078 g and that of one 1H atom is
1.6734 × 10–24 g.
Use these data to calculate a value for the Avogadro constant accurate to five
significant figures. Show your working.
(2)
(b) How does the number of atoms in one mole of argon compare with the number of
molecules in one mole of ammonia?
(1)
3
(c) A sample of ammonia gas occupied a volume of 0.0352 m at 298 K and 98.0 kPa.
Calculate the number of moles of ammonia in the sample.
(The gas constant R = 8.31 J K–1 mol–1)
(3)
(d) A solution containing 0.732 mol of ammonia was made up to 250 cm3 in a
volumetric flask by adding water. Calculate the concentration of ammonia in this
final solution and state the appropriate units.
(2)
(e) A different solution of ammonia was reacted with sulphuric acid as shown in the
equation below.
2NH3(aq) + H2SO4(aq) → (NH4)2SO4(aq)
In a titration, 25.0 cm3 of a 1.24 mol dm–3 solution of sulphuric acid required 30.8
cm3 of this ammonia solution for complete reaction.
(i) Calculate the concentration of ammonia in this solution.
(ii) Calculate the mass of ammonium sulphate in the solution at the end of this
titration.
(6)
(f) The reaction of magnesium nitride, Mg3N2, with water produces ammonia and
magnesium hydroxide. Write an equation for this reaction.
(2)
(Total 16 marks)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 4

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

18. (a) Define the term relative molecular mass.

(2)
(b) Give the meaning of the term empirical formula.
(1)
(c) Compound X contains 32.9% by mass of carbon and 1.40% by mass of hydrogen;
the remainder is oxygen.
(i) Calculate the empirical formula of X.
(ii) The relative molecular mass of X is 146. Deduce its molecular formula.
(4)
(d) A 1.0 kg sample of methane was burned in air. It reacted as follows:
CH4 (g) + 2O2 (g) → CO2 (g) + 2H2O(g)
(i) Calculate the number of moles in 1.0 kg of methane.
(ii) Calculate the volume of oxygen gas, measured at 298 K and 100 kPa, which
would be required for the complete combustion of 1.0 kg of methane.
(6)
(Total 13 marks)
19. Give the meaning of the term mole as used in the phrase 'one mole of molecules'.
(1)
(Total 1 mark)
20. (a) What is the name given to the number of molecules in one mole of carbon dioxide?
(1)
(b) (i) State the ideal gas equation.
(ii) Calculate the volume of 1.00 mol of carbon dioxide gas at 298 K and 100 kPa.
–1 –1
(The gas constant R = 8.31 J mol K )
(iii) Calculate the mass of carbon dioxide gas at 273 K and 500 kPa contained in a
cylinder of volume 0.00500 m3.
(7)
(c) Hydrogen can be made by the reaction of hydrochloric acid with magnesium
according to the equation
2HCl + Mg → MgCl2 + H2
What mass of hydrogen is formed when 100cm3 of hydrochloric acid of
–3
concentration 5.0 mol dm reacts with an excess of magnesium?

(3)
(d) A compound of iron contains 38.9% by mass of iron and 16.7% by mass of carbon,
the remainder being oxygen.
(i) Determine the empirical formula of the iron compound.
(ii) When one mole of this iron compound is heated, it decomposes to give one
mole of iron(II) oxide, FeO, one mole of carbon dioxide and one mole of another
gas. Identify this other gas. (The molecular formula of the iron compound is
the same as its empirical formula.)
(4)
(Total 15 marks)
21. Ammonium nitrate can be prepared by the reaction between ammonia and nitric acid:
NH3 + HNO3 → NH4NO3
(a) The concentration of a nitric acid solution is 2.00 mol dm–3. Calculate the volume of
this solution which would be required to react with exactly 20.0 g of ammonia.
(4)
(b) A sample of ammonium nitrate decomposed on heating as shown in the equation
below.
NH4NO3→2H2O + N2 + ½O2
On cooling the resulting gases to 298 K, the volume of nitrogen and oxygen together
3
was found to be 0.0500 m at a pressure of 95.0 kPa.
(i) State the ideal gas equation and use it to calculate the total number of moles
–1 –1
of nitrogen and oxygen formed. (The gas constant R = 8.31 J mol K )
(ii) Using your answer to part (b)(i), deduce the number of moles of ammonium
nitrate decomposed and hence calculate the mass of ammonium nitrate in the
sample.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 5

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(6)
(Total 10 marks)
12 –23
22. The mass of one atom of C is 1.99 × 10 g. Use this information to calculate a value for
the Avogadro constant. Show your working.
(2)
(Total 2 marks)
23. The equation below represents the thermal decomposition of KClO3.
2KClO3(s) → 2KCl(s) + 3O2(g)
(a) Calculate the mass of oxygen which could be produced by the complete
decomposition of 1.47 g of KClO3.
(2)
(b) Calculate the mass of KClO3 required to produce 1.00 dm3 (at 20 °C and 101.3 kPa)
of oxygen.
(3)
(Total 5 marks)
24. (a) What experimental data are required in order to calculate the empirical formula of a
compound?
(1)
(b) Give the meaning of the term molecular formula.
(1)
(c) When barium nitrate is heated it decomposes as follows:
Ba(NO3)2(s) → BaO(s) + 2NO2(g) + ½ O2(g)
(i) Calculate the total volume, measured at 298 K and 100 kPa, of gas which is
produced by decomposing 5.00 g of barium nitrate.
(ii) Calculate the volume of 1.20 M hydrochloric acid which is required to
neutralise exactly the barium oxide formed by decomposition of 5.00 g of
barium nitrate. Barium oxide reacts with hydrochloric acid as follows
BaO(s) + 2HCl(aq) → BaCl2(aq) + H2O(l)
(7)
(Total 9 marks)
25. The mass spectrum of a compound has a molecular ion peak at m/z = 168.
Elemental analysis shows it to contain 42.9% carbon, 2.4% hydrogen and 16.7% nitrogen
by mass. The remainder is oxygen.
Calculate the empirical and molecular formulae of this compound
(4)
(Total 4 marks)
26. Compound X contains only boron and hydrogen. The percentage by mass of boron in X
is 81.2%. In the mass spectrum of X the peak at the largest value of m/z occurs at 54.

(a) Use the percentage by mass data to calculate the empirical formula of X.
(b) Deduce the molecular formula of X.
(4)
(Total 4 marks)
27. (a) Define the term relative molecular mass.
(2)
(b) The mass of one atom of 12C is 1.993 × 10–23 g. Use this mass to calculate a value
for the Avogadro constant (L) showing your working.
(1)
(Total 3 marks)
28. When iodine reacts directly with fluorine, a compound containing 57.2% by mass of
iodine is formed.
(a) Determine the empirical formula of this compound.
(b) The empirical formula of this compound is the same as the molecular formula.
Write a balanced equation for the formation of this compound.
(4)
(Total 4 marks)
29. Compound A (Mr = 215.8) contains 22.24% carbon, 3.71% hydrogen and 74.05%
bromine by mass. Show that the molecular formula of A is C4H8Br2.
(3)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 6

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(Total 3 marks)
30. (a) Define the term relative atomic mass.
(2)
(b) How would you calculate the mass of one mole of atoms from the mass of a single atom?
(1)
(c) Sodium hydride reacts with water according to the following equation.
NaH (s) + H2O (l) → NaOH (aq) + H2 (g)
A 1.00 g sample of sodium hydride was added to water and the resulting solution was
diluted to a volume of exactly 250 cm3
(i) Calculate the concentration in moldm-3, of sodium hydroxide solution formed.
(ii) Calculate the volume of hydrogen gas evolved, measured at 293 K and 100 kPa.
(iii) Calculate the volume of 0.112 M hydrochloric acid which would react exactly
with a 25.0 cm3 sample of sodium hydroxide solution.
(8)
[TOTAL 11 marks]
31. (a) Sodium carbonate forms a number of hydrates of general formula Na2CO3.xH2O
A 3.01 g sample of one of these hydrates was dissolved in water and the solution made
3
up to 250 cm .
3 3
In a titration, a 25.0 cm portion of this solution required 24.3 cm of
–1 –3
0.200 mol dm hydrochloric acid for complete reaction.
The equation for this reaction is shown below.
Na2CO3 + 2HCl  2NaCl + H2O + CO2
3 –3
(i) Calculate the number of moles of HCl in 24.3 cm of 0.200 mol dm
hydrochloric acid.
3
(ii) Deduce the number of moles of Na2CO3 in 25.0 cm of the Na2CO3 solution.
(iii) Hence deduce the number of moles of Na2CO3 in the original 250 cm3 of
solution.
(iv) Calculate the Mr of the hydrated sodium carbonate.
(5)
(b) In an experiment, the Mr of a different hydrated sodium carbonate was found to be
250.
Use this value to calculate the number of molecules of water of crystallisation, x, in
this hydrated sodium carbonate, Na2CO3.xH2O.
(3)
–3 3
(c) A gas cylinder, of volume 5.00 × 10 m , contains 325 g of argon gas.
(i) Give the ideal gas equation.
(ii) Use the ideal gas equation to calculate the pressure of the argon gas in the
cylinder at a temperature of 298 K.
–1 –1
(The gas constant R = 8.31 J K mol )
(4)
[Total 12 marks]
32. (a) A sample of ethanol vapour, C2H5OH (Mr = 46.0), was maintained at a pressure of
100 kPa and at a temperature of 366K.
(i) State the ideal gas equation.
(ii) Use the ideal gas equation to calculate the volume, in cm3, that 1.36 g of
ethanol vapour would occupy under these conditions.
–1 –1
(The gas constant R = 8.31 J K mol )
(5)
(b) Magnesium nitride reacts with water to form magnesium hydroxide and ammonia.
(i) Balance the equation, given below, for the reaction between magnesium
nitride and water.
Mg3N2 + H2O  Mg(OH)2 + NH3
(ii) Calculate the number of moles, and hence the number of molecules, of NH3 in
0.263 g of ammonia gas.
23 –1
(The Avogadro constant L = 6.02 × 10 mol )
(4)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 7

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(c) Sodium carbonate is manufactured in a two-stage process as shown by the

equations below.
NaCl + NH3 + CO2 + H2O  NaHCO3 + NH4Cl
2NaHCO3  Na2CO3 + H2O + CO2
Calculate the maximum mass of sodium carbonate which could be obtained from
800 g of sodium chloride.
(4)
[Total 13 marks]
33. (a) The equation for the reaction between magnesium carbonate and hydrochloric acid
is given below.
MgCO3 + 2HCl  MgCl2 + H2O + CO2
3 –3
When 75.0 cm of 0.500 mol dm hydrochloric acid were added to 1.25 g of impure
3
MgCO3 some acid was left unreacted. This unreacted acid required 21.6 cm of a
0.500 mol dm–3 solution of sodium hydroxide for complete reaction.
3 –3
(i) Calculate the number of moles of HCl in 75.0 cm of 0.500 mol dm
hydrochloric acid.
(ii) Calculate the number of moles of NaOH used to neutralise the unreacted HCl.
(iii) Show that the number of moles of HCl which reacted with the MgCO3 in the
sample was 0.0267
(iv) Calculate the number of moles and the mass of MgCO3 in the sample, and
hence deduce the percentage by mass of MgCO3 in the sample.
(8)
(b) A compound contains 36.5% of sodium and 25.5% of sulphur by mass, the rest
being oxygen.
(i) Use this information to show that the empirical formula of the compound is
Na2SO3
(ii) When Na2SO3 is treated with an excess of hydrochloric acid, aqueous sodium
chloride is formed and sulphur dioxide gas is evolved. Write an equation to
represent this reaction.
(4)
[Total 12 marks]
34. (a) Give the meaning of the term empirical formula (1)

(b) Analysis of 3.150 g of compound X showed that it contained 0.769 g of calcium and 0.539
g of nitrogen; the remainder was oxygen. Calculate the empirical formula of X. (3)
(c) What additional information is required in order to deduce the molecular formula of X. (1)
(d) A sample of X when heated in alkaline solution with an aluminium-zinc alloy produced
ammonia gas. After cooling to 293 K, the ammonia occupied a volume of 1.53 x 10-3 m3
at a pressure of 95.0 kPa. The ammonia was dissolved in water and made up to 250 cm3
of aqueous solution. A 25.0 cm3 sample of this was then titrated with a 0.150 M
hydrochloric acid.
(i) Calculate the number of moles of ammonia gas in 1.53x 10-3 m3 , at a pressure
of 95.0 kPa and a temperature of 293K.
(ii) Calculate the concentration in moldm-3 of ammonia in aqueous solution.
(iii) Calculate the volume of 0.150 M hydrochloric acid required to neutralise the
25.0 cm3 sample of ammonia solution.
(6)
35. In the sixteenth century, a large deposit of graphite was discovered in the Lake District.
People at the time thought that the graphite was a form of lead.
Nowadays, graphite is used in pencils but it is still referred to as ‘pencil lead’.
A student decided to investigate the number of carbon atoms in a ‘pencil lead’. He found
that the mass of the ‘pencil lead’ was 0.321 g.
(i) Calculate the amount, in mol, of carbon atoms in the student’s pencil lead.
Assume that the ‘pencil lead’ is pure graphite.
[1]
(ii) Using the Avogadro constant, NA, calculate the number of carbon atoms in the

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 8

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

student’s ‘pencil lead’.

[1]
[Total 2 marks]
3
36. A student reacted 0.438 g of strontium with 200 cm of water.
Sr(s) +2H2O(l)  Sr(OH)2(aq) + H2(g)
(i) Calculate how many moles of Sr were reacted.
3
(ii) Calculate the volume, in dm , of H2(g) produced.
(iii) Calculate the concentration, in mol dm–3, of the Sr(OH)2 produced.
[Total 3 marks]
37. Calcium oxide neutralises acids such as nitric acid. A student neutralised 1.50 g of CaO
with 2.50 mol dm–3 nitric acid, HNO3. The equation for this reaction is shown below.
CaO(s) + 2HNO3(aq) → Ca(NO3)2(aq) + H2O(l)
(i) How many moles of CaO were reacted?
(ii) Calculate the volume of 2.50 mol dm–3 HNO3 needed to exactly neutralise
1.50 g of CaO.
[Total 4 marks]
38. The element strontium forms a nitrate, Sr(NO3)2, which decomposes on heating as shown
below.
2Sr(NO3)2(s) → 2SrO(s) + 4NO2(g) + O2(g)
A student heats 5.29 g of Sr(NO3)2 and collects the gas at room temperature and
pressure, RTP.
3
Calculate the volume of gas, in dm , obtained by the student at RTP.
–1
(Molar mass of Sr(NO3)2 = 211.6 g mol )
[Total 3 marks]
39. Chlorine can be prepared by reacting concentrated hydrochloric acid with manganese(IV)
oxide.
4HCl(aq) + MnO2(s) → Cl2(g) + MnCl2(aq) + 2H2O(l)
3 –3
A student reacted 50.0 cm of 12.0 mol dm hydrochloric acid with an excess of
manganese(IV) oxide.
(i) Calculate how many moles of HCl were reacted.
[1]
3
(ii) Calculate the volume of Cl2(g) produced, in dm .
[2]
[Total 3 marks]
40. Antimony is found naturally in a number of minerals including stibnite. Stibnite typically
contains 5% of Sb2S3. Antimony can be obtained by reducing Sb2S3 with scrap iron.
Sb2S3 + 3Fe →2Sb +3FeS
(i) How many moles of Sb2S3 are in 500 kg of a typical sample of stibnite containing
5% by mass of Sb2S3?
molar mass of Sb2S3 = 340 g mol–1; relative atomic mass of Sb = 122
[2]
(ii) Calculate the mass of antimony that could be obtained by processing 500 kg of
stibnite.
[2]
[Total 4 marks]
41. (a) A student carries out a titration to find the concentration of some sulfuric acid.
3 –3
The student finds that 25.00 cm of 0.0880 mol dm aqueous sodium hydroxide,
NaOH, is neutralised by 17.60 cm3 of dilute sulfuric acid, H2SO4.
H2SO4(aq) + 2NaOH(aq) → Na2SO4(aq) + 2H2O(l)
(i) Calculate the amount, in moles, of NaOH used.
[1]
(ii) Determine the amount, in moles, of H2SO4 used.
[1]

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 9

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

–3
(iii) Calculate the concentration, in mol dm , of the sulfuric acid.
[1]
(b) After carrying out the titration in (a), the student left the resulting solution to
crystallise. White crystals were formed, with a formula of Na2SO4•x H2O and a
–1
molar mass of 322.1 g mol .
(i) What term is given to the ‘•x H2O’ part of the formula?
[1]
(ii) Using the molar mass of the crystals, calculate the value of x.
[2]
[Total 6 marks]
42. Epsom salts can be used as bath salts to help relieve aches and pains.
Epsom salts are crystals of hydrated magnesium sulfate, MgSO4•xH2O.
A sample of Epsom salts was heated to remove the water. 1.57 g of water was removed
leaving behind 1.51 g of anhydrous MgSO4.
(i) Calculate the amount, in mol, of anhydrous MgSO4 formed.
[2]
(ii) Calculate the amount, in mol, of H2O removed.
[1]
(iii) Calculate the value of x in MgSO4•xH2O.
[1]
[Total 4 marks]
43. Rubidium forms an ionic compound with silver and iodine. This compound has a
potential use in miniaturised batteries because of its high electrical conductivity.
The empirical formula of this ionic compound can be calculated from its percentage
composition by mass: Rb, 7.42%; Ag, 37.48%; I, 55.10%.
(i) Define the term empirical formula.
[1]
(ii) Calculate the empirical formula of the compound.
[2]
[Total 3 marks]
44. A student reacted 1.44 g of titanium with chlorine to form 5.70 g of a chloride X.
(i) How many moles of Ti atoms were reacted?
[1]
(ii) How many moles of Cl atoms were reacted?
[2]
(iii) Determine the empirical formula of X.
[1]
(iv) Construct a balanced equation for the reaction between titanium and chlorine.
[1]
[Total 5 marks]
45. A small amount of solid magnesium oxide, MgO, was reacted with excess dilute
hydrochloric acid.
(i) Define an acid.
[1]
(ii) Write a balanced equation for this reaction.
[1]
[Total 2 marks]
46. Both calcium carbonate, CaCO3, and calcium oxide, CaO, are white solids.
Dilute hydrochloric acid, HCl, can be used to identify whether a sample of white solid is
CaCO3 or CaO.
(i) Write equations, including state symbols, for the reaction of HCl with CaCO3 and
the reaction of HCl with CaO.
[3]
(ii) How would observation of the reactions with hydrochloric acid allow the
identification of the white solid?
[1]
[Total 4 marks]
47. A student carries out experiments using acids, bases and salts.
Calcium nitrate, Ca(NO3)2, is an example of a salt.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 10

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

The student prepares a solution of calcium nitrate by reacting dilute nitric acid, HNO3,
with the base calcium hydroxide, Ca(OH)2.
(i) Why is calcium nitrate an example of a salt?
[1]
(ii) Write the equation for the reaction between dilute nitric acid and calcium hydroxide.
Include state symbols.
[2]
(iii) Explain how the hydroxide ion in aqueous calcium hydroxide acts as a base when it
neutralises dilute nitric acid.
[1]
[Total 4 marks]
48. Ammonium compounds such as ammonium sulfate, (NH4)2SO4, can be used as
fertilisers.
(i) Write a balanced equation to show how ammonium sulfate could be formed by the
reaction between aqueous ammonia and sulfuric acid.
[1]
(ii) Ammonium sulfate is an example of a salt formed when an acid is neutralised by a
base.
Explain what is meant by the term salt.
[1]
(iii) Why is ammonia acting as a base in this neutralisation?
[1]
(iv) What is the relative formula mass of (NH4)2SO4?
Give your answer to one decimal place.
[1]
[Total 4 marks]

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 11

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

Marking Scheme
23
1. (a) (i) Avogadro’s number/constant of molecules/particles/species / 6 x 10 1
[Not ‘atoms’]
Or same number of particles as (there are atoms)
[Not molecules]
12
in 12.(00)g of C 1

Moles O2 = 0.350 (= 1.09 x 10 mol)

–2
(ii) 1
32
= 29 (x 1.09 x 10–2) 1
[Accept answers via 4 separate mole calculations]
= 0.316 – 0.317 mol [answer to 3+ sf] 1
[Mark conseq on errors in M1/M2] (1)

(iii) Moles of nitroglycerine = 4 x 1.09 x 10–2 (= 0.0438 mol) 1

[Mark conseq on their moles of O2]
Mr of nitroglycerine = 227 or number string 1
Moles of nitroglycerine = 227 x 0.0438 = 9.90 – 9.93(g)
[answer to 3+ sf]
[If string OK but final answer wrong then allow M6 but AE for
M7]
[Mark conseq on error in Mr] [Penalise wrong units]
[Penalise sig. fig. errors once only in whole question]

(b) pV = nRT or pV = mRT or p = nRT 1

V V
p= nRT = 0.873  8.31  1100 1
V 1.00  10 3
= 7980093 or 7980 or 7.98 1
[ignore s.f.]

units = Pa or kPa or MPa (as appropriate) 1

[If error in conversion from Pa, treat as a contradiction of the
units mark]
[If transfer error, mark conseq but penalise M2]
[If data from outside of above used, penalise M2 and M3]
[If pV expression incorrectly rearranged, penalise M2 and M3]
[if T = 1373 K used, penalise M2]
[11]
2.
(a) Na Cl O
21.6 33.3 45.1 1
23 35.5 16
0.9(39) 0.9(38) 2.8(2)
Hence: 1 1 3 1

Accept backwards calculation, i.e. from formula to % composition,

and also accept route via Mr to 23; 35.5; 48, and then to [Link]
[If % values incorrectly copied, allow M1 only]
[If any wrong Ar values/atomic numbers used = CE = 0}
(b) 3Cl2 + 6NaOH → 5NaCl + NaClO3 + 3H2O 1
[3]

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 12

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

3. (penalty for sig fig error =1mark per question)

-3
(a) (i) moles KNO3 = 1.00/101.1 = 9.89 × 10 (mol) 1
(ii) pV = nRT or n = pV/RT 1
pV 100000  1.22  10 –4
moles O2 = n = = (1) (1) 2
RT 8.31  298
= 4.93 × 10-3 (mol) 1
(mark answer first – check back if wrong)
(transcription error lose M3, mark M4 conseq on error)
(if ‘untraceable’ figures used M3=M4=0)
(if wrong temp conversion – lose M3 – conseq M4)
(if n = RT/pV CE, lose M3 and M4)

(b) (i) simplest/lowest ratio of atoms of each / element/s in a compound /

substance / species / entity / molecule 1
(ii) K N O
45.9 16.5 37.6
(1)
39.1 14 16
1.17 1.18 2.35
2
1 1 2 KNO (1) 3
(M3 tied to M2), (M3 can be transferred from equation if ratio correct
but EF not given) (if calc inverted, lose M2 and M3), (if used At N1 /
wrong No for Ar then CE, lose M2 and M3) (if % of O missing,
award M2 only)

(c) 2KNO3 → 2KNO2 + O2 or fractions/multiples 1

3 2 2 4 2
(accept 2KNO → K N O + O )
(do NOT accept ‘Y’ in equation)
[10]

4. (penalty for sig fig error =1mark per question)

Mr (Mg(NO3)2 = 58(.3) (if At N° used, lose M1 and M2) 1
2
moles Mg(OH)2 = 0.0172 (conseq on wrong M ) (answer to 3+ s.f.) 1
moles HCl = 2 × 0.0172 = 0.0344 or 0.0343 (mol) (process mark) 1
0.0343  1000
vol HCl = = 34.3 – 34.5 (cm3) (unless wrong unit) 1
1
(if candidate used 0.017 or 0.0171 lose M2)
(just answer with no working, if in range = (4). if, say, 34 then =(2))
(if not 2:1 ratio, lose M3 and M4)
(if work on HCl, CE = 0/4)
[4]

5. 2A1+ 3CuCl2 → 2A1C13 + 3Cu;

(accept multiples/fractions)
OR
2+ 3+
2A1+ 3Cu → 2A1 + 3Cu; 1
[1]
–3
6. (a) moles HN03 = 175 X 10 × 1.5 = (0.2625 mol); 1
moles Pb(NO3 )2 = ½ × 0.2625 = (0.131 mol); 1
Mr Pb(NO3 )2 = 331(.2); 1
mass Pb(NO3 )2 = 331.2 x 0.131=43.5 g; 1
(accept 43.2 - 43.8)
(M1 & M2 are process marks. If error in M1, or in M2, do not
mark M4
consequentially, i.e. do not award M4)
(if atomic numbers used in M3, do not award M4)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 13

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(b) (i) pV = nRT; 1

pV 100000 1.5 10 –4
n  ; 1
RT 8.31  500
–3
= 3.61 X 10 ; 1
(If pressure not converted to Pa, max 2)
RT
(If n = used = CE; M2 = M3 = 0)
pV

(ii) molesN02 = 4/5 × 3.61 × 10–3; 1

[mark is for use of 4/5]
–3 –3
= 2.89 × 10 OR 1.78×10 ; 1
Mr NO2 = 46; 1
–3
massNO2 = 46 ×2.89×l0 = 0.1.33(g) OR 0.0821 (g); 1
( if atomic numbers used, M3 = M4 = 0)
[11]

7. (a) 2Na + 2NH3 → 2NaNH2 + H2 (or multiples) 1

(b) (i) Simplest ratio of atoms of each element in a compound / substance /

species / entity / molecule 1

(ii) Mg N O 1
16.2 16.2 18.9 64.9
(24) 24.3 14 16
(0.675) 0.667 1.37 4.06 1
1 2 6 MgN2O6
(Mark M1 first. If any wrong Ar used = CE = 0)
(Accept Mg(NO3)2 for M3 if above working shown)
[4]
8. (a) (i) 100 ×l0–3 × 0.500 = 5.00 × 10–2 (mol) accept 5 ×10–2 / 0.051
(ii) 27.3 ×10–3× 0.600 = 1.64 × 10–2 / 1.638 × l0–2 (mol) only 1
–2
(iii) 1.64 ×10 (mol) 1
Mark conseq on (ii)
–2 –2 –2
(iv) 5.00 × 10 - 1.64 × 10 = 3.36 × 10 (mol) 1
Mark conseq on (i) & (iii)
(v) 3.36 × 10–2 × ½ = 1.68 × 10–2 (mol) If 2.78 × 10–2 used 1.39 × 10–2 1
Mark conseq on (iv)
1.68 × 10–2 × l32(.l) or 1.39 × 10–2 × 132(.l) 1
Mark for Mr
= 2.22 g or 1.83 g 1

(b) pV = nRT 1
n  0.143 = 8.4(1) × 10–3 (mol) 1
17
pV 100000  2.86 10 4
T = (1) 1
nR 8.31 8.4 10  3
= 408.5 – 410.5 (K) 1
Mark conseq on moles
Note Sig. fig. penalty - apply once if single sf given, unless calc works exactly
[11]

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 14

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

9. Ideal gas equation: pV = nRT (1)

103000  127  10 6
Calculation: n = pV/RT = (1)
(8.31  415)
mark for volume conversion fully correct
= 3.79 × 10–3 (mol) (1)
–3 –3
range 3.79 × 10 to 3.8 × 10
–3
Mr = m/n = .304/3.79 × 10 = 80.1 (1) 5
range 80 – 80.3
min 2 s.f. conseq
If ‘V’ wrong lose M2; ‘p’ wrong lose M3; ‘inverted’ lose M3 and
M4
[5]
10. (a) M1 % by mass of H = 7.7(0)% (1)

M2 mol H = 7.70 / 1 = 7.70

mol C = 92.3 / 12 = 7.69 (1)
M3 (ratio 1:1 ) CH
77 78 92.3
Credit variations for M2 78 × = 6 and  =6
100 12 100
Correct answer = 3 marks
78
(b) (CH has empirical mass of 13 and = 6 ) C6H6
13
Correct answer 1 mark
4
[4]
11. 23/6.023 × 1023 (1)
CE = 0 if inverted or multiplied
–23
tied to M1 3.8(2) × 10 [2-5 sig figs] (1) 2
[2]
12. (a) (simplest) ratio of atoms of each element in compound (1)
(b) % oxygen = 39.5% (1)
Na 28.4/23 Cr 32.1/52 O 39.5/16 (1)
= 1.23 = 0.617 = 2.47
([Link]) so empirical formula = Na2CrO4 (1) 4
If % oxygen not calculated, only M2 available; if Ar values
wrong, only M1 available
[4]
13. (a) 0.240 (1)
Mr (TiC14) = 190 (1)
0  24
moles TiC14 = = 0.06 (1)
4
mass = 0.06 × 190 = 11.4 (1) 4

(b) moles NaOH = moles HCl = 0.12 (1)

moles
vol NaOH = (1)
conc
0  12
= = 109cm3 (1) 3
11
moles HC1
(c) moles H2 = = 0.06 (1)
2
(allow conseq)
nRT
V = (1) or PV = nRT
p

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 15

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

0  06  8  31  293
= (1)
98 000
= 1x49 × 10–3 m3 (1)etc
(if chemical error on moles H2, max2) (2) 4
[11]

10.0 10
14. (a) moles of S = ( = 0.3125) allow (1)
32.1 32
mass of sodium sulphide 0.312 × 78.1 i.e. 24.4 g or 24.37 g
(accept 24.3 g or 24.33 g) (no [Link]. penalty) (ignore units) (1) 2
5.00
(b) moles of hydrogen sulphide (i.e. 0.1466 or 0.147 mol) (1)
34.1
moles of hydrogen gas needed = moles of H2S (1)
3
volume: 0.1466 × 24500 i.e. 3592 or 3590 cm
(3602 or 3600 if 0.147 used) (1)
3
3
answer must be in cm ie × 24500, not × 24.5 / no s.f.
penalty / ignore units
allow PV = nRT method with remembered value of R
[5]

15. (a) Ideal gas equation law (1) 1

PV 110000  2.34  10 4
(b) Moles of X: n  (1) =
RT 8.31  473
–3
= 6.55 × 10 (1)
6.5 to 6.6 × 10–3 , min 2 sig figs
RT
If write n  zero here, but can score Mr
PV
m
Relative molecular mass of X: Mr = (1)
n
= 62 (1)
61.5 to 62.5
4
(c) % oxygen = 51.6 (2)
C =38.7 / 12 H = 9.68 / 1 O = 57.6(2) / 16 (1)
= 3.23 = 9.68 = 3.23
1 : 3: 1  CH3O (1)
If no % O or if wrong Ar used then max 1
Correct empirical formula earns all three marks
3

62
(d) ( × CH3O) = C2H6O2 (1) 1
31
[9]
mass 19.6
16. (a) Moles HCl = = (1) (= 0.537)
Mr 36.5
0.537
Concentration = (1)
0.25
= 2.15 (mol dm–3) (1)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 16

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

mass
Conseq on correct
Mr
min 2 d.p. 2.14 to 2.15
Ignore units
A.E. lose one mark
3
21.7
(b) (i)  0.263 = 5.7(1) × 10–3 (mol) (1)
1000
–3
5.7 to 5.71 × 10

5.71  10 3 –3
(ii) = 2.85 × 10 (mol) (1)
2
Conseq
0.394
(iii) = 138 (1)
2.85  10 3
Conseq
(iv) Relative atomic mass of M: 138 - 60 = 78 (1)
78
= 39 (1)
2
Identify of M: Potassium or K or K+ (1)
Conseq
If 78 = Mr then M = selenium
6
[9]
1.0078 mass of 1 mol
17. (a) L=  24 (1) or
1.6734  10 mass of 1 atom
must show working
23
= 6.0225 × 10 (1)
Ignore wrong units
NB answer only scores 1
2
(b) equal (1)
Or same or 1:1
1
PV
(c) PV = nRT (or n = ) (1)
RT
98000  0.0352
= (1)
8.31  298
= 1.39 (1)
Allow 1.390 to 1.395
ignore units even if incorrect
answer = 1.4 loses last mark
3
1000 –3
(d) 0.732 × = 2.93 (1) [Link] (1)
250
3 –1
OR M, mol/dm , mol.l
allow 2.928 to 2.93
Note unit mark tied to current answer but allow unit
mark if answer = 2.9 or 3

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 17

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

2
25
(e) (i) moles H2SO4 = × 1.24 = 0.0310
1000
If use m1v1 = m2v2 scores 3 if answer is correct otherwise zero

moles NH3 in 30.8 cm3 = 0.0310 × 2 = 0.0620 (1)

Mark is for ×2
CE if × 2 not used

3 1000 –3
moles of NH3 in 1 dm = 0.620 × = 2.01 (1) (mol dm )
30.8
Allow 2.010 to 2.015
No units OK, wrong units lose last mark
(ii) moles (NH4)SO4 = moles H2SO4 = 0.310 (1)
Allow consequential wrong moles in part (i) if clear H2SO4=(NH4)SO4
Wrong formula for (NH4)SO4 CE=0
Mr (NH4)SO4 = 132.1 (1)
Allow (132)
mass = moles × Mr = 0.0310 × 132.1 = 4.10 (1)
if moles of (NH4)SO4 not clear CE
(g) wrong unit loses mark
Allow 4.09 – 4.1 – 4.11
6
(f) Mg3N2 + 6H2O → 3Mg(OH)2 + 2NH3
Formulae (1)
Balanced equation (1)
2
[16]
average mass of an entity (1)
18. (a) 12 × 12 (1) 2
mass of 1 atom of C
(b) simplest ratio of atoms of each element in a compound 1
(c) (i) %O = 65.7 (1)
32.9 1.40 65.7
C:H:O = : : (1)
12 1 16
= 1.96: 1 : 2.93
= C2 HO3 (1)
(ii) C4 H2 O6 (1) 4
mass 1000
(d) (i)  = 62.5 (1)
Mr 16
(1)
0.0625 scores one

(ii) pV= nRT (1)

(1)
nRT 2  62.5  8.31  298
V=  (1)
P 100000
= 3.10 m3 (1)
(allow consequential marking but if factor of 2 in missing max = 2) 6
[13]

19. Avogadro’s number of molecules (1)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 18

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

23 12
allow 6 to 6.1 × 10 molecules OR No. of atoms in 12g of C 1

[1]
20. (a) Avogadro’s 1
(b) (i) pV=nRT (1)
nRT m
allow {V= etc., pV= RT
P Mr
nRT
(ii) V=
P
1  8  31 298
= (1)
100 000
3
= 0.0248 m (1)

(allow 0.0247 to 0.025)

3
allow use of 100 for P if ans given as 24.8 dm
pV 500000  0.005
(iii) n= = (1)
RT 8.31  273
(treat 500 as AE–1 other values ls 2mar
st
0.005/1000 loses 1 two marks
= 1.10mol (1)
(allow 1.1 to 1.11)
Mr (CO2) = 44 (1)
treat wrong Mr as AE–1
mass = 44×1.10 = 48.5 (g) (1)
(allow 48–49)
P1V1
(note can use calculation involving and 22.4 dm3 instead of 1st
T
mark - requires same accuracy for full marks)
7
100
(c) moles HC1 = × 5.0 = 0.5(0)(mol) (1)
1000
moles HC1
moles H2 = (1) = 0.25 (mol)
2
(if no factor of 2 CE = O from here)
mass H2 = 0.25×2 = 0.5(0) (g) (1) 3
(d) (i) O = 44.4 (1)
(if incorrect O, AE–1)
(if O omitted can score max 1 for FeC2)

38.9 16.7 44.4

ratio [Link]O = : : (if use At, CE)
55.8 (or 50) 12.0 16.0
=[Link]
Fe C2 O4 (1)
(ii) CO (1)
(mark independent of d (ii))
4
[15]
20.0
21. (a) moles of NH3 = (1)
17.0
moles of HNO3 = moles of NH3 = 1.18

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 19

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

1.18
volume = (1)
2
3
= 0.588 (1) dm (1) 4

(b) (i) PV = nRT (1)

PV 95000  0.0500
n = = (1)
RT 8.31  298
= 1.92 mol (1)
1.92
(ii) Moles of ammonium nitrate (1) 1.28 mol
1.5
Mass of ammonium nitrate mass = 1.28 × 80 (1) = 102 g (1) 6
[10]
12
22.
1.99  10 – 23 [[1] = 6.03×1023 (1) 2

[2]
23. (a) mass ratio of O2:KClO3 = 96 / 245.2 ( = 0.392)
or moles of O2 = 3/2 × 1.20 × 10–2 or equivalent (1)
mass of O2 = 0.392 × 1.47 = 0.576g (1) 2
(b) moles O2 = 1.00/24.00 ( = 0.0417 mol) (1)
moles KClO3 = 2/3 moles O2 = 0.0417 × 2/3 = (0.0278 mol) (1)
mass KClO3 = 0.0278 × 122.6 = 3.4lg (1) 3
give one mark for pV = nRT to get n for O2,
then second and third mark as above
or 2/3 mole of KClO3  1 Mole of O2 (1)
3
81.7g x 24 dm O2 (1)
81.7 3
24 g = 3.4lg  1 dm O2 (1)
penalise other than 2 – 5 sig. figs. once in (d)(i) and (ii)
penalise missing or wrong units once in (d)(i) and (ii)
[5]

24. (a) Mass of each element in the compound (1) 1

(b) Number of atoms of each element in a molecule (1) 1
(c) (i) Mr Ba(NO3)2 = 261 (1)
5
moles Ba(NO3)2 = (1) = 0.0192
261
moles gas = 2 12 × 0.0192 (1) = 0.0479
nRT 0.0479  8.31  298
V= (1) =
p 100000
= 1.19 ×10–3 m3 (1)
(ii) moles HCl = 2 × 0.0192 (1) = 0.0384
0.0384
vol HCl = = 0.032 dm3 (1) (or 32 cm3) 7
1.2
[9]
25.
percentage by mass of oxygen = 38.0% (1)
ratio of elements = 42.9/12 : 2.4/1 : 16.7/14 : 38.0/16 (1)
= 3.6 : 2.4 : 1.2 : 2.4
empirical formula is C3H2NO2 (1)
molecular formula is C6H4N2O4 (1) 4
[4]

26.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 20

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(a) %H = 18.8 (1)

81.2 18.8
B:H= : (1)
10.8 1
= 2 : 5 : B2H5 (1)

(b) B4H10 (1) 4

[4]

27. (a) mean mass of an entity (or molecule) (1) × 12 (1)

12
mass of 1 atom of C 2
12 23 (1)
(b) = 6.02 × 10
1.993  10 – 23
(allow 6.020 to 6.023) 1

[3]
28.
(b) (i) %F = 42.8 (1)
57  2 42  8
I:F = = (1)
127 19
= IF5 (1)
(ii) I2 + 5F2  2IF5 (1) (or × ½) 4
[4]

29. C 22.24/12 = 1.85 H 3.71/1 = 3.71 Br 74.05/79.9 = 0.927 (1)

ratio C:H:Br = [Link] therefore C2H4Br (1)
empirical mass = 107.9  mol formula = 215.8/107.9 × C2H4Br = C4H8Br2 (1)
must use % to justify answer
or
C (22.24/100) × 215.8 = 47.99 i.e. 48/12 = 4 carbon atoms (1)
H (3.71/100) × 215.8 = 8.01 i.e. 8/1 = 8 hydrogen atoms (1)
Br (74.05/100) × 215.8 = 159.8 i.e. 159.8/79.9 = 2 bromine atoms (1)
or
C (48/215.8) × 100 = 22.24% (1)
H (8/215.8) × 100 = 3.71 % (1)
Br (159.8/215.8) × 100 = 74.05% (1) 3
[3]
mean (1) mass of an atom
30. (a) × 12 (1) 2
12
mass1 atom of C
(b) Multiply by Avogadro’s number 1
1
(c) (i) Moles NaH = (1)
24
moles NaOH = Moles NaH = 0.0417 (1)
= 0.167 moldm–3 (1)
(allow 0.166 – 0.168)
(ii) pV = nRT (1)
0.0417  8.31  293
= (1) allow consequential
100000
= 0.00102 m3 (1)
(allow 0.00101 – 0.00103) (allow in dm3 or cm3)
moles 0.00417
(iii) vol HCl = × 1000 = × 1000 (1)
0.112 0.112
= 37.3 cm3 (1)
(allow 37.1 to 38.0 and conseq.) 8
[11]
31. (a) (i) 4.86 × 10–3 1

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 21

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

–3
(ii) 2.43 × 10 1
(mark conseq on (a)(i))
–2
(iii) 2.43 × 10 1
(mark conseq on (a)(ii))
(iv) 3.01/2.43 × 10–2 1
(mark conseq on (a)(iii))
124 1
(Do not allow 124 without evidence of appropriate calculation
in (a)(iii))
(b) Mr(Na2CO3) = 106 1
Mr (xH2O) = 250 –106 = 144 (mark conseq on M1) 1
x=8 (mark conseq on M2) 1
(Penalise sf errors once only)
(c) (i) PV = nRT 1
(ii) Moles Ar = 325/39.9 = 8.15 1
(accept Mr = 40)

P = nRT/V = (8.15 × 8.31 × 298)/5.00 × 10–3 1

6 3
= 4.03 × 10 Pa or = 4.03 × 10 kPa 1
Range = 4.02 × 106 Pa to 4.04 × 106 Pa
(If equation incorrectly rearranged, M3 & M4 = 0 If n =325,
lose M2)
(Allow M1 if gas law in (ii) if not given in (i))
[12]
32. (a) (i) pV = nRT (1)
(ii) Moles ethanol = n = 1.36/46 (=0.0296 mol) (1)
0.0296  8.31  366
V = nrT/p = (1)
100000
if V = p/nRT lose M3 and M4
= 8.996 × 10–4 (m3) (1)
3
= 899 (900) cm (1) range = 895 – 905 5
3
If final answer = 0.899 award (2 + M1); if = 0.899 dm or if =
912 award (3 + M1)
Note: If 1.36 or 46 or 46/1.36 used as number of moles (n)
then M2 and M4 not available
Note: If pressure = 100 then, unless answer = 0.899 dm3,
deduct M3 and mark consequentially
(b) (i) Mg3N2 + 6H2O  3Mg(OH)2 + 2NH3 (1)
0.263
(ii) Moles NH3 = (=0.0155 mol) (1)
17
23
Number of molecules of NH3 = 0.0155 × 6.02 × 10 (1) [mark conseq]
21 21 21
= 9.31 × 10 (1) [range 9.2 × 10 to 9.4 × 10 ] 4
Conseq (min 2 sig fig)
(c) Moles NaCl = 800/58.5 ( = 13.68) (1)
Moles of NaHCO3 = 13.68 (1)
Moles of Na2CO3 = 13.68/2 = 6.84 (1)
Mass of Na2CO3 = 6.84 × 106 = 725 g (1) [range = 724 – 727] 4
[1450 g (range 1448 – 1454) is worth 3 marks]
Accept valid calculation method, e.g. reacting masses or
calculations via the mass of sodium present. Also,
candidates may deduce a direct 2:1 ratio for NaCl:Na2CO3
[13]

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 22

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

–3
33. (a) (i) 75.0 × 10 × 0.500 = 0.0375 (mol) (1)
accept 0.037 or 0.038
–3
(ii) 21.6 × 10 × 0.500 = 0.0108 (mol) (1)
accept 0.011
If both (i) and (ii) answers wrong, allow ONE process mark for
both correct processes
(iii) 0.0375 - 0.0108 = 0.0267 (mol) (1)
Not conseq – must use figures shown

(iv) Moles of MgCO3 = 0.0267/2 = 0.01335 (mol) (1)

allow 0.0134 - 0.0133
Mass of MgCO3 = 0.01335 × 84.3 (1)
allow 84
mark conseq on moles MgCO3
= 1.125g (1)
accept 1.13g
mark conseq
Percentage MgCO3 = 1.125/1.25 × 100 (1)
mark conseq (check for inversion)
= 90% (1) 8
mark conseq
range = 89.5 - 90.5%
If % expression inverted, lose M4 and M5
(b) (i) % oxygen = 38.0 (1)
Na = 36.5/23 S = 25.5/32(.1) O = 38.0/16 (1)
= 1.587 = 0.794 = 2.375
= [Link] (1)
If no % of oxygen Max 1 (allow M2 only)
If % for Na and S transposed, or atomic numbers used, M1
only available
(ii) Na2SO3 + 2HCl  2NaCl + H2O + SO2 (1) 4
allow multiples
2– +
allow SO3 + 2H  H2O + SO2
[12]

34. (a) simplest ratio of atoms of each element in a compound (1) 1

(b) mass of O = 1.842 g (1)
0.769 0.539 1.842
Ca : N : O = : : (1)
40 14 16
= [Link]
CaN2O6 (1) 3
(c) Mr (1) 1
PV
(d) (i) n= (1) (allow PV = nRT)
RT
95  10 3  1.53  10 –3
= 8.31  293 (1)
= 0.0597 (1) (allow 0.059 to 0.06)
(ii) 0.0597 ×4 = 0.239 (1) (allow 0.24)
(allow conseq on (i))
25
(iii) moles NH3 = 0.293 × = 0.00597 (1)
1000

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 23

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

0.00597
volume = 1000 × = 39.8 (cm3) (1)
0.15
(allow conseq
allow 0.0398 dm3) 6

35. (i) 0.0268 OR 0.027 OR 0.02675 mol

NO OTHER ACCEPTABLE ANSWER
1
22
(ii) 1.61 × 10
22
ALLOW 1.6 × 10 up to calculator value
ALLOW
23
ECF answer to (i) × 6.02 × 10
ALLOW any value for NA in the range:
23 23
6.0 × 10 – 6.1 × 10
1
[2]
36. (i) 0.438/87.6 = 5.00 x 10−3 / 0.00500 mol 1
3 3
(ii) 0.00500 x 24.0 = 0.120 dm (accept 120 cm ) 1
(iii) 0.00500 x 1000/200 = 0.0250 mol dm−3 1
[3]

–1
37. (i) Molar mass CaO = 56.1 (g mol ) (anywhere) 2
1.50
moles CaO = = = 0.0267/0.027 calc: 0.0267379
56.1
Allow 56 which gives 0.0268
(ii) moles HNO3 = 2 x 0.0267
= 0.0534 or 0.0535 /0.053 mol
(i.e. answer to (i) x 2)
0.0534 (or 5)  1000 3
volume of HNO3 = = 21.4 cm 2
2.50
calc from value above = 21.3903743
If 0.053 mol, answer is 21 cm3 but accept 21.2 cm3
3 3
If 0.054 mol, answer is 22 cm but accept 21.6 cm
[4]
38. Calculates correctly:
5.29
Mol of Sr(NO3)2 =  0.0250
211.6
ALLOW 0.025
Calculates correctly:
Mol of gas = 5/2 × 0.0250 = 0.0625
ALLOW ECF for first answer × 2.5 as calculator value or
correct rounding to 2 significant figures or more but ignore
trailing zeroes
Calculates correctly:
Volume of gas = 24.0 × 0.0625 = 1.50 dm3
ALLOW ECF for second answer × 24(.0) as calculator value
or correct rounding to 2 significant figures or more but ignore
trailing zeroes
DO NOT ALLOW ECF of first answer × 24(.0) (which gives
0.6(0) dm3) as this has not measured the volume of any gas,
simply 0.0250 mol of solid Sr(NO3)2 converted into a gas
i.e. This answer would give one mark

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 24

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

3
ALLOW 1.5 dm
ALLOW ECF producing correct volume of NO2 only
3
i.e. 1.2(0) dm would give two marks
OR
ALLOW ECF producing correct volume of O2 only
i.e. 0.3(0) dm3 would give two marks
3
[3]

39. (i) 12 x 50/1000 = 0.600 mol 1

(ii) 4 mol HCl  1 mol Cl2 / moles Cl2 = 0.15 mol
3
vol of Cl2 = 0.15 24 = 3.60 dm 2
2nd mark is consequential on molar ratio given
[3]
40. (i) Mass Sb2S3 in stibnite = 5% of 500 kg = 25.0 kg
25.0 10 3
Moles Sb2S3 = / 73.5/ 73.529 /73.53/ 74 mol
340
(calculator value: 73.52941176)
If 5% is not used, 1471 mol; ecf for 2nd mark
(calculator value: 1470.588235)
If 5% is used 2nd, 73.6 mol: OK for both marks 2
(ii) moles Sb = 2 x 73.5 mol
mass Sb = 2 x 73.5 x 122 g = 17.9 kg
If the 2 isn’t used, answer = 73.5 x 122 = 8.95
ecf ans from (i) x 2
ecf ans above x 2
OR
% Sb = 244/340 = 71.7%
mass Sb = 25.0 x 71.7/100 = 17.9 kg (ecf as above) 2
[4]
0.0880  25.0
41. (a) (i) Calculate correctly  2.20  10 – 3 mol
1000
OR 0.00220 mol
–3
ALLOW 0.0022 OR 2.2 × 10 mol
1
0.00220 –3
(ii) Calculates correctly = 1.10 × 10 mol
2
OR 0.00110 mol
ALLOW 0.0011 OR 1.1 × 10–3 mol
ALLOW ECF for answer (i)/2 as calculator value or correct
rounding to 2 significant figures or more but ignore trailing
zeroes
1
0.00110  1000
(iii)  0.0625 mol dm –3
17.60
–2 –3
OR 6.25 × 10 mol dm
ALLOW 0.063 OR 6.3 × 10–2 mol dm–3
ALLOW ECF for answer (ii) × 1000/17.60
OR
ECF from (i) for answer (i)/2 × 1000/17.60 as calculator
value or correct rounding to 2 significant figures or more but
ignore trailing zeroes
1
(b) (i) (The number of) Water(s) of crystallisation
IGNORE hydrated OR hydrous

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 25

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

1
(ii) 142.1
ALLOW 142
ALLOW Mr expressed as a sum
ALLOW ECF from incorrect Mr and x is calculated correctly
(322.1  142.1)
x= = 10
18.0
ALLOW ECF values of x from nearest whole number to
calculator value
ALLOW 2 marks if final answer is 10 without any working
2
[6]
–1
42. (i) M(MgSO4) = 120.4 OR 120 (g mol )
1.51
mol MgSO4 = = 0.0125 mol
120.4
ALLOW 0.013 up to calculator value of 0.012541528
correctly rounded (from M = 120.4 g mol–1)
ALLOW 0.013 up to calculator value of 0.012583333
correctly rounded (from M = 120 g mol–1)
ALLOW ecf from incorrect M i.e. 1.51 ÷ M
2
1.57
(ii) = 0.0872(2) (mol)
18.0
ALLOW 0.09 up to calculator value of 0.08722222
1
(iii) ×=7
ALLOW ecf i.e. answer to (ii) ÷ answer to (i)
ALLOW correctly calculated answer from 1 significant figure
up to calculator value, ie, × does not have to be a whole
number. Likely response = 6.95 1
[4]
43. (i) Simplest (whole number) ratio of atoms/moles/elements 1
(ii) ratio Rb : Ag : I = 7.42/85.5 : 37.48/108 : 55.10/127
or 0.0868 : 0.347 : 0.434
or 1 : 4 : 5
= RbAg4I5 2
[3]
44. (i) moles Ti  1.44/47.9  0.0301 mol/0.03 mol 1
(accept use of answer from (b))
(ii) mass of Cl  5.70-1.44  4.26 g
moles Cl  4.26/35.5  0.120 mol 2
5.70/35.5  0.161 mol gets 1 mark
(iii) Ti:Cl  0.0301 : 0.12  1:4.
Empirical formula  TiCl4
0.0301 : 0.161 mol gives TiCl5 for 1 mark 1
(iv) Ti + 2Cl2  TiCl4 1
(ecf possible from (iii)
covalent
[5]
45. (i) a proton donor 1
(ii) MgO + 2HCl  MgCl2  H2O 1
[2]
46. (i) CaCO3 (s)+ 2HCl(aq)  CaCl2(aq) + CO2(g) + H2O (l)
CaO(s) + 2HCl(aq)  CaCl2(aq) + H2O (l)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 26

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

each balanced equation 1 mark (2)

all state symbols (1) 3
(ii) CaCO3 fizzes/ gas given off/ gas evolved / carbon dioxide evolved (1) 1
[4]
47. (i) The H+ ion in an (nitric) acid has been replaced by a metal ion
2+
OR by a Ca ion
DO NOT ALLOW it has been produced by the reaction of an
acid and a base as this is stated in the question.
+
IGNORE references to replacement by NH4 ions or positive
ions.
+
ALLOW H OR Hydrogen for H ;
DO NOT ALLOW Hydrogen atoms
2+
ALLOW Ca OR Calcium for Ca .
DO NOT ALLOW Calcium atoms
ALLOW ‘metal’ for ‘metal ion
1
(ii) 2HNO3(aq) + Ca(OH)2(aq) → Ca(NO3) 2 (aq)+ 2H2O(l)
Formulae
Balance AND states
ALLOW multiples
ALLOW (aq) OR (s) for Ca(OH) 2
2
+
(iii) Accepts a proton OR accepts H
ALLOW H+ + OH–→ H2O
ALLOW OH– reacts with H+ OR OH– takes H+
– +
ALLOW OH ‘attracts’ H if ‘to form water’ is seen
DO NOT ALLOW OH– neutralises H+ (‘neutralises’ is in the
question) 1
[4]
48. (i) 2NH3 + H2SO4 → (NH4)2SO4
ALLOW 2NH4OH + H2SO4 → (NH4)2SO4 + 2H2O
+ +
ALLOW NH3 + H → NH4
ALLOW any correct multiple
IGNORE state symbols
1
+
(ii) when the H in an acid is replaced by a metal ion OR an
ammonium ion OR a + ion
ALLOW H for H+;
ALLOW ‘metal’ for ‘metal ion’
i.e.: H in an acid can be replaced by a metal
1
+
(iii) accepts a proton OR accepts H
ALLOW donates a lone pair
+
ALLOW removes H
ALLOW forms OH− ions
1
(iv) 132.1
IGNORE units
NO OTHER ACCEPTABLE ANSWER 1
[4]

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 27

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

2.0 ATOMIC STRUCTURE

(Includes some questions from Chemical Periodicity)

1. (a) Copy and complete the following table.

Relative mass Relative charge

Neutron
Electron
(2)

(b) An atom has twice as many protons as, and four more neutrons than, an atom of
9
Be. Deduce the symbol, including the mass number, of this atom.
(2)
(Total 4 marks)
2. (a) Define the terms
(i) mass number of an atom,
(ii) relative molecular mass.
(3)
(b) (i) Write the electron arrangement for a copper atom.
(ii) Identify the block in the Periodic Table to which copper belongs.
(iii) Deduce the number of neutrons in one atom of 65Cu.
(3)
63 65
(c) A sample of copper contains the two isotopes Cu and Cu only. It has a relative
atomic mass, Ar, less than 64. The mass spectrum of this sample shows major
peaks with m/e values of 63 and 65, respectively.

(i) Explain why the Ar of this sample is less than 64.

+
(ii) Explain how Cu atoms are converted into Cu ions in a mass spectrometer.

(iii) In addition to the major peaks at m/e = 63 and 65, much smaller peaks at
m/e = 31.5 and 32.5 are also present in the mass spectrum. Identify the ion
responsible for the peak at m/e = 31.5 in the mass spectrum. Explain why
your chosen ion has this m/e value and suggest one reason why this peak is
very small.
(6)
(Total 12 marks)

54 56 57
3. A sample of iron from a meteorite was found to contain the isotopes Fe, Fe and Fe.

(a) The relative abundances of these isotopes can be determined using a mass
spectrometer. In the mass spectrometer, the sample is first vaporised and then
ionised.
(i) State what is meant by the term isotopes.
(ii) Explain how, in a mass spectrometer, ions are detected and how their
abundance is measured.
(5)

(b) (i) Define the term relative atomic mass of an element.

(ii) The relative abundances of the isotopes in this sample of iron were found to be
as follows.

m/e 54 56 57
Relative abundance (%) 5.8 91.6 2.6
Use the data above to calculate the relative atomic mass of iron in this sample.
Give your answer to one decimal place.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 28

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(4)
2+
(c) (i) Give the electron arrangement of an Fe ion.
(ii) State why iron is placed in the d block of the Periodic Table.
(iii) State the difference, if any, in the chemical properties of isotopes of the same
element. Explain your answer.
(4)
(Total 13 marks)
4. (a) Copy and mplete the following table.

Particle Relative charge Relative mass

Proton
Neutron
Electron
(3)
(b) An atom of element Z has two more protons and two more neutrons than an atom of
34
16 S . Give the symbol, including mass number and atomic number, for this atom of
Z.
(2)
(c) Write the electronic configurations for the sulphur atom, S, and the sulphide ion,
2–
S .
(2)
(d) State the block in the Periodic Table in which sulphur is placed and explain your
answer.
(2)
(Total 9 narks)
5. (a) Define the term atomic number of an element.
(1)
(b) Give the symbol, including mass number and atomic number, for an atom of an
element which contains 12 neutrons and 11 electrons.
(2)
(c) In terms of s and p sub-levels, give the electronic configuration of an aluminium
atom.
(1)
27
(d) How many neutrons are there in one Al atom?
(1)
(e) Define the term relative atomic mass of an element.
(2)
(f) Parts (i) to (iv) below refer to the operation of a mass spectrometer.
(i) Name the device used to ionise atoms in a mass spectrometer.
(ii) Why is it necessary to ionise atoms before acceleration?
(iii) What deflects the ions?
(iv) What is adjusted in order to direct ions of different mass to charge ratio onto
the detector?
(4)

(g) A meteorite was found to contain three isotopes of element X.

A mass spectrometer gave the following information about these isotopes.

m/e 24.0 25.0 26.0

Relative abundance 64.2 20.3 15.5
(i) Calculate the relative atomic mass of X.
(ii) Using the Periodic Table, suggest the most likely identity of element X.
(iii) Suggest one reason why the relative atomic mass of X, given in the Periodic
Table, differs from your answer to part (g)(i).
(5)
(Total 16 marks)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 29

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

6. (a) The diagram in Figure 1 shows the behaviour of the three fundamental particles
when passed through an electric field.

A
B
C

Figure 1
(i) Identify the particles represented by A, B, and C.
(1)
(ii) Explain the shapes and directions of the paths traced by the fundamental
particles as they pass through the electric field.
(3)
(Total 4 marks)
7. (a) Define the term atomic number of an atom.
(1)
(b) Explain why atoms of the same element may have different mass numbers.
(1)
(c) The table below concerns a sample of krypton.

Mass number 82 83 84 86
Relative abundance 12 12 50 26
(i) Name an instrument which is used to measure the relative abundance of
isotopes.
(ii) Define the term relative atomic mass of an element.
(iii) Calculate the relative atomic mass of this sample of krypton.
(5)

(d) Explain why the first ionisation energy of rubidium is less than the first ionisation
energy of krypton.
(2)
(Total 9 marks)

8. (a) Explain the terms:

(i) mass number;
(1)
(ii) relative atomic mass.
(2)

(b) Sulphur consists of three isotopes. The table below shows the relative abundance of
each isotope.

Mass number of isotope 32 33 34

Relative abundance/% 95.0 0.8 4.2

Figure 1

Using the data from Figure 1, calculate the relative atomic mass, Ar of sulphur,
giving your final answer to 1 decimal place.
(2)
(Total 5 marks)

9. (a) Define the term mass number of an isotope.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 30

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

.
(1)

(b) Write the symbol, including mass number and atomic number, for the isotope
which has eight electrons and nine neutrons in each atom.
(2)

(c) The table below shows some data about fundamental particles.

Particle Proton neutron Electron

Mass /g 1.6725 × 10–24 1.6748 × 10–24 0.0009 × 10–24
Relative charge
(i) Complete the table by giving a value for the relative charge of each particle.
(ii) Calculate the mass of an atom of hydrogen which is made from a proton and
an electron.
(iii) Calculate the mass of one mole of such hydrogen atoms giving your answer to
four decimal places.
23 –1
(The Avogadro constant, L = 6.0225 × 10 mol )
(iv) An accurate value for the mass of one mole of hydrogen atoms is 1.0080 g.
Give one reason why this value is different from your answer to part (c)(iii).
(4)
(Total 7 marks)
10. (a) State, in terms of the fundamental particles present, the meaning of the term
isotopes.
(1)
(b) An atom contains one more proton than, but the same number of neutrons as, an
36
atom of S. Deduce the symbol, including the mass number and the atomic
number, of this atom.
(2)
(c) The table below gives the relative abundance of each isotope in a mass spectrum of
a sample of germanium, Ge.

m/e 70 72 74
Relative abundance (%) 24.4 32.4 43.2
(i) Give the electron arrangement of a Ge atom.

(ii) Use the data above to calculate the relative atomic mass of this sample of
germanium. Give your answer to one decimal place.

(iii) State what is adjusted in a mass spectrometer in order to direct ions with
different m/e values onto the detector. Explain your answer.

(iv) One of the isotopes of Ge, given in the table in part (c), has an ion that forms a
small peak in the mass spectrum which is indistinguishable from a peak
36 +
produced by S ions. Identify this Ge ion and explain your answer.

(8)
(Total 11 marks)

11. Aluminium, magnesium and vanadium are metals.

(a) Give the electronic configurations for aluminium and vanadium.
(2)
(b) State the block in the Periodic Table to which magnesium belongs.
(1)
(Total 3 marks)

12. (a) Give the symbol, including mass number and atomic number, for the isotope which
has a mass number of 34 and which has 18 neutrons in each nucleus

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 31

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(2)

(b) Some data obtained from the mass spectrum of a sample of carbon are given below.

Ion 12 + 13 +
C C

Absolute mass of one ion/g –23 –23

1.993 × 10 2.158 × 10
Relative abundance/% 98.9 1.1

Use these data to calculate a value for the mass of one neutron, the relative atomic
mass of 13 C and the relative atomic mass of carbon in the sample.
You may neglect the mass of an electron.
(6)
(Total 8 marks)
13. (a) Describe the process by which particles are ionised in a mass spectrometer.

(2)
(b) Give two reasons why particles must be ionised before being analysed in a mass
spectrometer.
(2)
(c) A sample of boron contains 20% by mass of 10B and 80% by mass of 11B.
Calculate the relative atomic mass of boron in this sample.
(2)
(Total 6 marks)

14. (a) Give the following to show the electronic configuration of silicon.
(1)

(b) Write chemical equations, including state symbols, for the following enthalpy
changes:

(i) The first molar ionisation energy of silicon;

(ii) The second molar ionisation energy of silicon.

(3)
(Total 4 marks)

15. Figure 1 contains data relating to the relative isotopic abundance of the element
titanium, Ti.

Isotope 46Ti 47Ti 48Ti 49Ti 50Ti

% abundance 8.02 7.31 73.81 5.54 5.32

Figure 1
(a) Explain what is meant by the term relative isotopic abundance.
(2)
(b) Using the data from Figure 1, calculate the relative atomic mass, Ar, of
titanium.
(2)

(Total 4 marks)

16. (a) Write the electron arrangement for the Mg2+ ion.
(1)
(b) Identify the block in the Periodic Table to which magnesium belongs.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 32

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(1)
2+
(c) The Ne atom and the Mg ion have the same number of electrons. Give two
reasons why the first ionisation energy of neon is lower than the third ionisation
energy of magnesium.
(2)
(d) There is a general trend in the first ionisation energies of the Period 3 elements, Na
to Ar.
(i) State and explain this general trend.
(ii) Explain why the first ionisation energy of sulphur is lower than would be
predicted from the general trend.
(5)
(Total 9 marks)

17. The diagram below shows the electronic structure of boron.

2p
2s
Energy

1s
(a) The electrons are represented by arrows. What property of the electrons do these
‘up’ and ‘down’ arrows represent?
(1)
(b) Suggest why electrons which occupy the 2p sub-levels have a higher energy than
electrons in the 2s sub-level.
(1)
(c) Explain the meaning of the term first ionisation energy.
(2)
(d) Explain why boron has a lower first ionisation energy than beryllium.
(3)
(e) Explain why the first ionisation energy of helium is very large.
(1)
(Total 8 marks)

18. (a) (i) State the general trend in the first ionisation energy of the Period 3 elements
from Na to Ar.

(ii) State how, and explain why, the first ionisation energy of aluminium does not
follow this general trend.
(4)

(b) Give the equation, including state symbols, for the process which represents the
second ionisation energy of aluminium.
(1)
(Total 5 marks)

19. There is a general trend in the values of the first ionisation energies of the elements Na to
Ar. The first ionisation energies of the elements Al and S deviate from this trend.
(a) Write an equation, including state symbols, to represent the process for which the
energy change is the first ionisation energy of Na.
(2)
(b) State and explain the general trend in the values of the first ionisation energies of
the elements Na to Ar.
(3)
(c) State how, and explain why, the values of the first ionisation energies of the
elements Al and S deviate from the general trend.
(5)
(Total 10 marks)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 33

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

20. (a) What is meant by the term first ionisation energy?

(2)
(b) The diagram below shows the variation in first ionisation energy across Period 3.

First
ionisation
energy

Na Mg Al Si P S Cl Ar
Period 3 element
(i) What is the maximum number of electrons that can be accommodated in an
s sub-level?
(ii) What evidence from the diagram supports your answer to part (b(i)?
(iii) What evidence from the diagram supports the fact that the 3p sub-level is
higher in energy than the 3s?
(iv) What evidence from the diagram supports the fact that no more than three
unpaired electrons can be accommodated in the 3p sub-level?
(5)
(Total 7 marks)

21. Explain why atomic radius decreases across Period 3 from sodium to chlorine.
(2)
(Total 2 marks)

22. The diagram below shows the trend in the first ionisation energies of the elements from
neon to aluminium.

First
ionisation
energy

Ne Na Mg Al Si P S
Element
(a) Draw crosses on the graph to show the first ionisation energies of silicon,
phosphorus and sulphur.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 34

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(3)
(b) Write an equation to illustrate the process which occurs during the first ionisation
of neon.
(1)
(c) Explain why the first ionisation energy of neon and that of magnesium are both
higher than that of sodium.
(4)
(d) Explain why the first ionisation energy of aluminium is lower than that of
magnesium.
(2)
(Total 10 marks)

23. Values for the covalent radii of the elements in Period 3 are given in the table below.

Elements Na Mg Al Si P S Cl Ar

Covalent 0.157 0.136 0.125 0.117 0.110 0.104 0.099 -

radius/nm

Explain the decrease in the values shown in the table.

(Total 3 marks)

24. (a) State the relative charge and relative mass of a proton, of a neutron and of an
electron.
In terms of particles, explain the relationship between two isotopes of the same
element.
Explain why these isotopes have identical chemical properties.
(7)

(b) Define the term relative atomic mass. An element exists as a mixture of three
isotopes.
Explain, in detail, how the relative atomic mass of this element can be calculated
from data obtained from the mass spectrum of the element.
(7)
(Total 14 marks)

25. (a) Ionisation is the first of the four main stages involved in obtaining the mass
spectrum of a sample of gaseous titanium atoms. Explain how ionisation is
achieved. Name the remaining three stages and, in each case, state how each stage
48 2+
is achieved. Explain why it would be difficult to distinguish between Ti and
24Mg+ ions using a mass spectrometer.
(10)

(b) State any differences and similarities in the atomic structure of the isotopes of an
element. State the difference, if any, in the chemistry of these isotopes. Explain your
answer.
(4)

(c) The table below gives the percentage abundance of each isotope in the mass
spectrum of a sample of titanium.

m/z 46 47 48 49 50
% abundance 8.02 7.31 73.81 5.54 5.32

Define the term relative atomic mass of an element. Use the above data to calculate
the value of the relative atomic mass of titanium in this sample. Give your answer to
two decimal places.
(4)
(Total 18 marks)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 35

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

26. (a) Describe, in terms of charge and mass, the properties of protons, neutrons and
14
electrons. Explain fully how these particles are arranged in an atom of N.
(6)
(b) Account for the existence of isotopes.
(2)
(c) The mass spectrum of an element has peaks with relative intensity and m/z values
shown in the table below.

m/z 80 82 83 84 86
Relative 1 5 5 25 8
intensity
Identify this element and calculate its accurate relative atomic mass
(4)
(Total 12 marks)
27. A sample of element Q was extracted from a meteorite. The table below shows the relative
abundance of each isotope in a mass spectrum of this sample of Q.

m/z 64 66 67 68
Relative abundance
38.9 27.8 14.7 18.6
(%)
(a) Define the term relative atomic mass of an element.
(2)
(b) Use the data above to calculate the relative atomic mass of this sample of Q. Give
your answer to one decimal place. Suggest the identity of Q.
(3)
(c) In order to obtain a mass spectrum of Q, a gaseous sample is first ionised. Describe
how ionisation is achieved in a mass spectrometer. Give three reasons why
ionisation is necessary.
(5)
(Total 10 marks)

28. Describe and explain the variation in first ionisation energy of the elements across Period
3 from sodium to argon.
(Total 9 marks)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 36

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

Marking Scheme
1. (penalty for sig fig error =1mark per question)

(a) neutron: relative mass = 1 relative charge = 0 1

(not ‘neutral’)

electron: relative mass = 1/1800 → 0/negligible or

–4
5.56 × 10 → 0 relative charge = –1 1

17 17
(b) O/O mass number (Do not accept 17.0) 1

oxygen symbol ‘O’ 1

(if ‘oxygen’ + — ‘mass number = 17’(1))
(if ‘oxygen’+ — ‘mass number = 17’(0))
(if at N0 given but ≠ 8, treat as ‘con’ for M2)
(if lp on Be, diagram = 0)
(ignore bond angles)
(not dot and cross diagrams)
[4]
2. (a) (i) p + n / number of nucleons (accept protons and neutrons) 1
(Incorrect reference to electrons = contradiction)

(ii) Mean /average mass of a molecule/entity/formula 1

th 12
l/12 mass of atom of C 1
[Not 1/12 mass of molecule of 12C ]
th (mark
independently)

OR Mass of 1 mole of molecules/entities (1)

l/12thmass of 1 mole of 12C (1)
OR Average mass of a molecule/entity (1)
12
Relative to the mass of a C atom taken as 12 / 12.000 (1)
(Mean/average = stated or explained)
(mass = stated or explained)
(Penalise ‘weight’ once only)
12
(Ignore ‘average ‘ mass of C)
(Do not allow ‘mass of average molecule)

(b) (i) 2s22p63s23p64s13d10 (accept 3d 94s2) 1

(accept subscripts or caps)
[Penalise missing shell numbers]

(ii) d/D [NOT 3d/ ‘transition element] 1

(iii) 36 [NOT 36.0] 1

63 65
(c) (i) More Cu atoms than Cu atoms 1
(idea of more abundant 63Cu isotope - NOT just reference to
peak heights)

(ii) Electron from electron gun / high speed electron / high energy electron 1
(accept electron gun fired at)
[NOT ‘bombarded with electrons]

knock electron off (Cu atom) / idea of loss of e– / appropriate equation 1

(Mark independently)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 37

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

63 2+
(iii) Cu or equivalent [NOT 63.0 - penalise this error once only] 1
m/z = 63/2 (=31.5) or equivalent 1
More energy needed to remove second electron OR 1
63 2+
Cu statistically less likely to remove second electron
(Idea that not many 63Cu2+ ions formed OR explains why few are
formed e.g. more energy needed)
63
If ‘ Cu’ not given, can only award M2 & M3

Notes on [If 65 used, lose M1 and M2]

(c) (iii) [If mass number missing from identity but appears in explanation,
penalise Ml but allow M2 if earned]
[12]
3. (a) (i) (atoms with the) same number of protons / same atomic number /
atoms of the same element; 1
(molecules = contradiction)
But different number of neutrons / different mass number; 1
(not different atomic mass or Ar)
(ii) detected by: +ve ions collide with / are directed or deflected to /
are collected at the detector; 1
causing current to flow / detected electrically /
idea of electricity or voltage generated; 1
(not ‘charge produced’ or ‘detected electronically’)
abundance measured: idea that current depends on
abundance/number of ions hitting detector; 1
(b) (i) mean /average mass of an atom / all the isotopes;
l/12th mass of atom of 12C ;
(mark independently)
OR
mass of 1 mole of atoms (of an element);
th 12
l/12 mass of l mole of C;
OR
average mass of a molecule/entity;
12
relative to the mass of a C atom taken as 12 / 12.000; 2
(penalise ‘weight’ once only)
(ignore ‘average’ mass of 12C)
(do not allow ‘mass of average atom )

(54  5.8)  (56  91.6)  (57  2.6)

(ii) ; 1
100
= 55.9; 1

(c) (i) 1s2 2s22p63s23p6; 1

(accept subscripts or caps; ignore 4s°) (penalise missing shell
numbers)

(ii) highest energy level / last sub-shell to be filled / is (3)d;

OR
outermost electrons in the d sub-shell/orbital; 1
(not incomplete d sub-shell)
(not valance electron in d sub-shell)

(iii) no difference; 1
– – –
same e arrangement / same number of e / same valence e .
OR

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 38

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

same chemical properties;

OR
chemical properties determined by electrons; 1
(M2 tied to correct answer for M1)
[13]

4. (a)

Particle Relative charge Relative mass

Proton +1 or 1+ 1 (1)
Neutron 0 1 (not – 1) (1)
or no
charge/neutral/zero
Electron –1 or 1– 1/1800 to 1/2000 (1)

or negligible
or zero
–4 –4
or 5.0 × 10 to 5.6 × 10
if ‘g’ in mass column - wrong
penalise once 3
38
(b) 18 Ar
(1)(1)
Allow numbers before or after Ar 2

(c) S: 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p4 (1)

Allow upper case letters
2– 2 2 6 2 6
S : 1s 2s 2p 3s 3p (1)
If use subscript penalise once

(d) Block: p (1)

Explanation: Highest energy or outer orbital is (3) p
OR outer electron, valency electron in (3) p
NOT 2p etc.

2
[9]
5. (a) number of protons in one atom or nucleus (1)
Allow protons & electrons
do not allow protons + electrons or electrons
1
23
(b) 11 (1) Na (1)
23 or Na (1) + unambiguous statement of mass no. and
OR Na 11
atomic no.
2
(c) 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p1 (1)
2 1
Allow Ne 3s 3p 1

(d) 14 (1) 1

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 39

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

average mass of an atom (or isotope)

(e) (1) × 12 (1)
mass of 1 atom of 12 C
Reference to mass number not mass C.E. = 0
OR stated in moles
12
OR compared with 1/12 of a C atom or relative
12
to C when taken as 12

(f) (i) electron gun (1)

(ii) (particles must be charged) (ions) before attraction to a charged plate (or
electric field) (1)
(or only ions can be attracted or accelerated by an electric field)
or converse; if not charge not attracted to electric field

(iii) magnetic field (or magnet) (1)

(iv) magnetic field (1) (accelerating potential or strength of magnet)
allow magnet
4
24.0  64.2  25.0  20.3  26.0  15.5
(g) (i)
100 (1)
(1) mark for any m/z × relative abundance
If numerator is correct but 100 has A.E. conseq A.E. -1
If A.E. on 100 allow conseq correct answer provided numerator is correct

= 24.5 (1)

Allow 24.5 to 24.52

ignore units

(ii) magnesium (1) (or Mg) (allow conseq on wrong Ar)

(iii) abundance of isotopes is different (1) (or different isotopes) 5

[16]
6. (a) (i) A = electron, B = neutron and C = proton all correctly identified (1)
do not give if any reference to cation / anion 1
0
(ii) neutron / n / B has no charge and so is undeflected (1)
proton / p+ / C and electron / e– / A attracted to –ve and +ve plates
respectively (1)
correct direction and shape for one particle gains one mark
mass p > mass e– so deflected less / mass C > mass A so deflected less (1)
allow this mark for valid difference in property and explanation of shape
allow reference to other particles here 3

[7]

7. (a) number of protons (1) 1

(b) different number of neutrons (1)

they are ‘isotopes’ – not enough for the mark 1

(c) (i) mass spectrometer (1)

allow spectroscope
(ii) (or average)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 40

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

mean mass of an atom (1)

× 12 (1)
(mass) 1 atom of 12C
mass of 1 mol of atoms (1)
or  12 (1)
mass of 1 mol of 12 C atoms
or mean mass of an atom (1)
12
or compared with {an atom of C taken as 12
1
{ 12 of a 12C atom
If molecule, element or entity instead of ‘atom’ lose 1 mark 1

(82  12)  (83  12)  (84  50)  (86  26)

(iii) (1) = 84.16 (1)
100

allow 84.1 to 84.2 ignore units 5

(d) outer electron in Rb is in 5th shell (or additional shell) (1)

further away (or more shielded) from nucleus (1)

mark independently but if there is contradiction – no marks 2

[9]
8. (a) (i) the number of protons and neutrons / number of nucleons
in the nucleus / atom 1
not in an element
(ii) weighted average / mean mass of the isotopes or of
atoms not of an element / average mass in an isotopic mixture /
average mass of all naturally occurring isotopes (1)
measured on the 12C scale / relative to 1/12 th the mass of one
12
atom of the C isotope (1) 2
independent of first mark
32  95  33  0.8  34  4.2
(b) (1)
100
32.1 (ignore units) – answer only gets both marks (1) 2

[5]
9. (a) Number of protons & number of neutrons (1) 1
17
(b) O (1) 2
8
(1)
(c) (i)
Particle proton neutron Electron
Mass /g –24 –24 –24
1.6725 × 10 1.6748 × 10 0.0009 × 10
Relative charge +1 0 –1

–24
(ii) 1.6734 × 10 g (1)
(iii) 1.0078 g (1)

(iv) other isotopes present (1) 4

[13]

10. (a) Atoms/isotopes/particles/species with the same (number of) protons and 1
different (number of) neutrons
[Not atomic number/mass number/molecules/same
element/diff electrons]

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 41

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

37
(b) 17 Cl 17 & Cl 1
Mass number 1
[Not 37.0] [Mark independently] [ignore charges]

2 6 2 6 10 2 2
(c) (i) 2s 2p 3s 3p 3d 4s 4p 1
2 10
[allow reversed 4s 3d ]
[allow capitals/subscripts]

(70  24.4)  (72  32.4)  (74  43.2)

(ii) Ar = 1
100
[Wrong approach or not dividing by 100 = CE = 0]

= 72.4 1
[Answer to 1 d.p.] [Mark conseq on transcription error]
(iii) Magnet/electromagnet/magnetic field / electric field/charge on
negative/accelerator plate 1
Correct link between deflection and m/z 1
Correct link between deflection and field 1
[Penalise ‘reflected’/’diffracted’ once only]
[Ignore references to molecules/atoms/particles]
[Consolation mark: allow correct link between mass and
deflection for 1 mark out of the 2]

72
(iv) Ge 2  only 1
36 +
Same m/z as S 1
[Mark independently]
[11]
2 2 6 2 1
11. (a) aluminium: 1s 2s 2p 3s 3p (1)
vanadium: 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 4s2 3d3 or 3d3 4s2 (1) 2
(b) s-block 1

[3]
12. (a) 34 S (1)
16 (1) 2

(b) 1.65 × 10–24 (1)

2  158  10 –23
 12 (1) = 12.99 (1)
1  993  10 – 23

or 6.023 × 1023 × 2.158 × 10–23

= 12.998 (1)

any use of 12C & 13C (1)

12  98  9 13  1  1 (1)

100 100

= 12.01 (1) 6
[8]

13. (a) Electron gun (1)

knocks out electron(s) from the particle (1) 2

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 42

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(b) Reason 1 acceleration (1)

Reason 2 deflection (1) 2

20 80
(c) × 10 + × 11 (1)
100 100
= 10.8 (1) 2
[6]

2 2 6 2 2
14. (a) (1s 2s ) 2p 3s 3p (1) 1
+ –
(b) Si(g) → Si (g) + e balanced (1)
+ 2+ –
Si (g) → Si (g) + e balanced (1)
correct state symbols in both equations (allow even if not balanced) (1) 3
[4]
15. (a) proportion / ratio / frequency / percentage / abundance of each
isotope / different type of atom / specific atom
not amount unless relative amount compared to total amount (1)
present in the (natural) isotopic mixture / sample of the
element / compound containing the element (1)
reference to relative atomic mass worth zero marks 2
(b) (0.0802 × 46) + (0.0731 × 47) + (0.7381 × 48)
+ (0.0554 × 49) + (0.0532 × 50) (1)
= 47.9 (ignore units) (1) 2

[4]

2 2 6
16. (a) 1s 2s 2p (accept capitals and subscripts) 1

(b) ‘s’ block (not a specific ‘s’ orbital – e.g. 2s) 1

2+ 2+ –
(c) Mg ion smaller than Ne atom / Mg e closer to nucleus 1
2+
(Not ‘atomic’ radius fo Mg )

Mg2+ has more protons than Ne / higher nuclear charge or 1

– 2+
e is removed from a charged Mg ion / neutral neon atom
(accept converse arguments)
(If used ‘It’ or Mg/magnesium/Mg3+ etc. & 2 correct reasons,
allow (1))
(d) (i) trend: increases (if ‘decreases’, CE = 0/3) 1
n
Expl : more protons / increased proton number /
increased nuclear charge 1
(NOT increased atomic number)
same shell / same shielding / smaller size 1

(ii) QoL reference to the e- pair in the 3p sub-level 1

(penalise if wrong shell, e.g. ‘2p’, quoted)
repulsion between the e–in this e–pair 1
–
(if not stated, ‘e pair’ must be clearly implied)
(mark M4 and M5 separately)
[9]
17. (a) Spin (1) 1
(b) Further from nucleus (1)
(or more shielded) 1
(c) Energy to remove 1 electron (1) (or 1 mol electrons)
from a gaseous atom (1) (or molecule or 1 mol of atoms/molecules) 2

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 43

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(d) Be’s outer electron is in an s (2s) orbital (1)

B’s outer electron is in a p (2p) orbital (1)
B’s outer electron is higher in energy (1) 3
(e) Electron is not shielded from nucleus (1) 1
[8]
18. (a) (i) increases; 1
(ii) lower than expected / lower than Mg / 1
–
less energy needed to ionise; e removed from (3)p sub-level; 1
–
(‘e removed’ may be implied)
–
of higher energy / further away from nucleus / shielded by 3s e s; 1
+ 2+ –
(b) Al (g) → Al (g) + e ; 1

[5]
19. (a) Na(g) → Na+(g) + e–
– + –
OR Na(g) + e → Na (g) + 2e
(-) on electron not essential
equation (1)
state symbols (1)
Ignore state symbols on electrons

2
(b) Trend : Increases (1)
Explanation : Increased nuclear charge or proton number (1)
–
Stronger attraction (between nucleus and (outer) e ) (1)
Trend wrong
Allow M2 only if M3 correct (con)
3
(c) How values deviate from trend: (both values) too low (1)
–
Explanation for Al: e removed from (3) p (1)
–
e or orbital is higher in energy level or better
shielded than (3)s
or p electron is shielded by 3s electrons (1)
–
Allow e is further away
Mark independently

Explanation for S: e– removed from (3)p electron pair (1)

–
repulsion between paired e (reduces energy required) (1)
Mark separately
If deviation wrong allow M2 and M4
If M3 and / or M5 right 0 (con)
If used ‘d’ rather than ‘p’ orbital - lose M2 + M4 but may get M3, M5
(explanation marks)
5
[10]
20. (a) Heat / enthalpy / energy for removal of one electron (1) from a gaseous atom (1)
can score in an equation
must have first mark to score the second

(b) (i) 2 (1)

(ii) Two elements (or Na / Mg) before the drop (in energy) to Al (1)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 44

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(iii) ionisation energy of Al < that for Mg (1)

(iv) fall in energy from P to S (1)

or discontinuity in trend

From Al to P there are 3 additional electrons (1)

or three elements

5
For second mark idea of block of 3 elements
[7]

21. Number of protons increases (1)

Electrons in same shell (1) (or same shielding) 2
[2]

22. (a)

First
ionisation (1)
energy (1) (1)

Ne Na Mg Al Si P S
Element

+ –
(b) Ne → Ne + e (1) 1
(c) Explanation for neon Neon’s electron is in a lower (2p) shell (1)
attracted more strongly to (or less shielded from) the nucleus (1)
Explanation for magnesium more protons (1)
electrons in same shell
or similar shielding (1) 4

(d) Als outer electron is in a 3p sub-shell (1)

higher in energy than 3s in Magnesium (1) 2

[10]
23. increased nuclear charge / nuclear attraction number of protons (1)
same shielding / electrons added to same or outer shell / increase in number (1)
of electrons in outer shell
therefore (outer) electrons attracted / pulled in more strongly or more closely (1)
‘increased effective nuclear charge’ worth 2 marks
[3]

24. (a) Proton: mass 1, charge + 1 (1)

Neutron: mass 1, charge 0 (1)
Electron 1/1840, charge -1 (1)
Allow mass = 0, or negligible, or 1/1800 to 1/2000
Isotopes have the same number of protons (1)
OR atomic number

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 45

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

different number of neutrons (1)

Isotopes have the same electronic configuration (1)
OR same number of electrons
Chemical properties depend on electrons 7
average (1) mass of an atom/isotopes
(b) ×12 (1)
mass of 1 atom of 12 C
mass of 1mol of atoms
OR 12 × 12 or in words
mass of 1atom of C

Spectrum gives (relative) abundance (1)

OR % or amount
And m/z (1)
Multiply m/z by relative abundance for each isotope (1)
Allow instead of m/z mass no, Ar or actual value from example
Sum these values (1)
Divide by the sum of the relative abundances (1)
only award this mark if previous 2 given
Max 2 if e.g. has only 2 isotopes 7
[14]
25. (a) Ionisation (1)
High speed or high energy electrons or electron gun (1)
NOT bombard
NOT beam or stream of electrons
Knocks out (outer) electron (1)
+ –
Forming positive ion - could be from Ti → Ti + e (1)
Accept + ion later in question to clarify charge of ion
– + –
Ti + e → Ti + 2 e worth 2 marks
Ignore state symbols
Acceleration (1)
By electric field or attraction to negative plate or electrostatic attraction (1)
NOT repelled by + plate
Allow passed through positive & negative plates / oppositely
charged plates
Not just charged plates
Deflection (1)
By magnetic field or magnet or electromagnet (1)
Detection (1)
Idea that ions collected at detector and generate current (1)
Both ions have the same m / z value (of 24) or valid arguments
in terms of the doubled charge on 48Ti2+ exactly counteracting its
doubled mass (1)
Deflected equally (so detected together) or deflection dependent
on m / e value (1)
Can’t get this from previous section

10
(b) Differ in mass number or number of neutrons (1)
Same proton / atomic number (1)
Ignore reference to electrons here
Isotopes have the same chemical properties (1)
because all have the same electron configuration or number of electrons
or same number of valence electrons (so no chemical difference) (1)
This mark is tied to the above mark or near miss [similar etc] in M3

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 46

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

4
(c) Mean mass of an atom or (isotope) (1) [NOT mass of average atom]
12 12
Relative to 1/12 mass of C atom atc. Or to C taken as 12.000 or
exactly 12 (1)
Isotope can be accepted
mean (average) mass of an atom
OR (1) × 12 (1)
mass of an atom of 12 C
mass of 1 mol of atoms
OR (1) × 12 (1)
mass of 1 mol of 12 C
Ar = (46 × .0802) + (47 × .0731) + (48 × .7381) + (49 × .0554) + (50 × .0532) (1)
= 47.93 answer to 2 d.p (1)
47.92 is acceptable
Must be 5 sets of values
Ignore transcription errors BUT DON’T ignore missing 100 C.E.
If missing isotope C.E. 4
[18]

26. (a) protons mass +1 charge + (1)

neutrons mass +1 charge zero (1)
electrons mass ~ zero (or<1/1800), charge – (1)
nitrogen –14 has a nucleus with 7 protons and 7 neutrons (1)
surrounded by electrons in shells (or orbitals) (or 2,5) (1)
with configuration 1s2 2s22p3 (scores last 2 marks) (1) 6

(b) isotopes have the same atomic number (or same number of protons
or same element) (1)
but different number of neutrons (or mass number) (1) 2

(c) fraction of each component is rel. int./44 (1)

[the mark is for 44, if 42 max 1]
relative atomic mass
= 1 × 80/44 + 5 × 82/44+ 5 × 83/44 + 25 × 84/44 + 8 × 86/44 (1)
= 83.9 (1)
Krypton (1) 4
[12]
27. (a) Mean (average) mass of an atom / all the isotopes or 1
th 12
1/12 mass of atom of C 1
Mass of 1mole of atoms of an element or
th 12
1/12 mass of 1mole of C
average mass of an atom / all the isotopes
12
Relative to the mass of a C atom taken as exactly 12 / 12.000
(penalise ‘weight’ once only) (ignore ‘average’ mass of 12C)
(not ‘mass of average atom’)

(b) A2 = (64 × 0.389) + (66 × 0.278) + (67 × 0..147) + (68 × 0.186) 1

= 65.7
(mark M2 conseq on transcription error or incorrect addition of %) 1
identity: zinc / Zn 1
(Conseq on A2 but only if their A2 is within range of Periodic Table)

(c) electron gun (fires) electrons or high speed/energy electrons 1

(not just ‘bombarded by electrons’ or ‘bombarded by electron gun’)

knocks off e– from Q 1

(may be earned from a real or generic equation)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 47

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

Reasons: to allow ions to be: 1

accelerated (by an electric field)
deflected (by a magnet/magnetic field) 1
detected / description of current formed at the detector/sensor 1
(accept in any order)
(allow clear descriptions of ‘accelerated’, ‘deflected’, ‘detected’)
[10]

28. general increase across period (1)

can score this and points 4, 7 on graph

because number of protons (or nuclear charge) increases (1)

but electrons in same shell (or similar shielding) (1)

fall from Mg to Al (1)

Al’s outer electron is in a p orbital (1)

higher in energy than s electron in Mg (1)

if wrong period –1

fall from P to S (1)

two of the p electrons in S are paired (or in same orbital) (1)

[9]

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 48

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

3.0 CHEMICAL BONDING & 4.0 STATES OF MATTER

(Includes some questions from Chemical Periodicity)
1. At room temperature, both sodium metal and sodium chloride are crystalline solids which
contain ions.
(a) On the diagrams for sodium metal and sodium chloride below, mark the charge for
each ion.

Sodium metal Sodium chloride

(2)
(b) (i) Explain how the ions are held together in solid sodium metal.
(ii) Explain how the ions are held together in solid sodium chloride.
(iii) The melting point of sodium chloride is much higher than that of sodium
metal. What can be deduced from this information?
(3)
(c) Compare the electrical conductivity of solid sodium metal with that of solid sodium
chloride. Explain your answer.
(3)
(d) Explain why sodium metal is malleable (can be hammered into shape).
(1)
(Total 9 marks)
2. The equation below shows the reaction between boron trifluoride and a fluoride ion.
–
BF3 + F → BF 4–
(i) Draw diagrams to show the shape of the BF3 molecule and the shape of the BF 4– ion.
In each case, name the shape. Account for the shape of the BF 4– ion and state the
bond angle present.

(ii) In terms of the electrons involved, explain how the bond between the BF3 molecule
–
and the F ion is formed. Name the type of bond formed in this reaction.
(Total 9 marks)
3. Draw the shape of a molecule of BeCl2 and the shape of a molecule of Cl2O. Show
any lone pairs of electrons on the central atom. Name the shape of each molecule.

BeCl2 Cl2O
(4)
(Total 4 marks)

4. Ammonia, NH3, reacts with sodium to form sodium amide, NaNH2, and hydrogen.

(a) Draw the shape of an ammonia molecule and that of an amide ion, NH 2
In each case show any lone pairs of electrons.

NH3 NH 2
(b) State the bond angle found in an ammonia molecule.
(c) Explain why the bond angle in an amide ion is smaller than that in an
ammonia molecule.
(5)
(Total 5 marks)
5. (a) Describe the bonding that is present in metals.
(3)
(b) Explain how the bonding and structure lead to the typical metallic properties

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 49

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

of electrical conductivity and malleability.

(4)
(c) Suggest a reason why aluminium is a better conductor of electricity than
magnesium.
(2)
(Total 9 marks)
6. The table below shows the electronegativity values of some elements.

Fluorine Chlorine Bromine Iodine Carbon Hydrogen

Electronegativity 4.0 3.0 2.8 2.5 2.5 2.1
(a) Define the term electronegativity.
(2)
(b) The table below shows the boiling points of fluorine, fluoromethane (CH3F ) and
hydrogen fluoride.

F–F F H–F

C
H H
H
Boiling point/K 85 194 293

(i) Name the strongest type of intermolecular force present in:

Liquid F2
Liquid CH3F
Liquid HF
(ii) Explain how the strongest type of intermolecular force in liquid HF arises.
(6)
(c) The table below shows the boiling points of some other hydrogen halides.
HCl HBr HI
Boiling point / K 188 206 238
(i) Explain the trend in the boiling points of the hydrogen halides from HCl to HI.
(ii) Give one reason why the boiling point of HF is higher than that of all the other
hydrogen halides.
(3)
(Total 11 marks)
7. (a) Methanol has the structure
H

H C O H

H
Explain why the O–H bond in a methanol molecule is polar.
(2)
(b) The boiling point of methanol is +65 °C; the boiling point of oxygen is –183 °C.
Methanol and oxygen each have an Mr value of 32. Explain, in terms of the
intermolecular forces present in each case, why the boiling point of methanol is
much higher than that of oxygen.

(3)
(Total 5 marks)
8. (a) The diagram below shows the melting points of some of the elements in Period 3.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 50

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

2000

1600

1200
Melting
point/K
800

400

0
Na Mg Al Si P S Cl Ar
(i) On the diagram, use crosses to mark the approximate positions of the melting
points for the elements silicon, chlorine and argon. Complete the diagram by
joining the crosses.
(ii) By referring to its structure and bonding, explain your choice of position for
the melting point of silicon.
(iii) Explain why the melting point of sulphur, S8, is higher than that of
phosphorus, P4
(8)
(b) State and explain the trend in melting point of the Group II elements Ca–Ba.
(3)
(Total 11 marks)
9. State and explain the trend in the melting points of the Period 3 metals Na, Mg and Al.
(3)
(Total 3 marks)
10. (a) (i) Describe the bonding in a metal.
(ii) Explain why magnesium has a higher melting point than sodium.
(4)
(b) Why do diamond and graphite both have high melting points?
(3)
(c) Why is graphite a good conductor of electricity?
(1)
(d) Why is graphite soft?
(2)
(Total 10 marks)
11. Sodium sulphide, Na2S, is a high melting point solid which conducts electricity when
molten. Carbon disulphide, CS2, is a liquid which does not conduct electricity.

(a) Deduce the type of bonding present in Na2S and that present in CS2
(b) By reference to all the atoms involved explain, in terms of electrons, how Na2S
is formed from its atoms.
(c) Draw a diagram, including all the outer electrons, to represent the bonding
present in CS2

(6)
(Total 6 narks)
12. (a) The diagram below represents a part of the structure of sodium chloride. The ionic
charge is shown on the centre of only one of the ions.

(i) On the diagram, mark the charges on the four negative ions.
(ii) What change occurs to the motion of the ions in sodium chloride when it is

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 51

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

heated from room temperature to a temperature below its melting point?

(2)
(b) Sodium chloride can be formed by reacting sodium with chlorine.
(ii) A chloride ion has one more electron than a chlorine atom. In the formation of
sodium chloride, from where does this electron come?
(ii) What property of the atoms joined by a covalent bond causes the bond to be
polar?
(2)
(Total 4 marks)
13. Phosphorus and nitrogen are in Group V of the Periodic Table and both elements form
hydrides. Phosphine, PH3, reacts to form phosphonium ions, PH 4 , in a similar way to
that by which ammonia, NH3, forms ammonium ions, NH 4
+
(a) Give the name of the type of bond formed when phosphine reacts with an H ion.
Explain how this bond is formed.
(3)
(b) Draw the shapes, including any lone pairs of electrons, of a phosphine molecule and
of a phosphonium ion.
Give the name of the shape of the phosphine molecule and state the bond angle
found in the phosphonium ion.
PH3 PH 4
(4)
(Total 7 marks)
14. (a) State the meaning of the term electronegativity.
(2)
(b) State and explain the trend in electronegativity values across Period 3 from sodium
to chlorine.

(3)
(Total 5 marks)
15. (a) The shape of the molecule BCl3 and that of the unstable molecule CCl2 are shown
below.
Cl
B C
Cl Cl Cl Cl
(i) Why is each bond angle exactly 120° in BCl3?
(ii) Predict the bond angle in CCl2 and explain why this angle is different from
that in BCl3
(5)
(b) Give the name which describes the shape of molecules having bond angles of 109°
28'.
Give an example of one such molecule.
(2)
(c) The shape of the XeF4 molecule is shown below.

F F
Xe
F F
(i) State the bond angle in XeF4
(ii) Suggest why the lone pairs of electrons are opposite each other in this
molecule.
(iii) Name the shape of this molecule, given that the shape describes the positions
of the Xe and F atoms only.
(4)
(d) Draw a sketch of the NF3 molecule. Indicate in your sketch any lone pairs of
electrons on nitrogen.
(2)
(Total 13 marks)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 52

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

16. (a) Describe the motion of the particles in solid iodine and in iodine vapour.
(3)
(b) Explain why solid iodine vaporises when warmed gently.
(2)
(c) Silver and sodium chloride melt at similar temperatures. Give two physical
properties of silver which are different from those of sodium chloride and, in each
case, give one reason why the property of silver is different from that of sodium
chloride.
(4)
(d) Draw the shapes of BeCl2, NCl3 and BeCl 2 –4
. In each case, show any lone-pair
electrons on the central atom and state the value of the bond angle.
(6)
(Total 15 marks)
17. Silicon dioxide has a macromolecular structure. Draw a diagram to show the
arrangement
of atoms around a silicon atom in silicon dioxide. Give the name of the shape of this
arrangement of atoms and state the bond angle.
(3)
(Total 3 marks)
18. (a) When considering electron pair repulsions in molecules, why does a lone pair of
electrons repel more strongly than a bonding pair?
(1)
(b) The diagram below shows a hydrogen peroxide molecule.
H

O O

H
(i) On the diagram above, draw the lone pairs, in appropriate positions, on the
oxygen atoms.
(ii) Indicate, on the diagram, the magnitude of one of the bond angles.
(iii) Name the strongest type of intermolecular force which exists between
molecules of hydrogen peroxide in the pure liquid.
(4)
(c) Draw a diagram to illustrate the shape of a molecule of SF4 and predict the bond
angle(s).
(4)
(d) Name two types of intermolecular force which exist between molecules in liquid SF4
(2)
(Total 11 marks)
19. (a) Name the type of force that holds the particles together in an ionic crystal.
(1)
(b) What is a covalent bond?
(1)
(c) State how a co-ordinate bond is formed.
(2)
(d) Describe the bonding in a metal.
(2)
(e) A molecule of hydrogen chloride has a dipole and molecules of hydrogen chloride
attract each other by permanent dipole-dipole forces. Molecules ot chlorine are
non-polar.
(i) What is a permanent dipole?
(ii) Explain why a molecule of hydrogen chloride is polar.
(iii) Name the type of force which exists between molecules of chlorine.
(5)
(f) Show, by means of a diagram, how two molecules of hydrogen fluoride are attracted
to each other by hydrogen bonding; include all lone-pair electrons and partial
charges in your diagram.
(3)
(g) Why is there no hydrogen bonding between molecules of hydrogen bromide?
(1)
(Total 15 marks)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 53

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

20. The table below gives the boiling points, Tb, of some hydrogen halides.

Hydrogen halide HF HCl HBr HI

Tb /K 293 188 206 238

(a) By referring to the types of intermolecular force involved, explain why energy must
be supplied in order to boil liquid hydrogen chloride.
(3)
(b) Explain why the boiling point of hydrogen bromide lies between those of hydrogen
chloride and hydrogen iodide.
(2)
(c) Explain why the boiling point of hydrogen fluoride is higher than that of hydrogen
chloride.
(2)
(d) Draw a sketch to illustrate how two molecules of hydrogen fluoride interact in liquid
hydrogen fluoride.
(2)
(Total 9 marks)
21. Sulphur will combine separately with carbon, hydrogen and sodium to form carbon
disulphide (CS2), hydrogen sulphide (H2S) and sodium sulphide (Na2S) respectively.
The bonding in these compounds is similar to that in CO2, H2O and Na2O .
(a) Complete the table in Figure 2 by classifying the compounds as either ionic or
covalent.

Melting Ionic or covalent

point/K
Carbon disulphide 162
Hydrogen sulphide 187
Sodium sulphide 1450

Figure 2
(3)
(b) One of the compounds in Figure 2 shows high electrical conductivity under
appropriate conditions. Identify the compound, by name or formula, and
state one condition under which it shows high electrical conductivity.
(2)
(Total 5 marks)
22. (a) State what is meant by the term polar bond.
(1)
(b) Sulphuric acid is a liquid that can be represented by the formula drawn below.
O O H
S
O O H
Given that the electronegativity values for hydrogen, sulphur and oxygen are 2.1,
2.5 and 3.5 respectively, clearly indicate the polarity of each bond present in the
formula given.
(2)
(c) Suggest the strongest type of intermolecular force present in pure sulphuric acid.
Briefly explain how this type of intermolecular force arises.
(2)
(Total 5 marks)
23. (a) Sketch the shapes of each of the following molecules, showing any lone pairs of
electrons. In each case, state the bond angle(s) present in the molecule and name
the shape.

Molecule Sketch of shape Bond angle(s) Name of shape

BF3
NF3
ClF3

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 54

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(9)
(b) State the types of intermolecular force which exist, in the liquid state, between pairs
of BF3 molecules and between pairs of NF3 molecules.
(3)
(c) Name the type of bond which you would expect to be formed between a molecule of
BF3 and a molecule of NF3. Explain how this bond is able to form.
(3)
(Total 15 marks)
24. Sketch a diagram to show the shape of a molecule of NH3 and indicate on your
diagram how this molecule is attracted to another NH3 molecule in liquid ammonia.
(3)
(Total 3 marks)
25. (a) Define the term electronegativity.
(2)
(b) State and explain the trend in electronegativity of the elements across Period 3 from
sodium to chlorine.
(3)
(c) State the bond type in sodium oxide and the bond type in sulphur dioxide. In each
case, explain the link between the bond type and the electronegativity of the
elements involved.
(4)
(Total 9 marks)
26. (a) Co-ordinate bonding can be described as dative covalency. In this context, what is
the meaning of each of the terms covalency and dative?
(2)
(b) Write an equation for a reaction in which a co-ordinate bond is formed.
(2)
(c) Why is sodium chloride ionic rather than covalent?
(2)
(d) Why is aluminium chloride covalent rather than ionic?
(2)
(e) Why is molten sodium chloride a good conductor of electricity?
(1)
(f) Explain, in terms of covalent bonding, why the element iodine exists as simple
molecules whereas the element carbon does not.
(3)
(Total 12 marks)
27. (a) Describe the nature and strength of the bonding in solid calcium oxide.
(3)
(b) Use the kinetic theory to describe the changes that take place as calcium oxide is
heated from 25°C to a temperature above its melting point.
(3)
(c) State two properties of calcium oxide that depend on its bonding.
(2)
(Total 8 marks)
28. What is a covalent bond?
(1)
(Total 1 mark)
29. (a) Figure 1 shows some data concerned with halogens.

Element Electronegativity Boiling point of

hydride / K
Fluorine 4.0 293
Chlorine 3.0 188
Bromine 2.8 206
Iodine 2.5 238
Figure 1
(i) Define the term electronegativity.
(2)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 55

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(ii) Explain the trend in boiling points from hydrogen chloride to hydrogen iodide.
(2)
(iii) Explain why hydrogen fluoride does not fit this trend.
(2)
(b) The oxygen atoms in the sulphate ion surround the sulphur in a regular tetrahedral
shape.
(i) Write the formula of the ion.
(1)
(ii) State the O–S–O. bond angle.
(1)
(Total 8 marks)
30. (a) State the type of bonding in a crystal of potassium bromide.
(1)
(b) Sketch a diagram to show the shape of a BrF3 molecule. Show on your sketch any
lone pairs of electrons in the outermost shell of bromine and name the shape.
(3)
(Total 4 marks)
31. (a) (i) State one feature which molecules must have in order for hydrogen bonding to
occur between them.
(1)
(ii) Give the name of the type of intermolecular bonding present in hydrogen
sulphide, H2S, and explain why hydrogen bonding does not occur.
(2)
(iii) Account for the much lower boiling point of hydrogen sulphide (–61 °C)
compared with that of water(100 °C).
(2)
(b) Protein molecules are composed of sequences of amino acid molecules that have
joined together, with the elimination of water, to form long chains. Part of a protein
chain is represented by the graphical formula given below.
R O R O R O R

C C N C C N C C N C

H H H H H H H
Explain the formation of hydrogen bonding between protein molecules.
(4)
(Total 9 marks)
32. (a) Describe the bonding found in metals.
(3)
(b) Use data from table above and your knowledge of the bonding in these metals to
explain why the melting point of magnesium is higher than that of sodium.
(3)
(c) State and explain the similarities and differences in electrical conductivity of
sodium, graphite and diamond.
(4)
(Total 10 marks)
33. The table below contains electronegativity values for the Period 3 elements, except
chlorine.

Element Na Mg Al Si P S Cl Ar
Electronegativity 0.9 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.1 2.5 -

(a) How can electronegativity values be used to predict whether a given chloride is likely
to be ionic or covalent?
(2)
(b) State the type of bonding in sodium oxide.
(1)
(Total 3 marks)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 56

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

34. The diagram below shows how a water molecule interacts with a hydrogen fluoride
molecule.
H
+ –
O H F
H
(a) What is the value of the bond angle in a single molecule of water?
(1)
(b) Explain your answer to part (a) by using the concept of electron pair repulsion.
(4)
(c) Name the type of interaction between a water molecule and a hydrogen fluoride
molecule shown in the diagram above.
(1)
(d) Explain the origin of the + charge shown on the hydrogen atom in the diagram.
(2)
(e) When water interacts with hydrogen fluoride, the value of the bond angle in water
changes slightly. Predict how the angle is different from that in a single molecule of
water and explain your answer.
(2)
(Total 10 marks)

35. (a) State which one of the elements neon, sodium, magnesium, aluminium and silicon
has the lowest melting point and explain your answer in terms of the structure and
bonding present in that element.
(3)
(b) State which one of the elements neon, sodium, magnesium, aluminium and silicon
has the highest melting point and explain your answer in terms of the structure and
bonding present in that element.
(3)
(Total 6 marks)
36. Diamond and graphite are both forms of carbon.
Diamond is able to scratch almost all other substances, whereas graphite may be used as
a lubricant. Diamond and graphite both have high melting points.
Explain each of these properties of diamond and graphite in terms of structure and
bonding.
Give one other difference in the properties of diamond and graphite.
(Total 9 marks)
37. Iodine and diamond are both crystalline solids at room temperature. Identify one
similarity in the bonding, and one difference in the structures, of these two solids.
Explain why these two solids have very different melting points.
(Total 6 marks)
38. Phosphorus exists in several different forms, two of which are white phosphorus and red
phosphorus. White phosphorus consists of P4 molecules, and melts at 44°C. Red
phosphorus is macromolecular, and has a melting point above 550°C.
Explain what is meant by the term macromolecular. By considering the structure and
bonding present in these two forms of phosphorus, explain why their melting points are
so different.
(Total 5 marks)
39. (a) Predict the shapes of the SF6 molecule and the AlCl4– ion. Draw diagrams of these
species to show their three-dimensional shapes. Name the shapes and suggest
values for the bond angles. Explain your reasoning.
(8)
(b) Perfume is a mixture of fragrant compounds dissolved in a volatile solvent.
When applied to the skin the solvent evaporates, causing the skin to cool for a short
time. After a while, the fragrance may be detected some distance away. Explain
these observations.
(4)
(Total 12 marks)
40. (a) Iodine and graphite crystals both contain covalent bonds and yet the physical
properties of their crystals are very different.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 57

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

For iodine and graphite, state and explain the differences in their melting points
and in their electrical conductivities.
(9)
(b) Draw the shape of the BeCl2 molecule and explain why it has this shape.
(2)
(Total 11marks)
41. (a) The table below gives the melting point for each of the Period 3 elements Na – Ar.

Element Na Mg Al Si P S Cl Ar
Melting point / 371 923 933 168 317 392 172 84
K 0
In terms of structure and bonding, explain why silicon has a high melting point, and
why the melting point of sulphur is higher than that of phosphorus.
(7)
(b) Draw a diagram to show the structure of sodium chloride. Explain, in terms of
bonding, why sodium chloride has a high melting point.
(4)
(Total 11 marks)
42. Explain the meaning of the term periodicity as applied to the properties of rows of
elements in the Periodic Table. Describe and explain the trends in atomic radius, in
electronegativity and in conductivity for the elements sodium to argon.
(13)
(Total 13 marks)
43. (a) Describe the structure of, and bonding in, three different types of crystal. Illustrate
your answer with a specific example of each type of crystal and sketch labelled
diagrams of the structures. In each case, explain how the ability to conduct
electricity is influenced by the type of bonding.
(18)
(b) Explain how the concept of bonding and lone (non-bonding) pairs of electrons can
be used to predict the shape of, and bond angles in, a molecule of sulphur
tetrafluoride, SF4. Illustrate your answer with a sketch of the structure.
(8)
(Total 26 marks)
44. Sketch a graph to show how the melting points of the elements vary across Period 3 from
sodium to argon. Account for the shape of the graph in terms of the structure of, and the
bonding in, the elements.
(Total 21 marks)
45. (a) With the aid of diagrams, describe the structure of, and bonding in, crystals of
sodium chloride, graphite and magnesium. In each case, explain how the melting
point and the ability to conduct electricity of these substances can be understood by
a consideration of the structure and bonding involved.
(23)
(b) Explain how the electron-pair repulsion theory can be used to predict the shapes of
the molecules H2O and PF5. Illustrate your answer with diagrams of the molecules
on which the bond angles are shown.
(7)
(Total 30 marks)
46. In this question, one mark is available for the quality of spelling, punctuation and
grammar.
Many physical properties can be explained in terms of bonding and structure. The table
below shows the structures and some properties of sodium chloride and graphite in the
solid state.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 58

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

substance sodium chloride graphite

structure

electrical poor good

conductivity of solid
melting and boiling high high
point
solubility in water good insoluble
Explain these properties in terms of bonding and structure.

[7]
Quality of Written Communication [1]
[Total 8 marks]
47. Sodium reacts with excess oxygen to form sodium peroxide, Na2O2.
Na2O2 is used in laundry bleaches. When added to water a reaction takes place forming
an alkaline solution and hydrogen peroxide, H2O2.
(i) Construct a balanced equation for the formation of sodium peroxide from sodium.
[1]
(ii) Construct a balanced equation for the reaction of sodium peroxide with water.
[1]
(iii) Draw a ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram for a molecule of H2O2. Show outer electrons only.
[2]
[Total 4 marks]
48. In water treatment plants, care must be taken as chlorine can react with nitrogen
compounds to form the highly explosive compound, nitrogen trichloride, NCl3. Molecules
of NCl3 have a bond angle of 107°.
(i) Name the shape of an NCl3 molecule.
[1]
(ii) Explain why a molecule of NCl3 has this shape and a bond angle of 107°.
[3]
[Total 4 marks]
49. Chemists have developed models for bonding and structure which are used to explain
different properties.
Ammonia, NH3, is a covalent compound.
(i) Explain what is meant by a covalent bond.
[1]
(ii) Draw a ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram to show the bonding in NH3.
Show outer electrons only.
[1]
(iii) Name the shape of the ammonia molecule.
Explain, using your ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram, why ammonia has this shape and has
a bond angle of 107°.

[3]
[Total 5 marks]
50. The shape of a water molecule is different from the shape of a carbon dioxide molecule.
(i) Draw the shapes of these molecules and state the bond angles.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 59

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

water carbon dioxide

bond angle in water = .............. bond angle in carbon dioxide = ..............

[4]
(ii) Explain why a water molecule has a different shape from a carbon dioxide molecule.
[2]
[Total 6 marks]

51. Ammonia reacts with hydrogen chloride, HCl, to form ammonium chloride, NH4Cl.
NH4Cl is an ionic compound containing NH4+ and Cl– ions.
(i) Give the electron configuration of the Cl– ion.
[1]
+
(ii) Draw a ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram to show the bonding in NH4 .
Show outer electrons only.
[1]
+
(iii) State the shape of, and bond angle in, an NH4 ion.
[2]
(iv) A student investigated the conductivity of ammonium chloride.
She noticed that when the ammonium chloride was solid it did not conduct
electricity. However, when ammonium chloride was dissolved in water, the resulting
solution did conduct electricity.
Explain these observations.
[2]
[Total 6 marks]
52. Compounds with covalent bonding often have polar bonds. Polarity can be explained in
terms of electronegativity.
(i) Explain the term electronegativity.
[2]
(ii) Use a suitable example to show how the presence of a polar bond can be explained
in terms of electronegativity.
You may find it useful to draw a diagram in your answer.
[2]
[Total 4 marks]
53. Liquid ammonia, NH3, and water, H2O, both show hydrogen bonding.
(i) Draw a labelled diagram to show hydrogen bonding between two molecules of liquid
ammonia.
[3]
(ii) Water has several anomalous properties as a result of its hydrogen bonding.
Describe and explain one anomalous property of water which results from hydrogen
bonding.
[2]
[Total 5 marks]
54. Some polar molecules are able to form hydrogen bonds.
Draw a diagram to show an example of hydrogen bonding.
[Total 2 marks]
55. At room temperature, X is a liquid which does not conduct electricity. What does this
information suggest about the bonding and structure in X?
[Total 2 marks]
56. Sulphuric acid was added to aqueous barium hydroxide until the solution was just
neutralised, forming the insoluble salt, BaSO4, and water.
Ba(OH)2(aq) +H2SO4(aq) → BaSO4(s) + 2H2O(l)
The electrical conductivity of the solution steadily decreased as the sulphuric acid was
added.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 60

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

Explain why the electrical conductivity decreased.

[Total 2 marks]
57. The metal magnesium reacts with the non-metal chlorine to form a compound
magnesium chloride, MgCl2, which has ionic bonding.
(i) State what is meant by an ionic bond.
[1]
(ii) ‘Dot-and-cross’ diagrams are used to model which electrons are present in the ion.
Draw a ‘dot-and-cross’ diagram, including outer electron shells only, to show the
ions present in magnesium chloride, MgCl2.
[2]
(iii) A student finds that solid magnesium chloride and pure water do not conduct
electricity. The student dissolved the magnesium chloride in the water and the
resulting solution does conduct electricity.
Explain these observations.
[3]
[Total 6 marks]

58. In this question, one mark is available for the quality of use and organisation of scientific
terms.
Nitrogen and oxygen are elements in Period 2 of the Periodic Table. The hydrogen
compounds of oxygen and nitrogen, H2O and NH3, both form hydrogen bonds.
(i) Draw a diagram containing two H2O molecules to show what is meant by hydrogen
bonding. On your diagram, show any lone pairs present and relevant dipoles.
[3]
(ii) State and explain two anomalous properties of water resulting from hydrogen
bonding.
[4]
[Total 7 marks]
59. State and explain two anomalous properties of H2O that depend on its intermolecular
forces.
[4]
Quality of Written Communication [1]
[Total 5 marks]
60. The figure below shows the boiling points of four hydrides of Group 6 elements.

100 H2O

boiling point / °C 0
H2Te
H2Se
H2S
–100

(i) Explain, with the aid of a diagram, the intermolecular forces in H2O that lead to the
relatively high boiling point of H2O.
[3]
(ii) Suggest why H2S has a much lower boiling point than H2O.
[1]
[Total 4 marks]
61. Water forms hydrogen bonds which influences its properties.
Explain, with a diagram, what is meant by hydrogen bonding and explain two anomalous
properties of water resulting from hydrogen bonding.
[Total 6 marks]

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 61

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

Marking Scheme
1. (a)
+ –
+ + + +
– +
+ + + +
– +
+ + + + (1) (1)
+ –
2
[Diagrams must be complete and accurate]
(b) (i) Attraction /electrostatic forces/bonds/attractions between (positive) 1
ions/lattice and delocalised/free electrons/sea of electrons.
[Not metallic bonding] [Not just ‘forces’]
(ii) Electrostatic attractions/forces between ions or attractions between 1
+
(oppositely charged) ions/ Na & Cl
[Not ionic bonding]
(iii) (Here) the ionic bonding in NaCl is stronger/requires more energy to 1
break than the metallic bonding in Na
QoL Accept ‘bonding/forces of attraction in NaCl is stronger than
in Na’
[If IMF/molecules/van der Waals’/dipole–dipole mentioned
in parts(i) or (ii), then CE = 0 for parts (i) and/or(ii) and CE = 0
for part(iii)]
(c) Comparison:
Sodium conducts and sodium chloride does NOT conduct 1
Allow ‘only Na conducts’
Accept ‘Na conducts, NaCl only conducts when molten’
[Do not accept sodium conducts better than sodium chloride
etc.]
Explanation:
(Delocalised) electrons flow though the metal 1
–
Allow e move/carry current/are charge carriers/transfer charge.
[Not ‘electrons carry electricity’]
[Not ‘NaCl has no free charged particles’]
Ions can’t move in solid salt 1

(d) Layers can slide over each other – idea that ions/atoms/particles move 1
[Not molecules] [Not layers separate]
[9]
2. (i)
F F
B F (–)
F B
F
F F 2
(1) (1)
[Do not allow shapes which show a lone pair]
BF3 Trigonal planar/planar triangular 1
[Not plane triangle]
BF 4 Tetrahedral 1
[Not distorted tetrahedral]
Equal repulsion between (4) bonding pairs/bonds/bonding electrons 1
109(½) 1

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 62

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(ii) Lone pair donated / both electrons supplied by one atom 1

–
from F (to B) 1
[ignore missing charge or fluorine or ‘atom’]
dative/dative covalent/coordinate bonding 1
[9]

3. 2

Cl Be Cl
Cl
Cl

QoL Linear (1) beat / V-shaped / angular (1) 2

(mark name and shape independently)
(accept (distorted) tetrahedral)
(if balls instead of symbols, lose M1 – can award M2)
(penalise missing ‘Cl’ once only)
(not ‘non-linear’)
[4]
4. (a)
(Missing ‘H’ penalise once only) [NOT dot-and-cross diagrams]

H N N
H H
H H 1
[NOT 90° / 180° angles] (need 2 lp & ‘bent’ shape) 1

(b) 107° 1

(c) More lone pairs on NH2–, than on NH3 1

Lone pairs repel more than bonding pairs Must be comparison 1
(Mark separately)
[NOT repulsion between atoms or between bonds]

[5]
5. (a) (electrostatic forces of) attraction / held together by
interactions between (1)
positive ions / cations / nuclei not just metal ions (1)
and delocalised or free (outer shell) electrons / ‘sea’ of
electrons /
cloud of electrons (1) 3
allow 2 marks for ‘electrons can flow’

(b) conductivity clear indication that electrons are mobile / can move (1)
electrons / carry charge / care charge carriers / move in same
direction not ‘so current can flow’
allow 2 marks for ‘electrons can flow’
malleability: cations / positive ions / atoms in the lattice are
all identical / the same size / (planes of) ions (atoms) can slide
easily over one another (1)
attractive forces in the lattice are the same whichever ions
(atoms) are adjacent / attractive forces remain the same throughout
the lattice (1) 4
(c) more electrons delocalised / more outer shell electrons (1)
in aluminium compared with magnesium / reference to

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 63

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

3+ 2+
Al and Mg (1) 2
[9]

6. (a) tendency / strength / ability / power of an atom / element / nucleus to attract /

pull / withdraw electrons / e - density / bonding pair / shared pair 1
in a covalent bond 1
(b) (i) F2 = van der Waals’ / induced/temporary dipole-dipole /
dispersion / London forces 1
CH3F dipole-dipole (not just ‘dipole’) 1
HF = hydrogen bonding (not just ‘H’ / ‘hydrogen’) 1

(ii) large difference in electronegativity between H and F / F

most/very/much more electronegative / values ‘4’ & ‘2.1’ quoted 1
(not just ‘higher’)
δ+ δ-
H-F dipole created or dipole clearly implied 1
(accept arguments such as ‘uneven charge in bond’/’polar bond’
(F slightly negative/H slightly positive)
attraction/bond formed between δ+H and lone pair on F 1
(M2/M3 may be scored from a diagram)
(CE if full charges shown - lose M2 and M3)

(c) (i) van der Waals’ / induced/temporary dipole-dipole / dispersion /

London forces / attractions (ignore references to dipole-dipole) 1
increase with the increasing M2 / size / mass / N1 of e– / size
of e– cloud (in the hydrogen halides) 1
(if ionic, or if ‘covalent bonds broken’ = CE = 0)
(mark M1 and M2 separately)

(ii) hydrogen bonding stronger than van der Waals’ attraction/forces 1

(accept hydrogen bonding is very strong / strongest)
(accept arguments such as ‘HF has H-bonds, others only
have van der Waals’)
(not just ‘HF has H-bonding’)
[11]
7. (a) Oxygen more/very/highly electronegative (than hydrogen)
OR oxygen has stronger attraction for bonding electrons / bonding
electrons drawn towards oxygen; 1
– +
causes higher e density round oxygen atom / causes H 1
O –;

(b) van der Waals’ forces between oxygen molecules; 1

Hydrogen bonding between methanol molecules; 1
H-B stronger than van der Waals’ OR stronger IMF in methanol; 1
(if dipole-dipole forces in O2 or methanol, allow comparison,
hence max 2)
(if ionic/covalent etc. max 1)
(mention of bond break = CE = 0)
5]
8. (a) (i)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 64

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

2000

Melting 1600
point / K
1200

800

400
X
0 X
Na Mg Al Si P S Cl Ar
M1 Si: cross 1200 1
M2 Cl: cross below S 1
M3 Ar: cross below Cl 1
[allow, even if M2 wrong)
[If Cl cross missing and Ar below S, allow M3]

(ii) Si is macromolecular/giant molecular/giant covalent/ giant atomic 1

Covalent bonds need to be broken/accept ‘overcome’ 1
[Not loosened/weakened]
Covalent bonds are strong / many covalent bonds involved/requires 1
much energy/hard to break
[Tied to ‘break’ or near miss in M2] [Not ‘structure’ is broken]
[Must mention ‘covalent’ somewhere in part (a)(ii) to earn
M2/M3]
[If van der Waals’/IMF mentioned M2/M3 = CE = 0.
[If ions mentioned M1/M2/M3 = CE = 0]

(iii)Intermolecular force = van der Waals’/induced

dipole–dipole/dispersion forces 1
QoL Sulphur has greater Mr / size / surface area/more electrons/more
atoms so stronger intermolecular forces (comparison) 1
[Mark separately] [Not ‘more shells’]
(b) Trend: Decreases 1
[If trend wrong = CE = 0]

Increase in size of ion/atom / more shells / decrease in charge density /

decrease in charge size ratio 1

Weaker attraction for delocalised/free/sea of electrons / weaker

metallic bonding 1
[Ignore shielding] [van der Waals’ etc. = CE = 0 for M2 and
M3]
[11]

9. trend: increases; 1
–
more protons / higher charge on cation / more delocalised e / smaller
atomic/ionic radius; 1
–
stronger attraction between (cat)ions and delocalised/free/mobile e
OR
stronger metallic bonding; 1
[3]
10. (a) (i) positive ions (1)
(attract) delocalised electrons (1) (or sea of or free or mobile) (1)
Confusion with -ve ions
or ionic lattice C.E. = 0

(ii) more protons (1) (or Mg2+ more charge than Na+)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 65

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

attracts delocalised (or bonding) electrons more strongly (1)

Delocalised: can be brought forward from (a) (i)
OR more delocalised electrons (1)
Attacks positive ions more (1)
Metallic bonding is stronger scores one mark, only given if
no other marks awarded 4
(b) macromolecular (1) (or giant molecule etc)
covalent (1)
strong covalent bonds (1)
or bonds require much energy to break 3
(c) delocalised (OR free or sea of or mobile) electrons (1)
1
(d) Planes (1)
weak (bonds) forces between planes (1)
or vdw forces between planes 2
[10]

11. (a) Bonding in Na2S: ionic (1)

Bonding in CS2: covalent (1)
ignore other words such as dative / polar / co-ordinate

(b) Clear indication of electron transfer from Na to S (1)

1 e– from each (of 2) Na atoms or 2 e– from 2 Na atoms (1)
QL correct English

(c)

S C S

Correct covalent bonds (1)

All correct including lone pairs (1)
Allow all s or all ×s
M2 tied to M1
–
NOT separate e s in S 2 l p 6
[6]

–
+ –
12. (a) (i)

– (1)
–

(ii) vibrate faster (1)

Or bigger amplitude or more
NOT start to vibrate or other type of motion esp. Translation
Ignore rotation 2

(b) (i) from sodium (1)

Allow from sodium ion, also from metal 1

(ii) difference in electronegativity (1) 1

[4]

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 66

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

13. (a) dative / coordinate (covalent) bond; 1

Lone/non-bonding pair / both electrons; 1
(donated) from P to H+; 1

(b)

PH 3 PH +4

H +
P P
H
H H
H H
H

(1) (1)

pyramidal OR trigonal pyramid 109( 1 2 )°; 4

(accept tetrahedral)
[7]

14. (a) Ability (or power) of an atom to attract electron density

(or electrons or -ve charge) (1)
in a covalent bond (1)
or shared pair
If remove an electron lose first mark 2

(b) Trend: increases (1)

Explanation: nuclear charge (number of protons) increases (1)
electrons in same shell (1)
OR similar shielding
OR atoms similar size or smaller 3
[5]
15. (a) (i) 3 (bonding) pairs of electrons (1)
allow 3 bonds
repel equally (1) (or as much as possible)
Or get as far apart as possible
(ii) Predicted bond angle: 118° (allow 117 - 119°) (1)
Explanation: lone pair (1)
repels more than bonding pair (1)
Allow EXP if < 118°
but C.E. = 0 if more than 120° 5

(b) Name of shape: Tetrahedral (1)

Example: CH4 etc (1)
Allow correct ion 2
(c) (i) 90° (1)
(ii) lone pairs (or they) repel more than bonding pairs (or most) (1)
(so are) as far apart as possible (1)
Mark independently
(iii) square planar (1)
allow square 4
(d)
3 bonds + 1 lone pair (1)
N correct shape (1)
F F only give this mark if first mark also given
F

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 67

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

Penalise sticks (i.e. N-) once but N must be shown

2
[13]
16. (a) vibration (1)
about a fixed print (1)
random (1)
(or free to move) 3
(b) {weak intermolecular forces (1)
or v.d.w forces
easily broken (1)
or requires little energy to break 2
(c) conducts electricity (1)
delocalised electrons (1)
(or converse argument for sodium chloride - no mobile charges)
malleable (1)
or{ductile, softer
planes of atoms slide (1)
(or converse argument for NaC1 - ionic lattice) 4
or Ag insol. in water (1)
not ionic (1)
or conducts heat (1)
deloc. electrons (1)
or shines (1)
metallic bonding (1)
or high density (1)
large Ar, close packed (1)
or sonorous (1)
metal (1)
Note 1. If property of NaCl given instead of Ag can score reason mark
2. for reasons can allow reason why NaCl is different

BeCl 2 NCl 3 BeCl 2–

4

(2–)
Cl Be Cl (1) (1) Cl

180º (1) N Be (1)

(d) Cl 6
Cl Cl Cl
Cl Cl
106 – 108º
(1) 109 – 109.5º (1)
[15]
Note 1. Mark angles independently
BUT wrong number of electron pairs on diagram CE=O
2. penalise “sticks” (i.e no Cl) once only
2–
3. accept ‘dot-cross’ diagram for BeCl2 - only for NCl3 BeCl4 if clear.
17. diagram showing a tetrahedral arrangement of four oxygen atoms around a
central silicon atom (must include attempt at a 3-d representation) (1)
tetrahedral (1)
109.5° / 109° / 110° (1) 3
[3]

18. (a) more compact (1) 1

(b) (i) and (ii)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 68

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(1) H
O O
(1)
H
allow 104º to 107º (1)

(iii) hydrogen bond (1) 4

(c) 4 bond pairs, 1 lone pair (1)

F F
F F
S or F S
F F (1)
F
87° to 90° (1) 117° to 120° (1) 4

(d) Type 1 van der Waals’ (1)

Type 2 dipole – dipole (1) 2
[11]

19. (a) electrostatic (1) 1

(b) shared electron pair (1) 1

(c) {both electrons, electron pair (1)

(donated) from {one, the same atom {or molecule, or species (1) 2
(d) (positive) ions (or atoms) (1)
delocalised electron (1) (or sea of, or mobile, or free)
(mention of ionic, covalent bonding or molecules CE=O) 2

(e) (i) Charge separation (or unequal sharing of electrons) (1)

leading to δ+ & δ– ends (1)
also gains first mark
(ii) chlorine more electronegative then H (1)
or{chlorine is electronegative, difference in electronegativity
attracts electrons towards C1 (1)
allow chloride instead of chlorine
(iii) van der Waals’ (1)
or {v.d.w, temp dipole, include dipole, London 5

(f) H F
+
H
–
F
3 lone pairs on F (1)
δ+ on H (1)
H (δ+) adjacent to lone pair on F (1)
(note H+–F– CE = max 1)

3
(g) bromine not sufficiently electronegative (1)
{or lone pair too diffuse
{or bond not polar enough

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 69

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

{or little electronegativity difference

allow bromide

1
[15]
20. (a) van der Waals’ (1)
dipole - dipole (1)
energy needed to overcome (intermolecular or vdw or dipole-dipole) forces (1) 3

(b) HBr is intermediate in size (or polarisibility) (1)

van der Waals’ forces depend on molecular size (1) 2

(c) hydrogen bonding in HF (1)

stronger than intermolecular forces in HC1 (1)
(or strongest intermolecular force) 2

lone pair (1)

::

+ on H (1)
(d) H F : 2
+
H
F

[9]
21. (a) covalent (1)
covalent (1)
ionic (1) 3
(b) sodium sulphide / Na2S (1)
liquid / molten / aqueous solution (independent of first mark) (1) 2

[5]
22. (a) partial charges on atoms of bond / centres of positive and negative charges do
not coincide / bonding pair shared unequally (1)
not just bond between elements of different electronegativity
not just ‘bond with dipole’
allow clarification by diagram, but not just a diagram 1

– – 
O O H
(b) +
S

O O H
– – 
at least one of each of the 2 polar bonds correctly labelled for each mark
allow one mark for 2 arrows showing dipole on 2 different bonds 2

(c) hydrogen bonding (1)

attraction between ( + of) H atoms and ( – of) O atoms in adjacent or
different molecules (H of one molecule, O of another) (1)
mark these points independently 2
[5]

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 70

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

23. (a)

Molecule Sketch of shape Bond angle(s) Name of shape

F
Trigonal
(1) 120º (1) (1)
BF 3 B planar

F F

Tetrahedral
NF 3 N F (1) 107º ± 1º (1) or (1)
pyramidal
F F

F
F
F Cl or F Cl Trigonal bipyramid
F 87º to 90º
F or
ClF 3 and/or (1) trigonal planar (1)
or
or
Cl (1) 118º to 120º T
F
F F

9
(b) BF3 van der Waals’ (1)
NF3 van der Waals’ (1) dipole-dipole (1) 3

(c) Name of bond co-ordinate (1)

Explanation lone pair on N (1)
donated (or shared with) to B (or BF3) (1) 3
[15]
24.

shape (1)
N +
H  + on H (1)

(e) H H  + attracted 3
N to lone pair (1)
H

H H
[3]
25. (a) power of an atom (allow element) to attract electron(s) (1)
in a covalent bond (1)
not ion or molecule 2

(b) increases (1)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 71

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

nuclear charge increases (1)

attracting electrons in same shell (1)
(or similar shielding)
do not allow size arguments
trend must be correct to score ‘explanation’ marks 3

(c) ionic (1)

big difference in electronegativity (1)
or idea of magnitude of difference
covalent (1)
smaller electronegativity difference (1)
or similar electronegativity or [Link] (S) > [Link] (Na) 4

[9]
26. (a) shared electron pair (1)
both electrons from one atom (1) 2
+ +
(b) A + : B → A : B (or NH3 + H → NH4 etc) equation (1)
final species (1) 2

(c) chlorine is more electronegative than sodium (1)

an electron transfers from sodium to chlorine (1) 2
(d) smaller electronegativity difference (1)
so more equal sharing (1) 2

(e) mobile (free) ions (1) 1

(f) carbon forms 4 bonds (1)
gives a macromolecule (1)
iodine forms only one bond (1) 3
[12]
27. (a) strong (accept if reasonably qualified) (1)
electrostatic attractions or similar such as “held” (1)
between ions held in a lattice (1) 3
(b) vibrations (1)
increase (1)
as temperature increases until the vibrations are so violent that
the ions break free at the melting point.
(some indication of translational movement of the particles) (1) 3

(c) high melting point/boiling point (1)

electrical conductivity when molten (or in solution) (1) 2

[8]

28. (a) Shared pair of electrons 1

[1]
29. (a) (i) power / tendency / ability to attract electrons [must be plural]
not gain (1)
in a covalent bond / from a bonding pair / bonding electrons (1) 2
(ii) van der Waals’ forces / induced dipole - induced dipole / intermolecular
attractions increase (1)
as Mr increases / number of electrons increases (1)
size / radius / number of shells increase 2

(iii) higher due to hydrogen bonding / (strong) dipole - dipole attractions (1)
caused by large (difference in) electronegativity of fluorine / clear
indication (1)
that intermolecular forces in HF are stonger than in (ii) 2
(accept diagram)
(b) (i) SO4 2– (1) 1
(ii) 109(.5°) (1) 1
[8]

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 72

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

30. (a) ionic (1)

F 2 lone pairs (1) (allow lone

pairs in
(b) (i) shape (1) any position)
F Br

F
trigonal bipyramid (1) (or T-shaped etc)
[4]
31. (a) (i) hydrogen atom bonded to highly electronegative atom / to N, O
or F / hydrogen
containing molecule with a strong dipole (1)
condone mention of Cl if with other correct atoms 1
(ii) van der Waals’ / (induced or temporary) dipole-dipole (1)
sulphur not sufficiently electronegative / too large / only small
difference in
electronegativity (1) 2
(iii) intermolecular attractions in H2S much weaker / in H2O are stronger (1)
than the hydrogen bonding in water / so less energy needed to
overcome forces (1)
not more bonds in H2O 2

(b) (i) both C=O and N–H bond polar / correct polarity of both bonds
shown (1)
since electronegativity N>H and O>C (1)
+ –
H– bonding between –H and = O in different molecules
(can allow H– bonding in same molecules if clear that
folding / higher order
structure is being referred to) (1)
using lone pair of electrons on O atom (could be on diagram) (1) 4
[9]

32. (a) (lattice of) metal ions / positive charges / cations not nuclei (1)
with a ‘sea’ of/delocalised electrons not cloud (1)
held together by (electrostatic) attraction / forces between ions / nuclei and
electrons / opposite charges (not negative ions) (1) 3

2+ +
(b) Mg / Mg smaller than Na / Na metallic radius smaller / Mg close packed (1)
Mg / Mg2+ higher charge than Na / Na+ (1)
magnesium contributes more electrons than Na (1)
therefore stronger (electrostatic) attractions / stronger metallic bond(ing) (1) max
3

(c) sodium and graphite conduct, diamond does not (1)

delocalised or free electrons in graphite (1)
–
single bonded structure of diamond / diamond has no free or delocalised e (1)
conduction due to delocalised electrons flowing (1) 4
[10]
33. (a) large difference in electronegativity → ionic (1)
small difference in electronegativity → covalent (1) 2

(b) ionic (1) 1

[3]

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 73

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

34. (a) 105° (allow 104–106°) (1) 1

(b) 4 electron pairs round O (1)
tetrahedral (or 109°) (1)
lone pairs repel more than bonding pairs (1)
therefore angle less than 109° (or less than tetrahedral angle) (1) 4
(c) hydrogen bonding (1) 1
(d) F more electronegative than H (1)
pulls electrons from H (1) 2
(e) Prediction more than 105° (or increases) (1)
Explanation lone pair more like bonding pair
hence does not repel so strongly (1) 2
[10]
35. (a) Element with lowest melting point neon (1)
Explanation free atoms (1)
weak van der Waals forces (1)
3
(b) Element with highest melting point silicon (1)
Explanation macromolecular (1)
covalent bonds (1) 3
[6]
36. Structure and hardness
M1 Q of L both macromolecular/giant atomic/giant covalent/giant molecular; 1
M2 C atoms in diamond joined to 4 other C atoms / diagram with min 5 C
atoms i.e. shows tetrahedral shape / coordination number = 4; 1
M3 C atoms in graphite joined to 3 other C atoms diagram with clear
extended hexagonal plane/pattern i.e. shows trigonal planar shape /
coordination number = 3; 1
M4 diamond hard / crystal strong; 1
(not diamond stronger than graphite)
M5 because of 3-D structure / rigid structure / not layered; 1
M6 graphite (soft) as layer can slide over each other; 1
M7 Q of L as only (weak) van der Waals’ forces between layers; 1

Melting point (for either allotrope)

M8 covalent bonds must be broken / overcome; 1
M9 which are strong / many / hard to break; 1
(M9 tied to M8)
Other difference
M10 diamond is non-conductor of electricity, graphite is conductor 1
OR appropriate difference in appearance;
[9]

37. QoL Bonding Both covalent (linked statement) 1

Structure Iodine = molecular /I2 (stated or in diagram) 1
[treat incorrect diagram as contradiction]

Diamond = giant molecular/macromolecular/giant 1

covalent / giant atomic (stated only)
Reference to van der Waals’ /dipole-dipole = contradiction

QoL Iodine Weak van der Waals’ forces / induced dipole-induced 1

dipole

Diamond Covalent bonds would need to be broken 1

Many / strong covalent bonds OR much energy needed 1
Tied to M5 or near miss
[If ionic/metallic structure suggested then CE for that
substance] [If hydrogen bonding suggested, for I2 lose M2 &
M4; for diamond lose M3,M5&M6]
[6]

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 74

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

38. giant lattice (1)

of covalent bonds (1)
need to break covalent bonds to melt red phosophorus (1)
need to break Van der Waal’s forces to melt white phosphorus (1)
covalent bonds are stronger than Van der Waal’s forces (1)
[5]

39. (a) SF6 shown as octahedral / square based bipyramid (1)

Bond angle: 90° or 180° and 90° (1)
Shape = octahedral (1)
If lone pair shown then C.E.= 0 / 4

F
F F
S
F F F
Wrong symbols - no diagram mark

Equal repulsion between 6 bonding or shared electron pairs QoL (1)

AlCl4– shape shown as tetrahedral (1)

Bond angle = 109° to 109.5° (1)
Shape = tetrahedral (1)
If lone pair shown then C.E = 0/4

(–)
F
Cl S
Cl Cl

(Equal repulsion between) 4 bonding pairs or shared electron pairs (1)

QoL may be awarded here also
Mark all points independently 8

(b) Solvent has low bp or weak intermolecular forces or evaporates quickly (1)
(Solvent) needs energy to evaporate (to overcome intermolecular forces)
or valid reference to latent heat of vaporisation (or evaporation is
endothermic) (1)
OR higher energy or faster molecules more likely escape
so mean energy (and hence temperature) falls
Energy taken from the skin (and so it cools) (1)
Fragrance or perfume (molecule) slowly spreads (through the room) (1)
By random movement or diffusion (of the perfume / fragrance) (1) 4
[12]
40. (a) I 2 sublimes when heated / has low melting point AND graphite has (very) high
melting point (1)
I 2 is (simple) molecular / I 2 / I-I (1)
CE = 0 if ‘ionic’
loses M2, M3, M4
Max 1 if I-I bond broken
Van der Waals forces / induced or temporary dipole-dipole / London forces (1)
Whch are weak or easily overcome (so low melting point) (1)

Graphite is macromolecular / giant covalent / giant molecular / giant atomic / (1)

Diagram
min 3 correctly fused rings – ignore diagram unless no description offered
CE = 0 if ‘ionic’ or ‘metallic’ loses M5, M6, M7

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 75

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(Many) covalent bonds need to be broken (1)

covalent may be inferred from structure
Which takes much energy / bonds are strong (1)
Only graphite conducts (1)
NOT just graphite is a better conductor
As it has delocalised / free / mobile electrons (1)
–
All e in iodine are used in bonding and lone pairs
–
OR as it has no delocalised / free / mobile e (1) Max
9
M9 and M10 tied to correct statements about graphite =
conductor and iodine = non-conductor

(b) Diagram Cl–Be–Cl (clearly linear) (1)

CE = 0 if lone pair(s) on Be, loses M1 and M2

(Equal) repulsion between 2 bonding pairs / bonds (1)

‘2’ may be inferred from a correct diag
NOT repulsion between Cl atoms 2

[11]
41. (a) Macromolecular or giant structure (1) 7
Accept diamond shaped lattice
Intermolecular forces / molecular lattice / comparison to
graphite structure, = ‘con’
Held together by covalent bonds (1)
‘Giant covalent structure’ earns both M1 and M2
(Much) energy needed to break bonds Or many bonds to be broken (1)
Mark tied to earning ‘covalent’ M2 If explanation is clearly of ionic bonding = CE
Vand der Waal / temporary induced dipole-dipole / London / disperse forces (1)
Forces increase with size or with number of electrons or with surface area etc. (1)
Description must be of the molecules of P and S
P4 or Mr = 124 (1) S8 or Mr = 256 (1)
If M6 (i.e. P4) and M7 (i.e. S8) are not attempted, allow S
molecule bigger /more surface area than P molecule for 1
mark

(b) Diagram NaCl = cubic (1)

Allow if 3 full faces shown correctly
Cl – Na+

Na+ Cl –

Na+ Cl –

Cl – Na+
Ions identified and placed properly (1)
If diagram shows ‘+’ and ‘–’ signs rather than symbols for
ions, identification of the ions could be from the text
(Bonding) identified in writing as being ionic (1)
Not ionic molecule
Due to strong electrostatic attractions or similar description
about attraction between oppositely charged ions.(1) QoL 4
Not just: ‘ionic bonds are strong’ / ‘need much energy to

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 76

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

break bonding’
[11]
42. Pattern in the change in the properties of a row of elements (1)
OR Trend in the properties of elements across period
Repeated in the next row (1)
OR element underneath (or in same group) has similar properties

atomic radius
decreases across the row (1)
CE if trend is wrong
number of protons increases (1) (or nuclear charge increases)
more attraction for electrons in the same shell (1)

electronegativity
increases across the row (1)
number of protons increases (1) (or nuclear charge)
atomic radius decreases (1) (or shielding remains the same or electrons
in the same shell) more attraction for bonding or shared electrons (1)

conductivity
decreases row (1)
OR significant drop from Al to Si
Na–Al metals (1)
OR metallic bonding or description of metallic bonding
Two of Si - Ar non metals (1)
OR molecular or covalent
EITHER electrons free to move (delocalised) in metals
OR electrons unable to move in non-metals (1) 13
[13]

43. (a) Ionic (1)

lattice (1)
e.g. NaCl (1)
conducts when molten (1)
due to mobile ions (1)

+ –

– +

– +
+ – sketch scores (2) { 4 ions placed correctly in a square (1)
{ extended to 3 dimensions (1) max
6
macromolecular (1)
covalent (1)
e.g. diamond (or graphite) (1)
conductor (or conducts when solid) (1)
electrons localised in covalent bonds (or delocalised electrons in rings) (1)
diamond graphite
tetrahedral round a C (1) 2 ‘fused’ hexagons (1)
extended from other Cs (1) 2 layers (planes) (1)

sketch scores (2) max

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 77

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

6
molecular (1)
or molecules
covalent (1)
e.g. iodine (1) etc
weak (van der Waals) forces between molecules (1)
non conductor (1)
electrons localised (1)

I I I
I I I
I I I
I I I sketch scores (1)

regular array of molecules

example of a metal (eg Mg) (1)

metallic bonding (or stated to be a metal) (1)
positive ions (or atoms) (1)
surrounded by delocalised electrons (1)
conducts when solid (1)
due to delocalised electrons (1)
sketch scores [1]

e.g.
Note if candidate deals with two crystals of the same type
eg diamond & graphite, award max 3 for worst of the two answers. max 6

(b) 5 electron pairs (1)

including one lone pair (1)
repel as far apart as possible (1)
lone pair – bond pair repulsion > bp – bp (1)
pushes S–F bonds closer together (1)
or
F
shape is F
F S F S
F F
F (1)
F (1)

angles <90 (1) and <120 (1) or (<90 (1) and 120 (1))
(85 – 89) (115 – 119) (85 – 89) (115 – 120)
rd th
N.B. if not 5 pairs of electrons can score only 3 & 4 marks max

[26]

44. From the graph:

Mg above Na (1)
Al similar to or above Mg (1)
Si above Na and Mg (1)
P lower than Mg, Al and Si (1)
S above P, lower than Si (1)
Ar lowest (1) 7

Sodium, magnesium and Al metallic (1)

Strength of metal-metal bonds increases from Na to Al (1)
More protons (or bigger charge on ion or more delocalised electrons) (1)
Ions attract delocalised electrons more strongly (1) 4

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 78

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

Silicon has covalent bonds (1)

Macromolecule (1)
Many strong bonds to be broken (1) 3

S8 (1)
P4 (1)
C12 (1)
weak intermolecular forces (1)
van derWaals’ (1)
Stronger between larger molecules (1) 6

Argon consists of free atoms with weak van der Waals’ forces between atoms (1) 1
[21]
–
Cl
Na +
45. (a) Na + –
Cl
+
Na
– Cl –
Cl
Na +
from diag (cubic (1) ions (or Na, Cl or +,–) placed correctly (1)
(minimum of 4 species)
from diag or stated (ionic (1) lattice (1)
high mpt (1) due to strong ionic bonds (1)
conducts when molten (or in solution) (1) mobile ions (1)
[OR non conductor when solid (1) no mobile ions (or electrons) (1)] 8

from diag (3 hexagons in any one layer (1) planes (1))

stated or from diag: macromolecular (1)
must be stated: covalent (1)
high mpt (1) due to strong covalent bonds (1)
conducts when solid (1) delocalised electrons (1)
Note if free not delocalised mentioned penalise
once only: for quality of language 8

from diagram: spheres close together (1)

stated or from diagram (hexagonal in one plane or lattice (1)
ions (1) delocalised electrons (1)
high mpt (1) strong metallic bonds (1)
conducts (1) delocalised electrons (1) 8
Max 23

(b) electron pairs repel as far apart as possible (1)

lone pairs repel more (1)
F 90º (1)
F
O shape (1) F P 120º (1)
F (1)
H H
104-106º F
(1)
Note if angles not drawn on diagram penalise once only

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 79

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

7
[30]
46. general
NaCl: ionic/has ionic bonds
Beware of contradictions for this mark, especially
reference to intermolecular forces.
Ignore ‘atoms’. 2
graphite: covalent/giant molecular/macromolecular
Ignore van der Waals’, intermolecular, molecules

conductivity
NaCl: ions cannot move/
no free ions (or electrons) /
mobile ions only in solution or when molten
graphite: 2
delocalised electrons/
free electrons (between layers)/
electrons conduct
Ignore lone pair
melting point
both graphite and NaCl:
bonds are strong/
bonds difficult to break / 1
large amount of energy is needed to break bonds
solubility
NaCl: Water is polar/water has a dipole/
ions interacts with water molecules
Graphite: no interaction with water/
no intermolecular forces with water/ 2
graphite is non-polar
QWC:At least 2 complete sentences in which
the meaning is clear. 1
[8]
47. (i) 2Na+ O2 → Na2O2 1
(ii) Na2O2 + 2H2O → H2O2 + 2NaOH 1
correct covalent bonds shown
(iii) electron count (14) for rest of molecule correct 2
[4]
48. (i) (trigonal) pyramidal 1
(ii) electron pairs repel/bonds repel
/electron pairs get as far apart as possible
lone pairs repel more/forces ‘them’ closer
4 electron pairs surround central atom or N 3
/diagram with 3 bonds and a lone pair
[4]

49. (i) a shared pair of electrons

ALLOW any response that communicates electron pair
ALLOW shared pairs

(ii)

H N H

Must be ‘dot-and-cross’
circles for outer shells NOT needed

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 80

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

IGNORE inner shells

Non-bonding electrons of N do not need to be shown as
a pair
1

(iii) Shape: pyramidal OR (trigonal) pyramid

Explanation:
There are 3 bonded pairs and 1 lone pair
Lone pairs repel more than bonded pairs
ALLOW ‘bonds’ for ‘bonded pairs’
DO NOT ALLOW ‘atoms repel’
DO NOT ALLOW electrons repel
ALLOW LP for ‘lone pair’
ALLOW BP for bonded pair
3
[5]
50. (i) molecule shown as non-linear
angle: 104 - 105
molecule shown as linear 4
(ii) angle: 180
shape of H2O
shape of CO2
Electron pairs repel/groups (or regions) of electrons 2
repel/electron pairs get as far apart as possible
Oxygen in water surrounded by 4 areas of electron
density/2 bonds and 2 lone pairs
AND
Carbon in CO2 surrounded by 2 regions of electron
density/2 double bonds
[6]
2 2 6 2 6
51. (i) 1s 2s 2p 3s 3p
ALLOW subscripts
1
(ii)
+
H

H N H

‘Dot-and-cross’ diagram to show four shared pairs of

electrons one of which is a dative covalent bond (which
must consist of the same symbols)
IGNORE inner shells
IGNORE ‘+’ sign BUT DO NOT ALLOW a ‘−’ sign.
Brackets and circles not required
1

(iii) tetrahedral

109.5°
ALLOW 109 – 110°
2

(iv) ions OR electrons cannot move in a solid

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 81

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

ions can move OR are mobile in solution

ALLOW ions can move in liquid
DO NOT ALLOW ions can move when molten
ALLOW 1 mark for:
‘Ions can only move in solution’ 2
[6]

52. (i) attraction of an atom/element for electrons

in a (covalent) bond/bonded pair 2
(ii) one element attracts bonded pair more
/is more electronegative than other
δ– on more electronegative atom and δ+ on less 2
electronegative element in example
May need to look for these marks below if not given here.
[4]
53. (i) (At least) two NH3 molecules with correct dipole shown with at
least one H with δ+ and one N with δ–
DO NOT ALLOW first mark for ammonia molecules with
incorrect lone pairs
DO NOT ALLOW first mark if H2O, NH2 or NH is shown
(Only) one hydrogen bond from N atom on one molecule to a
H atom on another molecule
ALLOW hydrogen bond need not be labelled as long as it
clear the bond type is different from the covalent N–H bond
ALLOW a line (i.e. looks like a covalent bond) as long as it is
labelled ‘hydrogen bond)
Lone pair shown on the N atom and hydrogen bond must hit the lone pair
Hydrogen bond δ-
N
δ+
H δ+
δ- Hδ+ H
N
δ+
H δ+
δ+ H
H
ALLOW 2-D diagrams
ALLOW two marks if water molecules are used. One
awarded for a correct hydrogen bond and one for the
involvement of lone pair
3

(ii) Liquid H2O is denser than solid

In solid state H2O molecules are held apart by hydrogen bonds
OR ice has an open lattice
ORA
ALLOW ice floats for first mark

OR
H2O has a relatively high boiling point OR melting point
ALLOW higher melting OR boiling point than expected
DO NOT ALLOW H2O has a high melting / boiling point

(relatively strong) hydrogen bonds need to be broken

OR a lot of energy is needed to overcome hydrogen bonds
OR hydrogen bonds are strong
ALLOW other properties caused by hydrogen bonding not
mentioned within the specification
E.g. high surface tension – strong hydrogen bonds on the
surface
2
[5]

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 82

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

54. H–bond shown between H of one molecule and O, N or F of

another
H-bond shown going to a lone pair
[2]
55. simple molecular 2
[2]

56. Original solution contains ions/there are mobile ions

Charge carriers removed as reaction takes place
/as solid forms/ as BaSO4 forms/as water forms 2
[2]

57. (i) attraction between oppositely charged ions 1

(ii)
-

Cl

Mg
-

Cl

Mg and Cl both with 8 electrons in outer shell, (accept 0 electrons for Mg)
Cl must have one dot to seven crosses or vice versa (1)
correct charges on each ion (1) 2

(iii) MgCl2 does not conduct when solid because ions are fixed in lattice (1)
H2O does not conduct as there are no free charge carriers/water
molecules are uncharged (1)
MgCl2 conducts when aqueous because ions are free to move (1) 3
[6]
58. (i) H bonding from O of 1 H2O molecule to H of another
dipoles shown with lone pair involved in bond 3
(ii) Two properties from:
Ice is lighter than water/ max density at 4 C
explanation: H bonds hold H2O molecules apart
/ open lattice in ice
/ H-bonds are longer
Higher melting/boiling point than expected
explanation:
strength of H bonds that need to be broken
must imply that intermolecular bonds are broken
High surface tension/viscosity
explanation strength of H bonds across surface 4
[7]
59. Two properties from:
Ice is less dense/lighter than water/floats on water/ max density
at 4◦C
explanation: H bonds hold H2O molecules apart
/ open lattice in ice
/ H-bonds are longer 2
Higher melting/boiling point than expected
Not just high
Accept: ‘unusually high/strangely high/relatively high’
explanation: H bonds need to be broken 2

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 83

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

must imply that intermolecular bonds are broken

High surface tension
explanation strength of H bonds across surface
mark 2 properties only 4 max
QoWC over whole question 1
legible text with accurate spelling, punctuation
and grammar
[5]

60. (i)

Hydrogen bond
δ+ δ+ δ+ δ-
H O H O

H δ+ H δ+

Shape of water with at least one H with δ+ and at least one

O with δ–

H-bond between H in one water molecule and a lone pair

of an O in another water molecule

hydrogen bond labelled

OR H2O has hydrogen bonding
all marks can be awarded from a labelled diagram
If HO2 shown then DO NOT ALLOW 1st mark
Dipole could be described in words so it does not need to be
part of diagram.
At least one hydrogen bond must clearly hit a lone pair
Lone pair interaction could be described in words so it does
not need to be part of diagram.
DO NOT ALLOW hydrogen bonding if described in context of
intramolecular bonding, ie
O
H H
3

(ii) no hydrogen bonding

OR
weaker intermolecular forces
DO NOT ALLOW ‘weaker’/ ‘weak’ hydrogen bonding
ALLOW weaker van der Waals’ forces
ALLOW weaker dipole-dipole interactions
DO NOT ALLOW ‘weak intermolecular forces’
(ie comparison essential here)
DO NOT ALLOW ‘no intermolecular forces’
1
[4]
61. H bonding from lone pair on O of 1 H2O molecule to H of another (1)
dipoles shown (1)
Two properties:
Ice is lighter than water/ max density at 4°C (1)
explanation: H bonds hold H2O molecules apart
/ open lattice in ice
/ H-bonds are longer (1)
Higher melting/boiling point than expected (1)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 84

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

explanation: strength of H bonds that need to be broken (1)

must imply that intermolecular bonds are broken
High surface tension/viscosity (1)
explanation: strength of H bonds across surface (1)
[6]

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 85

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

5.0 CHEMICAL ENERGETICS

–1
1. A vessel and its contents of total heat capacity 120 J K were heated using a methane
burner. Calculate the maximum theoretical temperature rise when 0.10 g of methane was
–1
completely burned. The standard enthalpy of combustion of methane is –890 kJ mol .
(4)
(Total 4 marks)
2. When cyclohexanol, C6H11OH, is completely burned in oxygen, the products are carbon
dioxide and water.
Write an equation to represent the reaction that occurs during the measurement of the
enthalpy change of combustion of cyclohexanol.
(Total 1 mark)
3. The table below includes some values of standard enthalpies of formation (∆H ).

Substance H2O(l) LiOH(s) Li(s)

–1 –286 –487 0
∆H /kJ mol
The standard enthalpy of solution of lithium hydroxide is given below.
LiOH(s) → Li+(aq) + OH–(aq) ∆H = 21 kJ mol–1
(a) State why the standard enthalpy of formation of lithium is quoted as zero.
(1)
(b) Write an equation for the chemical reaction which represents the formation of
lithium hydroxide from its elements, in which the enthalpy change is equal to its
standard enthalpy of formation.
(2)
(c) Write an equation, including state symbols, for the reaction of lithium with water in
which lithium ions are formed.
(2)
(d) Use the data given above to calculate a value for the enthalpy change for the
reaction of lithium with water.
(3)
(Total 8 marks)
4. (a) Explain the meaning of the terms mean bond enthalpy and standard enthalpy of
formation.
(5)
(b) Some mean bond enthalpies are given below.

Bond N–H N–N N≡N H–O O–O

Mean bond enthalpy/kJ mol–1 388 163 944 463 146

Use these data to calculate the enthalpy change for the following gas-phase reaction
between hydrazine, N2H4, and hydrogen peroxide, H2O2
H H
N N + 2 H ― O ―O ―H N ≡ N + 4 H ― O ―H
H H
(3)
(c) Some standard enthalpies of formation are given below.

N2H4(g) H2O2(g) H2O(g)

∆Hfο /kJ mol–1 +75 –133 –242

These data can be used to calculate the enthalpy change for the reaction in part (b).
N2H4(g) + 2H2O2(g) → N2(g) + 4H2O(g)
(i) State the value of ∆H ο for N2(g).
f

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 86

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

ο
(ii) Use the ∆H values from the table to calculate the enthalpy change for this
f
reaction.
(4)
(d) Explain why the value obtained in part (b) is different from that obtained in part
(c)(ii).
(1)
(Total 13 marks)
5. Methanol, CH3OH, is a convenient liquid fuel.
(a) An experiment was conducted to determine the enthalpy of combustion of liquid
methanol. The energy obtained from burning 2.12 g of methanol was used to heat
150 g of water. The temperature of the water rose from 298 K to 362 K. (The specific
–1 –1
heat capacity of water is 4.18 J K g )
(i) Define the term standard enthalpy of combustion.
(ii) Use the data above to calculate a value for the enthalpy of combustion of one
mole of liquid methanol.
(7)
(b) Methanol can be synthesised from methane and steam by a process that occurs in
two stages.
Stage 1 CH4(g) + H2O(g) 3H2(g) + CO(g) is H = +206 kJ mol –1
Stage 2 CO(g) + 2H2(g) CH3OH(g) H = –91 kJ mol –1
The standard enthalpies of combustion of carbon monoxide and of hydrogen are
–1 –1
–283 kJ mol and –286 kJ mol , respectively. Use these data and the enthalpy
change for Stage 2 to calculate a value for the standard enthalpy of combustion of
gaseous methanol.
(3)
(Total 10 marks)
6. (a) Define the term standard enthalpy of formation.
(3)
(b) State Hess’s Law and use it, together with the data given in the table below, to
calculate the standard enthalpy change for the following reaction.
MgO(s) + 2HCl(g) MgCl2(s) + H2O(l)

MgO HCl(g) MgCl2 H2O

–1 –602 –92 –642 –286
∆Hf /kJ mol
(4)
(c) In an experiment, an excess of solid magnesium oxide was added to 50 cm3 of
–3
3.0 mol dm hydrochloric acid. The initial temperature of the solution was 21 °C.
After reaction, the temperature had risen to 53 °C. (The specific heat capacity of
–1 –1
water is 4.2 J K g )
Use this information to calculate the enthalpy change for the reaction of one mole of
magnesium oxide with hydrochloric acid. For your calculation you should assume
that all the heat from the reaction is used to raise the temperature of 50 g of water.
(8)
(Total 15 marks)
7. The table below contains some mean bond enthalpy data.

Bond H―H C―C C=C N≡N N―H

Mean bond enthalpy / kJ 436 348 612 944 388
mol–1
(a) Explain the term mean bond enthalpy.
(2)
(b) (i) Write an equation for the formation of one mole of ammonia, NH3, from its
elements.
(ii) Use data from the table above to calculate a value for the enthalpy of
formation of ammonia.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 87

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(4)
(c) Use the following equation and data from the table above to calculate a value for the
C–H bond enthalpy in ethane.
H H H H
C C + H H H C C H H = –136 kJ mol –1
H H H H
(3)
(Total 9 marks)
8. (a) Write an equation for the complete combustion of propanone, C3H6O, to form
carbon dioxide and water.
(1)
(b) In a laboratory experiment, 1.45 g of propanone were burned completely in oxygen.
The heat from this combustion was used to raise the temperature of 100 g of water
from
293.1 K to 351.2 K.
(i) Calculate the number of moles of propanone in the 1.45 g.
(ii) Calculate the heat energy required to raise the temperature of 100 g of water
from 293.1 K to 351.2 K.
(The specific heat capacity of water is 4.18 J K–1 g–1)
–1
(iii) Hence, calculate a value, in kJ mol , for the enthalpy of combustion of
propanone.
(5)
(c) In a similar experiment, the enthalpy of combustion of butanone, C4H8O, was
–1
found to be –1290 kJ mol . A data book value for the same reaction is ∆Hc =
–1
–2430 kJ mol .
(i) Suggest one reason why the experimental value is very different from the data
book value.
(ii) This data book value of ∆Hc for butanone (–2430 kJ mol–1) refers to the
formation of carbon dioxide gas and water in the gaseous state. How would
this value differ if it referred to the formation of water in the liquid state?
Explain your answer.
(3)
(d) Calculate a value for the standard enthalpy of formation for liquid
ethanethiol,C2H5SH. Use the equation given below and enthalpy of combustion
data from the following table.

Substance C2H5SH(l) C(s) H2(g) S(s)

∆Hc / kJ –1170 –394 –286 –297
–1
mol
2C(s) + 3H2(g) + S(s)  C2H5SH(l)
(3)
(Total 12 marks)
9. (a) Define the term standard enthalpy of formation.
(3)
(b) Write an equation, including state symbols, for a reaction for which the enthalpy
change is the standard enthalpy of formation of liquid CH3NO2
(2)
(c) Give the name of the principle or law which enables enthalpies of formation to be
calculated from enthalpies of combustion.
(1)
(d) In the presence of a catalyst, gaseous hydrogen cyanide, HCN, burns in an excess of
oxygen as shown by the equation below.
HCN(g) + 2 14 O2(g) → 12 H2O(g) + CO2(g) + NO2(g)
Some standard enthalpies of combustion, ∆H are given in the table below.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 88

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

Substance HCN(g) H2(g) C(s) N2(g)

–1 –611 –242 –394 +68
∆H /kJ mol
Use these data to calculate a value for the standard enthalpy of formation for
gaseous hydrogen cyanide.
(4)
(Total 10 marks)
10. (a) State what is meant by the term mean bond enthalpy.
(2)
H O
(b) Ethanal has the structure H C C
H H
Gaseous ethanal burns as shown by the equation
CH3CHO(g) + 2½O2(g) → 2H2O(g) + 2CO2(g)
Use the mean bond enthalpy data given below to answer the following questions.

Bond –1
Mean bond enthalpy/kJ mol
C—H +413
C—C +347
C=O +736
O=O +498
O—H +464

(i) Calculate the enthalpy change which occurs when all the bonds in the
reactants shown in the above equation are broken.
(ii) Calculate the enthalpy change which occurs when all the bonds in the
products shown in the above equation are formed.
(iii) Hence, calculate the enthalpy change for the complete combustion of ethanal
as shown in the equation above.
(5)
(Total 7 marks)
11. (a) Define the term standard molar enthalpy of formation, ∆Hf .
(3)
(b) State Hess’s law.
(1)
(c) Propanone, CH3COCH3, burns in oxygen as shown by the equation
CH3COCH3(l) + 4 O2(g) → 3H2O(l) + 3CO2(g)
Use the data given below to calculate the standard enthalpy of combustion of
propanone.

CO2(g) H2O(l) CH3COCH3(l)

∆Hf /kJ –394 –286 –248

mol–1
(3)
(Total 7 marks)
12. Nitrogen, hydrogen and oxygen undergo the reactions shown below.
Reaction 1 1
2 N2(g) + 1
2 O2(g) NO(g) ∆H = +91 kJ mol–1
1 –1
Reaction 2 2 N2(g) + 1 12 H2(g) NH3(g) ∆H = –46 kJ mol
1 –1
Reaction 3 H2(g) + O2(g) 2 H2O(g) ∆H = –242 kj mol
Use this information in answering the questions that follow.
(a) What name is given to the symbol ∆H ? Explain fully what it means.
(4)
(b) (i) Write an equation for the reaction of nitrogen monoxide, NO, with hydrogen to form
ammonia and steam.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 89

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(ii) Calculate the value of ∆H for this reaction, using the data given at the
beginning of Question 3.
(4)
(Total 8 marks)
3 3
13. A student added 50.0 cm of hydrochloric acid to 50.0 cm of sodium hydroxide solution
in a polystyrene cup. The temperature rose by 6.5ºC. The initial concentration of each
–3
solution was 1.00 mol dm .
(a) Write an ionic equation for the reaction occurring.
(1)
(b) Calculate the number of moles of acid used in the reaction.
(1)
(c) Calculate the heat energy evolved in the reaction. (Assume that the final solution
has a specific heat capacity of 4.18 J g–1 K–1 and a density of 1.00 g cm3.)
(2)
(d) Calculate the molar enthalpy change for the reaction.
(2)
(Total 6 marks)
14. (a) Define the term standard enthalpy of combustion.
(3)
(b) Using the data given below, calculate the standard enthalpy change for the following
reaction.
CH4(g) + 2O2(g) → CO2(g) + 2H2O(l)
–1
∆Hf CO2(g) = –394 kJ mol
–1
∆Hf H2O(l) = –286 kJ mol
∆Hf CH4(g) = –75 kJ mol–1
(3)
(c) (i) State what is meant by the term mean bond enthalpy.
(ii) Using the standard enthalpy of formation of methane given in part (b) and the
data given below, calculate the mean bond enthalpy of the C-H bond in
methane.
C(s) → C(g) ∆H = +715 kJ mol–1
H2(g) →2H(g) ∆H = +436 kJ mol–1
(iii) Using the C–H bond enthalpy calculated in part (c)(ii) and the standard
enthalpy change for the reaction given below, calculate the mean bond
enthalpy of the C–C bond in propane.
N.B. If you failed to complete part (c)(ii), you may assume that the mean bond
enthalpy of the C–H bond is +390 kJ mol–1. (This is not the correct value.)
H H H
–1
H C C C H(g) 3C(g) + 8H(g) H = +4020 kJ mol

H H H

(7)
(Total 13 marks)
15. (a) Define the term standard enthalpy of combustion, ∆H .
(3)
(b) Methanethiol, CH3SH, is added to natural gas in order to give it a smell. When
methanethiol burns in air it forms carbon dioxide, water and sulphur dioxide. Write
a balanced equation for this combustion reaction.
(1)
(c) A value for the enthalpy of formation of methanethiol can be determined using
Hess's Law and enthalpies of combustion. In this calculation, which three enthalpy
values would be needed in addition to the enthalpy of combustion of methanethiol?
(2)
(d) Carbon disulphide, CS2, burns in air as follows:

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 90

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

CS2(l) + 3O2(g) →CO2(g) + 2SO2(g)

Some standard enthalpies of formation, ∆H are given in the table below.

Substance CS2(l) CO2(g) SO2(g)

∆H /kJ mol–1 +88 –394 –297

Use these data to calculate a value for the enthalpy of combustion of liquid carbon
disulphide.
(3)
(Total 9 marks)
16. The tables below contain values of standard enthalpy of combustion, ∆H and standard
enthalpy of formation, ∆H .

C(graphite) S(s)
H c/kJ mol –1 –394 –297

CS2 (l) NO(g) CO(g) SO 2 (g)

H f/kJ mol –1 88 90 –111 –297

(a) State Hess’s Law.

(2)
(b) Explain the meaning of the term standard enthalpy of combustion of a compound.
(3)
(c) (i) Write equations, with state symbols, for the formation of liquid carbon
disulphide (CS2) from its elements and for the combustion of carbon
disulphide to form carbon dioxide and sulphur dioxide.
(ii) Calculate the enthalpy of combustion of carbon disulphide, using its enthalpy
of formation and the enthalpies of combustion from the tables on above.
(5)
(d) Carbon disulphide reacts explosively with nitrogen monoxide (NO) according to the
following equation.
CS2(l) + 5NO(g) → CO(g) + 2SO2(g) + 52 N2(g)
Use the enthalpies of formation given in the table to calculate the enthalpy change
in this reaction.
(3)
(Total 13 marks)
17. The structure of hydrazine can be represented as shown below.
H H
N N
H H
(a) (i) Write an equation for the formation of hydrazine from its elements.
(ii) Steam and nitrogen gas are the combustion products of gaseous hydrazine.
Write an equation for this reaction.
(iii) Use the data given below to calculate the standard enthalpy of formation of
gaseous hydrazine.
–1
∆H N2H4(g) = –568 kJ mol
∆H H2O(g) = –242 kJ mol–1
(4)
(b) State what is meant by the term mean bond enthalpy.
(2)
(c) Use the enthalpy of formation of hydrazine calculated in part (a) and the mean bond
enthalpies given below to calculate the enthalpy of the bond between the two
nitrogen atoms in hydrazine.
NB If you failed to complete part (a) you may assume that

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 91

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

–1
∆H N2H4(g) = +50 kJ mol (not the correct value).

Bond N–H N≡N H–H

Mean bond enthalpy/kJ 389 945 436
–1
mol
(3)
–1
(d) The measured N-N bond enthalpy in hydrazine is 158 kJ mol . Explain why the
bond enthalpy when calculated correctly in part (c) does not agree with the
measured value.
(1)
(Total 10 marks)
18. The table below gives some standard enthalpies of formation, ∆H .

Substance C2H6(g) F2(g) CF4(g) HF(g)

∆H /kJ –85 0 –680 –269

–1
mol
(a) Define the term standard enthalpy of formation.
(3)
(b) Why is the value for the standard enthalpy of formation for fluorine equal to zero?
(1)
(c) Calculate the standard enthalpy change for the following reaction.
C2H6(g) + 7F2(g) →2CF4(g) + 6HF(g)
(3)
(d) The table below shows some bond enthalpies.

Bond C–C C–H F–F

Bond enthalpy /kJ mol–1 348 412 158
(i) Why are the values for C–C and C––H described as mean bond enthalpies?
(ii) Suggest the most likely first step in the reaction shown in part (c) and give a
reason for your answer.
(4)
(Total 11 marks)
19. (a) Define the terms standard enthalpy of formation and standard enthalpy of
combustion.
(6)
(b) Use the standard enthalpies of formation, ∆H , given below

Compound ∆H / kJ mol–1
CO2(g) –394

C3H7OH(l) –304

H2O(l) –286

to calculate the standard enthalpy of combustion of an alcohol C3H7OH, as shown

by the equation:
C3H7OH(l) + 4½O2(g) → 3CO2(g) + 4H2O(l)
(3)
(c) A value for the enthalpy of combustion of the alcohol C3H7OH was determined in
the laboratory using the apparatus shown below. The following results were
obtained.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 92

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

thermometer
Mass of water in the calorimeter= 200 g
copper calorimeter Initial temperature of water = 15 ºC
Final temperature = 30 ºC
water Mass of alcohol burned = 0.90 g

burner

(i) Calculate the heat energy required to raise the temperature of the water from
–1 –1
15 °C to 30 °C. The specific heat capacity of water is 4.2 J g K .
(ii) Calculate the number of moles of the alcohol, C3H7OH, burned.
(iii) Hence, calculate a value for the enthalpy of combustion of 1.0 mol of the
alcohol.
(iv) Give two reasons why you would expect your answer to part (c)(iii) to differ
from that in part (b).
(8)
(Total 17 marks)

20. An equation for the combustion of cyclopropane, C3H6, is shown below.

C3H6(g) + 4 12 O2(g) → 3CO2(g) + 3H2O(g)
The standard enthalpy of combustion of cyclopropane can be calculated either from
standard enthalpies of formation or by using mean bond enthalpies.
(a) Use the standard enthalpies of formation given below to calculate the standard
enthalpy of combustion of cyclopropane.
–1
∆H C3H6(g) = +53 kJ mol
–1
∆H CO2(g) = –393 kJ mol
∆H H2O(g) = –242 kJ mol–1
(3)
(b) State what is meant by the term mean bond enthalpy.
(2)
(c) The following mean bond enthalpies have been obtained from a data book. Use
these values to calculate the standard enthalpy of combustion of cyclopropane.
–1
C–C 347 kJ mol
C–H 413 kJ mol–1
C=O 805 kJ mol–1
–1
O=O 498 kJ mol
O–H 464 kJ mol–1
(3)
(d) Explain, by reference to the structure of cyclopropane, why the enthalpy of
combustion calculated in part (a) is more exothermic than that calculated in part
(c).
(2)
(Total 10 marks)

21. A Born–Haber cycle for the formation of calcium sulphide is shown below. The cycle
includes enthalpy changes for all Steps except Step F. (The cycle is not drawn to scale.)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 93

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

Ca 2+(g) + S 2–(g)
2+ –
Ca (g) + 2e + S(g)
Step F
Step E –200 kJ mol –1
Step D –1
+1145 kJ mol
Ca 2+(g) + e – + X
Ca + (g) + e – + S(g)

Step C +590 kJ mol –1

Ca(g) + S(g)

Step G –3013 kJ mol –1

Step B +279 kJ mol –1
Ca(g) + S(s)

Step A +178 kJ mol –1

Ca(s) + S(s)

H f Cas –482 kJ mol –1

CaS(s)

(a) Give the full electronic arrangement of the ion S2–

(1)
(b) Identify the species X formed in Step E.
(1)
(c) Suggest why Step F is an endothermic process.
(2)
(d) Name the enthalpy change for each of the following steps.
(i) Step B
(ii) Step D
(iii) Step F
(3)
(e) Explain why the enthalpy change for Step D is larger than that for Step C.
(2)
(f) Use the data shown in the cycle to calculate a value for the enthalpy change for Step
F.
(2)
(Total 11 marks)
22. The energy level diagram (Born-Haber cycle) for caesium chloride is shown below.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 94

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

–
Cs+(g) + Cl(g) + e

–1
H4 = +121 kJ mol
–1
H 5 = –364 kJ mol
–
Cs+(g) + 12Cl2(g) + e

–
H3 = +376 kJ mol
–1
Cs+(g) + Cl (g)

Cs(g) + 12 Cl2(g)

H 2 = +79 kJ mol –1
H 6
Cs(s) + 12 Cl 2(g)

–1
H1 = –433 kJ mol

CsCl(s)
(a) Give the names of the enthalpy changes represented by ∆H1, ∆H2 and ∆H5.
(3)
(b) Calculate the value of the lattice energy ∆H6.
(2)
(c) Explain why the enthalpy change represented by ∆H3 has a lower magnitude for
caesium than for sodium.
(3)
(Total 8 marks)
23. Figure 1 shows the energy level diagram (Born-Haber cycle) for the formation of
rubidium iodide from its elements.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 95

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

–1 H1
HI (Rb) = +402 kJ mol

–
Rb+ (g) + I (g)
Rb(g) + I(g)

–1
H at ( 12 I 2 ) = +107 kJ mol

1
Rb(g) + 2 I 2 (s)

–1
H at (Rb) = +85.8 kJ mol

–1
H 2 = –609 kJ mol

–1
H f (RbI) = –328 kJ mol

RbI(s)
Figure 1
(i) Complete the diagram giving the identities of the missing species
(2)
(ii) Give the names of the enthalpy changes represented by ∆H1 and ∆H2.
(2)
(iii) Calculate the value of the enthalpy change represented by ∆H1.
(2)
(Total 6 marks)

24. The following data relate to lithium chloride.

–1
Standard molar enthalpy change of solution is –37.0 kJ mol .
Lattice enthalpy is –846 kJ mol–1.
+ –
Li (g) + Cl (g)

Li(s) + ½Cl 2(g)

B
Enthalpy C
A

LiCl(s)

+ –
Li (aq) + Cl (aq)
(i) Give the name of each of the changes A and B.
(2)
(ii) Calculate the value of the enthalpy change represented by C and suggest the

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 96

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

name(s) of the enthalpy change(s).

(3)
(Total 5 marks)
25. (a) (i) Construct a Born-Haber cycle for the formation of calcium chloride, CaCl2, from
its elements. Name each step in the cycle and mark on the cycle each species involved
together with its state symbol.
(ii) When calcium reacts with chlorine under normal laboratory conditions
CaC12 is formed not CaCl. Identify the stages in the Born-Haber cycle for the
formation of CaCl which differ from those in the cycle for the formation of
CaC12
(11)
(b) (i) Use the data given below to calculate the standard enthalpy of solution of
CaCl2.
–1
Lattice dissociation enthalpy of CaCl2 = +2255 kJ mol
–1
Hydration enthalpy of calcium ions = –1650 kJ mol
Hydration enthalpy of chloride ions = –384 kJ mol–1
(ii) Using your answer to part (b)(i), deduce how the solubility of CaCl2 changes
as temperature is increased. Explain your answer.
(6)
(c) (i) Standard enthalpies of formation of hydrocarbons are difficult to measure
directly but can be calculated indirectly using experimental data. The
equation for the combustion of cyclobutane, (CH2)4, is
–1
(CH2)4(g) + 6O2(g) → 4CO2(g) + 4H2O(g) ∆H = –2558 kJ mol
Calculate the enthalpy of formation of cyclobutane using the data given,
–1
Standard enthalpy of formation of H2O(g) = –245.1 kJ mol
Standard enthalpy of formation of CO2(g) = –393.5 kJ mol–1
(ii) Enthalpies of combustion can be calculated using bond enthalpies. Use the
data given below to calculate the enthalpy of combustion of cyclobutane as
shown by the equation above. Explain why the value obtained in this
calculation is not
–2558 kJ mol–1.

C–H C–C O=O O–H C=O

Bond enthalpy/kJ 413 347 498 464 805
–1
mol
(13)
(Total 30 marks)
26. Construct a Born-Haber cycle for the formation of the hypothetical crystalline solid
magnesium(I) chloride, MgCl(s).
The table below shows values of standard enthalpies for some processes involving
magnesium and chlorine. Use these values to calculate the standard enthalpy of
formation of the hypothetical MgCl(s).
Use your answer to calculate the standard enthalpy change for the reaction
2MgCl(s) MgCl2(s) + Mg(s)
given that the standard enthalpy of formation of MgCl2(s), ∆H , is –653 kJ mol–1
Explain why the standard entropy change in this reaction is likely to be negligibly small.
Comment on the stability of MgCl(s) relative to that of MgCl2(s).
–1
∆H kJ mol
+ –
Mg (g) + Cl (g) → MgCl(s) –364
– –
Cl(g) + e → Cl (g) +121
1
2Cl2 (g) → Cl(g) +146
Mg(s) → Mg(g) +736
+ -
Mg(g) → Mg (g) + e –753

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 97

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(Total 10 marks)
27. (a) State what is meant by the term enthalpy change.
(2)
(b) Construct a fully-labelled Born-Haber cycle for the formation of MgO and use the
data given below to calculate a value for the enthalpy of lattice formation of this
oxide.
Process ∆H /kJ mol–1
Mg(s) + 12 O2(g) → MgO(s) –602
Mg(s) → Mg(g) +148
+ –
Mg(g) → Mg (g) + e +738
2+ –
Mg+(g) → Mg (g) + e +1451
O2(g) → 2O(g) +498
– –
O(g) + e → O (g) –141
– – 2–
O (g) + e → O (g) +798
(8)
(c) By consideration of the entropy changes in the reaction and the data given below,
explain why the following reaction is never feasible.
1
MgCl2(s) + 2 Cl2(g) → MgCl3(s)
–1
Compound ∆H / kJ mol
MgCl2(s) –653
MgCl3(s) +3904
(5)
(Total 15 marks)

28. The table below contains some mean bond enthalpy data.

Bond H―H C―C C=C N≡N N―H

Mean bond enthalpy / kJ 436 348 612 944 388
–1
mol
(a) Explain the term mean bond enthalpy.
(2)
(b) (i) Write an equation for the formation of one mole of ammonia, NH3, from its
elements.
(ii) Use data from the table above to calculate a value for the enthalpy of
formation of ammonia.
(4)
(c) Use the following equation and data from the table above to calculate a value for the
C–H bond enthalpy in ethane.
H H H H
C C + H H H C C H H = –136 kJ mol –1
H H H H
(3)
(Total 9 marks)
29. (a) The table below contains some mean bond enthalpy data.

Bond H–O O–O O=O

Mean bond enthalpy/kJ 463 146 496
mol–1
The bonding in hydrogen peroxide, H2O2, can be represented by H–O–O–H. Use
these data to calculate the enthalpy change for the following reaction.
H2O2(g) → H2O(g) + 12 O2(g)
(3)
(b) The standard enthalpy of formation, ∆Hf for methane, is –74.9 kJ mol–1. Write an

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 98

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

equation, including state symbols, for the reaction to which this enthalpy change
applies.
(2)
(c) The enthalpy changes for the formation of atomic hydrogen and atomic carbon from
their respective elements in their standard states are as follows.
1 H (g) → H(g)
2 2
H = +218 kJ mol–1
C(s) → C(g) H = +715 kJ mol–1
(i) By reference to its structure, suggest why a large amount of heat energy is
required to produce free carbon atoms from solid carbon.
(ii) Parts (b) and (c) give enthalpy data for the formation of CH4(g), H(g) and C(g).
Use these data and Hess’s Law to calculate the value of the enthalpy change
for the following reaction.
CH4(g) → C(g) + 4H(g)
(iii) Use your answer from part (c)(ii) to calculate a value for the mean bond
enthalpy of a C–H bond in methane.
(5)
(Total 10 marks)
30. (a) Define the term standard enthalpy of combustion.
(2)
(b) (i) Write an equation for the complete combustion of ethane, C2H6.
(ii) Use the standard enthalpies of formation given below to calculate the
standard enthalpy of combustion of ethane.

Formula and state of compound C2H6(g) CO2(g) H2O(l)

Standard enthalpy of formation (at 298 K) /kJ –85 –394 –286

–1
mol
(4)
(Total 6 marks)

31. (a) Use the data in the table to calculate the standard enthalpy of formation of liquid
methylbenzene, C7H8.

Substance C(s) H2(g) C7H8(l)

ο
Standard enthalpy of combustion, ∆Hc /kJ
–394 –286 –3909
mol–1
7C(s) + 4H2(g) → C7H8(l)
(3)
(b) An experiment was carried out to determine a value for the enthalpy of combustion
of liquid methylbenzene using the apparatus shown in the diagram.
container

water (250g)

methylbenzene

Burning 2.5 g of methylbenzene caused the temperature of 250 g of water to rise by

60°C. Use this information to calculate a value for the enthalpy of combustion of
methylbenzene, C7H8
–1 –1
(The specific heat capacity of water is 4.18 J K g . Ignore the heat capacity of the
container.)
(3)
(c) Calculate a value for the standard enthalpy of formation for liquid

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 99

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

ethanethiol,C2H5SH. Use the equation given below and enthalpy of combustion

data from the following table.

Substance C2H5SH(l) C(s) H2(g) S(s)

∆Hc / kJ –1170 –394 –286 –297
–1
mol
2C(s) + 3H2(g) + S(s)  C2H5SH(l)
(4)
(Total 10 marks)
32. (a) Define the term standard enthalpy of formation.
(3)
(b) State Hess’s Law and use it, together with the data given in the table below, to
calculate the standard enthalpy change for the following reaction.
MgO(s) + 2HCl(g) → MgCl2(s) + H2O(l)

MgO HCl(g) MgCl2 H2O

–1 –602 –92 –642 –286
∆Hf /kJ mol
(4)
(c) In an experiment, an excess of solid magnesium oxide was added to 50 cm3 of
3.0 mol dm–3 hydrochloric acid. The initial temperature of the solution was 21°C.
After reaction, the temperature had risen to 53 °C. (The specific heat capacity of
–1 –1
water is 4.2 J K g )
Use this information to calculate the enthalpy change for the reaction of one mole of
magnesium oxide with hydrochloric acid. For your calculation you should assume
that all the heat from the reaction is used to raise the temperature of 50 g of water.
(8)
(Total 15 marks)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 100

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

Marking Scheme

0.10
1. moles methane = = 6.25 × 10–3 (1)
16
–3
kJ evolved = 6.25 × 10 × 890 = 5.56 (1)
3
5.56 × 10 joules = (mc)∆T (1)
5.56  10 3
∆T = = 46.4 K (1) 4
120
[4]

2. C6H11OH + 8½O2 → 6CO2 + 6H2O/double or multiple equation (1)

[1]
3. (a) by definition (1) 1
1 1
(b) Li(s) + 2 O2(g) + 2 H2(g) → LiOH(s) equation (1)
ss (1) 2
– 1
(c) Li(s) + H2O(l) → Li+(aq) + OH (aq) + 2 H2(g) equation (1)
ss (1) 2
(d) ∆H = ∆H (LiOH(aq)) – ∆H (H2O(l)) or cycle (1)
= – 487 – 21 – (–286) (1)
–1
= – 222 (kJ mol ) (1)
(allow (1) for – 201)
reactivity increases (1)
Relationship between ∆H and
reactivity none (1)
Reason reactivity governed by rate ( or Ea) (1) 3
[8]
4. (a) enthalpy (or energy) to break (or dissociate) a bond; 1
averaged over different molecules (environments); 1
enthalpy (or heat energy) change when one mole of a compound; 1
is formed from its elements; 1
in their standard states; 1
(b) enthalpy change = ∑(bonds broken) –∑(bonds formed) or cycle; 1
= 4 × 388 +163 + 2 × 146 +4 × 463 -(944 + 8 × 463); 1
(or similar)
= –789 ; 1
(+ 789 scores 1 only)
(c) (i) zero; 1
(ii) AH = Σ (enthalpies of formation of products)
–∑(enthalpies of formation of reactants) 1
= 4 × –242-(75 + 2 × –133); 1
= -777; 1
( + 777 scores one only)
(d) mean bond enthalpies are not exact 1
(or indication that actual values are different from real
values)
[13]
5. (a) (i) enthalpy change when 1 mol of a substance (or compound) (QL mark) 1
is (completely) burned in oxygen (or reacted in excess oxygen) 1
at 298 K and 100 kPa (or under standard conditions) 1
(ii) heat produced = mass of water × Sp heat capacity x∆T (or mc∆T) 1
= 150×4.18×64 (note if mass = 2.12 lose first 2 marks then conseq)
= 40100 J or = 40.1 kJ (allow 39.9-40.2 must have correct units) 1
moles methanol = mass/Mr = 2.12/32 (1) 1

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 101

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

= 0.0663
–1
∆H = – 40.1/0.0663 = – 605 kJ (mol ) 1
(allow –602 to –608 or answer in J)
(note allow conseq marking after all mistakes but note use of
2.12 g loses 2 marks

ο ο
(b) ∆H = ∑∆Hc (reactants) – ∑∆Hc (products) (or correct cycle) 1

ο ο ο
∆Hc (CH3OH) = ∆Hc (CO) + 2 × ∆Hc (H2) – ∆H 1
= (–283) + (2 × –286) – (–91) (mark for previous equation or this)
–1
= –764 (kJ mol ) ( units not essential but lose mark if units wrong) 1
(note + 764 scores 1/3)
[10]

6. (a) (i)enthalpy (or heat or heat energy) change when 3

1 mol of a substance (1) (QL mark) is formed from its elements (1)
all substances in their standard states (1) (or normal states at 298K,
100 kPa or std condits)
not STP, NTP
(b) enthalpy change (or enthalpy of reaction) is independent of route (1)
∆H = ∑∆Hf prods - ∑∆Hf reactants (or cycle) (1)
minimum correct cycle is:
MgO + 2HCl MgCl2 + H 2 O

1
Mg + Cl 2 + H 2 + 2O2
∆H = -642 – 286 – (–602 + 2 × –92) (1)
–1
= –142 (kJ mol ) (1) 4
penalise this mark for wrong units
+142 scores 1 mark out of the last three

(c) ∆H = mcT (1) (or mc∆T)

= 50 × 4.2 × 32 = 6720 J = 6.72J (1)
mark is for 6720 J or 6.72 kJ

vol 50
moles HCl = × conc = × 3 (1)
1000 1000
= 0.15 (1)
if error here mark on conseq.

Therefore moles of MgO reacted = moles HCl/2 (1) (mark is for/2, CE if not/2)
= 0.15/2 = 0.075
Therefore ∆H = 6.72/0.075 (1) 8
–1
= –90 kJ (mol )
kJ must be given, allow 89 to 91
value (1)
sign (1); this mark can be given despite CE for /2
Note various combinations of answers to part (c) score as follows:
–89 to –91 kJ (8) (or –89000 to 91000J)
no units (7)
+89 to +91 kJ (7) (or + 89000 to +91000J)
no units (6)
–44 to –46 kJ (5) (or -44000 to -46000J)
no units (4) if units after 6.72 or 6720 (5)
+44 to +46 kJ (4) (or +44000 to + 46000)
if no units and

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 102

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

if no units after 6.72 or 6720 (3)

otherwise check, could be (4)
[15]
7. (a) Enthalpy (Energy) to break a (covalent) bond (1) OR dissociation energy
Varies between compounds so average value used (1) QL mark
OR average of dissociation energies in a single molecule / e.g. CH4
Do not allow mention of energy to form bonds
nd
but with this case can allow second mark otherwise 2 mark
consequential on first
2
(b) (i) 1/2 N2 + 3/2 H2 → NH3 (1)
Ignore s s
(ii) ∆H = (∑)bonds broken – (∑)bonds formed (1)
= 1/2 × 944 + 3/2 × 436 – 3 × 388 (1)
–1
= –38 kJ mol (1)
Ignore no units, penalise wrong units
Score 2/3 for -76
1/3 for +38
Allow 1/3 for +76
4
(c) 4 (C–H) + (C=C) + (H–H) – (6 (C–H) + (C–C)) = –136 (1)
(C=C) + (H–H) – ((C–C) + 2 (C–H)) = –136
2 (C–H) = 836 (1)
(C–H) = 418 (kJ mol–1) (1)
Note: allow (1) for –836
another (1) for –418
3
[9]
8. (a) C3H6 + 4O2 → 3CO2 + 3H2O (1) (or multiple) 1
1.45
(b) (i) (1) = 0.0250 (1)
58
allow 0.025
allow conseq on wrong Mr
1.45
1.45/100, CE; C.E.
58.1
(ii) heat released = mc∆T
= 100 × 4.18 × 58.1 (1)
if 1.45 used in place of 100 CE = 0
= 24300 J (1) (or 24.3kJ)
allow 24200 to 24300
ignore decimal places
units tied to answer
If use 0.1 × 4.18 × 51.8 allow ½ for 24.3 with no units

24.3
(iii) = –972 (kJ mol–1) (1) 5
0.0250
allow –968 to –973
allow +972
allow conseq
allow no units
penalise wrong units
(c) (i) Heat loss (1) or energy loss
do not allow incomplete combustion
(ii) Difference: more negative (1) (or more exothermic)
QoL mark

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 103

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

Explanation: heat (or energy) released when water vapour condenses (1) 3
or heat/energy required to vaporise water
or water molecules have more energy in the gaseous state

(d) ∆H = ∑∆Hreactants – ∑∆Hproducts (1)

(or cycle 2C + 3H 2 + S C 2 H 5 SH

–Hc C 2 H 5 SH )
CO 2 H 2 O SO 2
= (2 × –394) + (3 × –286) + (–297) – (–1170) (1) = –773 (1) 3
ignore units even if wrong
Allow 1/3 for +773
[12]
9. (a) {heat {molecule
{enthalpy change for formation of 1 mol of a {substance (1)
{compound
from its elements (1)
in their standard states * (at 298 K, 100 kPa) (1)
(*) or natural/normal states at 298 K, 100 kPa
nd
must have 2 mark to score third 3

3 1
(b) C(s) + H2(g) + N (g) + O2(g) → CH3NO2(l)
2 2 2
equation (1)
not × 2
state symbols (1)
can score for unbalanced equation or × 2 2
(c) Hess’s law (1)
st
or 1 Law or conservation of energy 1
1 1
(d) ∆H refers to H2(g) + C(s) + N2(g) → HCN(g) (1)
2 2
1 1
∆H = ∆H (H2) + ∆H (c) + ∆H (N2) – ∆H (HCN) (1)
2 2
= –121 –394 + 34 – (–611) (1)
= + 130 (kJmol–1) (1)
(for wrong answers allow )
( –130 (2) )
( +260 (3) )
( –260 (1) ) 4
[10]

10. (a) (Energy required) to break a given covalent bond (1)

averaged over a range of compounds (1)
Penalise first mark if ‘energy’ / ‘enthalpy’ evolved 2
(b) (i) 4 × C-H = 4 × 413 = +1652
1 × C-C = 1 × 347 = 347
1 × C=O = 1 × 736 = 736
2½ × O=O = 2.5 × 498 = 1245 (1)
= 2735 + 1245 = +3980 (1)
first mark for 4 : 1: 1 or 2735 ignore sign

(ii) 4 × H-O = -4 × 464 = –1856

4 × C-O = -4 × 736 = –2944 (1)
= –4800 (1)
First mark for 4 : 4

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 104

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(iii) ∆HR = ∑Bonds broken - ∑Bonds made

= +3980 - 4800 = -820 (1)
Conseq Mark for incorrect answers in (i) and (ii) as
(i) Answer + (ii) Answer = 5
[7]
11. (a) (Enthalpy change) when 1 mol (1) of a compound is formed
from its constituent elements (1) in their standard states (1)
Allow energy or heat, Ignore evolved or absorbed
Mark each point independently 3
(b) (The enthalpy change for a reaction is) independent of the route (1) 1
(c) ∆HR =  Hf products -  Hf reactants (1)
= [(3 × -286) + (3 × -394)] - (-248) (1)
–1
= -1792 (1) (kJ mol )
Deduct one mark for each error to zero
3
[7]
12. (a) standard enthalpy of formation (1)
allow enthalpy of formation under standard conditions
1 mol of a compound produced (1)
from elements under standard conditions (1)
reactants and products in standard states (1)
allow normal or most stable states under standard conditions
correct explanation not linked to correct name 4
5
(b) (i)NO + H2→NH3 + H2O or doubled (1)
2

allow two equations, single and doubled

mark on from wrong moles of H2 (for which ∆Hf is zero)
1 1
(ii) NO N 2 + O2 ∆H = –91 kJ mol–1
2 2
1 3 –1
N + H NH3 ∆H = –46 kJ mol
2 2 2 2
1 –1
O + H2 H2O ∆H = –242 kJ mol
2 2
correct equations or cycle (1)
–1
∑ ∆H = –91 –46 –242 (1) = –379 kJ mol (1)
minus 1 for each wrong sign
if eqn in (i) and value in (ii) do not match, then MAX 2 ex 3
∆H =   Hprod –   Hreact (shown) gets 1 if zero otherwise 4
[8]

+ – + –
13. (a) H +OH → H2O or H3O +OH → 2H2O (1)
Ignore state symbols; ignore ‘spectator’ ions 1

–2
(b) Mol H+ = 50.0×1.00/1000 = 5×10 (1) 1
(c) Heat energy evolved =
MC∆T/MS θ or in words (1)
= 100 × 4.18 × 6.5 =
2717 Allow 2700 –2717 (1)
or = 0.1 × 4.18 × 6.5 =
2.717 Allow 2.7–2.717 (1)
or = 0.1 × 4.2 × 6.5 = 2.730 (or 2730) if 4.2 used for ‘c’
Ignore units in part (c)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 105

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

–2
(d) Molar enthalpy change = –2.717/5.00 × 10 (1)
–1
= –54.3 kJ mol (1)

Allow conseq to answers in (b) and (c)

Mark CE if this inverted
2
[6]
14. (a) (The enthalpy/heat change) when one mole (1) is completely burned/combusted in
oxygen/air (1)
under standard conditions or 100K Pa/lbar/latm/760mm Hg (1) and 298K or STP
Penalise first mark if heat adsorped. Penalise first mask if “energy
change” stated 3
(b) ∆HR = ∑∆H products – ∆H reactants or cycle or
∆HR = ∆H CO2+2∆H H2O – ∆H CH4 (1)
= (–394) +2 (–286) – (–75) (1)
–1
= –891 (kJ mol )
Allow +891 [max 1]
3
(c) (i) Enthalpy (Do not allow energy) required to break a covalent bond (1)
Allow second mark separately
averaged over (many) compounds (1)
(ii) ∆Ha = ∑ Bonds broken – ∆ Bonds made or cycle (1)

C(g) + 4H(g)

Allow –415 to –416 C(g) + 2H 2 (g) 2H BE H 2

Max (2)
C(s) + 2H 2(g) H BE C 4BE(C–H)

Allow 1662 Max (1) H F CH 4 CH 4 (g)

715  2(436) – (–75)
BE (C–H)= (1) = 415 5 (kJ mol–1) (1)
4
Allow 415–416
(iii) 4020 = 2BE (C–C) + 8 BE (C–H) (1)
CE if 3BE(C–C) used
4020 – 8(415  5) –1
BE (C–C) + = 348 (kJmol ) (1) Allow 346–350 7
2
Mark conseq
Note: Using 390, the given answer, BE (C–C) = 450 [2]
The common wrong answer in C(ii) is 378 this gives BE(C–C) as 498
conseq [2]
[13]
15. (a) enthalpy change when 1 mol of a compound (1)
is completely burned in oxygen (1)
under standard conditions (1) 3
(b) CH3 SH + 3O2 → CO2 + 2H2O + SO2 1
(c) enthalpies of combustion of C, H2, S
one correct (1)
three correct (2)
(or enthalpies of formation of CO2, H2O, SO2)
one correct (1)
three correct (2) 2
(d) ∆H = –∆H (CS2) + ∆H (CO2) + 2∆H (SO2) (1)
or cycle with the same information

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 106

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

= –88 – 394 – 594 (1)

–1
= –1076 kJ mol (1)
+1076 scores one, –900 scores 1 cycle mark 3
[9]

16. (a) enthalpy change (1)

independent of reaction route (1) 2

(b) enthalpy change for 1 mol (1)

completely burned in oxygen (1)
under standard condition (1) 3
(c) (i) Equation for formation of CS2 C(s) + 2S(s) → CS2(l) (1)
Equation for combustion of CS2 CS2(l) + 3O2(g) → CO2(g) + 2SO2(g) (1)
(ii) ∆H = ∆H (C) + 2∆H (S) – ∆H (CS2) (1)
(or correct cycle)
= –394 + 2(–297) –88 (1)
–1
= –1076 kJ mol (1) 5

(d) ∆H = ∆H (CO) + 2∆H (SO2) – (∆H (CS2) + 5∆H (NO)) (1)

(or correct cycle)

= –111 + 2(–297) – (88 + 5 × 90) (1)

= –1243 kJ mol–1 (1) 3
[13]

17. (a) (i) N2 + 2H2 → N2H4 (1)

(ii) N2H4 + O2 → N2 + 2H2O (1)

N 2 H 4 (g)

(iii)  H f N 2H 4
N2 (g) + 2H 2 (g)
H c = –568
 H f H 2 O (g)
N 2 (g) + 2H 2 O (g) = 2× –242

∆Hf = – 484 + 568 = + 84 kJ mol–1 (1)

[OR ∆Hf = 2∆Hf H2O(g) – ∆Hc N2H4 (1) = 84 kJ mol–1 (1)] 4

(b) Enthalpy or heat required to break a covalent bond (1)

Average over a range of compounds 2

N 2 H 4 (g)

(c)  H f N 2H 4
N2 (g) + 2H 2 (g)
H c = –568
 H f H 2 O (g)
N 2 (g) + 2H 2 O (g) = 2× –242

Hence (N–N) = 872 + 945 – 84 – 1556 (1) = 177 kJ mol–1 (1)

Note:– Mark consequentially to ∆HfN2H4 from a(iii) 3

(d) The N–H bond enthalpies used in the calculation were mean values or depend on
environment (1) 1
[10]

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 107

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

18. (a) enthalpy change for one mole of compound (1)

formed from its elements (1)
in their standard states (1) 3
(b) by definition (1) 1
(c) ∆H = 2 × ∆H (CF4) + 6 × ∆H (HF) – ∆H (C2H6) (1)
= 2 × –680 + 6 × – 269 – (–85) (1)
= –2889 (1) (kJ mol–1) 3
(d) (i) bond energies (enthalpies) vary between compounds (1)
therefore an average value is used (1)
(ii) First step in the reaction F–F bond breaks (1)
Reason weakest bond (1) 4
[11]
19. (a) Standard enthalpy of formation The enthalpy change when one mole of a
compound
(1) is formed from its consistuent element (1) in their normal or standard state (1)
under standard conditions
Standard enthalpy of combustion The enthalpy change when one mole of a
compound
(1) is completely burnt in oxygen (1) under standard condition or at 298K and
100kPa (1)

6
(b) ∆H = ∑∆Hf products – ∑∆Hf reactants or cycle (1)
= 3∆HfCO2 + 4∆Hf H2O – ∆Hf C3 H7OH (1)
= –2022 kJ mol–1 (1) 3

(c) (i) Enthalpy = 200 × 4.2 × 15 (1)

= 12.6 kJ (1)
(ii) Moles C3H7OH = 0.90/60 (1)
12.6 kJ (1)
(iii) Enthalpy of combustion =
–12.6/0.015 (1)
–1
= –840 kJ mol (1)
(iv) Reason 1 Incomplete combustion
Heat lost to surroundings
Reason 2 Heat capacity of the apparatus
Any two (2) 8
[17]

20. (a) ∆H = ∑ ∆Hf products – ∑ ∆Hf reactants or cycle (1)

= [(3 × –393) + (3 × – 242)] – [+53] (1)
= –1905 – 53
–1
= –1958 kJ mol (1) 3

(b) The enthalpy required to break a covalent bond (1)

average over a wide range of compounds (1) 2

(c) In; 3 × C–C; 3 × 347 = +1041

6 × C–H; 6 × 413 = +2478
4.5 × 0 = 0; 4.5 × 498 = + 2241
Total in + 5760 (1)

Out; 6 × C=O; 6 × –805 = –4830

6 × O–H; 6 × –464 = –2784
Total out –7614 (1)

Enthalpy change = 5760 – 7614 = –1854 kJ mol –1 (1) 3

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 108

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(d) Cyclopropane has a strained ring structure (1)

Bonds in cyclopropane are weaker OR
Bond enthalpies depend on environment OR
Mean bond enthalpies used in the calculation (1) 2
[10]
2 2 6 2 6
21. (a) 1s 2s 2p 3s 3p 1
–
(b) S (g) 1
–
(c) The negative S ion 1
repels the electron being added 1
(d) (i) Enthalpy of atomisation of sulphur 1
(ii) Second ionisation enthalpy of calcium 1
(iii) Second electron affinity of sulphur 1
(e) Electron more strongly attracted 1
+
nearer to the nucleus or attracted by Ca ion 1
(f) Correct cycle
e.g. + 178 + 279 + 590 +1145 – 200 + E – 3013 + 482 = 0 1
= 539 1
Allow one mark for – 539
[11]
22. (a) ∆H1 formation (1)
∆H2 atomisation / sublimation (of Cs not Cl) (1)
∆H5 electron affinity (of Cl) (1) 3
(b) –433 = 79 + 376 + 121 – 364 + ∆H6 (1)
–1
∆H6 = –645 (kJ mol ) (1) 2
both marks for correct answer alone
allow 1 mark for +645 or 645
(c) Cs has larger radius / larger atom (not ion) / more shells /
more orbitals / more sub-shells (1)
correct reference to shielding (1)
–
less powerful attraction (of nucleus) for (outer) e in Cs (1) 3
[8]
+ – –
23. (a) (i) diagram shows in top box Rb (g) + e + I(g) / e must be there (1)
diagram shows in lower box Rb(s) + ½ I2(s) (1) 2
(ii) ∆H1 = electron affinity (of iodine)/allow correct symbols
including I2, I–, (1)
∆H2 = lattice enthalpy / energy (of RbI) (1) 2
(iii) ∆H1 = –(+402) – (+107) – (+85.8) + (–328) – (–609) (1)
= –314 (kJ mol–1) (1) 2
give 1 mark for +313.8 or +314
assume + if no sign given
significant figure penalty for 310
[6]
24. (i) A is (enthalpy change) of formation(1)
B is lattice enthalpy (1) 2
(ii) negative sign (only if a calculation) (1)
–l
883 kJ mol (1)
(only give both marks if working and answer correct)
+ –
hydration / solvation enthalpies (of Li and Cl ) (1) 3
[5]
25. (a) (i) Steps
Sublimation/atomisation enthalpy or
∆Hfus + ∆Hvap Ca(s) → Ca(g) (1)
+ –
First ionisation enthalpy of calcium Ca(g) → Ca (g) + e (1)
Second ionisation enthalpy of calcium Ca (g) → Ca (g) + e–
+ 2+
(1)
Dissociation enthalpy/bond energy/2 × ∆Ha chlorine

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 109

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

Cl2(g) → 2Cl(g) (1)

– –
2 × First electron affinity of chlorine 2Cl(g) + 2e → 2Cl (g) (1)
Lattice dissociation (or formation) enthalpy
2+ –
CaCl2(s) →Ca (g) + 2Cl (g) (1)
Enthalpy of formation of calcium chloride
Ca(s) + Cl2(g) → CaCl2(g) (1) 7

(ii) 2nd IE needed when CaCl2 formed or only 1st IE for CaCl (1)
BE of Cl2 needed when CaCl2 formed but BE/2 for CaCl
(or equivalent) (1)
2 × electron affinity when CaCl2 formed but 1 × EA for CaCl (1)
LE of CaCl2 greater (or different) than LE CaCl (1) 4

Ca 2+(g) + 2Cl –(g)

CaCl 2 (s)
–
Ca2+ (aq) + 2Cl (g)
(b) (i)

Ca2+ (aq) + 2Cl– (aq)

2+ –
+LE + (∆HhydCa ) + 2(∆HhydCl ) – ∆Hsoln CaCl2 = CaCl2 = 0 or correct
cycle (1)
∆Hsoln CaCl2 = 2255 – 1650 – 768 (1)
–1
= –163 kJ mol (1) 3
(ii) Marked consequentially to answer in (c)(i)
Solubility decreases (1)
Enthalpy of solution negative or exothermic (1)
Equilibrium displaced as predicted by Le Chatelier (1) 3
(c) (i) ∆H (CH2)4 = 4∆H CO2 + 4∆H H2O –∆H (CH2)4 (1)
–2558 = (4 × –393.5) + (4 × –245.1) – ∆H (CH2)4 (1)
∆H (CH2)4 = +3.6 kJ mol–1 (1) 3

(ii) Enthalpy put in to break bonds

4 × C – C = 4 × 347 (1) = 1388

8 × C – H = 8 × 413 (1) = 3304
6 × O = O = 6 × 498 (1) = 2988

Total = 7680

Enthalpy given out when bonds made

8 × C = O = 8 × –805 (1) = –6440

8 × O – H = 8 × –464 (1) = –3712

Total = –10152

Enthalpy change = Enthalpy in – enthalpy out

= 7680 – 10152 (1)
= –2472 kJ mol–1 (1)

marked consequentially

Explanation

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 110

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

Mean bond enthalpies used or bond enthalpies depend on

environment (1)

Cyclobutane less stable than suggested by mean bond enthalpies (1)

Cyclobutane a strained structure or bond angles 90° (1) 10

Stability of cyclobutane marked consequentially.

[30]

26

Cation: Mg+ (g) + Cl(g) + e–

(ionisation H it ) (Electron addition H eat )

Gaseous atoms: Mg(g) + Cl(g)

Anion: Mg + (g) + Cl– (g) 6 steps
t t
(Atomisation Hsub + 12 Hdiss ) –1 for each error
(4)
1
Elements: Mg(s) + 2 Cl 2 (g)
(Lattice formation –HLt )
(Decomposition –H ft )

Solid salt: MgCl(s)

4
0 = –∆H + ∆H + ∆H + ∆H + ∆H + ∆H
∆H = ∆H + ∆H + ∆H + ∆H + ∆H
∆H = + 146 + 121 + 736 – 364 – 753
–1
∆H = – 114 kJ mol (3) [–1 for each error] 2
–1
∆H = ∆H (MgCl2) – ∆H (MgCl) = –653 –2 ( –114) = –425 kJ mol 1
MgCl2 is always favoured over MgCl 1
[10]
27 (a) Heat (energy)/ internal energy change (not energy change) (1)
Measured at constant pressure (1) 2

(b)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 111

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

Mg 2+(g) + O 2 –(g)
2nd EA O
Mg 2+(g) + 2e – +O(g)
(1st) EA O

Mg 2+(g) + e – +O – (g)

Ha O
Mg 2+(g) + 2e – +½O (g)
2

2nd IE (Mg)
Mg + (g) + e – +½O (g)
2
LE Form MgO
or – LE dissociation
1st IE (Mg)

Mg(g) + ½O (g)
2

Ha (Mg) or Hsub

Mg(s) + ½O (g)
2

Hf MgO
MgO(s)

8
Notes:– Ignore electrons in cycle
Penalise missing labels by max 2
Penalise missing state symbols in ‘active step’ by max 2
Penalise incorrect chemistry every time
Allow steps written horizontally
Calculation:
∆HaMg + 1st IE Mg + 2nd IE Mg + ∆Ha O + 1st EA O + 2nd EA O + LE Form –MgO ∆HfMgO
= 0 (1)
Hence; 148 + 738 + 1451 + 249 – 141 + 798 + LE + 602 = 0 (1)
(NB This scores 2)
LE formation MgO = –3845 (kJ mol–1) (1)
(Allow +3845 Max 2)
1
(c) For the reaction MgCl2(s) + Cl (g) → MgCl3(s)
2 2
∆Hr = ∆HfMgCl3 – ∆HfMgCl2
–1
= +3904 – (–653) = 4557 (kJ mol ) (1)
∆S is negative/ entropy decreases (as order increases) (1)
∆G = ∆H – T∆S (1)
∆G must (always) be positive (since ∆Hr and – T∆S are both positive) (1)
Reaction never/not feasible (or equivalent) (1)
5
[15]

28. (a) Enthalpy (Energy) to break a (covalent) bond (1) OR dissociation energy
Varies between compounds so average value used (1) QL mark
OR average of dissociation energies in a single molecule / e.g. CH4
Do not allow mention of energy to form bonds
nd
but with this case can allow second mark otherwise 2 mark
consequential on first

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 112

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(b) (i) 1/2 N2 + 3/2 H2 → NH3 (1)

Ignore s s
(ii) ∆H = (∑)bonds broken – (∑)bonds formed (1)
= 1/2 × 944 + 3/2 × 436 – 3 × 388 (1)
= –38 kJ mol–1 (1)
Ignore no units, penalise wrong units
Score 2/3 for -76
1/3 for +38
Allow 1/3 for +76 4

(c) 4 (C–H) + (C=C) + (H–H) – (6 (C–H) + (C–C)) = –136 (1)

(C=C) + (H–H) – ((C–C) + 2 (C–H)) = –136
2 (C–H) = 836 (1)
–1
(C–H) = 418 (kJ mol ) (1)
Note: allow (1) for –836
another (1) for –418 3
[9]

29. (a) ∆H = ∑(bonds broken) – ∑(bonds formed) (or cycle) 1

= +146 – 496/2 (or 2 × 463 + 146 –(2 × 463 + 496/2) 1
–1
= – 102 (kJ mol ) (1) 1
(accept no units, wrong units loses a mark; +102 scores (1)
only)

(b) C(s) + 2H2(g) →CH4(g) equation (1) Correct state symbols (1) 2

(c) (i) Macromolecular 1

(accept giant molecule or carbon has many (4) bonds)
(ii) ∆H = ∑∆Hf (products) – ∑∆Hf (reactants) (or cycle) 1
= 715 + 4 × 218 – (–74.9) 1
= 1662 (kJ mol–1) 1
(accept no units, wrong units loses one mark, allow 1660 to
1663, –1662 scores one mark only)
(iii) 1662/4 = 415.5 1
(mark is for divide by four, allow if answer to (c)(ii) is wrong)
[10]

30. (a) The enthalpy change when 1 mol of a compound is completely

burnt in oxygen under standard conditions, all reactants and
products being in their standard states. 2
(b) (i) C2H6 + 3½O2 → 2CO2 + 3H2O (1)
(ii) ∆H = 2 × ∆H (CO2) + 3 × ∆H (H2O) – ∆H (C2H6) (1)
= – 788 – 858 – (–85)
= – 1561 kJ mol–1
(1) (1)
4

[6]

31. (b) ∆H = ∑∆Hοc (reactants) – ∑∆Hοc (products) 1

= (7x – 394) + (4 x – 286) – (– 3909) 1
–1
= + 7 kJmol 1

(b) q = mc T = 250 x 60 x 4.18 = 62700J = 62.7kJ 1

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 113

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

Number of moles = 2.5/92 = 0.0272 1

–1
∆H = -62.7/0.0272 = -2310 kJmol 1

(c) ∆H = ∑∆Hreactants – ∑∆Hproducts (1)

(or cycle 2C + 3H 2 + S C 2 H 5 SH

–Hc C 2 H 5 SH )
CO 2 H 2 O SO 2
= (2 × –394) + (3 × –286) + (–297) – (–1170) (1)
= –773 (1) 3
ignore units even if wrong
Allow 1/3 for +773
[9]
32. (a) (i) enthalpy (or heat or heat energy) change when 3
1 mol of a substance (1) (QL mark) is formed from its elements (1)
all substances in their standard states (1) (or normal states at 298K,
100 kPa or std condits)
not STP, NTP

(b) enthalpy change (or enthalpy of reaction) is independent of route (1)

∆H = ∑∆Hf prods - ∑∆Hf reactants (or cycle) (1)

minimum correct cycle is:

MgO + 2HCl MgCl2 + H 2 O

1
Mg + Cl 2 + H 2 + 2O2

∆H = -642 – 286 – (–602 + 2 × –92) (1)

–1
= –142 (kJ mol ) (1) 4
penalise this mark for wrong units
+142 scores 1 mark out of the last three
(c) ∆H = mcT (1) (or mc∆T)
= 50 × 4.2 × 32 = 6720 J = 6.72kJ (1)
mark is for 6720 J or 6.72 kJ
vol 50
moles HCl = × conc = × 3 (1)
1000 1000
= 0.15 (1)
if error here mark on conseq.
Therefore moles of MgO reacted = moles HCl/2 (1) (mark is for/2, CE if not/2)
= 0.15/2 = 0.075
Therefore ∆H = 6.72/0.075 (1) 8
–1
= –90 kJ (mol )
kJ must be given, allow 89 to 91
value (1)
sign (1); this mark can be given despite CE for /2

Note various combinations of answers to part (c) score as follows:

–89 to –91 kJ (8) (or –89000 to 91000J)
no units (7)
+89 to +91 kJ (7) (or + 89000 to +91000J)
no units (6)

–44 to –46 kJ (5) (or -44000 to -46000J)

no units (4) if units after 6.72 or 6720 (5)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 114

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

+44 to +46 kJ (4) (or +44000 to + 46000)

if no units and
if no units after 6.72 or 6720 (3)
otherwise check, could be (4)
[15]

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 115

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

6.0 ELECTROCHEMISTRY

1. (a) Define the term oxidising agent in terms of electrons.

(1)
(Total 1 mark)
2. Use the data in the table below, where appropriate, to answer the questions which follow.
ο
Standard electrode potentials E /V
3+ – 2+
Fe (aq) + e → F2 (aq) +0.77
Cl2(g) + 2e– → 2Cl–(aq) +1.36
2BrO 3 (aq) + 12H+ (aq) + 10e– → Br2(aq) + 6H2O(l) +1.52
+ –
O3(g) + 2H (aq) + 2e → O2(g) + H2O(l) +2.08
+ – –
F2O(g) + 2H (aq) + 4e → 2F (aq) + H2O(l) +2.15
Each of the above can be reversed under suitable conditions.
(a) (i) Identify the most powerful reducing agent in the table.
(ii) Identify the most powerful oxidising agent in the table.
(iii) Identify all the species in the table which can be oxidised in acidic solution by
–
BrO 3 (aq).
(4)
(b) The cell represented below was set up.
Pt|Fe2+ (aq), Fe3+ (aq) || BrO 3– (aq), Br2(aq)|Pt
(i) Deduce the e.m.f. of this cell.
(ii) Write a half-equation for the reaction occurring at the negative electrode when
current is taken from this cell.
3+
(iii) Deduce what change in the concentration of Fe (aq) would cause an
increase in the e.m.f. of the cell. Explain your answer.
(6)
(Total 10 marks)
3. Use the data below, where appropriate, to answer the following questions.
Standard electrode potentials E /V
S2O 2
8
(aq) + 2e– → 2SO 24 – (aq) +2.01

MnO 4– (aq) + 8H+(aq) + 5e– →

2+
Mn (aq) + 4H2O(l) +1.51
– –
Cl2(aq) + 2e → 2Cl (aq) +1.36
Cr2 O 7 (aq) + 14H+(aq)
2–
+ 6e
–
→
3+
2Cr (aq) + 7H2O(l) +1.33
NO3– (aq) + 3H+(aq) + 2e
–
→
HNO2(aq) + H2O(l) +0.94
Fe3+(aq) + e–
→ Fe2+(aq) +0.77
(a) From the table above, select the species which is the most powerful reducing agent.
(1)
(b) Deduce the oxidation state of
(i) chromium in Cr2 O 72 –
(ii) nitrogen in HNO2
(2)
(c) (i) Calculate the e.m.f. of the cell represented by
2+
Pt | Mn (aq), MnO 4 (aq) || S 2 O 82 – (aq), SO 24 – (aq) | Pt
(ii) Deduce an equation for the reaction which occurs when an excess of
S 2 O 82 – (aq) is added to an aqueous solution of Mn2+(aq) ions.
(3)
(Total 13 marks)
4. Use the standard electrode potential data given in the table below, where appropriate, to
answer the questions which follow.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 116

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

E /V

V 3+(aq) + e– V 2+(aq) –0.26

2–
SO 4 (aq) + 4H +(aq) + 2e – H 2 SO 3 (aq) + H 2O +0.17
VO (aq) + 2H +(aq)
2+
+ e– V 3+(aq) + H 2 O(l) +0.34
O 2 (g) + 2H +(aq) + 2e – H 2 O2 (aq) +0.68
Fe 3+(aq) + e– Fe 2+(aq) +0.77
+
VO2 (aq) + 2H +(aq) + e– VO 2+(aq) + H 2 O(l) +1.00
2IO–3 (aq) + 12H +(aq) + 10e – I 2 (aq) + 6H 2O(l) +1.19
–
MnO 4 (aq) + 8H +(aq) + 5e – Mn 2+(aq) + 4H 2 O(l) +1.52

Each of the above can be reversed under suitable conditions.

(a) The cell represented below was set up under standard conditions.
2 3+ 2+
Pt | H2SO3(aq), SO (aq), || Fe (aq), Fe (aq) |Pt
4
(i) Calculate the e.m.f. of this cell.
(ii) Write a half-equation for the oxidation process occurring at the negative
electrode of this cell.
(2)
(b) The cell represented below was set up under standard conditions.
Pt | H2O2(aq), O2(g) || IO 3 (aq), I2(aq) |Pt
(i) Write an equation for the spontaneous cell reaction.
(ii) Give one reason why the e.m.f. of this cell changes when the electrodes are
connected and a current flows.
(iii) State how, if at all, the e.m.f. of this standard cell will change if the surface
area of each platinum electrode is doubled.
(iv) State how, if at all, the e.m.f. of this cell will change if the concentration of IO 3
ions is increased. Explain your answer.
(7)
(c) An excess of acidified potassium manganate(VII) was added to a solution containing
2+
V (aq) ions. Use the data given in the table to determine the vanadium species
present in the solution at the end of this reaction. State the oxidation state of
vanadium in this species and write a half-equation for its formation from V2+(aq).

(3)
(Total 12 marks)
5. Use the table of standard electrode potentials given below to answer the following
questions.

E /V
– –
Cl2(g) + 2e → 2Cl (aq) + 1.36
Br2(l) + 2e– → 2Br–(aq) +1.07
NO 3– (aq) + 3H+(aq) + 2e– →HNO2(aq) + H2O(1) +0.94
Fe3+(aq) + e– → Fe2+(aq) +0.77
I2(aq) + 2e– → 2I–(aq) +0.54
2+ + – 3+
VO (aq) + 2H (aq) + e → V (aq) + H2O(1) +0.34
V3+(aq) + e– → V2+(aq) –0.26
2+ –
Fe (aq) + 2e → Fe(s) –0.44
(a) In terms of electron transfer, define the term oxidising agent.
(1)
–
(b) (i) Give the conditions under which the electrode potential for Cl2(g)/2Cl (aq) is
+1.36 V.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 117

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(ii) Give a change in one of these conditions which would result in the electrode
potential becoming more positive. Explain your answer.
(5)
(c) (i) Which of the reducing agents in the table is the weakest?
(ii) Identify all the species in the table which could convert I–aq) into I2(aq) but
–
which could not convert Br (aq) into Br2(l).
(iii) Identify the metal ions which would be left in solution if an excess of powdered
iron metal was added to an acidified solution containing VO2+(aq) ions.
(5)
(Total 11 marks)
6. Use the standard electrode potential data in the table below to answer the questions
which follow.
E /V
_____________________________________________________________
4+ – 3+
Ce (aq) + e Ce (aq) +1.70
– + – 2+
MnO (aq) + 8H (aq)+ 5e Mn (aq) + 4H2O(l) +1.51
– –
Cl2(g) + 2e 2Cl (aq) +1.36
+ +
VO2 (aq) +2H (aq) + e – 2+
VO (aq) + H2O(l) +1.00
3+
Fe (aq) + e – 2+
Fe (aq) +0.77
2– + –
SO4 (aq) + 4H (aq) + 2e H2SO3(aq) + H2O(l) +0.17
(a) Name the standard reference electrode against which all other electrode potentials
are measured.
(1)
3+ 2+
(b) When the standard electrode potential for Fe (aq) / Fe (aq) is measured, a
platinum electrode is required.
(i) What is the function of the platinum electrode?
(ii) What are the standard conditions which apply to Fe3+(aq)/Fe2+(aq) when
measuring this potential?
(3)
(c) The cell represented below was set up under standard conditions.
Pt|H2SO3(aq), SO42–(aq)||MnO4–(aq), Mn2+(aq)|Pt
Calculate the e.m.f. of this cell and write an equation for the spontaneous cell
reaction.
(3)
(d) (i) Which one of the species given in the table is the strongest oxidising agent?
(ii) Which of the species in the table could convert Fe2+(aq) into Fe3+(aq) but
could not convert Mn2+(aq) into MnO4–(aq)?
(3)
(e) Use data from the table of standard electrode potentials to deduce the cell which
would have a standard e.m.f. of 0.93 V. Represent this cell using the convention
shown in part (c).
(2)
(Total 12 marks)
7. Large blocks of magnesium are bolted onto the hulls of iron ships in an attempt to prevent
the iron being converted into iron(II), one of the steps in the rusting process.
Use the data below, where appropriate, to answer the questions which follow.
E /V
2+ –
Mg (aq) + 2e Mg(s) –2.37
Fe2+(aq) + 2e– Fe(s) –0.44
– –
O2(g) + 2H2O(l) + 4e 4OH (aq) +0.40
(a) Calculate the e.m.f. of the cell represented by Mg(s)|Mg2+(aq)||Fe2+(aq)|Fe(s)
under standard conditions. Write a half-equation for the reaction occurring at the

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 118

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

negative electrode of this cell when a current is drawn.

(2)
2+ 2+
(b) Deduce how the e.m.f. of the cell Mg(s)|Mg (aq)||Fe (aq)|Fe(s) changes when
2+
the concentration of Mg is decreased. Explain your answer.
(3)
(c) Calculate a value for the e.m.f. of the cell represented by
– 2+
Pt(s)|OH (aq)|O2(g)||Fe (aq)|Fe(s) and use it to explain why iron corrodes when
in contact with water which contains dissolved oxygen.
(2)
(Total 7 marks)
8. The table below shows some values for standard electrode potentials.
Electrode Electrode reaction E /V
2+ –
A Mn (aq) + 2e Mn(s) – 1.18
2+ –
B Fe (aq) + 2e Fe(s) – 0.44
2+ –
C Ni (aq) + 2e Ni(s) – 0.25
2+ –
D Sn (aq) + 2e Sn(s) – 0.14
+ –
E 2H (g)+ 2e H2(g) ?
(a) (i) Give the name of electrode E and indicate its role in the determination of
standard electrode potentials.
(2)
(ii) What is the value of the standard electrode potential for electrode E?
(1)
(b) The electrochemical cell set up between electrodes C and D can be represented by
the cell diagram:
Ni(s) Ni 2+(aq) Sn2+ (aq) Sn(s)
(i) Calculate the e.m.f. of this cell.
(1)
(ii) State which would be the positive electrode.
(1)
(iii) Write an equation to show the overall reaction in the cell.
(1)
(c) Use the standard electrode potential data given in the table above:
(i) to explain whether or not you would expect a reaction to occur if a piece of tin
were to be added to a test tube containing aqueous iron(II) sulphate;
(2)
(ii) to predict and explain two observations you would expect to make if a small
piece of manganese were to be added to a test tube containing hydrochloric
–3
acid of concentration 1 mol dm .
(4)
(Total 12 marks)
9. Use the data below to answer the questions that follow

Reaction at 298 K E /V

Ag+(aq) + e–
+0.08
Ag(s)+
– – +0.78
AgF(s) + e Ag(s) + F (aq)
– – +0.22
AgCl(s) + e Ag(s) + Cl (aq)

AgBr(s) + e– Ag(s) + Br–(aq)

+0.07

+ – 0.00
H (aq) + e ½ H2(g)

D+ (aq) + e–
–0.004
½ D2(g)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 119

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

– – –0.15
AgI(s) + e Ag(s) + I (aq)
2
The symbol D denotes deuterium, which is heavy hydrogen, 1
H.
(a) By considering electron transfer, state what is meant by the term oxidising agent.
(1)
+ +
(b) State which of the two ions, H (aq) or D (aq), is the more powerful oxidising agent.
Write an equation for the spontaneous reaction which occurs when a mixture of
aqueous
+ +
H ions and D ions are in contact with a mixture of hydrogen and deuterium gas.
Deduce the e.m.f. of the cell in which this reaction would occur spontaneously.
(3)
–
(c) Write an equation for the spontaneous reaction which occurs when aqueous F ions
–
and Cl ions are in contact with a mixture of solid AgF and solid AgCl. Deduce the
e.m.f. of the cell in which this reaction would occur spontaneously.
(2)
(d) Silver does not usually react with dilute solutions of strong acids to liberate
hydrogen.
(i) State why this is so.
(ii) Suggest a hydrogen halide which might react with silver to liberate hydrogen
in aqueous solution. Write an equation for the reaction and deduce the e.m.f.
of the cell in which this reaction would occur spontaneously.
(4)
(Total 10 marks)
10. (a) The following reaction occurs in aqueous solution.
– +
5S2O 82 – + Br2 + 6H2O → 2BrO 3 + 12H + 10SO 24 –
Identify the reducing agent in this reaction and write a half-equation for its action.
(2)
(b) The electrode potential for the half-equation
Co2+(aq) + 2e→ Co(s)
is measured by reference to a standard hydrogen electrode.
(i) State the temperature at which the standard electrode potential E is
measured, and give the concentration of Co2+(aq) that must be used.
(ii) Electrode potentials are usually measured by reference to a secondary
standard electrode. Identify a secondary standard electrode and give a reason
why it is used rather than a standard hydrogen electrode.
(4)
(c) Cobalt in oxidation states +2 and +3 forms complex ions with water, ammonia and
cyanide ligands. Use, where appropriate, the data given below to answer the
questions which follow.
3+ – 2+
[Co(H2O)6] (aq) + e → [Co(H2O)6] (aq) E = +1.81 V
1 + –
2 O2(g) + 2H (aq) + 2e → H2O(l) E = +1.23 V
3+ – 2+
[Co(NH3)6] (aq) + e → [Co(NH3)6] (aq) E = +0.10 V
+ –
2H (aq) + 2e → H2(g) E = 0.00 V
3– – 4–
[Co(CN)6] (aq) + e → [Co(CN)6] (aq) E = –0.80 V
(i) Which of the six cobalt species shown above is the most powerful oxidising
agent?
(ii) Identify a cobalt(II) species which cannot be oxidised by gaseous oxygen.
4–
(iii) Hydrogen is evolved when a salt containing the cobalt species [Co(CN)6] (aq)
is reacted with a dilute acid. Use the electrode potentials given above to
explain the formation of the hydrogen gas.
(4)
(Total 10 marks)

11. The table below shows some values for standard electrode potentials. These data should
be used, where appropriate, to answer the questions that follow concerning the chemistry

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 120

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

of copper and iron.

Electrode reaction E /V
2+ – – 0.44
Fe (aq) + 2e Fe(s)
+ – 0.00
2H (aq) + 2e H2(g)
2+ – + 0.34
Cu (aq) + 2e Cu(s)
– – + 0.40
O2(g) + 2H2O(l) + 4e 4OH (aq)

NO 3 (aq) + 4H+(aq) +3e– + 0.96

–
NO(g) + 2H2O(l)
(a) Write an equation to show the reaction that occurs when iron is added to a solution
of a copper(II) salt.
(1)
(b) A similar overall reaction to that shown in (a) would occur if an electrochemical cell
was set up between copper and iron electrodes.
(i) Write down the cell diagram to represent the overall reaction in the cell.
(2)
(ii) Calculate the e.m.f. of the cell.
(1)
(c) (i) Use the standard electrode potential data given to explain why copper reacts
with dilute nitric acid but has no reaction with dilute hydrochloric acid.
(3)
(ii) Write an equation for the reaction between copper and dilute nitric acid.
(2)
(d) Although iron is a widely used metal, it has a major disadvantage in that it readily
corrodes in the presence of oxygen and water. The corrosion is an electrochemical
process which occurs on the surface of the iron.
(i) Use the standard electrode potential data given to write an equation for the
overall reaction that occurs in the electrochemical cell set up between iron,
oxygen and water.
(1)
(ii) State, with a reason, whether the iron acts as the anode or cathode of the cell.
(2)
(iii) Predict and explain whether or not you would expect a similar corrosion
reaction to occur with copper in the presence of oxygen and water.
(2)
(Total 14 marks)
12. (a) Name the standard reference electrode against which electrode potentials are
measured and, for this electrode, state the conditions to which the term standard
refers.
(4)
(b) The standard electrode potentials for two electrode reactions are given below.
S2O 82 – (aq) + 2e– → 2SO 24 – (aq) E = + 2.01 V
+ –
Ag (aq) + e → Ag(s) E = + 0.80 V
(i) A cell is produced when these two half-cells are connected.
Deduce the cell potential, E , for this cell and write an equation for the
spontaneous reaction.
(ii) State how, if at all, the electrode potential of the S2O 82 – /SO 24 – equilibrium
would change if the concentration of SO 24 – ions was increased.
Explain your answer.
(6)
(Total 10 marks)

13. For each of the reactions listed below

(i) identify which species, if any, are acting as oxidising agents;
(ii) determine the oxidation states before and after reaction of any species that
are oxidised;

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 121

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(iii) write half-equations, including state symbols, for all redox reactions that
occur.
2+ –
2Cu (aq) + 4I (aq) → 2CuI(s) + I2(aq)
2+ +
5H2O2(aq) + 2Mn (aq) → 2MnO 4– (aq) + 6H (aq) + 2H2O(l)
+
Cr2O 72 – (aq) + H2O(l) → 2CrO 24 – (aq) + 2H (aq)
– – –
Cl2(aq) + 2OH (aq) →Cl (aq) + ClO (aq) + H2O(l)
(11)
(Total 11 marks)
14. In order to obtain full marks in this question, you must show all your working clearly.
In its reactions, sulphuric acid, H2SO4, can behave as an acid, an oxidising agent and as
a dehydrating agent.
The displayed formula of pure sulphuric acid is shown below.
H O O

H O O
Concentrated sulphuric acid will readily oxidise halide ions to the halogen.
The equation below represents the unbalanced equation for the oxidation of iodide ions by
sulphuric acid.

+ 2– –
H + SO4 + I → I2 + H2S + H2O
(i) Write the oxidation numbers of sulphur and iodine in the boxes above the equation.
[2]
(ii) Balance the equation above.
[1]
[Total 3 marks]
15. The carbonates and nitrates of Group 2 elements decompose when heated.
Barium nitrate decomposes when heated to make barium oxide, nitrogen dioxide and
oxygen.
2Ba(NO3)2(s) → 2BaO(s) + 4NO2(g) + O2(g)
Use oxidation states to explain why this decomposition reaction involves both oxidation
and reduction.
[3]
2+ –
16. The standard electrode potential of Cu (aq) + 2e Cu(s) is +0.34 V.
(a) Define the term standard electrode potential.
[3]
(b) Complete the diagram to show how the standard electrode potential of
2+ –
Cu (aq) + 2e Cu(s) could be measured.

copper rod

Cu2+(aq)

[3]

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 122

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

[Total 6 marks]
17. The standard electrode potentials for some redox systems involving vanadium are shown
below.
These are labelled A, B, C and D.
Eο/ V
+ + – 2+
A VO2 + 2H + e VO + H2O +1.00
B V3+ + e– V
2+
–0.26
2+ –
C V + 2e V –1.20
2+ + – 3+
D VO + 2H + e V + H2O +0.34
(a) Which of the vanadium species shown in A, B, C and D is the most powerful
oxidising agent?
[1]
(b) A student wishes to set up a cell with a standard cell potential of 0.60V.
(i) Which two of the redox systems, A, B, C or D, should he choose?
[1]
(ii) Complete the labelling of the following diagram which shows the cell with a
standard cell potential of 0.60V.
V

[4]
(iii) The emf of this cell is only 0.60 V under standard conditions. What do you
understand by the expression standard conditions?
[1]
[Total 7 marks]
18. Use the data below, where appropriate, to answer the questions which follow.

Standard electrode potentials E /V

2H+(aq) + 2e– → H2(g)

0.00

Br2(aq) + 2e– → 2Br–(aq) +1.09

2BrO3– (aq) + 12H+(aq) + 10e– →Br2(aq) + 6H2O(l) +1.52

Each of the above can be reversed under suitable conditions.

(a) State the hydrogen ion concentration and the hydrogen gas pressure when, at 298
K, the potential of the hydrogen electrode is 0.00 V.
(2)
(b) The electrode potential of a hydrogen electrode changes when the hydrogen ion
concentration is reduced. Explain, using Le Chatelier’s principle, why this change
occurs and state how the electrode potential of the hydrogen electrode changes.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 123

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(3)
(c) A diagram of a cell using platinum electrodes X and Y is shown below.
V
X Y
Salt Bridge

Solution containing Solution containing BrO –3 (aq),

Br 2 (aq) and Br – (aq) H +(aq) and Br 2 (aq)
(i) Use the data above to calculate the e.m.f. of the above cell under standard
conditions.
(ii) Write a half-equation for the reaction occurring at electrode X and an overall
equation for the cell reaction which occurs when electrodes X and Y are
connected.
(4)
(Total 9 marks)
19. Use the data given below, where appropriate, to answer the questions which follow.
Standard electrode potentials in acid solution E /V
2+ –
Mg (aq) + 2e → Mg(s) –2.37
2+ –
Zn (aq) + 2e → Zn(s) –0.76
4+ – 2+
Sn (aq) + 2e → Sn (aq) +0.15
2+ + – 3+
VO (aq) + 2H (aq) + e → V (aq) + H2O(l) +0.34
 + – 2+
VO 2 (aq) + 2H (aq) + e → VO (aq) + H2O(l) +1.02

Ce4+(aq) + e– → Ce3+(aq) +1.70

(a) Give the components of the standard reference electrode used in determining the
standard electrode potentials above. State the conditions under which this
standard reference electrode has a potential of 0.00 V.
(6)
(b) A diagram of a cell is shown below.
V
Zinc Magnesium
Salt bridge

1.0 M Zn2+ (aq) 1.0 M Mg 2+(aq)

(i) Calculate the overall standard potential of this cell.

(ii) State the polarity of the zinc electrode.
(2)
(c) A diagram of a cell is shown below.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 124

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

V
Inert electrode Inert electrode
Salt bridge

Solution 1.0 M with Solution 1.0 M with

respect to VO 2+(aq), respect to Ce4+ (aq),
V 3+(aq) and H + (aq) Ce 3+ (aq) and H +(aq)

(i) Calculate the overall standard potential of the cell.

(ii) Deduce the direction of electron flow in the external circuit when the inert
electrodes are connected together.
(2)
(d) Using data from the table on page 6, derive an equation for the overall redox process
4+
which occurs when a solution containing Ce ,(aq) is added to a solution
containing
3+
V (aq).
(3)
(e) Which, if any, of the four vanadium-containing species, V2+ (aq), V3+ (aq), VO2+ (aq)
2+ 2+ 4+
and VO (aq), will convert Sn (aq) into Sn (aq) in acid solution?
(2)
(Total 15 marks)
20. Where appropriate, use the standard electrode potential data in the table below to answer
the questions which follow.

Eο/V
2+ + – → Zn(s) –0.76
Zn (aq) 2e
3+ + – → 2+ –0.26
V (aq) e V (aq)
SO 24 – (aq) + 2H+(aq) + 2e- → SO 32 (aq) + H2O(l) +0.17

2+ + + – → 3+ + H2O(l) +0.34
VO (aq) +2H (aq) e V (aq)
3+ + e– → 2+ +0.77
Fe (aq) Fe (aq)
VO 2 (aq) + 2H+(aq) + e– → VO2+(aq) + H2O(l) +1.00

Cl2(aq) + 2e– →
2Cl–(aq)
+1.36

(a) From the table above select the species which is the most powerful reducing agent.
(1)
(b) From the table above select
(i) a species which, in acidic solution, will reduce VO 2 (aq) to VO2+(aq) but will
2+ 3+
not reduce VO (aq) to V (aq),
(ii) a species which, in acidic solution, will oxidise VO2+(aq) to 
. VO2 (aq)
(2)
(c) The cell represented below was set up under standard conditions.
2+ 3+ 3+ +
Pt|Fe (aq), Fe (aq)||Tl (aq),Tl (aq)|Pt Cell e.m.f. = + 0.48 V
(i) Deduce the standard electrode potential for the following half-reaction.
3+ – +
Tl (aq) + 2e → Tl (aq)
(ii) Write an equation for the spontaneous cell reaction.
(3)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 125

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(Total 6 marks)

21. Concentrated nitric acid is a powerful oxidising agent. Concentrated nitric acid oxidises
sulphur to sulphuric acid. Nitrogen dioxide and another product are also formed.
(i) Suggest a balanced equation for this reaction.
[1]
(ii) Deduce the change in oxidation number of nitrogen in this reaction.
[1]
[Total 2 marks]
22. NO2 reacts with oxygen and water to form nitric acid, HNO3. In the atmosphere, this
contributes to acid rain. Construct a balanced equation for this formation of nitric acid
and use oxidation numbers to show that this is a redox reaction.
[Total 2 marks]
1 –
23. The standard electrode potential of the Cl2/ Cl half-cell may be measured using the
2
following apparatus.

salt bridge

H2(g) D

B Cl –(aq)

A
(a) Suggest suitable labels for A, B, C and D.
[2]
(b) The half cell reactions involved are shown below.
1 – – ο
Cl2 + e Cl E = +1.36 V
2
1
H+ + e– H2 Eο = 0.00V
2
(i) Use an arrow to show the direction of flow of electrons in the diagram of the
apparatus. Explain your answer.
[2]
ο
(ii) The values of E are measured under standard conditions. What are the
standard conditions?
[2]
– 1
(c) The half cell reaction for ClO3 / Cl2 is shown below.
2
1
ClO3– + 6H+ + 5e– Cl2 + 3H2O Eο = +1.47 V
2
What does this tell you about the oxidising ability of ClO3– compared with Cl2?
Explain your answer.
[2]
[Total 8 marks]
24. Chlorine gas may be prepared in the laboratory by reacting hydrochloric acid with
potassium manganate(VII). The following standard electrode potentials relate to this
reaction.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 126

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

1 – ο
Cl2 + e Cl– E = +1.36 V
2
– + – 2+ ο
MnO4 + 8H + 5e Mn + 4H2O E = +1.52 V
(a) Define the term standard electrode potential.
[3]
(b) Determine the standard cell potential for a cell constructed from these two redox
systems.
[1]
[Total 4 marks]
25. Chromium is an important metallic element. Its compounds have a number of different
oxidation states.
The following equations relate to half-cells involving iron and chromium ions.
3+ – 2+ ο
Fe +e Fe E = +0.77 V
Cr2O72– + 14H+ + 6e– 2Cr3+ + 7H2O Eο = +1.33 V
A cell was set up by combining these two half-cells.
(i) Derive a balanced equation for the reaction that would occur when the cell is
in use.
Explain your reasoning in terms of oxidation and reduction.
[3]
(ii) Determine the emf of the cell under standard conditions.
[1]
[Total 6 marks]
26. Some standard electrode potentials are shown below.
Eο/V
+ –
Ag + e Ag + 0.80
1 – –
Cl2 + e Cl + 1.36
2
2+ –
Cu + 2e Cu + 0.34
Fe3+ + e– Fe2+ + 0.77
1
I 2 + e– I– + 0.54
2
(a) The diagram below shows an incomplete cell consisting of Cu/Cu2+ and Ag/Ag+
half-cells.
Cu(s)

Ag+(aq)

(i) Complete and label the diagram to show how the cell potential of this cell
could be measured.
[2]
(ii) On the diagram, show the direction of electron flow in the circuit if a current
was allowed.
[1]
(iii) Calculate the standard cell potential.
[1]
(iv) Write the overall cell reaction.
[1]
(b) Chlorine will oxidise Fe2+ to Fe3+ but iodine will not. Explain why, using the

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 127

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

electrode potential data.

[2]
[Total 7 marks]
27. Chlorine gas may be prepared in the laboratory by reacting hydrochloric acid with
potassium manganate(VII). The following standard electrode potentials relate to this
reaction.
1
Cl2 + e– Cl– Eο = +1.36 V
2
– + – 2+ ο
MnO4 + 8H + 5e Mn + 4H2O E = +1.52 V
(a) Use the half-equations above to:
(i) Construct an ionic equation for the reaction between hydrochloric acid and
potassium manganate(VII);
[2]
(ii) Determine the oxidation numbers of chlorine and manganese before and after
the reaction has taken place;
[2]
(iii) State what is oxidised and what is reduced in this reaction.
[2]
(b) If potassium manganate(VII) and very dilute hydrochloric acid are mixed, there is no
visible reaction. Suggest why there is no visible reaction in this case.
[1]
[Total 7 marks]
28. Use the standard electrode potentials in the table below to answer the questions that
follow.

I 2+ – ο
Fe (aq) + 2e Fe(s) E = –0.44 V
II 3+ – 2+ ο
V (aq) + e V (aq) E = –0.26 V
III + – ο
2H (aq) + 2e H2(g) E = 0.00 V

IV O2(g) + 4H+(aq) + 4e– 2H2O(l) Eο = +0.40 V

An electrochemical cell was set up based on systems I and II.

(i) Write half-equations to show what has been oxidised and what has been reduced in
this cell.
2]
(ii) Determine the cell potential of this cell.
[1]
[Total 3 marks]

29. Use the standard electrode potentials in the table below to answer the questions that
follow.
I 2+ – ο
Fe (aq) + 2e Fe(s) E = –0.44 V
II 3+ – 2+ ο
V (aq) + e V (aq) E = –0.26 V
III 2H+(aq) + 2e– H2(g) Eο = 0.00 V

IV + – ο
O2(g) + 4H (aq) + 4e 2H2O(l) E = +0.40 V

An electrochemical fuel cell was set up based on systems III and IV.
(i) Construct an equation for the spontaneous cell reaction. Show your working.
[2]
(ii) Fuels cells based on systems such as III and IV are increasingly being used to
generate energy.
Discuss two advantages and two disadvantages of using fuels cells for energy
rather than using fossil fuels.
[4]
[Total 6 marks]

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 128

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

Marking Scheme

1. (a) gains electrons (1) 1

[1]

2+
2. (a) (i) Fe 1
(ii) F2O 1
2+
(iii) Fe 1
–
Cl 1
Use list principle if more than two answers
(b) (i) e.m.f. = E(rhs) – E(lhs) 1
= 1.52 – 0.77 = 0.75
(0.75 scores first mark also) 1
(ii) Fe 2+ → Fe3+ + e– 1
(iii) Decrease 1
(Increase is CE, no further marks)
Equilibrium (or reaction) shifts to R 1
(or L if refers to half equation in table)
(or in favour of more Fe3+)
(or more Fe3+ formed)
(or more electrons formed)
3+ 2+
Electrode potential (for Fe /Fe ) less positive (or decreases) 1
[10]

2+
3. (a) Fe or Fe(II) 1
(b) (i) 6 or (VI) 1
(ii) 3 or (III) 1
(c) (i) 0.5 1
2+ 2– – +
(ii) 2Mn + 8H2O + 5S2O 8 → 10SO 24 – + 2MnO 4 + 16H
2– –
Both SO 4 and MnO 4 on right 1
Balanced 1
[13]

4. (a) (i) 0.60 V 1

(ii) H 2 O  H 2 SO 3  SO 24  4H   2e – 1

(b) (i) 2IO 3–  2H  5H 2 O 2  5O 2  I 2  6H 2 O

Species 1
Balanced 1
(ii) The concentration of the ions change or are no longer standard or
the e.m.f is determined when no current flows 1
(iii) Unchanged 1
(iv) Increased 1
–
Equilibrium IO 3 /I 2 displaced to the right 1
Electrons more readily accepted or more reduction occurs
or electrode becomes more positive (Q o L) 1
(c) VO 2 1
5 or V 1
V 2  2H 2 O  VO 2  4H  3e – 1
[12]

5. (a) Oxidising agents take/remove/accept/gain electrons (1)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 129

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

Not ‘electron pair’ 1

(b) (i) Cl2(g) at 100 kPa / 1 bar / 1atm (1)
–
[Cl ] = 1 molar / 1M (1)
Allow 1M HCl
Temperature = 298K / 25°C (1)
Do not use list principle for other incorrect species
–
(ii) Lower [Cl ] or reduce temperature
Increase pressure or concentration of Cl2 (1)
CE if change incorrect
Equilibrium displace to right (1)
or if reduced temperature given, reaction exothermic
Allow a correct explanation when no change given 5
–
(c) (i) Cl (1)
3+ –
(ii) Fe ; (1) NO3 (1)
Penalise by list principle
Note: H+ is incorrect
2+ 2+
(iii) V , (1) Fe (1)
Penalise by list principle 5
[11]

6. (a) (Standard) hydrogen (electrode) (1) 1

(b) (i) To allow transfer of electrons / provide a reaction surface (1)

(ii) 298 K (1)
3+ 2+ –3
Both F (aq) and Fe (aq) have a concentration of 1 mol dm (1) (QoL)
OR [H+] = 1 mol dm–3
NOT zero current or 100 kPa
3
(c) +1.34 V (1)
– 2+ 2– +
2 MnO4 + 5 H2SO3 2 Mn + 5 SO4 + 3 H2O +4 H
Correct species / order (1)
Balanced and cancelled (1)
– 2+ 2–
Allow one for 2 MnO4 + 5 H2SO3 2 Mn + 5 SO4
3
4+
(d) (i) Ce (aq) (1)
+
(ii) VO2 (aq) (1); Cl2 (1)
Penalise additional answers to zero
3
(e) Pt | Fe2+ (aq), Fe3+ (aq) || Ce4+(aq), Ce3+ (aq) | Pt
Correct species (1)
Correct order (1)
Deduct one mark for each error
2
[12]

7. (a) Cell e.m.f.: 1.93 (v) CE if negative value given (1)

Half equation: Mg → Mg2+ + 2 e– (1)
or
Ignore state symbols
Mark on after an AE
2
(b) Change in e.m.f.: increases (1)
Mark on even if incorrect

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 130

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

2+
Explanation: Equilibrium displaced to Mg or to the left (1)
cell reaction or overall reaction goes to the right
Electrode is more negative or E decreases
or gives more electron
2+
or forms more Mg ions
Mark separately
3
(c) Cell e.m.f. : –0.84 (V) (1)
2+
Explanation: Fe is giving electrons or forming Fe
or reaction goes in the reverse direction (1)
Mark on after AE
2
N.B. In (a) and (c) mark on if no value given,
but CE in both (a) and (c) if e.m.f. = 0
[7]

8. (a) (i) (standard) hydrogen (electrode) / hydrogen half cell not

hydrogen cell (1)
reference electrode / electrode to which others are compared (1) 2
(ii) 0.00(V) / 0 / zero (1) 1

(b) (i) emf = –0. 14 –(–0.25)

= + 0.11 V / allow 0.11V not – 0.11V (1) 1
(ii) electrode D / Sn2+ /Sn /tin / right hand electrode (1) 1
2+ 2+
(iii) Ni + Sn → Ni + Sn (ignore state symbols) (1) 1

(c) (i) e.m.f = –0.44 – (–0.14) = –0.30 (V) / emf for cell is – ve
comparison of standard electrode potentials (1)
+ve e.m.f for feasible reaction / tin is a weaker reducing agent
therefore would not occur (1)
2

(ii) manganese will decrease in size / disappear / eaten away / dissolves /

solution turns (pale) pink (1)
effervescence / bubbles (of colourless gas) / fizzing not gas
given off (1)
+ 2+
reaction likely to occur is Mn + (2)H → Mn + H2 (1)
or the same ideas expressed in words
+ve e.m.f. / +1.18 V / Mn is strong reducing agent / has
( )
large – ve E (1)
(not just Mn is more reactive) 4
[12]

9. (a) oxidising agent accepts electrons (1) 1

+
(b) Stronger oxidising agent H (1)
H  (aq)  e –  12 H 2 (g)
D  (aq)  e –  12 D 2 (g)
Equation H  aq  12 D 2 g   D  aq   12 H 2 g  (1)
e.m.f. 0.000
– (–0.004) = + 0.004 V (1) 3

– –
(c) Equation AgF(s) + Cl (aq) → AgCl(s) + F (aq) (1)
e.m.f. = + 0.78 – 0.22 = +0.56 V (1) 2
(d) (i) Silver lies above hydrogen in the electrochemical series

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 131

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

+ +
Or Ag (aq) is a stronger oxidising agent than H (aq) (1)
(ii) Hydrogen halide Hl (1)
Equation H+(aq) + 1–(aq) + Ag(s) → Agl(s) + 12 H2(g) (1)
e.m.f. 40.00 – (–0.15) = + 0.15 V (1) 4
[10]

10. (a) Reducing agent Br2 (1)

Br2 + 6H2O → 2BrO 3 + 12H+ + 10e– (1)
–
Half equation 2
(b) (i) Temperature 298 K or 25°C (1)
–3
Concentration 1.00 M or 1.00 mol dm (1)
(ii) Secondary standard electrode calomel
or Ag/AgCl (1)
Reason Easier to use
or hydrogen electrode (1)
difficult to use 4
3+
(c) (i) [Co(H2O)6] (1)
2+
(ii) [Co(H2O)6] (1)
3– 4– +
(iii) E for [Co(CN)6] /[Co(CN)6] is negative with respect to H /H2 (1)
Electrons flow to H+/H2 and H+ reduced (1) 4
[10]

11. (a) Fe + Cu2+ → Cu + Fe2+ (1)

allow use of soluble Cu salt eg CuSO4
ignore state symbols 1
2+ 2+
(b) (i) Fe(s) Fe (aq) Cu (aq) Cu(s)
junctions correct (1)
ignore state symbols
allow alternative symbols for salt bridge
allow if junctions are correct but order is wrong providing
metals on each side of salt bridge are the same ie Fe | Fe2+ not Fe | Cu2+
order of species correct (1)
do not give this mark if cell reversed 2
(ii) e.m.f. = + 0.34 – (–0.44)
= + 0.78 V (1)
must have + sign
allow – 0.78 (V) if reverse cell given in (i) 1
(c) (i) e.m.f for cell must be positive for reaction to occur / be feasible / (1)
spontaneous
+
Cu(s) + 2H → products
e.m.f = – 0.34therefore won’t happen /
sensible comparison of the magnitude of E for the electrodes
eg ‘Cu electrode more positive than hydrogen electrode hence won’t work’ (1)
Cu(s) + NO 3 + 4H+→products
–

e.m.f = + 0.96 – 0.34 = +0.62 hence can occur /

similar sensible comparison (1) 3
– + 2+
(ii) 3Cu + 2 NO 3 + 8H → 3Cu + 2NO +4H2O
species (1)
balanced – this mark dependent on first mark (1) 2
(d) (i) 2Fe + O2 + 2H2O → 2Fe2+ + 4OH– or 2Fe(OH)2 (1)
ignore state symbols 1
(ii) anode (only give this mark if explanation attempted) (1)
Fe loses e– (therefore negative pole) / oxidation occurs (1)
this mark dependent on anode for first mark 2

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 132

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(iii) e.m.f. = + 0.06 V or reference to E for electrodes (1)

reasoned argument (1)
eg positive hence should occur / difference so small that reaction unlikely 2
[14]
12. (a) Name hydrogen electrode (1)
+
Conditions 1 M H (aq) or 1 M HCl(aq) or 0.5 M H2SO4(aq) (1)
298 K (1)
Hydrogen gas at 1 bar or 100 kPa (1) 4
(b) (i) E value 1.21 v (1)
2– 2– +
Equation S2O 8 + 2Ag → 2SO 4 + 2Ag [2]
(ii) Change, if any, in electrode potential Less positive or decrease (1)
Explanation Equilibrium displaced to the left (1)
More electrons released (1) 6
[10]

13. (i) Oxidising agents

2+
Cu (aq) (1), H2O2(aq) (1), C12(aq) (1) (3)
if Cr2O 72 – (aq) is included, deduct one mark
(ii) 2I– → I2 I(–1) → I(0) (1)
Mn2+ → MnO – Mn(II) → Mn(VII) (1)
4

Cr2O 72 –→ 2CrO 4– no change (penalised above)

Cl2 → ClO– Cl(0) → Cl(1) (1)
2 – – +
(iii) Cu (aq) + I (aq) + e → Cu (s) (1)
I–(aq) → ½ I2(aq) + e– (not reverse) (1)
+ –
H2O2(aq) + 2H (aq) + 2e → 2H2O (1) (1)
2+ – + –
Mn (aq) + 4H2O (1) → MnO 4 (aq) + 8H (aq) + 5e (not reverse) (1)
1 – –
2 Cl2(aq) + e → Cl (aq) (1)

½ Cl2(aq) + 2OH–(aq) → ClO–(aq) + H2O(l) + e– (not reverse) (1)

Penalise missing or incorrect state symbols once only (12 MAX)
11
[11]

14. (i) SO42– → H2S: S from +6 to –2 (1)

I – → I2: I from –1 to 0 (1) 2
+ 2– –
(ii) 10H + SO4 + 8I → 4I2 + H2S + 4H2O (1) 1
[3]

15. Oxidation state of nitrogen goes from +5 to +4 (1)

Oxidation state of oxygen goes from –2 to 0 (1);
Correct linking of changes of oxidation state with
reduction and with oxidation (1) 3
If oxidation state of barium given is incorrect max 1 for the
oxidation numbers.
Allow ecf from wrong oxidation states for the correct linking
mark
Both oxidation and reduction needed
[3]

16. (a) Emf/voltage/potential difference (of electrochemical cell) 1

comprising a (Cu/Cu2+) half cell combined with a standard

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 133

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

hydrogen electrode 1
–3
1 atm, 1 [Link] , 298K (all 3 needed but can transfer mark if stated in (b)) 1

(b) Salt bridge and voltmeter 1

–3 +
Platinum electrode dipping into 1 mol dm H 1
Hydrogen gas feed 1
(Accept a suitable alternative standard electrode)
[6]

+
17. (a) VO2 1
(b) (i) B and D 1
(ii)
Salt bridge
V

VO2+/H+/V3+
2+ 3+
V /V

Platinum / carbon
Allow ecf from (b) (i)
Solutions can be reversed. 4
(iii) 298 K / 25 °C temperature
all solutions 1 mol dm–3
Both needed for 1 mark. Ignore any reference to pressure 1
[7]

18. (a) Hydrogen ion concentration: 1.00 mol dm–3 (1)

Hydrogen gas pressure: 100 kPa (1) 2
(b) Explanation of change: Equilibrium displaced to left (1)
to reduce constraint (1)
Change in electrode potential: Becomes negative or decreases (1) 3
allow more negative
(c) (i) 0.43V (1)
(ii) Half-equation: 2Br–→Br2 + 2e– (1)
– – +
Overall equation: 2BrO3 + 10Br + 12H → 6Br2 + 6H2O (2) 4
or BeO3– + 5Br– + 6H+ → 3Br2 + 3H2O
species (1)
balanced (1)
[9]

19. (a) Platinum electrode (1)

Hydrogen gas (1)
H+(aq) or HCl or H2SO4 (1)
298 k (1)
100 kPa or 1 atm or 1 bar (1)
1 M [H+] (1) 6
(b) (i) 1.61 V (1)
(ii) Positive (1) 2
(c) (i) 1.36 V (1)
Left to right (1)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 134

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

Allow on diagram 2
4+– 3+
(d) Ce + e → Ce (1)
3+ 2+ + –
V + H2O → VO + 2H + e
or reversed
3+ + + –
or V + 2H2O → VO2 + 4H + 2e (1)
or reversed
4+ 3+ 2+ + 3+
Ce +V + H2O → VO + 2H + Ce
4+ 3+ + + 3+
or 2Ce +V + 2H2O → VO2 + 4H + 2Ce (1) 3
2+ +
(e) VO (1) VO2 (1) 2
[15]

20. (a) most powerful reducing agent: Zn; 1

2+
(b) (i) reducing species: Fe 1
(ii) oxidising species: Cl2; 1
(c) (i) standard electrode potential 1.25 V; 1
3+ 2+ 3+
(ii) equation: Tl + 2 Fe → 2Fe + T1+ balanced; 1
correct direction; 1

[6]
21. (i) 6HNO3 + S → H2SO4 + 6NO2 + 2H2O/
4HNO3 + S → H2SO4 + 4NO2 + H2/
1
2HNO3 + S → H2SO4 + NO2 + N2 1
2
(ii) from (+)5 to (+)4 1
[2]

22. 4NO2 + O2 + 2H2O → 4HNO3 (1)

N from +4 to +5
O from 0 to –2 (1) Could be below equation 2
[2]

23. (a) A = Platinum(electrode)

B = H+(aq) / HCl(aq) / other suitable acid
C = Voltmeter / galvanometer
D = Cl2(g)
State symbols needed for B and D
All correct = 2, 3 correct = 1 2
(b) (i) Arrow marked on or close to wire via voltmeter pointing from
hydrogen half cell to chlorine half cell 1
Electrons flow to half cell with more +ve standard electrode
potential 1
(ii) Pressure = 1 Atm / 100 kPa
Temp = 298 K / 25°C
Concentration = 1 mol dm–3
All 3 correct = 2 marks 2 correct = 1 mark 2
–
(c) The standard electrode potential for ClO3 / ½Cl2 is more positive
–
than that of ½ Cl2 / Cl 1
ClO3– has a greater tendency to gain electrons than Cl2 / ClO3– is a
better oxidising agent than Cl2 1
Alternative:
Because Eο is positive, the reaction will go from left to right
–
therefore ClO3 is reduced so it must be a better oxidising
agent than chlorine.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 135

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

[8]
24. (a) Emf of a cell / voltage / potential difference / cell potential 1
Comprising half cell combined with standard hydrogen electrode 1
–3
Conc = 1 [Link] ; Pressure (of H2) = 1 atm; Temp = 298K 1
(all of above = 1 mark)
(b) +0.16 V (unit required) 1
[4]

2– + 2+ 3+ 3+
25. (a) Cr2O7 + 14H + 6Fe → 2Cr + 6Fe + 7H2O 1
2– 3+
Cr2O7 / Cr has more positive electrode potential 1
Therefore Cr2O72– is the stronger oxidising agent which
2+ 3+
oxidises Fe to Fe (ora) 1

(b) Emf = (+) 0.56 V 1

[4]
26. (a) (i)
Diagr
am shows:
Voltmeter + salt bridge + complete circuit 1
Solution labelled Cu2+ and electrode labelled Ag 1
Salt bridge
V

Cu(s)
Ag(s)

Ag+(aq)
Cu2+(aq)

(ii) Direction from Cu(s) to Ag(s) (must be in / close to wire) 1

(iii) 0.80 – 0.34 = 0.46 V 1
(iv) Cu + 2Ag+ → Cu2+ + 2Ag 1

(b) Standard Electrode Potential for chlorine is more positive than

3+ 3+
Fe therefore it is a better oxidising agent than Fe (do not
ο
accept E is larger or smaller) 1
Standard Electrode Potential for iodine is less positive than
Fe3+ therefore it is a poorer oxidising agent than Fe3+ 1
(Accept release of electrons/equilibrium arguments)
[7]
27. (a) (i) 2MnO4– + 10Cl– + 16H+ → 2Mn2+ + 5Cl2 + 8H2O 1
correct species on both sides of equation equation balanced 1
(ignore electrons for first mark, penalise for balance)
(ii) Chlorine –1 → 0 1
Manganese +7 → +2 1
Link to (i) and allow ecf

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 136

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(iii)Chloride ion oxidised (not chlorine) 1

Manganate(VII) ion reduced (not manganese) 1
(b) 0.16 V too small/rate too slow/insufficient activation
energy/not standard conditions 1
[7]

28. (i) oxidation: Fe → Fe2+ + 2e– (1)

3+ – 2+
reduction: V +e →V (1) 2
(ii) Ecell = 0.18 V (1) 1
[3]

29. (i) system III × 2 and reversed + system IV (1)

2H2 + O2 → 2H2O/
H2 + ½O2 → H2O (1) 2
(ii) advantages:
only H2O formed/ non-polluting
greater efficiency (1)
disadvantages:
H2 difficult to store (1)
H2 difficult to manufactured initially /
limited life cycle of H2 adsorber/absorber (1) 4
[6]

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 137

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

7.0 EQUILIBRIA

1. (a) The diagram below shows the effect of temperature and pressure on the equilibrium
yield of the product in a gaseous equilibrium.

10 MPa

30 MPa

50 MPa
Yield/%

Temperature
(i) Use the diagram to deduce whether the forward reaction involves an increase
or a decrease in the number of moles of gas. Explain your answer.
(ii) Use the diagram to deduce whether the forward reaction is exothermic or
endothermic.
Explain your answer.
(6)
(b) When a 0.218 mol sample of hydrogen iodide was heated in a flask of volume V dm3,
the following equilibrium was established at 700 K.
2HI(g) H2(g) + I2(g)
The equilibrium mixture was found to contain 0.023 mol of hydrogen.
(i) Calculate the number of moles of iodine and the number of moles of hydrogen
iodide in the equilibrium mixture.
(ii) Write an expression for Kc for the equilibrium.
(iii) State why the volume of the flask need not be known when calculating a value
for Kc.
(iv) Calculate the value of Kc at 700 K.
(v) Calculate the value of Kc at 700 K for the equilibrium
H2(g) + I2(g) 2HI(g)
(7)
2. Acid X reacts with methanol to form ester Y according to the following equation.
CH2 COOH CH2 COOCH3
+ 2 CH3 OH + 2H2 O H = –15 kJ mol –1
CH2 COOH CH2 COOCH3
A mixture of 0.25 mol of X and 0.34 mol of methanol was left to reach equilibrium in the
presence of a small amount of concentrated sulphuric acid. The equilibrium mixture thus
acid X ester Y
3
formed contained 0.13 mol of Y in a total volume of V dm .

(a) Using X to represent the acid and Y to represent the ester, write an expression for
the equilibrium constant, Kc, for this reaction.
(1)
(b) Calculate the number of moles of X, the number of moles of methanol and the
number of moles of water in the equilibrium mixture.
(3)
(c) State why the volume V need not be known in calculating the value of Kc for the
reaction.
(1)
(d) Calculate the value of Kc for this reaction and deduce its units.
(3)
(e) State the effect, if any, of increasing the temperature on the value of Kc
(1)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 138

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(Total 9 marks)
3. As a first step in the manufacture of nitric acid it has been suggested that nitrogen
monoxide, NO, can be formed from nitrogen and oxygen in a reversible reaction.
(a) Write an equation for this reaction and deduce an expression for the equilibrium
constant, Kc
(2)
(b) The sketch graph below shows how the value of Kc for this reaction changes with
temperature.

Kc

Temperature
Use this graph to deduce whether the reaction is exothermic or endothermic.
Explain your answer.
(2)
(c) The value of Kc for this reaction is 1 × 10–5 at 1500 K.
Explain the significance of this value for an industrial chemist interested in
manufacturing nitrogen monoxide by the direct combination of the elements.
(2)
(d) When cooled, nitrogen monoxide reacts with oxygen to form gaseous nitrogen
dioxide, NO2, in a reversible reaction.
(i) Write an equation for this reaction.
(ii) State how an increase in pressure would change the position of the
equilibrium and the value of the equilibrium constant for this reaction.
(3)
(Total 9 marks)
4. The manufacture of methanol can be achieved in two stages.
In the first stage, methane and steam react according to the following equation.
CH4(g) + H2O(g) CO(g) + 3H2(g) ∆Hο = +210 kJ mol–1
Discuss, with reasons, the effects of increasing separately the temperature and the
pressure on the yield of the products and on the rate of this reaction.
(6)
(Total 6 marks)

5. The reaction between hydrogen and iodine can be represented by the following
equation:
–1
H2(g) + I2(g) 2HI(g) ∆H = +52 kJ mol

(a) Write a Kc expression for the decomposition of hydrogen iodide. At a given temperature,
the value of Kc for this reaction is 20. What will be the value of Kc for the reaction
between hydrogen and iodine at this temperature?
(2)
(b) The pressure of an equilibrium mixture of hydrogen iodide, hydrogen and iodine
was increased. State what, if anything, would happen to:
(i) The rates of both forward and reverse reactions;
(2)
(ii) The position of equilibrium;
(1)
(iii) The value of the equilibrium constant.
(1)
(Total 6 marks)
6. (a) A flask containing a mixture of 0.200 mol of ethanoic acid and 0.110 mol of ethanol
was maintained at 25 °C until the following equilibrium had been established.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 139

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

CH3COOH(l) + C2H5OH(l) CH3COOC2H5(l) + H2O(l)

3 –3
The ethanoic acid present at equilibrium required 72.5 cm of a 1.50 mol dm
solution of sodium hydroxide for complete reaction.
(i) Calculate the value of the equilibrium constant, Kc, for this reaction at 25 °C.
(ii) The enthalpy change for this reaction is quite small. By reference to the
number and type of bonds broken and made, explain how this might have
been predicted.
(9)
(Total 9 marks)
7. When ammonia gas is heated, a homogeneous, dynamic equilibrium is established
between ammonia and its constituent elements. This decomposition is endothermic.
(a) Explain the terms homogeneous, dynamic and equilibrium.
Write an equation for this decomposition and derive an expression for the
equilibrium constant, Kc
(5)
(b) State and explain the conditions under which a high equilibrium concentration of
hydrogen would be obtained.
(4)
(c) The decomposition of ammonia might in the future be used as an industrial method
for the manufacture of hydrogen.
Explain why an industrial chemist might decide to use conditions different from
those you have given in part (b) if large quantities of hydrogen were to be produced
by this decomposition. Discuss the effect that using a catalyst would have on the
equilibrium yield and on the amount of hydrogen which could be produced in a
given time.
(6)
(Total 15 marks)

8. At a temperature of 107°C, the reaction

CO(g) + 2H2(g) CH3OH(g)
reaches equilibrium under a pressure of 1.59 MPa with 0.122 mol of carbon monoxide
and 0.298 mol of hydrogen present at equilibrium in a vessel of volume 1.04 dm3.
Use these data to answer the questions that follow.
(a) Assuming ideal gas behaviour, determine the total number of moles of gas present.
Hence calculate the number of moles of methanol in the equilibrium mixture.
(3)
(b) Calculate the value of the equilibrium constant, Kc, for this reaction and state its
units.
(3)
(Total 6 marks)

9. (a) The expression for an equilibrium constant, Kc, for a homogeneous equilibrium
reaction is
given below.

Kc 
A2 B
C  D3
(i) Write an equation for the forward reaction.
(ii) Deduce the units of Kc
(iii) State what can be deduced from the fact that the value of Kc is larger when
the equilibrium is established at a lower temperature.
(3)
(b) A 36.8 g sample of N2O4 was heated in a closed flask of volume 16.0 dm3. An
equilibrium was established at a constant temperature according to the following
equation.
N2O4(g) 2NO2(g)
The equilibrium mixture was found to contain 0.180 mol of N2O4
(i) Calculate the number of moles of N2O4 in the 36.8 g sample.
(ii) Calculate the number of moles of NO2 in the equilibrium mixture.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 140

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(iii) Write an expression for Kc and calculate its value under these conditions.
(iv) Another 36.8 g sample of N2O4 was heated to the same temperature as in the
original experiment, but in a larger flask. State the effect, if any, of this change
on the position of equilibrium and on the value of Kc compared with the
original experiment.
(9)
(Total 12 marks)

10. Tetrafluoroethene, C2F4, is obtained from chlorodifluoromethane, CHClF2, according

to the equation:
2CHClF2(g) C2F4(g) + 2HCl(g) H = +128 kJ mol –1
(a) A 1.0 mol sample of CHClF2 is placed in a container of volume 18.5 dm3 and
heated.
When equilibrium is reached, the mixture contains 0.20 mol of CHClF2
(i) Calculate the number of moles of C2F4 and the number of moles of HCl
present at equilibrium.
(ii) Write an expression for Kc for the equilibrium.
(iii) Calculate a value for Kc and give its units.
(6)
(b) (i) State how the temperature should be changed at constant pressure to
increase the equilibrium yield of C2F4
(ii) State how the total pressure should be changed at constant temperature to
increase the equilibrium yield of C2F4
(2)
(Total 8 marks)
11. Nitrogen dioxide dissociates according to the following equation.
2NO2(g) 2NO(g) + O2(g)
When 21.3 g of nitrogen dioxide were heated to a constant temperature, T, in a flask of
3
volume 11.5 dm , an equilibrium mixture was formed which contained 7.04 g of oxygen.
(a) (i) Calculate the number of moles of oxygen present in this equilibrium mixture
and deduce the number of moles of nitrogen monoxide also present in this
equilibrium mixture.
(ii) Calculate the number of moles in the original 21.3 g of nitrogen dioxide and
hence calculate the number of moles of nitrogen dioxide present in this
equilibrium mixture.
(4)
(b) Write an expression for the equilibrium constant, Kc, for this reaction. Calculate the
value of this constant at temperature T and give its units.
(4)
(c) The total number of moles of gas in the flask is 0.683. Use the ideal gas equation to
5
determine the temperature T at which the total pressure in the flask is 3.30 × 10
Pa.
–1 –1
(The gas constant R = 8.31 J K mol )
(3)
(d) State the effect on the equilibrium yield of oxygen and on the value of Kc when the
same mass of nitrogen dioxide is heated to the same temperature T, but in a
different flask of greater volume.
(2)
(Total 13 marks)
12. The manufacture of sulphuric acid is carried out on a large scale in most industrialised
countries because it is needed by many other industries. In most countries the raw
material is sulphur. The process consists of three main stages - the burning of sulphur in
air, the conversion of sulphur dioxide to sulphur trioxide and the formation of sulphuric
acid. The equation for the conversion to sulphur trioxide is
2SO2(g) + O2(g) 2SO3(g)
(a) For the conversion to sulphur trioxide, the effect of temperature on the percentage
yield at equilibrium is shown in Figure 1.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 141

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

% yield of
sulphur 100
trioxide 90
80

300 400 500 600 700 800

temperature / ºC
Figure 1
(i) State whether this reaction is exothermic or endothermic and justify your
answer by reference to Figure 1.
(2)
(ii) Give the name of the catalyst used in this reaction. State the effect of the
catalyst on the percentage yield at equilibrium of sulphur trioxide and on the
rates of both forward and reverse reactions.
(4)
(iii) A typical operating temperature is 450 °C. State one advantage and one
disadvantage of operating the process at a temperature 50 °C lower.
(2)
(b) The operating pressure for the conversion of sulphur dioxide to sulphur trioxide is
slightly higher than atmospheric pressure.
(i) State the effect on the rate of the reaction of using a much higher pressure.
(1)
(ii) State the effect of using this much higher pressure on the percentage yield at
equilibrium of sulphur trioxide and give a reason for your answer.
(2)
(Total 11 marks)
13. (a) (i) Define the term Bronsted-Lowry acid.
(ii) What is meant by the term strong when describing an acid?
(iii) Give the value of the ionic product of water, Kw, measured at 298K, and state
its units.
(4)
(b) At 298 K, 25.0 cm3 of a solution of a strong acid contained 1.50 × 10–3 mol of
hydrogen ions.
(i) Calculate the hydrogen ion concentration in this solution and hence its pH.
3
(ii) Calculate the pH of the solution formed after the addition of 50.0 cm of 0.150
3
M NaOH to the original 25.0 cm of acid.
(8)
(c) A solution of a strong acid was found to have a pH of 0.5
(i) Calculate the hydrogen ion concentration in this solution.
3
(ii) Calculate the volume of water which must be added to 25.0 cm of this
solution to increase its pH from 0.5 to 0.7
(5)
(Total 17 marks)
14. (a) The pH of a 0.15 M solution of a weak acid, HA, is 2.82 at 300 K.
(i) Write an expression for the acid dissociation constant, Ka, of HA, and
determine the value of Ka for this acid at 300 K, stating its units.
(ii) The dissociation of HA into its ions in aqueous solution is an endothermic
process. How would its pH change if the temperature were increased? Explain
your answer.
(8)
(b) Solution A contains n moles of a different weak acid, HX. The addition of some
sodium hydroxide to A neutralises one third of the HX present to produce Solution
B.
(i) In terms of the amount, n, how many moles of HX are present in Solution B?
[HX]
(ii) Determine the ratio in Solution B.
[X – ]
(iii) Solution B has a hydrogen ion concentration of 4.2 × 10–4 mol dm–3. Use this

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 142

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

information and your answer to part (b)(ii) to determine the value of the acid
dissociation constant of HX.
(5)
(c) Why is methyl orange not suitable as an indicator for the titration of HX with
sodium hydroxide?
(2)
(d) Solution B can act as a buffer. Explain what this means and write an equation that
shows how Solution B acts as a buffer if a little hydrochloric acid is added.
(3)
(Total 18 marks)
15. (a) Explain the terms acid and conjugate base according to the Brønsted-Lowry theory.
(2)
(b) For each of the following reactions, give the formula of the acid and of its conjugate
base.
–
(i) NH3 + HBr → NH 4 + Br
(1)
(ii) H2SO4 + HNO3 → HSO 4– + H2NO 3
(1)
(c) (i) Write an equation to represent the dissociation of water.
(1)
(ii) Give the expression for the equilibrium constant, Kc, for the reaction in (c)(i)
and use this to derive the expression for the ionic product of water, Kw.
(3)
(iii) The ionic product of water is 2.92 × 10–14 mol2 dm–6 at 313K. Calculate the
pH of water at this temperature.
(4)
(iv) Given that the pH of water is 7.00 at 298 K, state whether the dissociation of
water is endothermic or exothermic. Give a reason for your answer.
(2)
(Total 14 marks)
16. (a) Give the Brønsted–Lowry definition of a base. State the essential feature of an
acid-base reaction in aqueous solution, writing an ionic equation to illustrate your
answer.
(3)
(b) Explain what is meant by the term weak when applied to acids and bases.
(1)
(c) In aqueous solution, the weak acid propanoic acid, CH3CH2COOH(aq), produces
propanoate ions CH3CH2COO–(aq). Write an expression for the acid dissociation
constant, Ka, of propanoic acid and state its units.
(2)
(d) (i) Explain what is meant by the term buffer solution.
(ii) Identify two components that could be used to make a buffer solution.
(iii) Give an example of the use of a buffer solution.
(4)
(Total 10 marks)
17. (a) The graph below shows how the pH changes when 0.12 M NaOH is added to 25.0
cm3 of a solution of a weak monoprotic acid, HA.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 143

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

14

13

12

11

10

8
pH
7

0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Volume of 0.12 M NaOH/cm3
(i) Use the graph to calculate the initial concentration of the acid HA.
(ii) Write an expression for the dissociation constant. Ka, of the weak acid HA.
(iii) Determine the volume of sodium hydroxide added when [HA] = [ A–] and use
the graph to determine the pH at this point.
(iv) Use your answers to part (a)(ii) and part (a)(iii) to determine the value of Ka for
the acid HA.
(9)
(b) A buffer solution is formed, when approximately half of the original amount of the
acid HA(aq) has been neutralised by the base NaOH(aq). Explain how this buffer
solution is able to resist change in pH when
(i) a small amount of NaOH(aq) is added,
(ii) a small amount of HCl(aq) is added.
(4)
(Total 13 marks)
18. The graph below shows how the pH changes as 0.12 M HCl(aq) is added to 25.0 cm3 of a
solution of sodium carbonate. There are two end-points. The second end-point is at 30.0
cm3.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 144

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

12
A
10
B
8
pH D
C
6

E
2
F
0
0 10 20 30 40
Volume of 0.12 M HCl/cm3
(a) Write equations for the reactions which occur in the solution between point A and
point B on the graph and between point C and point D on the graph.
(2)
(b) Estimate the minimum volume of hydrochloric acid needed in this experiment for
carbon dioxide to be produced from a well-stirred solution of sodium carbonate.
(1)
(c) Name an indicator which can be used to determine the end-point occurring between
points D and E. Explain why this indicator does not change colour between points B
and C.
(2)
(d) Use the end-point occurring between points D and E to calculate the concentration
of sodium carbonate in the given solution.
(3)
(e) If the original solution had contained, in addition to sodium carbonate, an equal
molar concentration of sodium hydrogen carbonate, at what volumes of
hydrochloric acid would the two end-points have been detected?

(2)
(Total 10 marks)
19. (a) Define the term Brønsted-Lowry acid.
(1)
(b) Write an equation for the reaction between gaseous hydrogen chloride and water.
State the role of water in this reaction, using the Brønsted-Lowry definition.
(2)
(c) Write an equation for the reaction between gaseous ammonia and water. State the
role of water in this reaction, using the Brønsted-Lowry definition.
(2)

(d) The ion H2NO is formed in the first stage of a reaction between concentrated nitric
3
acid and an excess of concentrated sulphuric acid. In this first stage the two acids

react in a 1:1 molar ratio. In the second stage, the H2NO 3 ion decomposes to form

the nitronium ion, NO 2 . Write equations for these two reactions and state the role
of nitric acid in the first reaction.
(3)
(e) (i) Explain the term weak acid.
(ii) Write an expression for the acid dissociation constant, Ka, of HA, a weak
monoprotic acid.
(iii) The value of the acid dissociation constant for the monoprotic acid HX is
–3
144 mol dm . What does this suggest about the concentration of
undissociated HX in dilute aqueous solution?

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 145

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(iv) State whether HX should be classified as a strong acid or a weak acid.

Justify your answer.
(5)
(Total 13 marks)
20. For acid HA, Ka = 2.00 × 10–4 mol dm–3.
(a) Write an equation for the reaction of HA with NaOH.
(1)
3 3
(b) A solution was formed by adding 15 cm of 0.34 M NaOH to 25 cm of 0.45 M HA.
–
(i) Calculate the number of moles of A (aq) and HA(aq) in this solution. (You
–
should neglect the small number of moles of A (aq) formed by ionisation of the
remaining HA(aq).)
–
(ii) Calculate the concentration of A (aq) and HA(aq) in this solution.
(iii) Using an expression for Ka, calculate the pH of this solution.
(9)
(Total 10 marks)
21. (a) Phenol is a weak acid. The dissociation of phenol in aqueous solution is represented
by the following equation:
C6H5OH(aq) + H2O(l) H3O+(aq) + C6H5O– (aq)
What is meant by the term weak acid?
(1)
(b) (i) Write an expression for the acid dissociation constant, Ka, for phenol.
(1)
(ii) Write an expression linking Ka with pKa.
(1)
–10
(iii) The value of the acid dissociation constant, Ka, for phenol is 1 × 10 mol
dm .–3
Calculate the pKa value of phenol.
(1)
(iv) Ethanoic acid is a stronger acid than phenol. State whether the pKa value for
ethanoic acid will be greater or smaller than that of phenol.
(1)
(c) The indicator phenolphthalein is a weak acid which can be represented by the
formula HIn. It dissociates in solution and has a pKa value of 9.3.
+ –
HIn(aq) H (aq) + In (aq)
colourless red
(i) Suggest and explain, with reference to the pKa value, the pH range of
phenolphthalein.
(2)
(ii) State the colour change that would be observed at the end point in an
acid-base titration using phenolphthalein if sodium hydroxide solution were
being added from the burette. Explain, in terms of the species present, why
this colour is formed.
(2)
(iii) State why phenolphthalein is unsuitable for a titration between a strong acid
and a weak base.
(1)
(Total 10 marks)
22. (a) (i) Define the term pH.
(ii) Write an expression for the dissociation constant Ka for the weak acid HX.
(iii) For HX, Ka = 4.25 × 10–5 mol dm–3. Calculate the pH of a 0.45 M solution of
this acid.
(6)
(b) In a 0.25 M solution, a different acid HY is 95% dissociated.
(i) Calculate the pH of this solution.
(ii) Calculate the value of Ka for the acid HY.
(6)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 146

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(Total 12 marks)
23. (a) Define pKa
(1)
(b) Calculate the pH of a 0.52M aqueous solution of the weak monoprotic (monobasic)
acid HX (pKa = 3.72).
(4)
(c) Write an expression for the acid dissociation constant Ka for HX. Use this to show
that the pH of any sample of HX is 3.72 when half of the acid has been neutralised
by a solution of sodium hydroxide.
(3)
(d) Explain why indicators cannot be used to determine the end-point of a titration
between a weak acid and a weak base.
(2)
(Total 10 marks)
24. The value of the acid dissociation constant, Ka, for ethanoic acid is 1.74 × 10–5 mol dm–3
at
298 K.
(a) (i) Write an expression for Ka for ethanoic acid.
–3
(ii) Calculate the pH at 298 K of a 0.220 mol dm solution of ethanoic acid.
(5)
(b) –3
A sample of the 0.220 mol dm solution of ethanoic acid was titrated against
sodium hydroxide solution.
–3
(i) Calculate the volume of a 0.150 mol dm solution of sodium hydroxide
3
required to neutralise 25.0 cm of the ethanoic acid solution.
(ii) From the list below, select the best indicator for this titration and explain your
choice.
Name of indicator pH range
bromophenol blue 3.0 – 4.6
methyl red 4.2 – 6.3
bromothymol blue 6.0 – 7.6
thymol blue 8.0 – 9.6
(5)
3
(c) A buffer solution is formed when 2.00 g of sodium hydroxide are added to 1.00 dm
–3
of a 0.220 mol dm solution of ethanoic acid.
Calculate the pH at 298 K of this buffer solution.
(6)
(Total 16 marks)
–3
25. The sketch below shows the change in pH when a 0.200 mol dm solution of sodium
hydroxide is added from a burette to 25.0 cm3 of a 0.150 mol dm–3 solution of the weak
acid HA at 25 °C.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 147

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

pH

0 x/2 x
Volume of 0.200 mol dm –3 NaOH/cm 3
(a) The volume of sodium hydroxide solution added at the equivalence point is x cm3.
Calculate the value of x.
(2)
(b) (i) Define the term pH.
(ii) The pH at the equivalence point is c. Suggest a value for c.
(iii) Identify a suitable indicator for detecting the equivalence point of the titration.
(3)
–5 –3
(c) The value of Kc for the weak acid HA at 25 °C is 2.75 × 10 mol dm .
(i) Explain the term weak as applied to the acid HA.
(ii) Write an expression for Ka for the acid HA.
(iii) Calculate the pH of the 0.150 mol dm–3 solution of acid HA before any sodium
hydroxide is added, i.e. the pH at point a.
(5)
x 3 –3
(d) Calculate the pH of the solution formed when 2 cm of the 0.200 mol dm
solution of sodium hydroxide are added to 25.0 cm3 of the 0.150 mol dm–3 solution
of HA, i.e. the pH at point b.
(3)
(Total 13 marks)
26. (a) At 50°C, the ionic product of water, Kw, has the value 5.48 × 10–14 mol2 dm–6.
(i) Define the term Kw
(ii) Define the term pH
(iii) Calculate the pH of pure water at 50 °C. Explain why pure water at 50 °C is
still neutral even though its pH is not 7.
(5)
–14 2 –6
(b) At 25°C, Kw has the value 1.00 × 10 mol dm . Calculate the pH at 25 °C of
–3
(i) a 0.150 mol dm solution of sodium hydroxide,
3
(ii) the solution formed when 35.0 cm of this solution of sodium hydroxide is
3 –3
mixed with 40.0 cm of a 0.120 mol dm solution of hydrochloric acid.
(8)
(c) In a 0.150 mol dm–3 solution of a weak acid HX at 25 °C, 1.80% of the acid
molecules are dissociated into ions.
(i) Write an expression for Ka for the acid HX.
(ii) Calculate the value of Ka for the acid HX at this temperature and state its
units.
(5)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 148

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(Total 18 marks)
27. (a) By reference to the forces between molecules, explain why ammonia is very soluble
in water.
(2)
(b) Aqueous solutions of ammonia have a pH greater than 7.
(i) Write an equation for the reaction of ammonia with water.
(ii) Explain why the pH of a solution containing 1.0 mol dm–3 of ammonia is less
than 14 at 298 K.
(3)
(c) An ammonium ion in aqueous solution can behave as a Brønsted–Lowry acid. State
what is meant by the term Brønsted–Lowry acid.
(1)
(d) State what is meant by the term buffer solution. Identify a reagent which could be
added to a solution of ammonia in order to form a buffer solution.
(3)
(e) An acidic buffer solution is obtained when sodium ethanoate is dissolved in
aqueous ethanoic acid.
(i) Calculate the pH of the buffer solution formed at 298 K when 0.125 mol of
sodium ethanoate is dissolved in 250 cm3 of a 1.00 mol dm–3 solution of
ethanoic acid.
The acid dissociation constant, Ka, for ethanoic acid is 1.70 × 10–5 mol dm–3
at 298 K.
(ii) Write an ionic equation for the reaction which occurs when a small volume of
dilute hydrochloric acid is added to this buffer solution.
(5)
(Total 14 marks)

28. The value of the acid dissociation constant, Ka, for the weak acid HA, at 298 K, is
–4 –3
1.45 × 10 mol dm .
(a) Write an expression for the term Ka for the weak acid HA.
(1)
–3
(b) Calculate the pH of a 0.250 mol dm solution of HA at 298 K.
(4)
(c) A mixture of the acid HA and the sodium salt of this acid, NaA, can be used to
prepare a buffer solution.
(i) State and explain the effect on the pH of this buffer solution when a small
amount of hydrochloric acid is added.
–3
(ii) The concentration of HA in a buffer solution is 0.250 mol dm . Calculate the
concentration of A– in this buffer solution when the pH is 3.59
(6)
(Total 11 marks)
29. (a) The pH of a 0.120 mol dm–3 solution of the weak monoprotic acid, HX, is 2.56 at
298 K.
(i) Write an expression for the term pH.
(ii) Write an expression for the dissociation constant, Ka, for the weak acid HX
and calculate its value at 298 K.
(5)
(b) (i) Write an expression for the ionic product of water, Kw, and give its value at
298 K.
–3
(ii) Hence, calculate the pH of a 0.0450 mol dm solution of sodium hydroxide at
298 K.
(4)
–3
(c) A titration curve is plotted showing the change in pH as a 0.0450 mol dm solution
of sodium hydroxide is added to 25.0 cm3 of a solution of ethanedioic acid, H2C2O4
The titration curve obtained has two equivalence points (end points).
(i) Write an equation for the reaction which is completed at the first equivalence

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 149

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

point.
3
(ii) When the second equivalence point is reached, a total of 41.6 cm of
0.0450 mol dm–3 sodium hydroxide has been added.
Calculate the concentration of the ethanedioic acid solution.
(4)
(Total 13 marks)
30. (a) Titration curves labelled A, B, C and D for combinations of different acids and bases
are
–3
shown below. All solutions have a concentration of 0.1 mol dm .
14 14
12 12
10 10
8 8
pH pH
6 6
4 4
2 2
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50
Volume/cm 3 Volume/cm 3

A B

14 14
12 12
10 10
8 8
pH pH
6 6
4 4
2 2
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50
Volume/cm 3 Volume/cm 3

C D
(i) Select from A, B, C and D the curve produced by the addition of
3
Ammonia to 25 cm of hydrochloric acid
3
Ethanoic acid to 25 cm of sodium hydroxide
Sodium hydroxide to 25 cm3 of hydrochloric acid
(ii) A table of acid–base indicators and the pH ranges over which they change
colour is shown below.

Indicator pH range
Thymol blue 1.2 – 2.8
Bromophenol blue 3.0 – 4.6
Methyl red 4.2 – 6.3
Cresolphthalein 8.2 – 9.8
Thymolphthalein 9.3 – 10.5

Select from the table an indicator which could be used in the titration which
produces curve A but not in the titration which produces curve B.
(4)
(b) (i) Write an expression for the term pH.
(ii) A solution of potassium hydroxide has a pH of 11.90 at 25°C. Calculate the
concentration of potassium hydroxide in the solution.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 150

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(4)
(c) The acid dissociation constant, Ka, for propanoic acid has the value of
–5 –3
1.35 × 10 mol dm at 25°C.
[H  ][CH 3 CH 2 COO  ]
Ka 
CH 3 CH 2 COOH 
In each of the calculations below, give your answer to 2 decimal places.
–3
(i) Calculate the pH of a 0.117 mol dm aqueous solution of propanoic acid.
(ii) Calculate the pH of a mixture formed by adding 25 cm3 of a 0.117 mol dm–3
3 –3
aqueous solution of sodium propanoate to 25 cm of a 0.117 mol dm
aqueous solution of propanoic acid.
(5)
(Total 13 marks)
31. (a) A sample of hydrochloric acid has a pH of 2.34
Write an expression for pH and calculate the concentration of this acid.
(2)
(b) A 0.150 mol dm–3 solution of a weak acid, HX, also has a pH of 2.34
(i) Write an expression for the acid dissociation constant, Ka, for the acid HX.
(ii) Calculate the value of Ka for this acid and state its units.
(iii) Calculate the value of pKa for the acid HX. Give your answer to two decimal
places.
(5)
3 –3
(c) A 30.0 cm sample of a 0.480 mol dm solution of potassium hydroxide was
partially neutralised by the addition of 18.0 cm3 of a 0.350 mol dm–3 solution of
sulphuric acid.
(i) Calculate the initial number of moles of potassium hydroxide.
(ii) Calculate the number of moles of sulphuric acid added.
(iii) Calculate the number of moles of potassium hydroxide remaining in excess in
the solution formed.
(iv) Calculate the concentration of hydroxide ions in the solution formed.
(v) Hence calculate the pH of the solution formed. Give your answer to two
decimal places.
(6)
(Total 13 marks)
32. In this question, give all pH values to 2 decimal places.
(a) (i) Write expressions for the ionic product of water, Kw, and for pH.
–14 2 –6
(ii) At 318 K, the value of Kw is 4.02 × 10 mol dm and hence the pH of pure
water is 6.70
State why pure water is not acidic at 318 K.
(iii) Calculate the number of moles of sodium hydroxide in 2.00 cm3 of 0.500 mol
–3
dm aqueous sodium hydroxide.
(iv) Use the value of Kw given above and your answer to part (a)(iii) to calculate the
3 –3
pH of the solution formed when 2.00 cm of 0.500 mol dm aqueous sodium
hydroxide are added to 998 cm3 of pure water at 318 K.
(6)
(b) At 298 K, the acid dissociation constant, Ka, for propanoic acid, CH3CH2COOH,
has the value 1.35 × 10–5mol dm–3.
(i) Write an expression for Ka for propanoic acid.
(ii) Calculate the pH of 0.125 mol dm–3 aqueous propanoic acid at 298 K.
(4)
(c) Sodium hydroxide reacts with propanoic acid as shown in the following equation.
NaOH + CH3CH2COOH → CH3CH2COONa + H2O
A buffer solution is formed when sodium hydroxide is added to an excess of aqueous
propanoic acid.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 151

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

3
(i) Calculate the number of moles of propanoic acid in 50.0 cm of 0.125 mol
–3
dm aqueous propanoic acid.
(ii) Use your answers to part (a)(iii) and part (c)(i) to calculate the number of moles
3
of propanoic acid in the buffer solution formed when 2.00 cm of 0.500 mol
–3 3 –3
dm aqueous sodium hydroxide are added to 50.0 cm of 0.125 mol dm
aqueous propanoic acid.
(iii) Hence calculate the pH of this buffer solution at 298 K.
(6)
(Total 16 marks)
–3
33. The pH curve shown below was obtained when a 0.150 mol dm solution of sodium
3
hydroxide was added to 25.0 cm of an aqueous solution of a weak monoprotic acid, HA.
pH 14

12
10

8
6
4
2
0
18.2
Volume of 0.150 mol dm –3 NaOH added/cm 3
(a) Use the information given to calculate the concentration of the acid.
(2)
(b) (i) Write an expression for the acid dissociation constant, Ka, for HA.
(ii) Write an expression for pKa
(iii) Using your answers to parts (b)(i) and (b)(ii), show that when sufficient sodium
hydroxide has been added to neutralise half of the acid,
pH of the solution = pKa for the acid HA
(4)
(c) Explain why dilution with a small volume of water does not affect the pH of a buffer
solution.
(2)
–3
(d) (i) Calculate the change in pH when 0.250 mol dm hydrochloric acid is diluted
with water to produce 0.150 mol dm–3 hydrochloric acid.
(ii) Calculate the volume of water which must be added to 30.0 cm3 of 0.250 mol
–3
dm hydrochloric acid in order to reduce its concentration to 0.150 mol
–3
dm .
(4)
(Total 12 marks)
34. (a) Give the Brønsted–Lowry definition of an acid.
(1)
(b) (i) Explain the term weak when applied to an acid or a base.
(ii) Give an example of a weak base and write an equation involving this weak
base to illustrate the explanation you gave in part (i) above.
(3)
(c) In aqueous solution, the weak acid methanoic acid, HCOOH, produces aqueous
methanoate ions, HCOO–(aq).
(i) Write an equation, including state symbols, for the formation of methanoate
+
ions and H3O ions in an aqueous solution of methanoic acid.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 152

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(ii) Identify one substance that acts as a Brønsted–Lowry base in the forward
direction, and another in the reverse direction, of the equation you have
written in part (i) above.
(iii) Write an expression for the acid dissociation constant, Ka, of methanoic acid.
(4)
(d) (i) A buffer solution can be defined as a solution which resists change in pH under
three different circumstances. Identify these circumstances.
(ii) What would you add to methanoic acid in order to make a buffer solution?
(iii) Apply your knowledge of equilibrium behaviour to the equation you wrote in
your answer to part (c)(i) to suggest how this buffer solution is able to resist an
increase in pH.
(7)
(Total 15 marks)
35. (a) Write an equation, including state symbols, for the reaction of gaseous hydrogen
chloride with water.
(1)
(b) Calculate the pH of a 1.26M solution of HCl.
(2)
(c) Suggest a value for the pH of a 1.26M solution of sodium chloride. Explain your
answer.
(2)
(d) Barium hydroxide, Ba(OH)2, dissociates completely in water according to the
equation
2+ –
Ba(OH)2(s) → Ba (aq) + 2OH (aq)
45.0cm3 of 1.37M barium hydroxide were added to 95.0cm3 of l.26M hydrochloric
acid.
+ 3
(i) Calculate the number of moles of H ions in 95.0 cm of I .26M hydrochloric
acid.
– 3
(ii) Calculate the number of moles of OH ions in 45.0 cm of 1.37 M barium
hydroxide.
(iii) Calculate the pH at 25 °C of the solution formed after mixing the acid and the
base.
(8)
(Total 13 marks)
36. HA is a weak monoprotic acid which can be used to make buffer solutions. It dissociates
in water according to the equation
+ –
HA(aq) H (aq) + A (aq)
(a) Explain what is meant by the term weak when applied to an acid.
(1)
(b) A solution containing equal concentrations of undissociated HA and the anion A –
acts as a buffer solution. This solution is able to resist changes in pH. Use the
equation above and your knowledge of equilibrium behaviour to suggest how the
buffer solution is able to resist:
(i) A decrease in pH when a small amount of strong acid is added;
(ii) An increase in pH when a small amount of strong base is added.
(4)
(c) (i) Write an expression for the acid dissociation constant, Ka, of the acid HA
(ii) Rearrange your expression for Ka to give an equation for the hydrogen ion
concentration in the acid HA. Use this equation to suggest how the buffer
solution is able to resist changes in pH on dilution.
(4)
(Total 9 marks)
37. (a) An acid HA has pKa = 4.20
(i) Define the term pKa
(ii) Calculate the value of the dissociation constant, Ka, for the acid HA and state
its units.
(iii) Calculate the pH of a 0.830 M solution of the acid HA.
(7)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 153

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

–5 –3
(b) A different acid, HX, has Ka = 5.25 × 10 mol dm . A solution was formed by
mixing 10.5 cm3 of 0.800 M NaOH with 25.0 cm3 of 0.920 M HX.
–
(i) Calculate the number of moles of X ions present in the solution formed.
–
(Ignore any X ions formed by dissociation of the excess acid HX)
(ii) Calculate the number of moles of HX which remain unreacted.
–
(iii) Calculate the concentrations of both X and HX and use these to determine
the pH of the solution formed.
(9)
(c) State qualitatively how the pH of the solution formed in part (b) changes when a
small volume of dilute hydrochloric acid is added. Use appropriate equations to
explain your answer.
(3)
(Total 19 marks)
38. (a) State what is meant by the term monoprotic acid and give one example
(2)
(b) (i) Define pH.
(ii) What is the hydrogen ion concentration in a solution which has pH = - 0.20?
(2)
(c) Calculate the pH of the solution formed when 35 cm3 of 0.12 M NaOH are added to
25 cm3 of 0.15M HCl at 25°C.
(7)
(Total 11 marks)
39. All solutions in parts (a) to (d) below are maintained at 25 °C.
(a) Write equations to show the reaction of HCl(g) and KOH(s) with water.
(2)
(b) Write an expression to define the ionic product, Kw, of water.
(1)
(c) Calculate the pH of a 0.0160 M KOH solution and estimate the pH of a 0.100 M KCl
solution. Give your reasoning.
–14 2 –6
(At 25 °C, the value of Kw is 1.00 × 10 mol dm )
(7)
3
(d) A mass, m, of solid KOH is added to 755 cm of 0.0120 M HCl. The pH after this
addition is 11.60, measured at 25 °C. The volume of the resulting solution is still
755 cm3.
–
(i) Calculate the number of moles of OH ions needed to neutralise exactly the
+
H ions present in the 755 cm3 of 0.0120 M HCl.
(ii) Calculate the number of moles of OH– ions in excess when the pH is 11.60
(iii) Use these results to calculate the total number of moles of KOH added.
(iv) Hence deduce the value of m.
(8)
(Total 18 marks)
40. (a) The hydrogen halides all react with water to form acids. Hydrogen fluoride forms a
weak acid while the others all form strong acids. Write equations to show the
reactions that occur when hydrogen fluoride and hydrogen chloride are dissolved in
water.
(2)
(b) (i) Define the term pH
(1)
(ii) Calculate the pH of an aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid containing 0.050
mol dm–3.
(1)
(c) (i) Write an expression for the dissociation constant, Ka, for hydrofluoric acid.
(1)
(ii) Calculate the pH of an aqueous solution of hydrofluoric acid of concentration
0.050 mol dm–3 at 298K, given that Ka =5.6 × 10–4 mol dm–3 at 298 K.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 154

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(3)
(d) When hydrogen fluoride is dissolved in pure nitric acid, a reaction takes place that
can be represented by the equation:
 –
HNO3 + HF → H2 NO 3 + F
State, with a reason, which reactant acts as a Brønsted-Lowry acid in this reaction
and give the formula of its conjugate base.
(3)
(Total 11 marks)
41. (a) When dissolved in water, ethanoic acid acts as a weak Brønsted-Lowry acid.
– +
CH3COOH + H2O CH3COO + H3O
Explain the terms:
(1)
(b) (i) Write an expression for the acid dissociation constant, Ka, for ethanoic acid.
(1)
(ii) Calculate the pKa value of aqueous ethanoic acid.
–5 –3
Ka (ethanoic acid) = 1.70 × 10 mol dm at 25°C
(1)
(c) The pH ranges over which two indicators used in acid-base titrations change colour
are given in table below.

Indicator pH range
methyl orange 3.1 – 4.4
phenolphthalein 8.3 – 10.0
In a titration aqueous sodium hydroxide is run into a conical flask containing
aqueous ethanoic acid.
(i) State which indicator should be used and explain your answer.
(3)
(ii) State the colour change seen in the conical flask at the end point.
(1)
(iii) Write an equation for the reaction between ethanoic acid and sodium
hydroxide in aqueous solution.
(1)
(d) You are supplied with aqueous sodium hydroxide and aqueous ethanoic acid, each
–3
solution having a concentration of 0.10 mol dm . State briefly how you would
prepare a buffer solution with a pH equal to the pKa of ethanoic acid.
(2)
(e) In the gaseous state, some ethanoic acid molecules are dimerised as shown in
diagram below. The broken lines represent hydrogen bonds.
O H O
H3 C C C CH 3
O H O
Explain how hydrogen bonds are formed between ethanoic acid molecules.
(3)
(Total 14 marks)

42. (a) State what is meant by the term weak acid and give one example.
(2)
(b) Write an expression for the dissociation constant, Ka, of the weak acid HA and state
the units of Ka.
(2)
(c) When water is cooled, the pH increases but the water remains neutral.
(i) Explain why the pH increases.
(ii) Explain why water remains neutral.
(4)
(d) State the characteristic property of a buffer solution.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 155

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(2)
(Total 10 marks)
43. Solution S is 0.16 M hydrochloric acid, HCl, a strong acid.
Solution W is 0.16 MHX, a weak monoprotic acid. It has a pH of 2.74.
Solution Z is 0.12 M barium hydroxide, Ba(OH)2, a strong base.
(a) (i) Explain the terms weak and strong as applied to acids or bases.
(ii) Determine a value of the acid dissociation constant of the weak acid HX using
the expression
[H  ]2
Ka 
c
where c is the original concentration of HX. Explain why it is reasonable to use
this approximation.
(6)
(b) Show details of all calculations in answering this part of the question.
3
At a temperature of 25°C, 18 cm of solution S are titrated with solution Z. The
3
titration is repeated using 18 cm of solution W.
(i) Determine the equivalence volume (end-point) for these titrations and enter
your result into the appropriate space in the incomplete table below.
Enter also the half-equivalence volume and the double-equivalence volume in
the appropriate space.
(ii) Calculate the missing pH values for each of the two titration solutions and
enter these into the table.
–
(You should assume that, at half-equivalence, [HX]= [X ] for the weak acid
HX, and that, for both acids at double-equivalence, only the alkali that is in
excess contributes to the pH of the resulting solution.)

Start Half Equivalence Double

equivalence Equivalence

Volume/cm3 0.0
Ba(OH)2
solution added
pH for titration of S 0.80 7
pH for titration of W 2.74 8.5
(iii) Plot these results on the graph below and use the points you have plotted to
sketch the complete titration curves for solution S and solution W titrated
with solution Z.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 156

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

14

13

12

11

10

8
pH

0
Volume Ba(OH) 2 /cm3 (18)
(c) (i) Explain what is meant by the term buffer solution. Suggest how solution W,
when half-neutralised, can behave as a buffer solution.
(ii) State the difference between acidic and basic buffers. To which of these two
types of buffer does a half-neutralised solution of W belong? What might you
use to make a buffer solution of the other type?
(6)
(Total 30 marks)

44. This question concerns the weak acid, ethanoic acid, for which the acid dissociation
constant, Ka, has a value of 1.74 × 10–5mol dm–3 at 25°C.
[H  ][CH 3 COO - ]
Ka 
[CH 3 COOH ]
In each of the calculations below, give your answer to 2 decimal places.
–3
(a) Write an expression for the term pH. Calculate the pH of a 0.150 mol dm solution
of ethanoic acid.
(4)
(b) A buffer solution is prepared by mixing a solution of ethanoic acid with a solution of
sodium ethanoate.
(i) Explain what is meant by the term buffer solution.
(ii) Write an equation for the reaction which occurs when a small amount of
hydrochloric acid is added to this buffer solution.
(3)
(c) In a buffer solution, the concentration of ethanoic acid is 0.150 mol dm–3 and the

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 157

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

–3
concentration of sodium ethanoate is 0.100 mol dm .
(i) Calculate the pH of this buffer solution.
(ii) A 10.0 cm3 portion of 1.00 mol dm–3 hydrochloric acid is added to 1000 cm3
of this buffer solution.
Calculate the number of moles of ethanoic acid and the number of moles of
sodium ethanoate in the solution after addition of the hydrochloric acid.
Hence, find the pH of this new solution.
(8)
(Total 15 marks)
45. A student carried out an investigation with aqueous solutions of nitric acid, sodium
hydroxide, ethanoic acid and water.
Nitric acid, HNO3, is a strong Brønsted-Lowry acid.
(a) Explain what is meant by a strong acid and a Brønsted-Lowry acid.
[2]
(b) What is the conjugate base formed from HNO3?
[1]
–3
(c) The student diluted 0.015 mol dm nitric acid with an equal volume of water and
measured the pH of the diluted acid at 25 °C.
–3
(i) Calculate the pH of 0.015 mol dm nitric acid.

[2]
(ii) Calculate the pH of the diluted acid.
[1]
[Total 6 marks]
46. Phenol, C6H5OH, is a powerful disinfectant and antiseptic.
Phenol is a weak Brønsted–Lowry acid.
+ − –10 –3
C6H5OH(aq) H (aq) + C6H5O (aq) Ka = 1.3 × 10 mol dm
(a) Define the following terms:
(i) A Brønsted–Lowry acid,
[1]
(ii) A weak acid.
[1]
(b) When phenol is mixed with aqueous sodium hydroxide, an acid-base reaction takes
place.
– –
C6H5OH(aq) + OH (aq) C6H5O (aq) + H2O(l)
................... ............ ............. ..................
In the spaces above,
• label one conjugate acid-base pair as acid 1 and base 1,
• label the other conjugate acid-base pair as acid 2 and base 2.
[2]
–3
(c) A solution of phenol in water has a concentration of 38 g dm .
The acid dissociation constant, Ka, of phenol is 1.3 × 10–10 mol dm–3.
(i) Write an expression for the acid dissociation constant, Ka, of phenol.
[1]
(ii) Calculate the pH of this solution.
[5]
(d) As part of an investigation, a student needed to prepare a buffer solution with a pH value of
8.71. From the Ka value of phenol, the student thought that a mixture of phenol and
sodium phenoxide could be used to prepare this buffer solution.
–3
The student decided to use a 0.200 mol dm solution of phenol, mixed with an equal
volume of sodium phenoxide.
Use your knowledge of buffer solutions to determine the concentration of sodium
–3
phenoxide solution that the student would need to mix with the 0.200 mol dm phenol
solution.
[Total 13 marks]
47. A student prepared two solutions.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 158

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

3 –3
• Solution A was made by mixing together 25 cm 0.010 mol dm aqueous sodium
3 –3
hydroxide with 50 cm 0.010 mol dm ethanoic acid, CH3COOH. Solution A is a
buffer solution.
3 –3
• Solution B was made by mixing together 25 cm 0.020 mol dm aqueous sodium
3 –3
hydroxide with 50 cm 0.010 mol dm ethanoic acid, CH3COOH. Solution B is not
a buffer solution.
(i) What is meant by a buffer solution?
[1]
(ii) Explain why Solution A is a buffer solution whereas Solution B is not.
[4]
[Total 5 marks]
48. In order to obtain full marks in this question, you must show all your working clearly.
In its reactions, sulphuric acid, H2SO4, can behave as an acid, an oxidising agent and as
a dehydrating agent.
The displayed formula of pure sulphuric acid is shown below.
H O O

H O O
Dilute sulphuric acid takes part in the typical acid reactions, reacting with metals,
carbonates and bases.
Write balanced equations for the reaction of sulphuric acid with
a metal,
a carbonate
a base.
[Total 3 marks]
49. Compound B is an organic base. A student analysed this base by the procedure below.
He first prepared a solution of B by dissolving 4.32 g of B in water and making the
3 3
solution up to 250 cm . The student then carried out a titration in which 25.00 cm of
this solution of B were neutralised by exactly 23.20 cm3 of 0.200 mol dm–3 HCl.
1 mole of B reacts with 1 mole of HCl.
Use this information to calculate the molar mass of base B and suggest its identity.
[Total 6 marks]
50. In sewage plants, biological activity can be reduced by increasing the pH of the water. This
is achieved by adding small amounts of solid calcium hydroxide, Ca(OH)2, to the sewage
water.
In all parts of this question, assume that measurements have been made at 25 °C.
(a) The pH of aqueous solutions is determined by Kw.
–14 2 –6
Kw has a value of 1.0 × 10 mol dm at 25 °C.
(i) What name is given to Kw?
[1]
(ii) Write the expression for Kw.
[1]
(b) A chemist checked the concentration of aqueous calcium hydroxide, Ca(OH)2, in
the sewage water by titration with 5.00 × 10–3 mol dm–3 hydrochloric acid.
Ca(OH)2(aq) + 2HCl(aq) → CaCl2(aq) + 2H2O(l)
3 3
The chemist titrated 25.0 cm of the sewage water with 21.35 cm of HCl to reach
the endpoint of the titration.
–3
Calculate the concentration, in mol dm , of the calcium hydroxide in the sewage
water.
[3]
(c) The chemist analysed a sample of water from another part of the sewage works and
–3 –3
he found that the calcium hydroxide concentration was 2.7 × 10 mol dm .

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 159

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

When solid calcium hydroxide dissolves in water, its ions completely dissociate.
2+ –
Ca(OH)2(s) → Ca (aq) + 2OH (aq)
Calculate the pH of this sample.
[3]
(d) After further treatment, the water could be used for drinking. In the drinking water
– +
produced, the OH concentration was 100 times greater than the H concentration.
What was the pH of this drinking water?
[1]
[Total 9 marks]
–2 –3
51. A student titrated the 1.50 × 10 mol dm methanoic acid with aqueous sodium
hydroxide.
A 25.00 cm3 sample of the HCOOH(aq) was placed in a conical flask and the NaOH(aq)
was added from a burette until the pH no longer changed.
(i) Write a balanced equation for the reaction between HCOOH(aq) and NaOH(aq).
[1]
(ii) Part of the pH curve for this titration is shown below.
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
pH 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
volume NaOH(aq) added cm 3
Calculate the concentration, in mol dm–3, of the aqueous sodium hydroxide.
[3]
(iii) Calculate the pH of the aqueous sodium hydroxide.
Kw = 1.00 × 10–14 mol dm–3
[2]
(iv) The pH ranges in which colour changes for three acid-base indicators are shown
below.

indicator pH range
metacresol purple 7.4 – 9.0
2,4,6-trinitrotoluene 11.5 – 13.0
ethyl orange 3.4 – 4.8
Explain which of the three indicators is suitable for this titration.
[2]
[Total 8 marks]

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 160

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

Marking Scheme
1. (a) (i) Increase (if wrong no further marks in part (i) 1
higher P gives lower yield or moves to left 1
Eqm shifts to reduce P or eqm favours side with fewer moles 1
(ii) Endothermic if wrong no further marks in part (ii) 1
increase T increases yield or moves to right 1
Eqm shifts to reduce T or eqm favours endothermic direction 1

(b) (i) Moles of iodine = 0.023 1

Moles of HI = 0.172 1
If × 2 missed, max 1 in part (iv)
If wrong no marks in (i)
[H 2 ][I 2 ]
(ii) Kc = must be square brackets (penalise once in paper) 1
[HI]2
– if round, penalise but mark on in (iv)
if Kc wrong, no marks in (iv) either but mark on from a minor
slip in formula
(iii) V cancels in Kc expression
or no moles same on top and bottom of expression
or total moles reactants = moles products,
i.e. total no of moles does not change 1
2
(iv) Kc = (0.023) 1
(0.172) 2
= 0.0179 or 1.79 × 10–2
Conseq on (i) 1
–2
Allow 0.018 or 1.8 × 10
(v) Kc = 55.9 or 56 1
–1
Conseq i.e. (answer to (iv))
[13]

[Y] [H 2 O]2
2. (a) Kc = (1)
[X] [CH 3 OH]2
if Kc expression wrong lose units mark in (e) also
must be [ ]
1
(b) Moles of X: 0.25 - 0.13 = 0.12 (1)
Moles of methanol: 0.34 - 0.26 = 0.08 (1)
Moles of water: 0.26 (1) 3

(c) Equal no. of moles on each side of equation (1)

OR V cancels out (provided not incorrectly qualified)
1

2
 0.13  0.26 
  
 V  V 
(d) Calculation: Kc = 2 (1)
 0.12  0.08 
  
 V  V 
= 11(.4) (1)
Can score all 3 conseq on (b) and (c)
If different values from (c) used allow units only
(conseq on correct Kc)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 161

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

Units of Kc: none (1)

but lose this mark if Kc is wrong even if none given
3
(e) decrease (1) 1
[9]

3. (a) Equation N2 + O2 2NO (1)

2
Kc [NO] / [N2] [O2] (1) 2

Kc

(b)

Temperature
As temperature increases Kc increases (or yield increases) (1)
Hence reaction endothermic (1) 2
(c) The product yield is very small (1)
Yield does not justify cost of producing high temp (1) 2
(d) (i) 2NO + O2 2NO2 (1)
(ii) Change in equilibrium position Displaced to the right (1)
Change in equilibrium constant No change (1) 3

[9]

4. (must state correct effect on yield or rate to score the reason mark)
T effect: higher temp: yield greater or shifts equilibrium to right; 1
effect: higher temp: rate increased; 1
reason: endothermic
OR
more particles have E>Ea 1
OR
more successful/productive collisions; 1
P effect: higher pressure: yield less or shifts equilibrium to left; 1
effect: higher pressure: rate increased;
reason: increase in gas moles L to R
OR
greater collision frequency; 1
(Q of L mark)

[6]
[H 2 ][I 2 ]
5. (a) Kc = (1)
[HI]2
0.05 or 1/20 (1) 2
(b) (i) forward rate increases (1)
reverse rate increases (1)
allow 1 mark for just ‘increased’
allow 2 marks for ‘both increased’ 2
(ii) no change (1) 1
(iii) no change (1) 1
[6]

6. (a) (i) Moles NaOH = mv/1000 = 1.50 × 72.5/1000 = 0.108 to 0.11 (1)
Moles of ethanoic acid at equilibrium = moles sodium hydroxide (1)
Moles ester = moles water (=moles acid reacted) (1)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 162

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

= 0.200 – 0.108 = 0.090 to 0.92 (1)

Moles ethanol = 0.110 – 0.091 = 0.018 to 0.020 (1)
KC = [Ester] [Water]/[Acid] [Alcohol] (1)
Allow if used correctly
2
= (0.091) /0.109 × 0.019 = 3.7 to 4.9 (1) 7
Ignore units
NB Allow the answer 4 one mark as correct knowledge
(ii) Similar (types) of bond broken and made (1)
Same number of the bonds broken and made (1) 2
any number if equal
NB If a list given then the total number of each type of bond
broken and made must be the same

[9]
7. (a) Homogeneous; All reactants in the same phase or state (1)
Dynamic; Continuous or 'on-going' (1)
Equilibrium: Concentrations of reactants and products constant
or rates of forward and backward reactions equal (1)
Equation; 2NH3 N2 + 3H2 (Must be decomposition) (1)
3 2
Kc; [N2][H2] /[NH3] (1)
5

(b) Conditions: decomposition favoured by high temp (1)

since the reaction endothermic or logical
statement with application of Le Chatelier's
principle (1)
decomposition favoured by low pressure (1)
2 mole gas giving 4 moles gas or more gas moles
on right (1)
4

(c) In practise low pressure means low production (1)

low pressure means low rate (1)
high temperature means high rate (1)
high temperature expensive (1)
Catalyst equilibrium yield unaffected (1)
rates of forward and backwards reactions
increased by an equal amount (1)
more hydrogen produced in a given time (1)
Max 6
[15]

8. (a) Total moles n = pV/RT (1)

6 –3
= 1.59 × 10 × 1.04 × 10 /(8.31 × 380) = 0.524 moles (1)
Moles of methanol 0.524 – 0.122 – 0.298 = 0.104 moles (1) 3
[CH3OH]
(b) Kc = (1)
[CO] [H 2 ]2
2
0.104  1.04 
=  
0.122  0.298 
= 10.4 (1)
6 –2
dm mol (1) 3
[6]

9. (a) (i) C + 3D 2A + B 1
(ii) mol–1dm3 1
(iii) (forward reaction is) exothermic or more products formed 1

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 163

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(b) (i) for N2O4 Mr = 92.0 1

36.8
Mol =  0.400 1
92.0
(ii) mol N2O4 reacted = 0.400 – 0.180 = 0.220 1
mol NO2 formed = 0.440 1
(iii) Kc = (NO2)2 1
(N2O4)
= (0.44/16)2 1
(0.18/16)
= 0.067 1
(iv) move to NO2/ to right / forwards 1
none 1
[12]

10. (a) (i) moles of C2F2 = 0.40 mark independently from HC1 1
moles of HC1 = 0.80 not consequential 1

(ii) Kc 
C2F4 HCl2
CHClF2 2
wrong Kc means they can only 1
score for units in (iii) consequ
on their Kc
(0.40 / 18.5)(0.8 / 18.5) 2
(iii) Kc  1
(0.20 / 18.5) 2
= 0.35 1
–3
mol dm 1
(b) (i) increase 1
(ii) decrease 1
[8]
7.04
11. (a) (i) Number of moles of O2 at equilibrium: = 0.22 (1) 1
32
Number of moles of NO at equilibrium: 0.44 (1)
OR 2 × mol of oxygen
21.3
(ii) Original number of moles of NO2: = 0.46(3) (1)
46
Number of moles of NO2 at equilibrium: 0.46(3) – 0.44 = 0.02(3) (1)
OR conseq on mol NO above
3
NO2 O 2 
(b) Expression for KC: KC = (1)
NO 2 
2
 0.44   0.22 
   
 11.5   11.5  –3
Calculation: KC = 2 = 7.0(0) mol dm
 0.023 
 
 11.5 
(1) (1) (1)
If mol NO2 = 0.02; KC = 9.26 (9.3)
or conseq on values from (a)
If vol missed, score only KC and units
If KC wrong: max 2 for correct use of vol and conseq units
If KC wrong and no vol: max 1 for conseq units
3
(c) pV = nRT (1)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 164

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

pV (3.30  10 5 )  (11.5  10 3 ) (1)

T= =
nR 0.683  8.31
(1) for using 11.5 × 10–3 as V
T = 669 K (1) 4
(d) Yield of oxygen: increased (1)
Value of Kc: no effect (1) 2
[13]
12. (a) (i) exothermic (1)
yield decreases as temperature increases (1)
(this mark dependent on first mark) 2
(ii) vanadium (V) oxide / vanadium pentoxide / V205 (1)
yield of sulphur trioxide unchanged (1)
not just reference to position of equilibrium
(both / forward and reverse reaction) rates increase (1)
equally (1) 4
(iii) advantage – higher yield of (sulphur trioxide) / equilibrium
moves to the right (1)
not “saves energy costs”
disadvantage – slower rate of reaction / lower throughput (1) 2
(b) (i) rate increased (1) 1
(ii) % yield increased / more SO3 / equilibrium shifts to the right (1)
fewer (gas) moles on right hand side of equation increased
pressure favours (1)
smaller number of mols / molecules / volume 2
[11]
13. (a) (i) A proton donor (1)
(ii) Fully ionised or fully dissociated (1)
–14
(iii) 1.0 × 10 (1)
2 –6
mol dm (1) 4
–3
(b) (i) 1.50 × 10 /25 × 1000 (1)
= 0.06 mol dm–3 (1)
1.2 (1)
– –3
(ii) Mol OH added = 50 × 0 150/1000 = 7.5 × 10 (1)
+ –3
Mol H used = 1.5 × 10 (1)
– –3
Mol OH excess = 6.0 × 10 (1)
– –3 –2
[OH ]= 6.0×10 /75×1000 = 8.0 × 10 (1)
[H+] = 10–14/8.0×10–2 = 1.25 × 10–13 (1)
pH = 12.9 (1)
8
(c) (i) 0.3 mol dm–3 (1)
–3
(ii) [H+] at pH = 0.7 is 0.2 mol dm (1)
m1 v1 = m2 v2 therefore 0.3 × 25 = 0.2 × v (1)
Hence v = 37.5 (1)
Water added = 37.5 – 25 = 12.5 (1)
5
[17]
 –
[H ][A ]
14. (a) (i) Ka = (1)
[HA]
[H  ] 2
Ka = (1)
[HA]
[H+] = 10–2.82 = 1.514 × 10–3 mol dm–3 (1)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 165

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

Ka =
1.514  10 
–3 2
= 1.53 × 10–5 (1) mol dm –3 (1) [2]
0.15

(ii) Decreases (1)

Equilibrium shifts to right (endothermic process ) (1)
hence [H+] as T (1)
pH gets smaller 8
2
(b) (i) n (1)
3
2  1 
(ii)  n  n  (1) = 2 (1)
3  3 
[H ][X – ] [H  ]

(iii) Ka =  (1)
[HX] 2
–4 –3
= 2.1 × 10 mol dm (1) 5
(c) Weak acid/strong base thus pH at equivalence > 7 (1)
methyl orange has colour change at pH < 7 (1) 2
(d) Buffer can resist change in pH (1)
+ –
on addition of small amounts of H (or OH ) (1)
+ –
H (aq) + X (aq) HX (aq) (1) 3
[18]

15. (a) proton donor (1)

substance formed when acid has lost proton / substance that
becomes an acid
by gaining a proton (not just proton acceptor) (1) 2
–
(b) (i) acid: HBr base: Br
–
(ii) acid: H2SO4 base: HSO4
allow 1 in (b) if both acids / bases are correct (ie give 1 for a correct
vertical pair) 2
(c) (i) H2O H+ + OH– / 2H2O H3O+ + OH– (1)
(accept other types of arrow) 1
[H  ][OH – ]
(ii) Kc = / expression based on H3O+ equation (1)
[H 2 O]
[H2O] is (effectively) constant /concentration of H2O is large /
equilibrium in (i) is to left (1)
+ –
(Kc × [H2O]) = Kw = [H ] [OH ] (1) 3
(iii) [H+] = [OH–] / [H+]2 = 2.92 × 10–14 (1)
–14 –7
[H+] = √2.92 × 10 = 1.71 × 10 (1)
–7
pH = –log10(1.71 × 10 ) (1)
= 6.77 (1) 4
(iv) endothermic and attempt at reason (1)
more dissociation / ionization / H+ ions at higher temperature (1)
if (iii) not completed, allow endothermic with sensible reason
for 1 mark if answer to (iii) is pH>7, allow 1 mark for exothermic
with attempt at reason 2
[14]

16. (a) Definition of a base Proton acceptor (1)

Essential feature Transfer of protons (1)
+ –
Equation H + OH H2O
+ +
OR H +B BH (1) 3

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 166

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(b) only partially dissociated in solution (1) 1

 –
[H (aq)][CH 3 CH 2 COO (aq)]
(c) Ka = (1)
[CH 3 CH 2 COOH(aq)]
–3
mol dm (1) 2
(d) (i) resists change in pH (1)
on addition of small amounts of strong acid or base (1)
(ii) correct weak acid/co-base
or correct weak base/co-acid (1)
(iii) any suitable use (1) 4
[10]

17. (a) (i) 0.12 × 11.8 = M × 25 (1)

thus molarity = 0.057 (1)

(ii) Ka =
[H  ][A – ] (1)
[HA]
3
(iii) Volume of NaOH(aq) added 11.8/2 = 5.9 cm (1)
pH 4.3 to 4.35 (1)
– +
(iv) As [HA] = [A ] (1) Ka = [H ] (1)
pH = – log10 [H+] (1) hence Ka = 10–4.3
= 5.0 × 10–5 (1)
Note:– Mark Ka consequentially to pH in a(iii) 9
– +
(b) (i) The added OH reacts with HA or H (1)
The equilibrium, HA H+ + A– , displacement to right
or HA ionises (1)
(ii) The added H+ reacts with A– (1)
+ –
The equilibrium, HA H + A , displaced to left (1) 4
[13]

+ –
18. (a) CO 32 – + H → HCO 3 or Na2CO3 + HCl →NaHCO3 + NaCl (1)
+
HCO 3– + H → H2O + CO2 or NaHCO3 + HCl → NaCl + CO2 + H2O (1) or H2CO3
2
3
(b) 15 cm 1
(c) Indicator Methyl orange (allow other correct indicators) (1)
Explanation Methyl red changes colour over pH
range 3.2 – 4.4 (allow between 3 and 7) (1) 2

2– +
(d) CO 3 + 2H → H2O + CO2
+ –3
Mol H = 30 × 0.12/1000 = 3.6 × 10 (1)
Mol CO 3 = 1.8 × 10–3 = M × 25/1000 (1)
2–

= 0.072 M (1) 3

(e) Volume of HCl(aq) added for first end-point 15 (1)

Volume of HCl(aq) added for second end-point 45 (1) 2
[10]

19. (a) A proton donor 1

+ –
(b) Equation HCl(g) + H2O(l) H3O (aq) + Cl (aq) (1)
Role of water base or proton acceptor (1) 2
–
(c) Equation NH3(g) + H2O(l) NH 4 (aq) + OH (aq) (1)
Role of water acid or proton donor (1) 2
– 
(d) Equation for formation H2SO4 + HNO3 HSO 4 + H2NO 3 (1)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 167

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

Role of nitric acid base or proton acceptor (1)

 
H2NO 3 → NO + H2O (1)
2 3
(e) (i) only partially dissociated in aqueous solution (1)

(ii) Ka =
[H  ][A – ] (1)
[HA]
(iii) not very big (1)
(iv) strong (1)
Although HX is not fully dissociated, the relative
concentration of undissociated HX is very small (1) 5
[13]

20. (a) NaOH + HA → NaA + H2O (1)

– –
or HA + OH → A + H2O 1
–
(b) (i) Moles A = moles NaOH added (1)
–3 –3
= 15 × 0.34 × 10 = 5.10 × 10 (1)
–3
Initial moles HA = 25 × 0.45 × 10 = 0.01125 (1)
Allow 0.0110 – 0.0113
Moles NaOH added = 0.00510
–3
Moles HA remaining = 6.15 × 10 (1)
Allow (5.90 – 6.20) ×10 –3
Mark conseq

(ii) 5.10×10–3 moles A– in (15 + 25) cm3

– –3
Hence [A ] = 5.10 × 10 × 1000/40 = 0.1275 (1)
Allow0.127 –0.128 and 0.13
–3 3
6.15 × 10 moles HA in 40 cm
Hence [HA] = 6.15 × 10–3 × 1000/40 = 0.1538 (1)
Allow 0.147 – 0.155 and 0.15
Allow marks in (ii) conseq to answers in (i)
(iii) Ka = [H+] [A–] / [HA] = 2.00 × 10–4
+ –4
[H ] = 2.00 × 10 × 0.1538 / 0.1275 (1)
–4
= 2.41 × 10 (1)
–4
Allow (2.29 – 2.44) × 10
pH = 3.62 (1)
Allow 3.61 – 3.64 and 3.6
Mark conseq to answers in (ii) 9
[10]

21. (a) only partially ionized / partially dissociated / not fully ionised (1)
not ‘not ionised at all’ 1
– 
[C 6 H 5 O ][H 3 O ]
(b) (i) Ka = [C 6 H 5 OH] (1)
accept [H+]
do not accept with [H2O] included
must include charges 1
(ii) pKa = – log Ka (1)
allow – log (Ka) do not allow – log [Ka] 1
(iii) pKa = 10 (ignore units) (1) 1
(iv) lower / smaller number (1) 1
(c) (i) at end point pH = pKa = 9.3 (1)
colour change detectable over range of 2 pH units therefore range = 8.3 - 10.3
(1)
(allow 8 – 10) 2

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 168

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(ii) (colourless to) pink / red (1)

– –
[In ] ≥[HIn] / [In ] increases (1)
not just equilibrium shifts to right 2

(iii) equivalence point / end point of titration below pH 7 more acidic / lower
than phenolphthalein range / is about pH 4 (1)
not just the pH range is wrong 1
[10]

22. (a) (i) pH = –log(10) [H+] Note; (aq) not required; Not –ln [H+] (1)
+ –
(ii) Ka = [H ] [X ] / [HX] Note; (aq) not required (1)
–
Allow [A ] and [HA]
Do NOT allow [H+]2/[HX]
–5 +2
(iii) Ka = 4.25 × 10 = [H ] /[HX] (1)
[H+] = 0.45  4.25  10 –5 (1)
–3 (1)
= 4.37 × 10
not a conseq mark
+
pH = 2.36 Mark conseq to [H ] above (1)
1
or pH = 2pKa – 12 log10 [HX] = 12 × 4.37 + 12 × 0.346 = 2.36
(1) (2) (1)
Note pH = 2.4 scores max 3 6
+
(b) (i) [H ] = 0.25 × 0.95 = 0.2375 (1)
Allow 0.237 – 0.238 and 0.24
pH = 0.62 (1)
Allow 0.62 – 0.63
+
Only allow pH mark if [H ] is correct
(ii) [H+] = [Y–] = 0.2375 (or a value from b(i)) (1)
[HY] = 0.05 × 0.25 = 0.0125 (1)
Allow 0.012 – 0.013
+ –
Ka = [H ] [Y ] / [HY]
2
= (0.2375) / 0.0125 (1)
Ka = 4.51 (1)
Allow 4.3 – 4.8
Ignore units
CE if [HY] is incorrect 6
[12]

23. (a) pKa + –log10 Ka 1

(b) Ka = 1.90×10–4 (1)
Ka = [H+]2/0.52 or [H+]=[X–] (1)
+ –4 –3
[H ] = √(1.90×10 ×0.52) = 9.94×10 (1)
pH = –log10 [H+] = 2.00 (1)
or pH = ½ pKa –½ log [HX]
= 1.86 –(–0.142) = 2.00 4
Ka [H ] [X–]/[HX] (1)
+
(c)
–
[HX] = [X ] at half neutralisation (1)
Hence Ka= [H+] and pKa = pH (1) 3
(d) There is no rapid/sharp/steep change in pH during a weak
acid - weak base titration (1)
Indicator need a sharp pH rise to change colour quickly (1) 2

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 169

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

[10]

[H  ][CH 3 COO – ]
24. (a) (i) Ka = (1)
[CH 3 COOH]
[H  ] 2
(ii) (1) Ka = (1)
[CH 3 COOH]
(2) [H+] = 1.74  10 5  0.220 = 1.96 × 10–3 (1)
+
(3) pH = -log10[H ] (1)
can score independently
(4) pH = 2.71 (1)
2 d.p. essential
If forget can score (1) and (3) for pH = 5.42

5
25 –3
(b) (i) moles acid = × 0220 (1) = 5.50 ×10
1000
x
= × 0.150
103
0.220 1000
thus x = 25 × or 5.50 × 10–3 ×
0.150 0.150
3
= 36.7 (or 37) cm (or 36.6) (1)
NOT 36 NOR 37.0
units must match
(ii) Indicator: thymol blue (1)
Explanation: weak acid – strong base (1)
equivalent at pH >7 (1)
or high pH 5
2.0
(c) (1) mol NaOH added = = 0.050 (1)
40.0
If wrong Mr: CE therefore lose marks (1) and (2) then mark on
consequentially → max 4
(2) mol CH3COOH left = 0.220 - 0.050 = 0.170 (1)
–
(3) mol CH3COO formed = 0.050 (1)

+ [acid]  [ A ] 
(4) [H ] = Ka OR pH = pKa + log  etc (1)

[salt]  [ HA] 
If expression wrong no marks for 4 / 5 / 6
can score (1) to (4) in (5)

+ –5 (0.170)  0.05 
(5) [H ] = 1.74 × 10 × OR pH = 4.76 + log   (1)
(0.05)  0.17 
(6) pH = 4.23 (1)
Correct answer gets
Mark (5) is for use of correct values of (acid moles) and
(salt moles)
if one wrong allow pH conseq
if both wrong, no further marks
e.g. if candidate forgets substitution in (2)
he loses (2) and (5) but can score (1) (3) (4) (6) = max 4
[acid]
for pH = 4.12 if upside down; answer 5.29 scores 3
[salt]
for (1) (2) (3)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 170

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

6
[16]
25 –3
25. (a) moles HA = × 0.150 = 3.75 × 10 (1)
10 3
3.75  10 3 –2 3
vol NaOH = = 1.875 × 10 dm (1)
0.20
3
or 18.75 cm
2
(b) (i) pH = –log10 [H+] (1)
(ii) Value above 7 but below 11 (1)
(iii) phenol red / thymol blue / phenolphthalein / thymolphthalein
i.e. indicator with 7 < pKin <11
3
(c) (i) Only slightly dissociated (1)
NOT “not fully dissociated / ionised”

[ H  ][ A  ]
(ii) Ka = (1)
[ HA]
[H  ]2
NOT
[ HA]
(iii) For weak acid alone:
[H  ]2
Ka = (1)
[ HA]
[H+] = (2.75  10 5 )  0.15
–3
= 2.03 × 10 (1)
pH = 2.69 (1)
pH should be given to 2 decimal places
penalise answer to 1 d.p. once in question
5
– –3 –
(d) moles OH added = 1.875 × 10 = moles A = moles HA left (1)
–
or [A ] = [HA]
+
→ Ka = [H ] or pH = pKa (1)
→ pH = 4.56 (1) 3
[13]

26. Penalise pH given to 1 dp first time it would have scored only

(a) (i) Kw = [H+] [OH–] (1)
+
(ii) pH = –log [H ] (1)
or in words or below unless contradiction
+
(iii) Calculation: [H ] = 5.48  10 14 (1)
–7
= 2.34 × 10
thus pH = 6.63 or 6.64 (1)
+ –
Explanation: pure water [H ] = [OH ] (1) 5
(b) (i) [OH–] = 0.150 [H+] = 10–14/0.15 = 6.66 × 10–14
or pOH = 0.82
pH = 13.18 (1)
or pH= 13.17
(ii) moles OH– = (35 × 10–3) × 0.150 = 5.25 × 10–3 (1)a
+ –3 –3 b
moles H = (40 × 10 ) × 0.120 = 4.8(0) × 10 (1)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 171

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

– –4 c
excess moles of OH = 4.5 × 10 (1)
– –4 d e
[OH ] = (4.5(0) × 10 ) × 1000/75 (1)
10 –14
[H+] = = 1.66 × 10–12 or pOH = 2.22
6.00  10 – 3
f
pH = 11.78 (1)
or 11.77 8

(c) (i) Ka =
H X  (1)
 

HX
+ –2 –3
(ii) [H ] = 1.80 × 10 × 0.150 = 2.70 × 10 (1)

Ka =
H   2
(1) 
2.70  10 
3 2
= 4.86 × 10
–5 –3
(1) mol dm (1) 5
HX 0.150

or
2.70  10  3 2
= 4.95 × 10–5
0.1473
Notes
(a) If Kw includes H2O allow 6.63 if seen otherwise no marks likely
(b) (ii) If no vol, max 4 for a, b, c, f answr = 10.65
If wrong volume max 5 for a, b, c, e, f
If no substraction max 3 for a, b, d
If missing 1000 max 5 for a, b, c, d, f answer = 8.78
If uses excess as acid, max 4 for a, b, d, f answer = 2.22
If uses excess as acid and no volume, max 2 for a, b
answer = 3.35
(c) +
If wrong Ka in (i) max 2 in part (ii) for [H ] (1) and conseq units (1)
but mark on fully from minor errors
eg no [ ] or charges missing
[18]
27. (a) Hydrogen bonding (1)
between H2O and NH3 (1) 2
+ –
(b) (i) NH3 + H2O NH4 + OH (1)
(ii) Ammonia is weak base (1)
NOT partially ionised
Equilibrium to left or incomplete reaction (1) 3
(c) A proton donor (1) 1
(d) Buffer solution: A solution which resists change in pH (1)
when small amounts of acid or base added or on dilution (1)
Reagent: NH4Cl (1) 3
Allow a correct strong acid
+ –
(e) (i) Ka = [H ] [A ] / [HA] (1)
= [H+] [0.125 × 4] (1) / 1.00
+ –5 –5
[H ] = 1.70 × 10 / 0.125 × 4 = 3.40 × 10 (1)
+
pH = –log10 [H ] = 4.47 (1)
Allow pH conseq to [H+] if 2 place decimals given
(ii) H+ + CH3COO– → CH3COOH (1) 5
[14]

[H  ][A  ]
28. (a) Ka = 1
[HA]
(All three sets of square brackets needed, penalise missing
brackets or missing charge once in the question)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 172

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(Don’t penalise extra [H+]2/[HA])

[ H  ]2 + –
(b) Ka = or [H ] = [A ] 1
[HA]
[H+] = (1.45  10 -4 )  0.25
–3
= 6.02 × 10 1
pH = 2.22 1
(must be to 2dp)
(allow 4th mark consequential on their [H+])
1
(c) (i) pH (almost) unchanged 1
(Must be correct to score explanation)
+ –
H removed by A forming HA
or acid reacts with salt
or more HA formed 1
+ –3.59 –4 –4
(ii) [H ] = 10 = 2.57 × 10 or 2.6 × 10 1
K a [HA]
[A–] = 1
[H  ]
(1.45 10 4 ]  0.25
= 1
2.57  10 4
3
= 0.141 (mol dm ) 1
(Allow 0.139 to 0.141 and allow 0.14)
+
(If not used 3.59, to find [H ] can only score M2 for working)
+
(If 3.59 used but [H ] is wrong, can score M2 for correct
method and conseq M4)
If wrong method and wrong expression, can only score M1)
(ii) Alternative scheme for first three marks of part (c)(ii)
[HA]
pH = pKa  log 1
[A  ]
pKa = 3.84 1
0.250
3.59 = 3.84 – log 1
[A  ]
[11]
29. (a) (i) pH = –log [H+] (1)

(ii) Expression for Ka: Ka =

H X  (1)
 

HX
Calculation: pH = 2.56 thus [H+] = 2.75 × 10–3 (1)

Ka =
H   2
=
2.75  10 3 2
= 6.32 × 10–5 (1) (mol dm–3)
HX 0.12
or [H+] = [X–] (1) 5
–5
depending on approximate made, values of Ka = 10 ×
using [HX] = 0.12 6.30 – 6.32
using [HX] = 0.12 – 2.75... 6.45 – 6.47
using 2.8 and [HX] = 0.12 6.53
using 2.8 and [HX] = 0.12 – 2.8 6.69
upside down Ka
+ –
(b) (i) Expression for K w: Kw = [H ] [OH ] (1)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 173

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

Value of Kw: (1.0 ×)10–14 (mol2 dm–6) (1)

ignore units
1.0  10 14
(ii) [H+] = = 2.22 × 10–13
0.045
or pOH = 1.35 (1)
thus pH = 12.65 (1) 4
must be 2dp in final answer
– –
(c) (i) H2C2O4 + OH → HC2O4 + H2O (1)
– –3 –3
(ii) mol OH = (41.6 × 10 ) × 0.0450 (1) = 1.87 × 10
–4
mol H2C2O4 = 9.36 × 10 (1)
–4 3
[H2C2O4] = 9.36 × 10 × 10 /25
= 0.0374 (1) 4
–
if moles of H2C2O4 not equal to half moles of OH , no further
marks gained
if mol OH– = 1.9 × 10–3; hence mol H2C2O4 = 9.5 × 10–4;
[H2C2O4] = 0.038
[13]

30. (a) (i) B; 1

C; 1
A; 1
(ii) cresolphthalein
OR
thymolphthalein; 1

+
(b) (i) –log[H ]; 1
(ii) [H+] = 1.259 × 10–12 (or 1.26 or 1.3) OR pOH = 14 – pH; 1
–14
10
[OH – ]  OR = 2.10; 1
1.258 10 –12
= 7.9(4) × 10–3; 1
+ +
(if [H ] is wrong allow 1 for [OH] = KW/[H ] or as numbers)
+2
(c) (i) Ka = [H ] /[CH3CH2COOH]
OR
2
[H+] /[HA]
OR
[H+] = [A–] etc.; 1
+ –5
[H ] = √l.35×l0 × 0.117 or expression without numbers; 1
–3
= 1.257 × l0
pH = 2.90; 1
(iii) Ka = [H+]
OR
pKa = pH; 1
pH = 4.87; 1
(penalise 1dp once)
[13]

31. (a) –log [H+] 1

–3
4.57 × 10 1
allow 4.6 × 10–3

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 174

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

ecf if [ ] wrong and already penalised

ignore units
[ H  ][X - ]
(b) (i) Ka = allow HA etc.
[HX]
[H  ] 2
not but mark on
[HX]
If expression wrong allow conseq units in (ii) but no other marks in (ii) 1
[H  ] 2 (4  57  10 3 ) 2
(ii) = 1
[HX] [0  150]
–3
If use 4.6 × 10
–4
Ka = 1.4(1) × 10 and pKa = 3.85 1
–4
= 1.39 × 10
–4
allow 1.39 – 1.41 × 10
–3
mol dm

(iii) pKa = 3.86 1

Penalise dp of final answer < or > 2 in pH once in paper
30 –2
(c) (i) × 0.480 = 0.0144 or 1.4(4) ×10 1
1000
Mark is for answer (M1)
18 –3
(ii) × 0.350 = 0.0063 or 6.3 × 10 1
1000
Mark is for answer (M2)
(iii) 0.0144 – 2(0.0063) = 1.80 × 10–3 1
M3 is for (i) – 2(ii)
If x 2 missed, CE i.e. lose M3 and the next mark gained
1000
(iv) 1.80 × 10–3 × = 0.0375 (0.038) 1
48
M4 is for answer
If vol is not 48 × 10–3 (unless AE) lose M4 and next mark gained
If multiply by 48 - this is AE - i.e. lose only M4
If multiply by 48 × 10–3 this is AE - i.e. lose only M4
–14 –14
(v) 10 / 0.0375 (10 / 0.038) 1
M5 for Kw/[OH ] –

(= 2.66 × 10–13) (= 2.63 × 10–13) 1

or pOH
or pOH = 1.426 (or pOH = 1.420)
If no attempt to use K w or pOH lose both M5 and M6
pH = 12.57 (12.58) M6 1
Allow M6 conseq on AE in M5 if method OK
[13]

32. (a) (i) [H+][OH–] 1

+
– log [H ] 1
(ii) [H+] = [OH–] 1
(iii) (2.0 × 10–3) × 0.5 = 1.0 × 10–3 1

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 175

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

4.02  10 –14 –11

(iv) [H+] = ( = 4.02 × 10 ) 1
1.0  10 –3
pH = 10.40 1
(b) (i) Ka = [H+][CH3CH2COO–] 1
[CH3CH2COOH]
= [H+] 1
[CH3CH2COOH]
–5 –3
[H+] = √(1.35 × 10 ) × 0.125 ( = 1.30 × 10 ) 1
pH = 2.89 1
–3 –3
(c) (i) (50.0 × 10 ) × 0.125 = 6.25 × 10 1
–3 –3
(ii) (6.25 × 10 ) – (1.0 × 10–3) = 5.25 × 10 1
(iii) mol salt formed = 1.0 × 10–3 1
(H+) = Ka × [CH3CH2COOH] 1
[CH3CH2COO–)
–5 (5.25  10 –3 ) / V –5
= (1.35 × 10 )× ( = 7.088 × 10 ) 1
(1.0  10 – 3 ) / V
pH = 4.15 1
[16]

33. (a) Concentration of acid: m1v1 = m2v2 hence 25 × m1 = 18.2 × 0.150

OR
–3
moles NaOH = 2.73 ×10 ; 1
m1 = 18.2 × 0.150/25= 0.109; 1
+ – +2
(b) (i) Ka=[H ][A ]/[HA] not Ka = [H ] / [HA]; 1
(ii) pKa = –logKa; 1
(iii) [A–] = [HA]; 1
+ – +
hence Ka = [H ] [A ] / [HA] = [H ]
+
and –logKa = –log[H ]; 1
–
(c) ratio [A ] : [HA] remains constant; 1
+ – +
hence as [H ] = Ka [HA] / [A ]; [H ] remains constant; 1

3
(d) (i) pH of 0.250 mol dm- HCl = 0.60
and pH of 0.150 mol dm-3 HCl = 0.82; 1
pH change = 0.22; 1

(ii) moles HCl = 30 × 0.250 × 10–3 = v × 0.150 × 10–3 = 7.50 × 10–3

OR
–3 –3
v =30 × 0.250 × 10 / 0.150 × 10 =50; 1
water added = 50 – 30 = 20 cm3; 1
[12]

34. (a) proton or H+ donor (1) 1

(b) (i) partially ionised or dissociated (1)
not fully
(ii) NH3 (1)
not NH4OH – but allow in equation
not H2O – but allow in equation if both weak acid and base stated
NH3 + H2O NH 4 + OH– (1) 3
– +
(c) (i) HCOOH(aq) + H2O(l) HCOO (aq) + H3O (aq) (1)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 176

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

allow H2O(aq)
(ii) H2O or water (1)
–
HCOO or methanoate ion (1)
[H  ] [HCOO – ]
(iii) Ka  (1)
[HCOOH]
+
allow [OH3 ] 4
(d) (i) addition of small amounts of acid (1)
addition of small amounts of base (1)
allow volumes, allow alkali, penalise missing small once only not weak
dilution (1)
(ii) sodium methanoate or sodium hydroxide (1)
allow salt of methanoic (or this) acid not just an ion (methanoate)
(iii) OH– added (1)
or base
H+ reacts with OH– (1)
or forming water
More HCOOH dissociates to restore equilibrium (1)
allow equilibrium moves to right
must only describe addition of base;
if both base and acid addition given, MAX 1 ex 3 7
[15]
+ –
35. (a) HCl(g) + H2O(l) → H3O (aq) + Cl (aq) (1)
allow H2O(aq) 1
+
(b) pH = –log[H ] (1)
= –0.10 (± 0.01) (1) 2
(c) pH = 7 (1)
neutral solution or [H+] = [OH–] (1) 2
95
(d) (i) moles H+ = 1.26 ×  0.1197 moles (1)
1000
range 0.120 ± 0.001
– 45
(ii) moles OH = 2 × 1.37 × = 0.1233 moles (1)
1000
range 0.123 ± 0.001

– –3
(iii) XS OH = 0.1233 – 0.1197 = 3.6 × 10 moles (1)
range 0.001 to 0.005
3
Volume = 95 + 45 = 140 cm (1)
– –3 1000
[OH ] = 3.6 × 10 × = 0.0257 M (1)
140
range 0.0071 to 0.0357
+ – –14 2 –6
Kw = [H ] [OH ] = 10 mol dm (1)

Kw 10 –14
+  –13
[H ] =
[OH – ] 0.0257 = 3.89 × 10 M (1)
–12
range (0.28 to 1.35) × 10
pH = 12.41 (1)
must show 2 dp range 11.87 to 12.55 8
[13]

+
If no × 2 for Ba(OH)2 then H is in XS MAX 4 ex 6
If no volume used then MAX 4 ex 6
If no × 1000 for molarity then MAX 4 ex 6
Combinations of TWO of these MAX 2 ex 6

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 177

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

All THREE ZERO

36. (a) only partially dissociated in water 1

(b) (i) Added H+ reacts with A– (1)
Equilibrium moves left
+
& HA forms, restoring [H ] and pH (1)
– +
(ii) Added OH reacts with H forming H2O (1)
Equilibrium moves right
+
& HA dissociates, restoring [H ] and pH (1) 4
 –
[H ][A ]
(c) (i) Ka = 1
[HA]
+
[HA]
(ii) Equation for [H+] [H ] = Ka × (1)
[A – ]
[HA] and [A–] (1)
are altered to same extent
+
maintaining [H ] and pH (1) 3
[9]

37. (a) (i) pKa = –log10Ka (1)

(ii) 6.31 × 10–5 (1)
–3
mol dm (1)
(iii) [H+] = [A–] or Ka = [H+]2/[HA] (1)
–5 +2
Hence 6.31 × 10 = [H ] /0.830
+ –5 –3
[H ] = (6.31 × 10 × 0.830) = 7.24 × 10 (1)
+
pH = –log10[H ] (1)
pH = 2.14 (1)
Marked consequentially to a(ii) 7
–
(b) (i) Mol NaOH = mol X (1)
mv/1000 = 0.800 × 10.5/1000 = 8.4 × 10–3 (1)
(ii) Mol HX remaining = original mol HX – mol NaOH added (1)
(25 × 0.92/1000) – 8.4 × 10–3 = 0.0146 (1)
– –3
(iii) Concentration of X 8.4 × 10 × 1000/(25 + 10.5)
= 0.237 (1)
Concentration of HX 0.0146 × 1000/35.5
= 0.411 (1)
+ –
pH of solution Ka = [H ] [X ]/[HX] (1)
[H+] = 5.25 × 10–5 × 0.411/0.237 (1)
pH = 4.04 (1)
Marked consequentially to b(iii) 9
(c) Change in pH Very small fall or slight change (1)
Explanation H+ + X– → HX (1)
Equilibrium restored HX H+ + X– OR 3
[19]
38. (a) Monoprotic acid An acid which gives only one proton (1)
Example HCl etc (1) 2
+
(b) (i) – log10[H ] or in words (1)
(ii) 1.58 M (allow 1.6) (1) 2

+ –3 –3
(c) Mol H = 25 × 0.15 × 10 (1) = 3.75 × 10

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 178

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

– –3 –3
Mol OH = 35 × 0.12 × 10 (1) = 4.20 × 10
– –4
Excess OH = 4.5 × 10 (1)
– –4 –3
[OH ] = 4.5 × 10 × 1000/60 (1) = 7.5 × 10
+ –14 –3 –12
[H ] = 10 /7.5 × 10 (1) =1.33 × 10 (1)
–12
pH = – log10 1.33 × 10
= 11.9 (1)
–
NB Consequential marking if [OH ] not calculated to maximum of 5 7
[11]

+ –
39. (a) Equation for HCl(g) HCl(g) → H (aq) + Cl (aq) (1)
+ –
Equation for KOH(s) KOH(s) → K (aq) +OH (aq) (1) 2
+ –
(b) Kw = [H ] [OH ] 1
–
(c) strong base, fully dissociated (1) or [OH ] = 0.016 M (1)
+ Kw 10 –14 –13
[H ] = (1) = = 6.25 × 10 M (1) (2)
[OH – ] 0.016
+
pH = –log10[H ] (1)
pH = 12.2 (1)
+ –
neutral solution, [H ] = [OH ] (1)
pH = 7 (1) 7
3
(d) (i) 755 cm of 0.012 M acid contain
0.012  755 + –3
mol H = 9.06 × 10 moles (1)
1000
– –3
moles OH used for neutralisation = 9.06 × 10 (1)
(ii) pH = 11.6 [H+] = 10–11.6 = 2.5 × 10–12 M (1)
– Kw – –3
[OH ] = = (1) [OH ] = 3.98 × 10 M (1) (2)
[H  ]
3 3.98  10 –3  755
in 755 cm there are
1000
3
= 3.0 × 10 mol (1)
(iii)Total moles = (9.06 + 3.0) × 10–3 = 0.012 mol (1)
(iv) Mr = 39 + 16 + 1 = 56
m = 56 × 0.012 = 0.68g (1) 8
[18]
40. (a) HF + H2O H3O+ + F– (1)
+ –
HCl + H2O → H3O + Cl (1) 2
for HF, must have reversible arrow
allow (aq) in HCl equation
+
(b) (i) pH = –log10[H ] or equivalent word definition (1) 1
allow -log[H3O+] or -log[H+(aq)]
(ii) [H+]= 0.050 mol dm–3
pH = 1.3(0) (1) 1
if correct definition demonstrated in (ii), but word definition in (i)
wrong, allow mark transfer from (ii) to (i)
[H  ][F  ]
(c) (i) Ka = (1) 1
[ HF]
+
do not expression allow with [H2O]; allow [H3O ]
allow consequential mark from wrong equation in (b) providing

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 179

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

+
[H ] present
[H  ] 2 +
(ii) Ka = or [H ] = K a [ HF] (1)
[HF]
+ 4
[H ] = 5.6  10  0.050
= 0.0053 (1)
pH = 2.3 / 2.28 (1) 3
+
allow mark for correct pH from wrong [H ]
(d) hydrogen fluoride or HF (1)
donates a proton (to the nitric acid) (1)
–
conjugate base F (this mark dependent on correct identification of acid) (1) 3
[11]

41. (a) (i) proton donor (1) 1

(ii) partially dissociated (into ions) (not weakly dissociated) (1) 1
[CH 3 COO – ][H  ]
(b) (i) Ka = (1) 1
[CH 3 COOH]
+ +
allow either [H3O ] or [H ] in expression
must include charges
if [H2O] included then no mark
–5
(ii) pKa = –log(l.7 × 10 ) = 4.77 / 4.8/4.80 (1) 1

(c) (i) indicator: phenolphthalein (1)

explanation: weak acid-strong base / pH change above 7.0 (1)
link between pH change and indicator range (1) 3
(ii) colourless to red / pink / purple (1) 1
if methyl orange named as indicator - wrong but allow second explanation
mark and colour change mark in (ii) (i.e. pink / red → yellow / orange)
(iii) NaOH + CH3COOH → CH3COONa + H2O (1)
if charges shown they must be correct
accept H+ + OH– → H2O 1
(d) excess acid + NaOH / acid + NaOH = NaEt (1)
in 2:1 ratio of volumes / 2:1 mol / 1:1 acid: salt (1) 2
(e) (i) O–H / C=O bonds are polar (words or on diagram)
due to different electronegativities of O and H (or O and C) (1)
lone pairs of electrons on O atoms (1)
attraction of δ+ H atom in O–H for δ– O atom / lone pair in C=O
between different molecules (1) Max
3
[14]

42. (a) Weak acid An acid which only partially ionises (1)
Example Ethanoic, carbonic etc. (1) 2

(b) Expression Ka =
H A  (1)
 –

HA
–3 –1
Units mol dm (or mol l ) (1) 2
(c) (i) The dissociation of water is an endothermic process (1)
Less dissociation on cooling (or equilibrium moves to water or
+ +
Kw decreases) (1) less H (or[H ] lower) (1)
(ii) Because [H+] = [OH-] (1) 4
(d) Resists change in pH (1) on addition of small quantities of acid or base (1) 2
[10]

43. (a) (i) Strong = fully dissociated )

Weak = partially dissociated) in aqueous solution both needed (1) 1

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 180

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

[H ]2 (10 –2.74 ) 2 –5 –3

(ii) Ka ≈  = 2.07 × 10 (1) mol dm (not M) (1) 2
[HX] 0.16
Explanation: HX barely dissociates OR [H+] very small (1)
so [HX]eqm = [HX] original (1)
+ –
and [H ] = [X ] in an aqueous solution of weak acid (1) 3
+ 3 –3 –3
(b) (i) moles H in 18 cm = 18 × 0.16 × 10 = 2.88 × 10 (1)
– 3 –3
moles OH in V eqv cm = 2× (1) (Veqv × 0.12 × 10 )
18  0.16 3
Veqv = = 12.0 cm (1)
0.12  2
Start Half Equivalence Double
equivalenc equivalence
e
3 0.0 6.0 12.0 24.0
Volume/cm Ba(OH)2
solution added
pH for titration of S 0.80 1.22 7 12.84
pH for titration of W 2.74 4.68 8.5 12.84
3
(ii) Strong acid S Weak acid W
Half-equivalence 9 cm3 of strong acid S (1) [HX] = [X–] (given)
3 3 +
Volume of base in (18 + 6) cm = 24 cm (1) pH = pKa or [H ] = Ka (1)
= 6 cm3 [H+] = 9 × 0.16/24 = 0.06 M (1) = – log (2.07 × 10–5)
pH = 1.22 (1) = 4.68 (1)
2 × equivalence 3 Same as for strong acid S
12 cm of base B in excess (1)
pH = 12.84 (1)
in (18 + 24) cm3 = 42 cm3 (1)
Volume of base
–
= 24 cm3 [OH ] = 12 × 2 × 0.12/42
= 0.069 M (1)
+ –
[H ]= Kw/[OH ] (1)
= 1.46 × 10–13 M (1)
pH = 12.84 (1)
[13 Max]
10
(iii) Graph: Sensibly scaled volume axis (1)
4 points in text correctly plotted (–1 for each error) (2)
vertical portion at equivalence on graph for S (1)
single high pH curve for both S and W (1)
Weak acid (W) has marked pH rise at start (1)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 181

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

14

13

12

11

10

8
pH

0
0 5 10 15 20 25
Volume Ba(OH)2 /cm3
5
(c) (i) Buffer Properties resists change in pH (1)
on adding small amounts of acid or base (1)
W as a Buffer Plenty of X– present to mop up H+ (1)
–
Plenty of HX present to mop up OH (1)
OR equations showing same
+ – – –
e.g. H + X → HX, OH + HX → X + H2O

(ii) acid buffers act at low pH, basic buffers act at high pH (1)
half–neutralised W is an acid buffer (1)
basic buffer: mix weak base with the salt of its co–acid (1)
OR correct specific example 6
[30]
44. (a) pH = –log[H+] 1
 2
[H ]
Ka  or [H  ]  [A – ] 1
[CH 3 COOH]
+ –5 –3
[H ]= √1.74 × 10 × 0.15 (or 1.62 × 10 ) 1
pH = 2.79 (penalise 1 dp or more than 2dp once in the qu) 1

(b) (i) Solution which resists change in pH /maintains pH 1

despite the addition of (small amounts of) acid/base (or dilution) 1
+
(ii) CH3COO + H → CH3COOH 1

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 182

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

must show an equation full or ionic in which ethanoate ions are

converted to ethanoic acid
K a [CH 3 COOH]
(c) (i) [H  ]  if rearrangement incorrect, no further marks 1
[CH 3 COO – ]
0.15
 1.74  10 – 5  1
0.10
–5
(= 2.61 × 10 )
pH = 4.58 1
(ii) Ml moles H+ added = 10 × 10–3 × 1.0 = 0.01 1
M2 moles ethanoic acid after addition = 0.15 + 0.01 = 0.16 1
M3 moles ethanoate ions after addition = 0.10 -0.01 = 0.09 1
K a [CH 3 COOH] 0.16/V
M4 [H  ]  –
 1.74  10 – 5  1
[CH 3 COO ] 0.09/V
–5
( = 3.09 ×10 )
M5 pH = 4.51 1
The essential part of this calculation is addition/subtraction of 0.01 moles to gain marks
M2 and M3. If both of these are missing, only mark Ml is available. Thereafter treat each
mark independently, except if the expression in M4 is wrong, in which case both
M4 and M5 are lost.
[15]
alternative scheme for part (c)(i)
[CH 3 COOH]
pH pK a – log 1
[CH 3 COO – ]
pKa = 4.76 1
0.15
pH  (4.76 – log )  4.58 1
0.10
alternative for penultimate mark of part (c)(ii)
0.16
pH  4.76 – log 1
0.09

45. (a) completely dissociates/ionised (1)

proton donor (1) 2
–
(b) NO3 (1) 1
+
(c) (i) pH = –log[H ] / –log(0.015) (1) = 1.82 / 1.8 (1) (Not 2) 2
+ –3
(ii) [H ] = 0.0075 mol dm
pH = –log(0.0075) = 2.12 / 2.1 (1) 1
[6]

+
46. (a) (i) H /proton donor (1) 1
(ii) partially dissociates/ionises (1) 1
(b) C6H5OH(aq) + OH–(aq) C6H5O–(aq) + H2O(l)
acid 1 base 2 (1) base 1 acid 2 (1)
1 mark for each acid-base pair
[C 6 H 5 O  ][H  ]
(c) (i) Ka = (1) 1
[C 6 H 5 OH]
–3
(ii) concentration = 38/94 (1) = 0.40 mol dm (1)
(first mark for Mr of phenol – incorrect answer here will give
ecf for remainder of question)
 2
–10 [ H (aq)]
1.3 × 10 ≈ (1)
0.40
(‘=’ sign is acceptable)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 183

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

+ –10 –6 –3
[H ] = √{(1.3 × 10 ) × (0.40)} = 7.2 × 10 mol dm (1)
+ –6
pH = –log[H ] = –log 7.2 × 10 = 5.14 (1) 5
+ +
3 marks: [H ] (1); pH expression (1); calc of pH from [H ] (1)
Common errors:
Without square root, answer = 10.28 (1)(1)(0)
st
Use of 38 as molar concentration does not score 1 2 marks.
This gives an answer of 4.15 for 3 marks (1)(1)(1)
(d) [H+(aq)] = 1.99 × 10–9 mol dm–3 (1)
– +
[C6H5O (aq)] = Ka [C6H5OH(aq)] / [H (aq)](1)
– –3
[C6H5O (aq)] = 0.013 mol dm (1)
Calculation should use half the original concentration of
phenol to find the concentration of sodium phenoxide in the
buffer. This should then be doubled back up again.
Do not penalise an approach that uses the original
concentration of phenol in the expression above.
[13]
47.(i) a solution that minimises/resists/opposes pH changes (1) 1
(ii) The buffer must contain both CH3COOH and CH3COONa /
CH3COO– /weak acid and conjugate base(*) (1)
Solution A is a mixture of CH3COOH(*) and CH3COONa(*) /
/ has an excess of acid /is acidic (1)
–
Solution B, contains only CH3COONa/ only CH3COO
/only the salt/ is neutral (1)
CH3COOH(aq) + NaOH(aq) → CH3COONa(aq) + H2O(l) /
acid/alkali has been neutralised/
CH3COOH(aq) and NaOH react together (1) 4
[5]

48. Correct equation for a metal (1)

Correct equation for a carbonate (1)
Correct equation for a base (1) 3
[3]

49. moles HCl in 23.2 cm3 = 0.200 × 23.2/1000 = 4.64 × 10–3 (1)
3 –3
moles B in 25 cm = moles HCl = 4.64 × 10 (1)
3 –3 –2
moles B in 250 cm = 4.64 × 10 × 10 = 4.64 × 10 (1)
4.64 × 10–2 mol B has a mass of 4.32 g
–2 –1
molar mass of B = 4.32/4.64 × 10 = 93 g mol (1)
93 – 16 = 77 (1)
Therefore B is phenylamine / C6H5NH2 (1) 6
There may be other valid structures that are amines. These
can be credited provided that everything adds up to 93.
Answer could be a primary, secondary or tertiary amines.
[6]

50. (a) (i) Ionic product (1) 1

+ –
(ii) Kw = [H (aq)] [OH (aq)] (1) state symbols not needed 1
3
5  10  21.35 –4
(b) moles of HCl = = 1.067 × 10 mol (1)
1000
1.067  10 4 –5
moles of Ca(OH)2 = = 5.34 × 10 mol (1)
2
–5
concentration of Ca(OH)2 = 40 × 5.34 × 10

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 184

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

–3 –3
= 2.136 × 10 mol dm (1)
–3 –3 –3
2 marks for 4.27 × 10 / 8.54 × 10 mol dm
(no factor of 4) 3
– –3 –3 –3
(c) [OH ] = 2 × 2.7 × 10 = 5.4 × 10 mol dm (1)
+ Kw 1.0 10 14 –12 –3
[H (aq)] =  = 1.85 × 10 mol dm (1)
[OH  (aq)] 5.4  10 3
–12
pH = –log (1.85 × 10 ) = 11.73/11.7 (1) 3
+
ecf is possible for pH mark providing that the [H ]
value has been derived from Kw/[OH–]
st
If pOH method is used, pOH = 2.27. would get 1 mark,
nd
pH = 14 – 2.27 = 11.73 gets 2 mark.
Commonest mistake will be to not double OH-- and to use 2.7 × 10–3
This gives ecf answer of 11.43/11.4, worth 2 marks.
pH = 11.13 from dividing by 2: worth 2 marks
(d) 8 (1) 1
[9]

51. (i) HCOOH + NaOH → HCOONa + H2O (1) 1

state symbols not needed
(ii) n(HCOOH) = 0.0150 × 25.00/1000 = 3.75 × 10–4 (1)
3
volume of NaOH(aq) that reacts is 30 cm (1)
so [NaOH] = 3.75 × 10–4 × 1000/30 = 0.0125 mol dm–3 (1) 3
(iii) Kw = [H+(aq)][OH–(aq)] (1)
–14
pH = –log(1 × 10 /0.0125) = 12.10/12.1 (1)
(calc 12.09691001) 3
(iv) metacresol purple (1)
pH range coincides with pH change during sharp rise OR
pH 6-10 /coincides with equivalence point/end point (1) 2
[8]

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 185

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

8.0 REACTION KINETICS

1. (a) A fixed mass of marble is reacted with dilute hydrochloric acid at a constant
temperature. Explain why the rate of the reaction is increased if the lumps of
marble are reduced in size.
(2)
(b) The initial rate of the reaction between substances A and B was measured in a
series of experiments and the following rate equation was deduced.
2
rate = k[A][B]
(i) Complete the table of data below for the reaction between A and B.

Expt Initial [A] Initial [B] Initial rate

/mol dm–3 /mol dm–3 /mol dm–3 s–1
1 0.020 0.020 –4
1.2×10
2 0.040 0.040
3 0.040 2.4×10–4
4 0.060 0.030
5 0.040 7.2×10–4
(ii) Using the data for Experiment 1, calculate a value for the rate constant, k and
state its units.
(7)
(Total 9 marks)
2. (a) The initial rate of reaction between ester A and aqueous sodium hydroxide was
measured in a series of experiments at a constant temperature. The data obtained
are shown below.
Experiment Initial concentration Initial concentration Initial rate
of NaOH / mol dm –3 of A / mol dm–3 / mol dm–3 s–1
1 0.040 0.030 4.0 × 10–4
2 0.040 0.045 6.0 × 10–4
3 0.060 0.045 9.0 × 10–4
4 0.120 0.060 to be calculated
Use the data in the table to deduce the order of reaction with respect to A and the
order of reaction with respect to NaOH. Hence calculate the initial rate of reaction in
Experiment 4.
(3)
(b) In a further experiment at a different temperature, the initial rate of reaction was
–3 –3 –1
found to be 9.0 × 10 mol dm s when the initial concentration of A was 0.020
–3 –3
mol dm and the initial concentration of NaOH was 2.00 mol dm .
Under these new conditions with the much higher concentration of sodium
hydroxide, the reaction is first order with respect to A and appears to be zero order
with respect to sodium hydroxide.
(i) Write a rate equation for the reaction under these new conditions.
(ii) Calculate a value for the rate constant under these new conditions and state
its units.
(iii) Suggest why the order of reaction with respect to sodium hydroxide appears
to be zero under these new conditions.
(6)
(Total 9 marks)
3. The rate of the reaction between substance A and substance B was studied in a series of
experiments carried out at the same temperature. In each experiment the initial rate was
measured using different concentrations of A and B. These results were used to deduce
the order of reaction with respect to A and the order of reaction with respect to B.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 186

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(a) What is meant by the term order of reaction with respect to A?

(1)
(b) When the concentrations of A and B were both doubled, the initial rate increased by
a factor of 4. Deduce the overall order of the reaction.
(1)
(c) In another experiment, the concentration of A was increased by a factor of three and
the concentration of B was halved. This caused the initial rate to increase by a factor
of nine.
(i) Deduce the order of reaction with respect to A and the order with respect to B.
(ii) Using your answers from part (c)(i), write a rate equation for the reaction and
suggest suitable units for the rate constant.
(4)
(Total 6 marks)
4. The rate equation for a reaction between substances A, B and C is of the form:
x y z
rate = k[A] [B] [C] where x + y + z = 4
The following data were obtained in a series of experiments at a constant temperature.

Experiment Initial Initial Initial Initial rate/

concentration concentration concentration –3 –1
mol dm s
–3 –3 –3
of A/mol dm of B/mol dm of C/mol dm
1 0.10 0.20 0.20 8.0 × 10–5
2 0.10 0.05 0.20 –5
2.0 × 10
3 0.05 0.10 0.20 –5
2.0 × 10
4 0.10 0.10 0.10 to be
calculated

(a) Use the data in the table to deduce the order of reaction with respect to A and the
order of reaction with respect to B. Hence deduce the order of reaction with respect
to C.
(3)
(b) Calculate the value of the rate constant, k, stating its units and also the value of the
initial rate in experiment 4.
(4)
(c) How does the value of k change when the temperature of the reaction is increased?
(1)
(Total 8 marks)
5. (a) A large excess of zinc was added to 100cm3 of 0.2 M hydrochloric acid. After the
3
reaction had ended, 240 cm of hydrogen had been formed. In three further
experiments, extra substances were added to the original mixture as shown in the
table below. Fill in the table to show the total volume of hydrogen formed in each
experiment and the qualitative effect of these additions on the initial rate of reaction
compared to the original experiment.

Substances added to an excess of zinc Volume of Effect on initial rate of

and 100 cm3 of 0.2 M hydrochloric acid hydrogen/cm3 reaction

100cm3 water
l0g zinc

50 cm3 0.2 M hydrochloric acid

(6)
(b) The rate of reaction between compounds A and B was studied at a fixed
temperature and some results obtained are shown in the table below.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 187

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

Experiment Initial concentration Initial Initial rate/

–3 concentration –3 –1
of A/mol dm mol dm s
–3
of B/mol dm
1 0.16 0.20 –5
5.0 × 10
2 0.24 0.20 –5
7.5 × 10
3 0.32 0.10 5.0 × 10–5
4 0.12 0.15 to be calculated
Use the data in the table to deduce the order of reaction with respect to compound A
and the order of reaction with respect to compound B. Hence calculate the initial
rate of reaction in experiment 4.
(4)
(c) The rate equation for a reaction between substances C and D is:
2 2
rate = k[C] [D]
–3 –3 –1
The initial rate is found to be 7.5 × 10 mol dm s when the initial
concentration of C is of 0.25 mol dm–3 and the initial concentration of D is 0.50 mol
–3
dm .
(i) Calculate the value of the rate constant, k, at this temperature and deduce its
units.
(ii) On the axes below sketch a graph to show how the value of k varies as
temperature is increased over a considerable range.
Rate
constant
k

Temperature
(4)
(Total 14 marks)
6. The initial rate of the reaction between the gases NO and H2 was measured in a series of
experiments at a constant temperature and the following rate equation was determined.
rate = k[NO]2[H2]
(a) Complete the table of data below for the reaction between NO and H2

Initial [H2] / mol –3

Initial rate / mol dm
Experiment Initial [NO] / mol dm–3
dm–3 s–1
1 –3 –3 –5
3.0 × 10 1.0 × 10 1.8 × 10
2 –3 –5
3.0 × 10 7.2 × 10

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 188

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

3 –3 –3
1.5 × 10 1.0 × 10
4 0.50 × 10–3 8.1 × 10–5
(3)
(b) Using the data from experiment 1, calculate a value for the rate constant, k, and
state its units.
(3)
(Total 6 marks)
7. (a) The following data were obtained in a series of experiments on the rate of the
reaction between compounds A and B at a constant temperature.

Experiment Initial concentration Initial concentration –3

Initial rate/mol dm
of A/mol dm–3 of B/mol dm–3 –1
s
1 0.12 0.15 –3
0.32 × 10
2 0.36 0.15 2.88 × 10–3
3 0.72 0.30 11.52 × 10–3
(i) Deduce the order of reaction with respect to A.
(ii) Deduce the order of reaction with respect to B.
(2)
(b) The following data were obtained in a series of experiments on the rate of the
reaction between NO and O2 at a constant temperature.

Experiment Initial concentration Initial concentration Initial rate/mol dm–3

of NO/mol dm–3 of O2/mol dm–3 –1
s
4 –2 –2 –4
5.0 × 10 2.0 × 10 6.5 × 10
5 6.5 × 10–2 3.4 × 10–2 To be calculated

The rate equation for this reaction is

rate = k[NO]2[O2]
(i) Use the data from experiment 4 to calculate a value for the rate constant, k, at
this temperature, and state its units.
(ii) Calculate a value for the initial rate in experiment 5.
(4)
(Total 6 marks)
8. (a) The initial rate of the reaction between substances P and Q was measured in a
series of experiments and the following rate equation was deduced.
2
rate = k[P] [Q]
(i) Complete the table of data below for the reaction between P and Q.

Experiment Initial [P] / mol Initial [Q] / mol dm–3 Initial rate / mol dm–3
dm–3 –1
s
1 0.20 0.30 –3
4.8 × 10
2 0.10 0.10
3 0.40 –3
9.6 × 10
4 0.60 19.2 × 10–3
(ii) Using the data from experiment 1, calculate a value for the rate constant, k,
and deduce its units.
(6)
(b) What change in the reaction conditions would cause the value of the rate constant
to change?
(1)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 189

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(Total 7 marks)
9. (a) The following data were obtained in a series of experiments on the rate of the
reaction between compounds A and B at a constant temperature.

Experiment Initial concentration Initial concentration Initial

–3 –3 –3 –1
of A/mol dm of B/mol dm rate/mol dm s
1 0.15 0.24 –5
0.45 × 10
2 0.30 0.24 0.90 × 10–5
3 0.60 0.48 –5
7.20 × 10
(i) Show how the data in the table can be used to deduce that the reaction is
first-order with respect to A.
(ii) Deduce the order with respect to B.
(2)
(b) The following data were obtained in a second series of experiments on the rate of the
reaction between compounds C and D at a constant temperature.

Experiment Initial concentration Initial concentration Initial

–3 –3 –3 –1
of A/mol dm of B/mol dm rate/mol dm s
4 0.75 1.50 9.30 × 10–5
5 0.20 0.10 To be calculated
The rate equation for this reaction is
rate = k[C]2[D]
(i) Use the data from Experiment 4 to calculate a value for the rate constant, k, at
this temperature. State the units of k.
(ii) Calculate the value of the initial rate in Experiment 5.
(4)
(Total 6 marks)
10. (a) The initial rate of the reaction between substances A and B was measured in a
series of experiments and the following rate equation was deduced.
rate = k[A][B]

Expt Initial Initial Initial

[A]/mol dm–3 [B]/mol dm–3 rate/mol dm–3 s–1
1 0.30 0.30 –2
1.5 × 10
2 0.60 6.0 × 10–2
3 0.45 9.0 × 10–2
4 0.90 0.60
(i) Complete the table of data above.
(ii) Using the data from experiment 1, calculate a value for the rate constant, k,
and state its units.
(6)
(b) Explain why the rate of the reaction between magnesium and dilute hydrochloric
acid is increased much more by changing the magnesium from ribbon to powder
than by doubling the concentration of the acid.
(2)
(Total 8 marks)
11. (a) The following table shows the results of three experiments to investigate the rate of
the reaction between compounds J and K. All three experiments were carried out at
the same temperature.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 190

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

Experiment Experiment Experiment

1 2 3
Initial concentration of J/mol –3 –3 –3
0.50 × 10 1.00 × 10 1.50 × 10
dm–3
Initial concentration of K/mol –3 –3 –3
1.00 × 10 1.00 × 10 1.50 × 10
–3
dm
–3 –1 –3 –3 –3
Initial rate/mol dm s 0.15 × 10 0.60 × 10 1.35 × 10
Use the data in the table to deduce the order of reaction with respect to J and the
order of reaction with respect to K. Hence write an overall rate equation for the
reaction.
(3)
(b) In a reaction between compounds L and M, the order of reaction with respect to L is
two and the order of reaction with respect to M is one. Given that the initial rate of
–4 –3 –1
reaction is 4.00 × 10 mol dm s when the initial concentration of L is 2.00 ×
–2 –3 –2 –3
10 mol dm and the initial concentration of M is 5.00 × 10 mol dm ,
calculate the value of the rate constant for this reaction at this temperature and
deduce its units.
(3)
(c) The rate equation for the decomposition of a compound N has a rate constant with
–1 3 –1 4 –1
the unit s . The rate constant is 4.31 × 10 s at 700 K and 1.78 × 10 s at a
temperature T. Use this information to deduce the overall order of reaction and
whether temperature T is greater or smaller than 700 K.
(3)
(Total 9 marks)
12. (a) A chemical reaction is first order with respect to compound X and second order with
respect to compound Y.
(i) Write the rate equation for this reaction.
(ii) What is the overall order of this reaction?
(iii) By what factor will the rate increase if the concentrations of X and Y are both
doubled?
(4)
(b) The table below shows the initial concentrations of two compounds, A and B. And
also the initial rate of the reaction that takes place between them at constant
temperature.

Experiment –3 –3 –3
[A]/mol dm [B]/mol dm Initial rate/mol dm
s–1
1 0.2 0.2 –4
3.5 × 10
2 0.4 0.4 –3
1.4 × 10
3 0.8 0.4
5.6 × 10–3
(i) Determine the overall order of the reaction between A and B. Explain how you
reached your conclusion.
(ii) Determine the order of reaction with respect to compound B. Explain how you
reached your conclusion.
(iii) Write the rate equation for the overall reaction.
(iv) Calculate the value of the rate constant, stating its units.
(7)
(Total 11 marks)
13. The hydrolysis of methyl propanoate was studied in acidic conditions at 25°C and the rate
equation was found to be
rate = k[CH3CH2COOCH3][H+]
(a) Use the data below to calculate the value of the rate constant, k, at this temperature.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 191

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

Deduce its units.

Initial rate of reaction / Initial concentration of Initial concentration of

–3 –1 methyl propanoate / mol hydrochloric acid / mol
mol dm s
–3 –3
dm dm
–4 0.150 0.555
1.15 × 10

(3)
(b) The reaction in part (a) was repeated at the same temperature, but water was added
so that the volume of the reaction mixture was doubled. Calculate the initial rate of
reaction under these conditions.
(1)
(Total 4 marks)
14. (a) The following table shows the results of three experiments carried out at the same
temperature to investigate the rate of the reaction between compounds P and Q.

Experiment Experiment Experiment

1 2 3
Initial concentration of P/mol 0.50 0.25 0.25
-3
dm
Initial concentration of Q/mol 0.36 0.36 0.72
dm-3

Initial rate/mol dm-3s-1 7.6 x 10-3 1.9 x 10-3 3.8 x 10-3

Use the data in the table to deduce the order with respect to P and the order with
respect to Q.
(2)
(b) In a reaction between R and S, the order of reaction with respect to R is one, the
order of reaction with respect to S is two and the rate constant at temperature T1
has a value of 4.2 × 10–4 mol–2 dm6 s–1.
(i) Write a rate equation for the reaction. Calculate a value for the initial rate of
–3
reaction when the initial concentration of R is 0.16 mol dm and that of S is
–3
0.84 mol dm .
(ii) In a second experiment performed at a different temperature, T2, the initial
–5 –3 –1
rate of reaction is 8.1 × 10 mol dm s when the initial concentration of R
is
0.76 mol dm–3 and that of S is 0.98 mol dm–3. Calculate the value of the
rate constant at temperature T2.
(iii) Deduce which of T1 and T2 is the higher temperature.
(6)
(Total 8 marks)
15. (a) The initial rate of the reaction between compounds A and B was measured in a
series of experiments at a fixed temperature. The following rate equation was
deduced.
2
rate = k[A][B]
(i) Complete the table of data below for the reaction between A and B.

Expt Initial [A] Initial [B] Initial rate

/mol dm–3 /mol dm–3 /mol dm–3 s–1
1 4.80 × 10–2 6.60 × 10–2 10.4 × 10–3
2
4.80 × 10–2 3.30 × 10–2

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 192

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

3 13.2 × 10–2 5.20 × 10–3

4 –2 –3
1.60 × 10 10.4 × 10

(ii) Using the data for experiment 1, calculate a value for the rate constant, k, and
state its units.
(6)
(b) State how the value of the rate constant, k, would change, if at all, if the
concentration of A were increased in a series of experiments.
(1)
(Total 7 marks)
16. Iodine and propanone react in acid solution according to the equation
I 2 + CH3COCH3 → CH3COCH2I + HI
The rate equation for the reaction is found to be
rate = k [CH3COCH3][H+]
(a) Deduce the order of reaction with respect to iodine and the overall order of reaction.
(2)
(b) At the start of the experiment, the rate of reaction was found to be
2.00 × 10–5 mol dm–3 s–1 when the concentrations of the reactants were as shown
below.

Reactant Concentration / mol dm–3

CH3COCH3 1.50
I2 –2
2.00 × 10

H+ 3.00 × 10–2
Use these data to calculate a value for the rate constant and deduce its units.
(3)
(c) How can you tell that H+ acts as a catalyst in this reaction?
(2)
(Total 7 marks)
17. The reaction between hydrogen and iodine can be represented by the following equation:
H2(g) + I2(g) 2HI(g) H = +52 kJ mol–1
Kinetic data are available for both forward and reverse reactions. A series of experiments
to investigate the kinetics of the forward reaction was carried out at a constant
temperature. The results are shown in Figure 1.

Experiment Initial Initial Initial rate

concentration of concentration of / mol dm–3 s–1
H2 / mol dm–3 I2 / mol dm–3

1 2.0 × 10–3 3.0 × 10–3 l.2 × 10–6

2 –3 –3 –6
6.0 × 10 3.0 × 10 3.6 × 10
3 –3 –3 –6
6.0 × 10 6.0 × 10 7.2 × 10
Figure 1
(a) Explain the meaning of each of the following terms:
(i) rate of reaction;
(1)
(ii) rate constant;
(1)
(iii) overall order of reaction.
(2)
(b) (i) Use the results in Figure 1 to work out the order of the forward reaction with
respect to both hydrogen and iodine, explaining your reasoning.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 193

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(4)
(ii) Write the rate equation for the reaction between hydrogen and iodine.
(1)
(iii) Calculate the value of the rate constant for the forward reaction and give its
units.
(3)
(c) The experiment was repeated with the following initial concentrations for reactants:
–3 –3 –3 –3
[H2] = 4.0 × 10 mol dm [I2] = 5.0 × 10 mol dm
Calculate the initial rate of the reaction.
(1)
(Total 13 marks)

18. One cause of low-level smog is the reaction of ozone, O3, with ethene, C2H4. The smog
contains methanal, HCHO(g).
The equation for methanal production is shown below.
O3(g) + C2H4(g) → 2HCHO(g) + ½ O2(g)
The rate of the reaction was investigated, using a series of different concentrations of
either C2H4(g) or O3(g), by measuring the initial rate of formation of HCHO(g).
The results are shown below.

[O3(g)] [C2H4(g)] initial rate

experiment –7 –3 –8 –3 –12 –3 –1
/ 10 mol dm / 10 mol dm / 10 mol dm s
1 0.5 1.0 1.0
2 2.0 1.0 4.0
3 4.0 2.0 16.0
(i) Analyse and interpret the results to deduce the order of reaction of each reactant
and the rate equation.
Explain your reasoning.
[5]
(ii) Calculate the value of the rate constant and state the units.
[3]
(iii) Using the equation above, deduce the initial rate of formation of O2(g) in
experiment 1.
Explain your reasoning.
[1]
(iv) The experiment was repeated at a higher temperature.
How would the new conditions affect the rate of the reaction and the value of the
rate constant?
[1]
[Total 10 marks]
19. Nitrogen dioxide is one of the major pollutants in air, formed by reaction of nitrogen
monoxide with oxygen.
2NO(g) + O2(g) → 2NO2(g)
(a) What is meant by the rate of reaction?
[1]
(b) A series of experiments was carried out to investigate the kinetics of this reaction.
The results are shown in the table below.

initial rate
[O2] [NO] –3
Experiment / mol dm
/ mol dm
–3 / mol dm–3
s–1
1 0.00100 0.00100 7.10
2 0.00400 0.00100 28.4
3 0.00400 0.00300 256

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 194

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(i) For each reactant, deduce the order of reaction. Show your reasoning.
[4]
(ii) Deduce the rate equation for this reaction.
[1]
(iii) Calculate the rate constant, k, for this reaction. State the units for k.
[2]
[Total 8 marks]
20. In this question, one mark is available for the quality of use and organisation of scientific
terms.
Propanone reacts with iodine in the presence of dilute hydrochloric acid.
A student carried out an investigation into the kinetics of this reaction.
He measured how the concentration of propanone changes with time. He also investigated
how different concentrations of iodine and hydrochloric acid affect the initial rate of the
reaction.
The graph and results are shown below.

[CH3COCH3]

0
0
time

[CH3COCH3] [I 2] + initial rate

[H ]
/ mol dm
–3
/ mol dm
–3
/ mol dm–3 / mol dm–3 s–1

–3 0.0300 0.0200 –9
1.5 ×10 2.1 ×10
–3 0.0300 0.0400 –9
1.5 ×10 4.2 ×10
–3 0.0600 0.0400 –9
1.5 ×10 4.2 ×10
The overall equation for the reaction is given below.
CH3COCH3 + I 2 → CH3COCH2I + HI
This is a multi-step reaction.
• What conclusions can be drawn about the kinetics of this reaction from the
student’s investigation? Justify your reasoning.
• Calculate the rate constant for this reaction, including units.
• Suggest the equations for a possible two-step mechanism for this reaction. Label
the rate-determining step and explain your reasoning.

Quality of Written Communication [1]

[Total 14 marks]
21. The decomposition of dinitrogen pentoxide, N2O5, at 45 °C was investigated. The reaction
that takes place is shown below.
2N2O5 → 4NO2 + O2
–3
In an experiment, N2O5 with a concentration of 0.60 mol dm was decomposed at
45 °C.
At this temperature, the reaction has a constant half-life of 1200 s.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 195

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(i) How can you tell that this reaction is first order with respect to N2O5?
[1]
(ii) Write down an expression for the rate equation of this decomposition.
[1]
(iii) Complete the graph below to show how the [N2O5] changes over the first 3600 s of
the reaction.
[N2O5] / mol dm–3

0.10

0.20

0.30

0.40

0.50

0.60
0
0
400
800
1200
1600
time/s
2000
2400
2800
3200
3600

[2]
(iv) The rate of this reaction can be determined from this graph.
Show on the graph how the rate can be measured after 1200 s.
[1]
(v) The rate can also be calculated from the rate equation. The rate constant for this
reaction is 6.2 × 10–4 s–1.
Calculate the initial rate of this reaction. State the units.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 196

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

[2]
[Total 7 marks]
22. Nitrogen dioxide reacts with carbon monoxide emitted from car exhausts in the following
reaction.
NO2 + CO → NO + CO2
The rate equation for this reaction is rate = k[NO2]2.
This is a multi-step reaction. The first step is the rate-determining step.
(i) What is meant by the rate-determining step?
[1]
(ii) Suggest a two-step reaction mechanism for this reaction that is consistent with the
kinetic data and the overall reaction.
[2]
[Total 3 marks]
23. Nitrogen monoxide, NO, is involved in formation of ozone at low levels and the breakdown
of ozone at high levels.
(i) In the lower atmosphere, NO is produced by combustion in car engines. Ozone is
then formed following the series of reactions shown below.
NO(g) + 1/2O2(g) → NO2(g)
NO2(g) → NO(g) + O(g)
O2(g) + O(g) → O3(g)
Write the overall equation for this reaction sequence.
Identify the catalyst and justify your answer.
[3]
(ii) In the upper atmosphere, NO removes O3 by the following reaction mechanism.
NO(g) + O3(g) → NO2(g) + O2(g) slow
O(g) + NO2(g) → NO(g) + O2(g) fast
Suggest the rate equation for this process. Explain your reasoning.
[2]
[Total 5 marks]
24. Some ammonia plants are run at 200–300 atm and 500 °C, with an iron catalyst.
(a) The hydrogen for the plants is obtained by reacting methane with steam.
Construct a possible equation for this reaction.
[1]
(b) Nitrogen gas and hydrogen gas produce ammonia gas as shown below.
–1
N2(g) + 3H2(g) 2NH3(g) ΔH = –92 kJ mol
(i) Write the expression for Kc for this equilibrium.
[1]
–2 6 –2
(ii) At 500 °C, Kc = 8.00 x 10 dm mol .
–3
At equilibrium, the concentration of N2 is 1.20moldm and the
–3
concentration of H2 is 2.00moldm .
Calculate the equilibrium concentration of ammonia under these conditions.
[3]
(c) In this question one mark is available for the quality of the use and organisation of
scientific terms.
Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of running this reaction
• at a pressure of 200–300 atm;
• at a temperature of 500°C;
• with an iron catalyst.
[6]
Quality of Written Communication [1]
[Total 12 marks]
25. 1, 2-Dibromoethane, C2H4Br2, reacts with potassium iodide as shown in the equation
below.
C2H4Br2 + 3KI → C2H4 + 2KBr + Kl3
A series of experiments was carried out to investigate the kinetics of this reaction.
(a) In a first experiment the concentration of C2H4Br2 was measured during the
course of the reaction and a concentration-time graph was plotted. The reaction was

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 197

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

shown to be first order with respect to C2H4Br2.

(i) On the axes below, sketch a graph to show how [C2H4Br2] changed during
the course of the reaction.

[C2H4Br2]
–3
/ mol dm

0
time /s
0
[2]
(ii) Show on the graph how you would measure the initial rate of the reaction.
[1]
(iii) How would you use the graph to show that the reaction is first order with
respect to C2H4Br2?
[1]
(iv) The experiment was repeated using different initial concentrations of
C2H4Br2.
Using the axes below, sketch a graph to show how the initial rate of the
reaction changes with different concentrations of C2H4Br2.

initial rate /
mol dm–3 s–1

0
[C2H4Br2] mol dm–3
0
[1]
(b) In a second experiment, the initial concentration of KI was varied and the initial rate
was measured. The results are shown in the table below.

experiment [C2H4Br2] [KI] initial rate

–3 –3 –3 –1
/mol dm /mol dm /mol dm s
1 0.50 0.18 0.027
2 0.50 0.72 0.108
Deduce the order of reaction with respect to KI. Show your reasoning.
[2]
(c) (i) Construct the rate equation for the reaction.
[1]
(ii) Calculate the rate constant, k, for this reaction. State the units for k.
[3]
[Total 11 marks]
26. Nitrogen monoxide reacts with hydrogen at 500 °C as in the equation below.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 198

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

2NO(g) + 2H2(g) → N2(g) + 2H2O(g)

A series of experiments was carried out to investigate the kinetics of this reaction. The
results are shown in the table below.

[NO] [H2] initial rate

experiment
/ mol dm–3 / mol dm
–3 / mol dm–3 s–1
1 0.10 0.20 2.6
2 0.10 0.50 6.5
3 0.30 0.50 58.5
In this question, one mark is available for the quality of spelling, punctuation and
grammar.
(i) For each reactant, deduce the order of reaction. Show your reasoning.
[4]
Quality of Written Communication [1]
(ii) Deduce the rate equation for this reaction.
[1]
(iii) Calculate the rate constant, k, for this reaction. State the units for k.
[3]
[Total 9 marks]
27. A student investigated the hydration of 2-methylpropene, (CH3)2C=CH2, with dilute
aqueous acid to form 2-methylpropan-2-ol, (CH3)3COH.
The following mechanism has been proposed for this hydration.
+ +
step 1 (CH3)2C=CH2 + H (aq) → (CH3)3C rate determining step
+
step 2 (CH3)3C+ + H2O → (CH3)3COH + H (aq)
(i) Step 1 is the rate-determining step for this hydration.
What is meant by the term rate-determining step?
[1]
(ii) Write a balanced equation for the overall hydration reaction.
[1]
+
(iii) Suggest the role of H (aq) in this mechanism. Explain your reason.
[2]
(iv) Use the mechanism above to suggest the rate equation for this hydration.
[1]
[Total 5 marks]
28. One cause of low-level smog is the reaction of ozone, O3, with ethene. The smog contains
methanal, CH2O(g), and the equation for its production is shown below.
1
O3(g) + C2H4(g) → 2CH2O(g) + O2(g) equation 1
2
(a) The rate of the reaction doubles when the initial concentration of either O3(g) or
C2H4(g) is doubled.
(i) What is the order of reaction with respect to
[1]
(ii) What is the overall order of the reaction?
[1]
(iii) Write the rate equation for this reaction.
[1]
–7 –3
(b) For an initial concentration of ozone of 0.50 × 10 mol dm and one of ethene of
1.0 × 10–8 mol dm–3, the initial rate of methanal formation was
1.0 × 10–12 mol dm–3 s–1.
(i) How could the initial rate of methanal formation be measured from a
concentration/time graph?
[2]
(ii) Calculate the value of the rate constant and state the units.
[3]
(iii) The initial rate of methanal formation is different from that of oxygen

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 199

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

formation in equation 1.
Explain why.
[1]
(iv) The experiment was repeated but at a higher temperature. What would be the
effect of this change on the rate and the rate constant of the reaction?
[2]
[Total 11 marks]
29. The preparation of hydrogen iodide, HI(g), from hydrogen and iodine gases is a reversible
reaction which reaches equilibrium at constant temperature.
H2(g) + I2(g) 2HI(g)
(a) Write the expression for Kc for this equilibrium.
[1]
(b) A student mixed together 0.30 mol H2(g) with 0.20 mol I2(g) and the mixture was
allowed to reach equilibrium. At equilibrium, 0.14 mol H2(g) was present.
(i) Complete the table below to show the amount of each component in the
equilibrium mixture.

component H2(g) I2(g) HI(g)

initial amount / mol 0.30 0.20 0
equilibrium amount /
mol
[2]
(ii) Calculate Kc to an appropriate number of significant figures. State the units,
if any.
[3]
(c) The student compressed the equilibrium mixture so that its volume was reduced.
The temperature was kept constant.
Comment on the value of Kc and the composition of the equilibrium mixture under
these new conditions.
[2]
[Total 8 marks]
30. When heated, phosphorus pentachloride, PCl5, dissociates.
PCl5(g) PCl3(g) + Cl2(g)
A chemist placed a mixture of the three gases into a container. The initial concentration of
–3
each gas was the same: 0.30 mol dm . The container was left until equilibrium had been
reached.
Under these conditions, Kc = 0.245 mol dm–3.
(a) Write an expression for Kc for this equilibrium.
[1]
(b) Use the value of Kc for this equilibrium to deduce whether the concentration of each
gas increases, decreases or stays the same as the mixture approaches equilibrium.
(i) Show your answer by placing a tick in the appropriate cells in the table below.

greater than
initial concentration less than equal to
0.30 mol
–3 –3 –3
/ mol dm –3 0.30 mol dm 0.30 mol dm
dm
PCl5 0.30
PCl3 0.30

Cl2 0.30

[1]
(ii) Explain your deduction.
[1]
(c) The chemist compressed the equilibrium mixture at constant temperature and
allowed it to reach equilibrium under these new conditions.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 200

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(i) Explain what happens to the value of Kc.

[1]
(ii) Explain what happened to the composition of the equilibrium mixture.
[2]
(d) The chemist heated the equilibrium mixture and the equilibrium moved to the left.
(i) Explain what happens to the value of Kc.
[1]
(ii) Explain what additional information this observation reveals about the
reaction.
[2]
[Total 9 marks]

31. A group of students investigated the effect of concentration on the rate of a

reaction. They used the reaction between magnesium carbonate and dilute
hydrochloric acid and measured the rate at which the gas was collected.

(a) An incomplete equation for this reaction is given below. Complete the equation by
balancing it and inserting state symbols.
MgCO3(.....) + HCl(.....) →MgCl2(.....) + CO2(.....) + H2O(.....)
[2]
(b) The students added dilute hydrochloric acid to some magnesium carbonate. The
students collected the gas and measured the volume, at regular intervals, until after
the reaction was complete. They then plotted a graph of their results.

volume of
gas/ cm 3

0
0 time/ s

Use collision theory to explain the changes in the rate of the reaction as it proceeds.
[3]
[Total 5 marks]
32. The diagram below shows the energy distribution of molecules at a particular
temperature. Ea represents the activation energy of the reaction.

number of
molecules

0
0 energy Ea
(i) On the diagram, draw a second curve to represent the energy distribution of the
same number of molecules at a higher temperature.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 201

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

[2]
(ii) Using your completed diagram, explain how an increase in temperature causes the
rate of reaction to increase.
[2]
[Total 4 marks]
33. The Boltzmann distribution can be used to show the effect of a change in temperature on
the rate of a reaction.
Draw a labelled Boltzmann distribution diagram.
Explain the essential features of your diagram.
Using your diagram, explain how an increase in temperature affects the rate
of a reaction.

[Total 9 marks]
34. (a) A group of students were considering the factors that affect the rate of a chemical
reaction. One of the students wrote the following.
The rate of a chemical reaction increases as the temperature is increased because
there are more collisions.
Discuss to what extent this statement is true and describe any other factors that
should be considered when looking at the effect of temperature on rate of reaction.
[5]
(b) The students drew a Boltzmann distribution for a gas at temperature T1.
(i) Label the axes on the students’ diagram below.

T1

[2]
(ii) Sketch, on the diagram, the distribution that would be obtained at a lower
temperature, T2. Label this line T2.
[2]
[Total 9 marks]
35. The rate of the reaction between hydrogen and oxygen depends on the pressure as well as
the temperature.
2H2(g) + O2(g) → 2H2O(g) ∆H = –286 kJ mol–1
(i) Describe and explain the effect of increasing the pressure on the rate of this
reaction.
[2]
(ii) A sudden rapid increase in the rate of a reaction causes an explosion to occur.
Suggest why highly exothermic reactions such as this one are more likely to explode
than other reactions.
[2]
[Total 4 marks]
3 6. In this question, one mark is available for the quality of written communication.
What effect does a catalyst have on the rate of a reaction, and how does it achieve this
effect?
[4]
Quality of Written Communication [1]
[Total 5 marks]
37. State le Chatelier’s principle.
[Total 2 marks]
38. Esters are used as flavourings. They are made by a reversible reaction between a
carboxylic acid and an alcohol.
carboxylic acid + alcohol ester water
(a) Give two features of a reversible reaction, when a dynamic equilibrium has been set

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 202

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

up.
[2]
(b) The production of esters is catalysed homogeneously by the presence of acids.
(i) What is meant by a catalyst?
[1]
(ii) Using the fact that acids are needed to catalyse this reaction, deduce the
formula of the ion that acts as the catalyst.
[1]
(iii) Catalysts do not affect the position of an equilibrium. Explain why not.
[1]
[Total 5 marks]
39. Nitrogen dioxide, NO2, is a brown gas whilst dinitrogen tetroxide, N2O4, is a colourless
gas. The following equilibrium between these two gases was set up.
–1
2NO2(g) N2O4(g) ∆H = –58 kJ mol
Describe, and explain, what you would see after the following changes have been made
and the system allowed to reach equilibrium again.
(i) The temperature is increased.
[3]
(ii) The pressure is increased.
[3]
[Total 6 marks]
40. The following equation represents an equilibrium reaction.
2– 2– +
Cr2O7 (aq) + H2O(l) 2CrO4 (aq) + 2H (aq)
orange yellow
Use le Chatelier’s principle to describe and explain the colour change (if any) that might
take place when dilute HCl(aq) is added to a solution containing K2CrO4(aq).
[Total 2 marks]
41. The following equation represents another equilibrium reaction.
θ –1
2NO2(g) N2O4(g) H = ∆58 kJ mol
brown colourless
Use le Chatelier’s principle to describe and explain the colour change (if any) that might
take place when
(i) a mixture of NO2(g) and N2O4(g) is compressed at constant temperature,
[2]
(ii) a mixture of NO2(g) and N2O4(g) is heated at constant pressure.
[2]
[Total 4 marks]
42. Limestone contains calcium carbonate, CaCO3.
Limestone is an important source of commercially important chemicals such as lime,
calcium oxide, CaO.
(a) If calcium carbonate is heated strongly in an open container, it decomposes
according to the equation below.
CaCO3(s) → CaO(s) + CO2(g) ∆H = +180 kJ mol–1
Suggest two reasons why it is necessary to heat the calcium carbonate strongly to
achieve decomposition.
[2]
(b) Another sample of calcium carbonate was placed in a closed container before being
heated strongly. This allows an equilibrium to be set up. This equilibrium is shown
below.
CaCO3(s) CaO(s) + CO2(g)
(i) What can you say about the rates of the forward and reverse reactions when
the calcium carbonate starts to decompose?
[1]
(ii) What can you say about the rates of the forward and reverse reactions when
the equilibrium has been established?
[1]
(iii) A valve allowed some of the carbon dioxide to escape.
State and explain what happens to the composition of the mixture in the

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 203

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

container.
[3]
[Total 7 marks]
43. Many industrial processes, used to manufacture important chemicals, involve
equilibrium reactions. Chemists use their understanding of rates of reaction and of yields
at equilibrium to find the most economic conditions for the reactions.
Chemists were investigating the production of a chemical, X2Y, that could be formed from
X2 and Y2 as shown in equilibrium 3.1 below.
2X2(g) + Y2(g) 2X2Y(g) equilibrium 3.1
(a) State le Chatelier’s principle.
[2]
(b) State and explain the effect on equilibrium 3.1 of a decrease in pressure on:
(i) the equilibrium position of the reaction,
[2]
(ii) the rate of the reaction.

[2]
(c) The chemists measured the percentage conversion of X2 at various temperatures.
The results are shown in the graph below.
60

50 x

40
percentage
conversion 30
of X2 (%) x
20
x
10 x
x
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900
temperature/ °C
(i) Use the graph to predict the percentage conversion at 350 °C.
[1]
(ii) The forward reaction in equilibrium 3.1 is exothermic. Explain how the graph
supports this statement.
[2]
(d) The chemists decided to use a catalyst in the process.
State, and explain, the effect of using a catalyst on:
(i) the rate of conversion of X2 and Y2 into X2Y,
[2]
(ii) the percentage conversion at equilibrium of X2 and Y2 into X2Y.
[2]
[Total 13 marks]
44. Diamond and graphite are two allotropes of carbon. Allotropes are different forms of the
same element. Diamonds are made industrially from the much cheaper graphite.
Under high pressure the following equilibrium exists.
ө -1
C(graphite) C(diamond) ∆H = +1.8kJmol

substance Density / gem-3

graphite 2.25
diamond 3.51
(a) Complete the following enthalpy profile diagram for the conversion of graphite into
diamond, labelling ∆Hө.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 204

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

C(graphite)
enthalpy

progress of reaction
[2]
(b) Suggest which allotrope of carbon is thermodynamically more stable. Give a reason
for your choice.
[1]
(c) In which allotrope do the carbon atoms take up less space? Give a reason for your
choice.
[1]
(d) State Le Chatelier's principle.
[2]
(e) Use Le Chatelier's principle and the information given at the start of the question to
deduce the likely conditions of pressure and temperature needed to turn graphite
into diamond. Explain your answer.
[2]
[2]
[Total 10 marks]

45. Ammonia, NH3, is made industrially by the Haber process. This is an equilibrium
reaction.
N2(g) + 3H2(g) 2NH3(g) ∆H = –92 kJ mol–1
Describe and explain why these conditions are a compromise between rate and
equilibrium.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 205

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

Marking Scheme
1. (a) Increased surface area (1)
more collisions (1) 2

–4
(b) (i) Experiment 2 = 9.6 × 10 (1)
Experiment 3 = 0.010 (1)
–4
Experiment 4 = 8.1 × 10 (1)
Experiment 5 = 0.035 (1)
1.2  10 –4 –2 6 –1
(ii) k= (1) = 15 (1) mol dm s (1) 7
0  0200  0202
[9]

2. (a) order wrt A = 1; 1

order wrt NaOH = 1; 1
–3
Initial rate in Exp 4 = 2.4 × 10 ; 1

(b) (i) r(ate) = k[A]

OR
r(ate) = k[A][NaOH]0; 1
(penalise missing [ ] but mark on)
(penalise missing [ ] once per paper)
(if wrong order, allow only units mark conseq on their rate
eqs)
(penalise ka or kw etc)

9.0 10 –3
(ii) k ; 1
0.02
= 0.45; 1
–1
s ; l
– –
(iii) (large) excess of OH or [OH ] is large/high; 1
[OH–] is (effectively) constant
OR
[A] is the limiting factor (Q of L mark) 1

[9]
3. (a) Power (or index or shown as x in [ ]x) of concentration term
(in rate equation) (1) 1

(b) 2 (1) 1

(c) (i) Order with respect to A: 2 (1)

Order with respect to B: 0 (1)
2
(ii) Rate equation: (rate =) k [A] (1)
Allow conseq on c(i)
–1 3 –1
Units for rate constant: mol dm s (1) 4
conseq on rate equation
[6]

4. (a) Order with respect to A 1 (1)

Order with respect to B 1 (1)
Order with respect to C 2 (1) 3

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 206

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

8.0  10 –5
(b) Value of k K= = 0.1
(0.1)(0.2)(0.2) 2
(1) (1)
–3 9 –1
Units of k mol dm s (1)
Initial rate 1.0 × 10–5 (mol dm–3 s–1)
(1) 4
(c) increases (1) 1
[8]

5. (a)
Substances added to an excess of zinc Volume of Effect on initial rate of
3 3 reaction
and 100 cm of 0.2 M hydrochloric acid hydrogen/cm
3 240 (1) decreased (1)
100cm water
l0g zinc 240 (1) no change (1)
3 360 (1) no change (1)
50 cm 0.2 M hydrochloric acid
6
(b) Order with respect to A 1 (1)
Order with respect to B 1 (1)
–5 –3 –1
Initial rate 2.8 × 10 (mol dm s ) (1)
–3
either via k = 1.56 × 10 (1)
or via table eg expts 2 & 4: rate × 12 × 34 = × 83 (1) 4

7.5  10 –3
(c) (i) Calculation k= (1) = 0.48 (1)
(0.25) 2 (0.50) 2
mol dm –3 s –1 –3 9 –1
Units = mol dm s (1)
(mol dm – 3 ) 2 (mol dm – 3 ) 2

Rate
constant,
k

(1)

(ii) 4

Temperature
[14]

–3
6. (a) exp2 4.0 × 10 1
–5
exp3 0.45 × 10 1

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 207

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

–3
exp4 9.0 × 10 1

1.8  10 –5
(b) 1
(3.0  10 – 3 ) 2 (1.0  10 – 3
2000 1
–2 6 –1
mol dm s 1
[6]

7. (a) (i) 2 (1)

(ii) 0 (1) 2

rate 6.5  10 4
(b) (i) Value of k: k = = = 13
NO2 O 2  5.012  10  2.0  10 
2 2 2

–2 6 –1
Units of k: mol dm s (1)
–2 2 –2
(ii) rate = 13 (6.5 × 10 ) (3.4 × 10 )
–3 –3 –1
= 1.9 × 10 (mol dm s ) (1) 4
If k wrong, the mark in (ii) may be gained conseq for their k ×
1.437 × 10–4
[6]
–3
8. (a) (i) Experiment 2: 0.4(0) × 10 (1)
Experiment 3: 0.15 (1)
Experiment 4: 0.28 (1)
4.8  10 3 –2 6 –1
(ii) k= = 0.4(0) mol dm s
(0.20) 2  (0.30)
(1) (1) (1) 6

(b) (change in) temperature (1) 1

[7]

9. (a) (i) (Experiment 1 & 2) [A] doubled, ([B] constant,)

rate doubled (1)
stated or shown numerically
(ii) 2 (1)
2
or shown as ... [B] 2
9.30  10 5 –4
(b) (i) k= = 1.1(0) × 10
(0.75) 2  (1.50)
(1) (1)
–2 6
units of k: mol dm s (1)–1
–4 2
(ii) rate = (1.10 × 10 ) × (0.20) × (0.10)
= 4.4(1) × 10–7 (mol dm–3 s–1)
(1) for the answer
Ignore units
Conseq on (i)
Upside down expression for k scores zero in (i) for 9073
2
but rate = 9073 × (0.2) × (0.1) = 36(.3)
conseq scores (1) in (ii)
4
[6]

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 208

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

10. (a) (i)

Expt Initial Initial Initial
–3 –3 rate/mol
[A]/mol dm [B]/mol dm
–3 –1
dm s
1 0.30 0.30 –2
1.5 × 10
2 0.60 (1) (0.58 to 0.60 6.0 × 10–2
0.63)
3 0.45 1.20 (1) (1.17 to –2
9.0 × 10
1.25)
4 0.90 0.60 –2
9.0 × 10 (1)
(8.6 to 9.2
–2
×10 )

rate 1.5  10 –2
(ii) K  (1)  0.166 (1) (or 0.17 or 0.16 )
[A][B] 0.3  0.3
(1) (1)
–1 3 –1
units: mol dm s (1) 6

(b) surface area more (than doubled) (1)

many more collisions (1) 2
[8]

11. (a) 2 (1)

0 (1)
rate = k[J]2 (1) 3

4  10 –4
(b) k= (1) = 20 (1) 3
(2  10 – 2 ) 2 (5  10 – 2 )
mol–2 dm6 s–1

rate
(c) rate = k [ ]n [ ]n =
k
–3 –1
–3
units: mol dm s = mol dm therefore n = 1 (2)
–1
s
greater/increase (1) 3
[9]

2
12. (a) (i) Rate = k[X][Y] (2)
(ii) 3 (1)
(iii) 8 (1) 4
(b) (i) Overall order of reaction 2 (1)
Explanation doubling both [A] and [B]
leads to Rate × 4 (1)
(ii) Order with respect to B 0 (1)
Explanation doubling [A] at constant [B]
also leads to rate × 4 (1)
2
(iii) Rate = k[A] (1)
Rate 3.5  10 –4
(iv) k= = (1)
[A]2 (0.2) 2

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 209

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

–3 3 –1 –1
= 8.75 × 10 dm mol s (1) 7
[11]
13. (a) k = rate/[CH3CH2COOCH3][H+] or
1  15  10 4
= 1
(0.150)(0.555)
= 1.38 × 10–3 to 1.4 × 10–3 1
–1 3 –1
mol dm s 1
(b) ans = rate constant × (½ × 0.150) × (½ × 0.555) 1
ignore units
= rate constant × 0.0208
2.88 × 10–5 (1.38 × 10–3 gives 2.87 × 10–5)
–5 –3 –5
Allow 2.87 – 2.91 × 10 (1.4 × 10 gives 2.91 × 10 )
[4]
14. (a) order with respect to P is 2 1
order with respect to Q is 1 1
2
(b) (i) rate = k[R][S] (if wrong expression, no further marks) 1
–4 2
rate = (4.2 × 10 ) × 0.16 × 0.84 1
–5 –3 –1
= 4.7 × 10 (mol dm s ) ignore units even if wrong 1
rate 8.110 –5
(ii) k  1
R S2 0.76  0.982
= 1.1 × 10–4 * 1
(iii) T1 1
–4
If calculated value for k > 4.2 × 10 , then answer to (iii) is T2
[8]
–3
15. (a) (i) Experiment 2 2.60 × 10 1
Experiment 3 0.60 × 10–2 1
Experiment 4 11.4 × 10–2 1

10.4  10 3
(ii) k= 1
(4.80  10 2 )(6.60  10 2 ) 2
= 49.7 1
(Allow 49.8 and 50)
mol–2 dm6 s–1 1

(b) No change 1
[7]
16. (a) Order with respect to iodine: 0 (1)
Overall order: 2 (1) 2

2  10 5 –4
(b) Rate constant: k = = 4.4(4) × 10 (1)
(1.5)  (3  10  2 )
–1 3 –1
Units: mol dm s (1) 3

(c) Appears in rate equation (1)

OR implied by mention of concentration or order
does not appear in (stoichiometric / overall) equation (1) 2

[7]
17. (a) (i) change in concentration / amount / mass / volume / (partial) pressure
per unit time / per s (1) 1

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 210

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(ii) constant of (proportionality) in the rate equation (1)

allow reference to k in rate equation 1
(iii) sum of
nd
dependent on 2 mark or reference to ‘orders’ (1)
powers in rate equation (1)
allow reference to annotated rate equation 2
(b) (i) (H2) – 1 (1)
eg rate trebles as [H2] trebles not rate doubles as [H2] doubles (1)
(I2) – 1 (1)
eg rate doubles as [I2] doubles (1)
mark these points independently
allow 1 mark for orders if not clear that both are first order 4
(ii) rate = k[H2][I2] (1)
must be [H2] not [H]
allow e.c.f from (b)(i)
allow mark for correct answer for (b)(ii), even if (b)(i) wrong 1
(iii) rearrange correctly (1)
correct substitution and correct consequential answer (1)
–1 3 –1
correct units (mol dm s ) (1)
allow e.c.f. from (b)(ii)
allow e.c.f. for incorrect arrangement 3
(c) 4× 10–6 (1)
allow e.c.f. from (b)(ii) and (b)(iii)
could be worked by ratio from values in table or from rate equation 1
[13]
18. (i) O3: Exp 2 has 4 times [H2] as Exp 1
and rate increases by 4 (1),
so order = 1 with respect to O3 (1)
C2H4: Exp 3 has 2 × [C2H4] and 2 × [O3] as Exp 2;
and rate has increased by 4 (1),
so order = 1 with respect to C2H4 (1)
rate = k [O3] [C2H4] (1) 5
–12 –7 –8
(ii) use of k = rate / [O3] [C2H4] = 1.0 × 10 / (0.5 × 10 × 1.0 × 10 )
to obtain a calculated value (1)
3
k = 2 × 10 (1)
3 –1 –1
units: dm mol s (1) 3
–12 /4 = 2.5 × 10–13 (mol dm–3 s–1) (1)
(iii) rate = 1.0 × 10 1
(iv) rate increases and k increases (1) 1
[10]

19. (a) (change in) concentration/mass/volume with time 1

(b) (i) O2:
Exp 2 has 4 × [O2] as Exp. 1: rate increases by 4 (1),
so order = 1 with respect to O2 (1)
NO:
Exp 3 has 3 × [NO] as Exp. 3: rate has increases by 9 (1),
so order = 2 with respect to NO (1) 4
(ii) rate = k[O2] [NO]2 (1) 1
rate 7.10 9
(iii) k=  = 7.10 × 10 (1)
[O 2 ][ NO] 2 0.0010  0.0010 2
units: dm6 mol–2 s–1 (1) 2
[8]

20. From graph, constant half-life (1)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 211

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

st
Therefore 1 order w.r.t. [CH3COCH3] (1) 2
From table, rate doubles when [H+] doubles (1)
st +
Therefore 1 order w.r.t. [H ] (1) 2
From table, rate stays same when [I2] doubles (1)
Therefore zero order w.r.t. [I2] (1)
Order with no justification does not score. 2
+
rate = k[H ][CH3COCH3] (1)
(from all three pieces of evidence)
rate 2.1  10 9
k= / (1)
[H  ][CH 3COCH 3 ] 0.02  1.5  10  3
–5 3 –1 –1
= 7.0 × 10 (1) dm mol s (1) 4
–5
accept 7 × 10
rate determining step involves species in rate equation (1)
two steps that add up to give the overall equation (1)
The left hand side of a step that contains the species in rate-determining step (1)
i.e., for marking points 2 and 3:
CH3COCH3 + H+ → [CH3COHCH3]+
+ +
[CH3COHCH3 ] + I2 → CH3COCH2I + HI + H 3
organises relevant information clearly and coherently,
using specialist vocabulary where appropriate
Use of the following four words/phrases:
constant, half-life, order, doubles/x2 (1) 1
[14]

21. (i) constant half-life (1) 1

(ii) rate = k[N2O5] (1) 1
Common error will be to use ‘2’ from equation.
(iii) curve downwards getting less steep (1)
curve goes through 1200,0.30; 2400,0.15; 3600,0.075 (1) 2
(iv) tangent shown on graph at t = 1200 s (1) 1
–4 –3 –1
(v) 3.7(2) × 10 (1) mol dm s (1)
ecf possible from (ii) using [N2O5]x
(2nd order answer: 2.2(3) × 10–4) 2
[7]

22. (i) The slowest step (1) 1

(ii) 2NO2 → NO + NO3 (1)
NO3 + CO → NO2 + CO2 (1) 2
(or similar stage involving intermediates)
[3]
23. (i) 1½O2(g) → O3(g)/
O2(g) + ½O2(g) → O3(g) (1)
NO is a catalyst (1) as it is (used up in step 1 and)
regenerated in step 2/
not used up in the overall reaction(1)
allow 1 mark for ‘O/NO2 with explanation of regeneration.’ 3
(ii) Rate = k[NO] [O3] (1)
Species in rate equation match those reactants in the slow
step / rate determining step (1) 2
[5]

24. (a) CH4 + H2O → 3H2 + CO 1

CH4 + 2H2O → 4H2 + CO2

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 212

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

CH4 + H2O → 2H2 + CH2O/HCHO

CH4 + 2H2O → 2H2 + CH2O2/HCOOH
or CH4 + H2O → H2 + CH3OH
[NH 3 ] 2
(b) (i) kc  1
[N 2 ][H 2 ]3
2 3
[NH3] = (Kc × [N2] × [H2] )
= 0.768
–3
(ii) [NH3] = √0.78 = 0.876/0.88 (mol dm ) 3
If no powers, then rearrangement mark only.
(c) High pressure:
adv: Fewer moles on r.h.s. → equilibrium moves to right
Greater pressure → faster rate/more frequent collisions
dis: Safety issues from (high) pressure
Expense of (high) pressure 3
High temperature:
adv: more collisions exceed activation energy/
more successful collisions/more energetic
collisions/molecules have more energy
dis: Equilibrium moves to left/reverse direction because
(forward) reaction is exothermic 2
Catalyst:
lowers activation energy/
allows reaction to take place at a lower temperature 1
QWC: Uses 2 words following list in the correct context: 1
exothermic/endothermic, activation energy, collisions,
equilibrium/Le Chatelier
[12]
25. (a) rate of forward reaction = rate of reverse reaction (1)
concentrations of reactants and products are constant but they are
constantly interchanging (1) 2
2
(b) (i) Kc = [CH3OH] / [CO] [H2] (1) 1
(ii) use of Kc = [CH3OH] / [CO] [H2]2 and moles to
obtain a calculated value (1)
–3 –3
convert moles to concentration by +2: [CO] = 3.10 × 10 mol dm ;
–5 –3 –2 –3
[H2] = 2.60 × 10 mol dm ; [CH3OH] = 2.40 × 10 mol dm (1)
Kc = [2.60 × 10–5] / [3.10 × 10–3] [2.40 × 10–2]2 = 14.6 / 14.56 (1)
If moles not converted to concentration, calculated Kc value = 3.64
(scores 1st and 3rd marks)
units: dm6 mol–2 (1) 4
(c) (i) fewer moles of gas on right hand side (1) 1
(ii) None (1) 1
(d) (i) moved to left hand side/reactants increase/less products (1) 1
(ii) ∆H negative because high temperature favours the
endothermic direction (1) 1

(e) (i) CH3OH + 1½ O2 → CO2 + 2H2O(1) 1

(ii) adds oxygen/oxygenated (1) 1
[13]

26. (a) (i) Curve downwards starting at t = 0 2

with slope gradually levelling off with no increase
(don’t worry about hitting the x axis)
(ii) Tangent shown at start 1
(iii) Half-life is constant 1
OR: draw tangents and then plot a 2nd graph of tangent
or rate against concentration, which is a straight line

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 213

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

through the origin.

(iv) Straight line through origin 1

initial rate /
mol dm–3 s–1

0
[C2H4Br2] mol dm–3
0

(b) 4 times [KI], rate increases by 4 ,

so order = 1 with respect to KI independent marks 2
(c) (i) rate/r = k[C2H4Br2] [KI] or ecf from (b) 1
rate 0.027
(ii) k /
[C 2 H 4 Br2 ] [KI] 0.50  0.18
= 0.3(0) units: dm3 mol–1 s–1
units dependent on rate equation in (i).
Mark independently. 3
[11]
27. (i) H2: Exp 2 has 2.5 times [H2] as Exp 1
and rate increases by 2.5 (1),
so order = 1 with respect to H2 (1) 2
NO: Exp 3 has 3 x [NO] as Exp 2;
2
and rate has increased by 9 = 3 (1),
so order = 2 with respect to NO (1) 2
QWC At least two complete sentences where the meaning is clear. 1

2
(ii) rate = k[NO] [H2] (1) 1

rate 2.6
(iii) k= / (1)
[NO] 2 [H 2 ] 0.10 2  0.20
= 1300 (1) units: dm6 mol–2 s–1 (1)
–4 x
allow 1 mark for 7.69 × 10 or 1.3 × 10 (x not 3) 3
[9]
28. (i) slow step (1) 1
(ii) (CH3)2C=CH2 + H2O → (CH3)3COH (1) 1
+
(iii) H is a catalyst (1)
H+ used in first step and formed in second step/
regenerated/ not used up (1) 2
(iv) rate = k [(CH3)2C=CH2] [H+] (1)
+
common error will be use of H2O instead of H 1
[5]
29. (a) (i) O3: 1
and C2H4 (1) 1
(ii) 2 (1) 1

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 214

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(iii) rate = k[O3] [C2H4] (1) 1

(b) (i) measure gradient/tangent (1)
at t = 0/start of reaction (1) 2
rate
(ii) k= (1)
[O 2 ][C 2 H 4 ]
1.0 10 12 3 3 –1 –1
k= = 2 × 10 (1) dm mol s (1) 3
0.5  10 7 1.0  10 8

(iii) 2 mol CH2O forms for every 0.5 mol O2 /

stoichiometry of CH2O : O2 is not 1:1 (1) 1
(iv) rate increases (1)
k increases (1) 2
[11]
[HI] 2
30. (a) Kc = (1) 1
[H 2 ][I 2 ]

(b) (i) H2 I2 HI
0.30 0.20 0
0.14 0.04 0.32
(1) (1) 2

0.32 2
(ii) Kc = = 18.28571429 (1)
0.14  0.04
= 18 (to 2 sig figs) (1)
no units (1)
(or ecf based on answers to (i) and/or (a)) 3

(c) Kc is constant (1)

Composition of mixture is the same (1) 2
[8]
[PCl 3 ][Cl 2 ]
31. (a) Kc = (1) 1
[ PCl 5 ]
(b) (i) PCl5 > 0.3 mol dm–3 ; PCl3 and Cl2 < 0.3 mol dm–3 (1) 1
(ii) At start, system is out of equilibrium with too much PCl3
and Cl2 and not enough PCL5 /
0.3  0.3
= 0.3 is greater than Kc = 0.245 mol dm–3 (1) 1
0.3
(c) (i) Kc does not change as temperature is the same (1) 1
(ii) Fewer moles on left hand side (1)
system moves to the left to compensate for increase in
pressure by producing less molecules (1) 2
(d) (i) Kc decreases (as more reactants than products)(1) 1
(ii) Forward reaction is exothermic/
reverse reaction is endothermic (1)
equilibrium → left to oppose increase in energy/
because Kc decreases (1) 2
[9]

31. (a) (i) MgCO3(s) + 2HCl(aq) → MgCl2(aq) + CO2(g) + H2O(l)

balancing
state symbols 2
(b) (as the reaction proceeds) the concentration decreases
(rate) of collision decreases
reaction stops when all of one reagent is used up 3
[5]

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 215

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

3 2. (i) curve displaced to the right (1)

maximum is lower (1) 2
(ii) area under curve exceeding Ea = number of molecules that can react (1)
at higher temperature, area under curve > Ea is greater so more can react (1) 2
[4]
33. sketch distribution to show axes labelled number/ fraction of
molecules/atoms and
energy (1)
shape starting at origin, maximum, approaching but not
crossing x-axis (1) for both graphs
explanation of distribution
2 from
no molecules with no energy
few very energetic molecules
most have average amounts of energy
area under curve is the number of molecules (2)
distribution at higher temperature shown on diagram
hump lower than original (1)
and to RHS of original (1)
Ea marked (1)
rate increases with an increase in temperature (1) 9
since more molecules have energy > Ea (1)
[9]

34. (a) the statement is true because there are more collisions (as temperature increases)

increase in temperature increases the velocity/ energy of particles

rate increases (with increase in temperature) more than can be explained by this/
but not all collisions are successful
to be successful collisions must exceed Ea
if temperature increased higher proportion of collisions exceed Ea 5
(b) (i) y axis: fraction/ number of particles/ molecules/ atoms 2
x axis: energy/ velocity
(ii) line labelled T2 with higher maximum
maximum to LHS of original line
(must start at 0.0, be below original curve at higher energies,
cut the other curve only once and not cross the axis 2
[9]
35. (i) more particles in a given volume (1)
so more frequent collisions (1)

(ii) the reaction gets hotter as it continues because it is exothermic (1)

this makes the reaction faster (1)
4]
36. (adding a catalyst):
speeds up a reaction
provides an alternative route or forms an intermediate of some sort
of lower Eact (can be read into a label on a Boltzmann distribution)
so more molecules have E > Eact or more collisions are successful
weakens bonds in the reactants
[any 4 points.]
[5]
37. when the conditions on a system in equilibrium are changed (1)
the equilibrium moves to minimise the effects of the change/
counteract/ resist/ oppose the change (1)
[2]
38. (a) any two from
rate of forward reaction = rate reverse reaction
macroscopic properties remain constant/ concentrations
remain constant
closed system needed 2

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 216

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(i) a substance that alters the rate of a reaction without being

used up /
a substance that lowers the activation energy (for a reaction)
by providing an alternative route 1
(ii) H+ 1
(iii) they alter the rate of the forward and the reverse reaction by
the same amount 1
[5]
39. (i) becomes brown/ darker/ colour more intense (1)
moves towards LHS/ towards NO2 (1)
forward reaction is exothermic/ reverse reaction is endothermic (1) 3
(ii) becomes less brown/ pale/ colourless (1)
moves towards RHS/ towards N2O4 (1)
fewer moles on RHS (1) 3
[6]
40. (from yellow) to orange
increasing [H+] or more acid/HCl
2-
moves equilibrium/reaction to the left or produces more Cr2O7
[2]
41. (i) turns lighter brown/colourless
(equilibrium/reaction moves to the right):
fewer molecules/particles/moles on right or 2 moles → 1 mole 2
(ii) turns darker (brown)
(equilibrium/reaction moves to the left): L→R/forward rxn is exothermic. 2
[ in (i) and (ii) mark the observation first, and then the reason. Each mark
is unconditional on the other.] [in (ii), if neither mark is scored and you are
convinced that the only error is mixing up endo/exo-thermic, you may
award [1] mark]
[4]

42. (a) to overcome activation energy (1)

reaction is endothermic (1)
to break bonds – if type of bonds stated must be ionic or covalent (1)
A2 answer based on polarisation of carbonate by Ca2+ is acceptable 2
(b) (i) rate forward > rate backward (1) 1
(ii) rate forward = rate backward (1) 1
(iii) equilibrium moves to RHS (1)
use of le Chatelier (1)
more CaO /product / less CaCO3 / reactant present (1) 3
[7]

43. (a) when the conditions on a reaction in equilibrium are changed/ disturbed
the (equilibrium) moves in the direction to minimise the effects of the
change 2
(b) (i) equilibrium moves to the LHS/ more X2 and Y2 are produced
more moles (of gas)/ particles on LHS 2
(ii) rate becomes less as there are less particles in a unit volume/ concentration
less/ more space between particles
therefore there are less (frequent) collisions 2
(c) (i) 16–17 1
(ii) as the temperature increases the conversion decreases
(equilibrium) has moved to LHS/ has moved in endothermic direction 2
(d) (i) increases
because more collisions exceed (lowered) Ea/ because the catalyst provides
an alternative route with a lower activation energy 2
(ii) no change
forwards and reverse rates increased by same amount 2
[13]
44. (a) diamond line drawn higher than graphite line (1)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 217

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

activation energy profile linking the two and going higher than both lines (1)

(b) graphite as it is lower in energy (1)

(c) diamond as it is more dense (1)
(d) when the conditions of a reaction at equilibrium are changed (1)
the reaction/position of equilibrium moves to counteract the change (1)
(e) pressure should be high (1)
so particles will rearrange to diamond as it occupies less space (1)
temperature should be high (1)
so reaction moves in endothermic direction (from graphite to diamond) (1)
[10]
45. rate
(increased) pressure increases rate because molecules are
closer together/ more concentrated
(increased) temperature increases rate because molecules
are moving faster/ have more energy
equilibrium
increased pressure pushes equilibrium to RHS because
fewer (gas) moles/ molecules on RHS
increased temperature pushes equilibrium to LHS
because (forward) reaction is exothermic
compromise
if temperature is too high, low yield
if temperature is too low, slow rate
if pressure is too high, increased costs/ safety issues
[9]

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 218

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

9.0 INORGANIC CHEMISTRY

1. Write balanced equations to show the reaction of water with:

(i) sodium
(1)
(ii) sodium oxide.
(1)
(Total 1 marks)
2. Write equations for the reactions of phosphorus(V) oxide and sulphur dioxide with water.
In each case predict the approximate pH of a 1M aqueous solution of the product.
(Total 4 marks)
3. Apart from argon, the Period 3 elements all form oxides.

(i) Write an equation to represent the reaction of aluminium with oxygen.

(1)
(ii) The reaction in (b)(i) occurs very readily. Suggest why aluminium saucepans
can be safely heated on a gas cooker.
(1)
(iii) Complete the following table to show information about Period 3 oxides.
Sodium Silicon Phosphorus(V) Sulphur
oxide dioxide oxide dioxide

Physical state at
room temperature

Type of bonding
present

(4)
(iv) Write an equation for the reaction of sodium oxide with water.
(1)
(v) Write an equation for the reaction of sulphur dioxide with water.
(1)
(vi) Samples of silicon dioxide and phosphorus(V) oxide are added to separate
samples of pure water and each mixture is stirred. State the approximate pH
value of each sample after the stirring.
(2)
(Total 10 marks)

4. (a) Explain, with reference to the bonding in sodium oxide, why this compound reacts
with water to form a solution with a pH of 14.
(3)
(b) What general type of oxide forms acidic solutions in water? Give the formula of one
such oxide.
(2)
(Total 5 marks)
5. The following two-stage method was used to analyse a mixture containing the solids
magnesium, magnesium oxide and sodium chloride.
Stage 1
A weighed sample of the mixture was treated with an excess of dilute hydrochloric acid.
The sodium chloride dissolved in the acid. The magnesium oxide reacted to form a
solution of magnesium chloride. The magnesium also reacted to form hydrogen gas and a
solution of magnesium chloride. The hydrogen produced was collected.
(a) Write equations for the two reactions involving hydrochloric acid.
(b) State how you would collect the hydrogen. State the measurements that you would
make in order to calculate the number of moles of hydrogen produced. Explain how

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 219

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

your results could be used to determine the number of moles of magnesium metal
in the sample.
(8)
Stage 2
Sodium hydroxide solution was added to the solution formed in Stage 1 until no further
precipitation of magnesium hydroxide occurred. This precipitate was filtered off, collected,
dried and heated strongly until it had decomposed completely into magnesium oxide. The
oxide was weighed.
(c) Write equations for the formation of magnesium hydroxide and for its
decomposition into magnesium oxide.
(d) When a 6.25 g sample of the mixture of the three solids was analysed as described
above, the following results were obtained.
Hydrogen obtained in Stage 1: 0.0528 mol
Mass of magnesium oxide obtained in Stage 2: 6.41 g
Use these results to calculate the number of moles of original magnesium oxide in
100 g of the mixture.
(7)
(Total 15 marks)

6. Describe the trend in pH of the solutions formed when the oxides of the Period 3
elements, sodium to sulphur, are added separately to water. Explain this trend by
reference to the structure and bonding in the oxides and by writing equations for
the reactions with water.
(19)
(Total 19 marks)
7. (a) Write equations to show what happens when the following oxides are added to water
and predict approximate values for the pH of the resulting solutions.
(i) sodium oxide
(ii) sulphur dioxide
(4)
(b) What is the relationship between bond type in the oxides of the Period 3 elements
and the pH of the solutions which result from addition of the oxides to water?
(2)
(Total 6 marks)
8. In the question below, Z is one of the Period 3 elements Na, Mg, Al, Si or P.
The oxide of element Z is a crystalline solid with a very high melting point. This
oxide is classified as an acidic oxide but it is not soluble in water.
(i) Deduce the type of crystal shown by the oxide of element Z.
(ii) Identify element Z.
(iii) Write an equation for a reaction which illustrates the acidic nature of the
oxide of element Z.
(4)
(Total 4 marks)
9. (a) The Period 3 elements, Na, Mg, Al, Si, P and S, all form oxides when the elements
are burned in an excess of oxygen.
(i) Give the formula of an oxide of one of these elements in which the element is
not in its highest oxidation state. Give the oxidation state of the element in
this oxide.
(ii) Write an equation for the reaction in which phosphorus(V) oxide is formed
from phosphorus and oxygen.
(3)
(b) The melting points of some of the oxides formed by Period 3 elements are given in a
random order below.
Oxide A B C D E
Tm/ C 2852 73 1610 1275 300

(i) Using the letters A to E, give two oxides which have simple molecular
structures.
Explain your answer.
(ii) Give a simple chemical test which could be used to show which of the oxides

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 220

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

in the table is sodium oxide. State the observation you would make.
(6)
(Total 9 marks)
10. Consider the following oxides.
Na2O, MgO, Al2O3, SiO2, P4O10, SO3
(a) Identify one of the oxides from the above which
(i) can form a solution with a pH less than 3
(ii) can form a solution with a pH greater than 12
(2)
(b) Write an equation for the reaction between
(i) MgO and HNO3
(ii) SiO2 and NaOH
(iii) Na2O and H3PO4
(3)
(c) Explain, in terms of their type of structure and bonding, why P4O10 can be
vaporised by gentle heat but SiO2 cannot.
(4)
(Total 9 marks)
11. (a) (i) Write an equation for the reaction of sodium with cold water.
(1)
(ii) By referring to the bonding and structure of silicon, suggest why silicon does
not react with cold water.
(2)
(b) The oxides of elements of Period 3 react to form salts with aqueous sodium
hydroxide or with aqueous sulphuric acid or with both of these reagents. Give the
formula of an oxide of an element of Period 3 that reacts with:
(i) aqueous sodium hydroxide only;
(1)
(ii) aqueous sulphuric acid only;
(1)
(iii) aqueous sodium hydroxide and aqueous sulphuric acid.
(1)
(Total 6 marks)
12. (a) P and Q are oxides of Period 3 elements.
Oxide P is a solid with a high melting point. It does not conduct electricity when
solid but does conduct when molten or when dissolved in water. Oxide P reacts with
water forming a solution with a high pH.
Oxide Q is a colourless gas at room temperature. It dissolves in water to give a
solution with a low pH.
(i) Identify P. State the type of bonding present in P and explain its electrical
conductivity. Write an equation for the reaction of P with water.
(ii) Identify Q. State the type of bonding present in Q and explain why it is a gas at
room temperature. Write an equation for the reaction of Q with water.
(9)
(b) R is a hydroxide of a Period 3 element. It is insoluble in water but dissolves in both
aqueous sodium hydroxide and aqueous sulphuric acid.
(i) Give the name used to describe this behaviour of the hydroxide.
(ii) Write equations for the reactions occurring.
(iii) Suggest why R is insoluble in water.
(6)
(Total 15 marks)

13. In their reactions, calcium and strontium each lose electrons to form ions with a 2+
charge. The first and second ionisation energies of calcium and strontium are shown
below.

1st ionisation energy 2nd ionisation energy

–1 –1
/ kJ mol / kJ mol
calcium 590 1145
strontium 550 1064

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 221

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(i) Write an equation, with state symbols, to represent the second ionisation energy of
calcium.
[2]
(ii) Why are the second ionisation energies of calcium and strontium greater than their
first ionisation energies?
[1]
(iii) Explain why the first and second ionisation energies of strontium are less than
those of calcium.
[3]
[Total 6 marks]
14. This question refers to the elements in the first four periods of the Periodic Table.
He

Ionisation energies provide information about the model for the electron structure of
elements.
(i) Explain why first ionisation energies show a general increase across Period 3,
Na–Ar.
[3]
(ii) Write an equation, including state symbols, to represent the third ionisation energy
of sodium.
[1]
(iii) Element X is in Period 3 of the Periodic Table, Na–Ar.
The first six ionisation energies of an element X are shown below.

ionisation
1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
number
ionisation energy
789 1577 3232 4 556 16091 19 785
/kJ mol–1
Predict, with reasons, the identity of element X.
[2]
[Total 6 marks]
15. The diagram below shows the variation in the first ionisation energies of elements across
Period 2 of the Periodic Table.

2500
Ne
2000
F
first ionisation N
1500
energy
/ kJ mol–1 Be C O
1000
Li B
500

0
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
atomic number
(i) Define the term first ionisation energy.
[3]
(ii) Explain why the first ionisation energies show a general increase across
Period 2.
[2]
(iii) Explain why the first ionisation energy of B is less than that of Be.
[2]
[Total 7 marks]

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 222

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

16. Barium, Ba, was discovered by Davy in 1808. The element gets its name from the Greek
‘barys’ meaning ‘heavy’.
The table below compares some properties of barium with caesium.

element Cs Ba
group 1 2
atomic number 55 56
atomic radius / pm 531 435
(i) Why do caesium and barium have different atomic numbers?
[1]
(ii) State the block in the Periodic Table in which caesium and barium are found.
[1]
(iii) Explain why the atomic radius of barium is less than the atomic radius of caesium.
[3]
(iv) Predict and explain whether a barium ion is larger, smaller or the same size as a
barium atom.
[2]
[Total 7 marks]
17. The diagram below shows the variation in the boiling points of elements across
Period 3 of the Periodic Table.
3000
Al
Si
2500

2000
boiling point
1500
/K Na Mg
1000
S
500
P Ar
Cl
0
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
atomic number
(a) In the table below for the elements Mg, Si and S,
• complete the structure column using the word giant or simple.
• complete the bonding column using the word metallic, ionic or covalent.

element structure bonding

Mg
Si
S
[3]
(b) Explain why silicon has a much higher boiling point than phosphorus.
[2]
(c) Explain why the boiling point increases from sodium to aluminium.
[2]
[Total 7 marks]

18. This question refers to the elements in the first three periods of the Periodic Table:

Identify an element from the first three periods that fits each of the following descriptions.
(i) The element that forms a 2– ion with the same electronic configuration as Ne.
[1]

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 223

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(ii) The element that forms a 3+ ion with the same electronic configuration as Ne.
[1]
2 2 6 2 3
(iii) The element that has the electronic configuration 1s 2s 2p 3s 3p .
[1]
(iv) An element that forms a compound with hydrogen with tetrahedral molecules.
[1]
(v) An element that forms a compound with hydrogen with pyramidal molecules.
[1]
2 –1
(vi) The element that forms a chloride XCl with a molar mass of 95.3 g mol .
[1]
(vii) The element with the largest atomic radius.
[1]
(viii) The element in Period 3 with the highest boiling point.
[1]
[Total 8 marks]

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 224

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

Marking Scheme

1. (i) 2Na + 2H2O →2NaOH + H2(1)

(ii) Na2O + H2O → 2NaOH (1)
[2]

2. Phosphorus (V) oxide P4 O10 + 6 H2O → 4H3 PO4 (1)

Approximate pH O (1)
allow –1 to 0.5
Sulphur dioxide SO2 + H2O → H2SO3 (1)
Approximate pH 3 (1)
allow 1 to 4
[4]

3. (i) 4Al + 3O2 → 2Al2O3 (1) 1

(ii) aluminium is protected by an oxide layer (1) 1

Sodium Silicon dioxide Phosphorus(V) Sulphur

oxide oxide dioxide

Physical state at solid solid solid gas

room temperature
(iii) allow abbreviations (s) and (g)
Type of bonding
present ionic covalent covalent covalent

must give ionic/covalent but ignore additional information about structure

if 8 correct, give 4 marks
if 6 or 7, give 3
if 4 or 5, give 2
if 2 or 3, give 1 4
(iv) Na2O + H2O → 2NaOH (1)
accept ionic charges (if correct) for Na compounds 1
(v) SO2 + H2O → H2SO3 (1)
do not accept SH2O3
accept ions on RHS 1
(vi) silicon dioxide 7 (1)
phosphorus(v) oxide 0 – 3 (1)
(must give values) 2
[10]
4. (a) ionic (1)
O2– ion reacts with water (1)
forming OH– (or NaOH) (1) 3
(b) General type covalent (1) (or non–metal or molecular)
Formula SO2 (1) etc 2
[5]
5. (a) Mg + 2HCl → MgCl2 + H2 1
MgO + 2HCl → MgCl2 + H2O 1
Allow ionic equations

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 225

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(b) Hydrogen collection 1

Using a gas syringe or measuring cylinder/ graduated vessel over water
Allow if shown in a diagram
Measurements (i) P 1
(ii) T 1
(iii) V 1
Use ideal gas equation to calculate mol hydrogen or mass/Mr 1
Mol H2 = mol Mg (Mark consequentially to equation) 1
(c) MgCl2 + 2NaOH → Mg(OH)2 + 2NaCl Species 1
Balanced 1
Allow an ionic equation
Mg(OH)2 → MgO + H2O 1

6. (a) (i) Equation Na2O + H2O → 2NaOH (1)

pH 11–14 (1)

(ii) Equation SO2 + H2O → H2SO3 (1)

pH 2–5 (1) 4

(b) Covalent oxides → acidic solutions (1)

ionic oxides → alkaline solutions (1) 2
[6]
7.
(i) Macromolecular/giant covalent/giant molecular 1
(ii) Silicon/Si 1
(iii) e.g. CaO + SiO2 CaSiO3 Base 1
Balanced 1
[4]

8. (a) (i) SO2 1

+4 1
(ii) 4P + 5O2 → 2P2O5 1
or P4 + 5O2 → P4O10
(b) (i) B 1
E 1
They have low melting points
or there are weak van der Waals forces between molecules 1
(ii) Add water or heat in a flame 1
Test pH check flame colour 1
13/14 yellow 1
[9]
9. (a) (i) can form a solution with pH less than 3: P4O10 or SO3 (1)
(ii) can form a solution with with a pH greater than 12: Na2O (1) 2
penalise any wrong answer to zero
(b) (i) MgO + 2HNO3 → Mg(NO3)2 + H2O or an ionic equation (1)
+ 2+
i.e. MgO + 2H → Mg + H2O
2– +
not O + 2H → H2O
(ii) 2NaOH + SiO2 → Na2SiO3 + H2O or ionic equation (1)
– +
i.e. SiO2 + 2OH → 2Na + H2O
(iii) 3Na2O + 2H3PO4 → 2Na3PO4 + 3H2O etc or ionic equation (1) 3
i.e. Na2O + 2H+ → 2Na+ + H2O
10. (a) (i) NaOH may be shown as ions. Balanced using H2 or ½ H2
2Na + 2H2O  2NaOH + H2 1
(ii) silicon forms a giant covalent / atomic lattice / has a
macromolecular structure / has diamond structure (1)
contains many covalent bonds / forms 4 bonds per

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 226

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

atom / lattice is strong / the bonding is strong / bonds are

strong / silicon is non-polar (1) 2
condone ‘bond is strong’

(b) (i) SiO2 / P2O5 / P4O10 / P2O3 / P4O6 / SO2 / SO3 / Cl2O / ClO2 / Cl2O6 /
Cl2O7 1
(ii) Na2O / Na2O2 / MgO 1
(iii) Al2O3 must give formulae 1
[6]
11. (a) (i) Deductions:
Ionic (1)
Ions not free to move in the solid state (1)
Ions free to move when molten or in aqueous solution (1)
Identity of P: Na2O or sodium oxide (1)
N.B. If a formula given this must be correct
Equation: Na2O + H2O → 2 NaOH (1) 5
(ii) Deductions:
Covalent
Intermolecular forces are weak or van der Waals forces,
or dipole-dipole
N.B. Any answer including a reference to hydrogen
bonding is incorrect
Identity of Q: SO2 or sulphur dioxide (1)
Equation: SO2 + H2O → H2 SO3(1)
NB Allow max one for SO3 4
(b) (i) Amphoteric (1)
(ii) Equation with NaOH
Al(OH)3 + NaOH → NaAl(OH)4
OR Al(OH)3(H2O)3 + OH– → [Al(OH)4(H2O)2]– + H2O
– –
OR Al(OH)3 + OH → [Al(OH)4]
R identified as Al(OH)3 or Al(OH)3(H2O)3 (1)
A balanced equation (1)
N.B. Allow equation with six co-ordinate Aluminium and up to
–
six OH ligands
N.B. Allow equation mark if M(OH)3 given in a balanced equation
Equation with H2SO4
2Al(OH)3 + 3H2SO4 → Al2(SO4)3 + 6H2O
+ +
OR Al(OH)3(H2O)3 + H → [Al(OH)2(H2O)4 + H2O
NB Allow equations with six co-ordinate Aluminium and up to
six H2O ligands
NB Allow equation mark if H(OH)3 given in a balanced equation
Correct Al species as product (1)
A balanced equation (1)
(iii) Large lattice energy
or strong covalent bonds
or ∆Hsoln is very positive
or sum of hydration energies less than covalent bond energies (1) 6
[15]
(c) P4O10 is a molecular (structure) or simple covalent (1)
Weak intermolecular forces or van der Waals forces (between molecules) (1)
SiO2 is a macromolecule / giant covalent / giant molecule (1)
Not giant lattice
(Strong) covalent bonds (between atoms) must be broken (1) 4

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 227

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

[9]
(d) Allow 2 significant figures in these calculations and ignore additional
figures
EITHER
Mol MgO obtained stage 2 = mass MgO/MrMgO 1
= 6.41/ 40.(3) = 0.159 Allow 0.16 1
Allow method mark if formula of magnesium oxide or Mr
incorrect
Moles of Mg = moles of H2 hence
Mol original MgO = mol MgO from stage 2 - mol H2 1
= 0.159 – 0.0528 = 0.106 Allow 0.11 1
Mark consequentially to moles of magnesium oxide
determined above
OR
Mass MgO formed from Mg = 0.0528 × Mr MgO {or 40.(3)} (1)
= 2.13 g Allow 2.1 (1)
Allow method mark if formula of magnesium oxide or Mr
incorrect
Mass original MgO = total mass MgO - mass formed from Mg (1)
= 6.41 – 2.13 = 4.28 g Allow 4.3 (1)
Mark consequentially mass of magnesium oxide determined
above
[15]
12.
the trend is a decrease in pH (or from alkaline to acid) (1)(can be implied
from separate values)
Na2O + H2O → 2NaOH product (1) equation (1)
+ –
(allow Na OH , ignore state symbols)
Na2O is ionic lattice (1)
(if lattice is not mentioned lose mark only once ie allow ionic for
MgO, A12O3)
MgO + H2O → Mg(OH)2 product (1) equation (1)
(allow Mg2++ 2OH–)
MgO is ionic lattice (1)
MgO sparingly soluble (1)
A12O3 is ionic lattice or covalent macromolecular (1)(if covalent
not mentioned lose mark only once)
insoluble in water or no reaction (1)(if formula wrong lose one mark)
SiO2 is covalent macromolecular (1)(if covalent not mentioned lose
mark only once) insoluble in water or no reaction (1)(formula wrong lose
1 mark)
P4O10 + 6H2O → 4H3PO4 product (1) equation (1)(allow P2O5, P4O6, P2O3)
H3PO4 is a strong acid or very acidic (1)
P4O10 is covalent molecular (1)(if covalent or molecular not mentioned
lose mark once only)
SO2 + H2O → H2SO3 Product (1) equation (1) or SO3 + H2O → H2SO4
Product (1) equation (1)
H2SO3 is a weak acid (1) H2SO4 is a strong acid or very acidic (1)
SO2 is covalent molecular (1) SO3 is covalent molecular (1)
(Choose the best of the above two answers if both given) max
19
[19]
13. (i) Ca+(g) → Ca2+(g) + e−
Equation with correct charges and 1 electron lost
state symbols
‘−’ not required on ‘e’ 2
(ii) same number of protons or same nuclear charge attracting

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 228

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

less electrons/
electron removed from an ion/
less electron-electron repulsion (not less shielding)/
ion is smaller 1
(iii) atomic radii of Sr > atomic radii of Ca/
Sr has electrons in shell further from nucleus than Ca/
Sr has electrons in a higher energy level/
Sr has more shells
Therefore less attraction
Sr has more shielding than Ca
(‘more’ is essential) 3
increased nuclear charge is outweighed / despite increased nuclear
charge …..by at least one of the factors above
[6]

14. (i) atomic radii decrease /similar shielding /electrons added to same shell (1)
number of protons in the nucleus increases (1)
nuclear attraction increases (1) 3
2+ 3+ –
(ii) Na (g) → Na (g) + e : equation and state symbols (1) 1
(iii) large jump (in energy) between the 4th and 5th ionisation energies (1)
four electrons in outer shell so element is Si (1) 2
[6]
15. (i) Energy change when each atom in 1 mole
of gaseous atoms
loses an electron (to form 1 mole of gaseous 1 ions). 3
(ii) increasing nuclear charge/number of protons
electrons experience greater attraction or pull / atomic
radius decreases / electrons added to same shell /same or
similar shielding 2
(iii) In B, electron being removed is at a higher energy /
In Be, electron being removed is at a lower energy
An s electron is lost in Be AND a p electron is lost in B 2
[7]
16. (i) They have different numbers of protons/
Ba has one more proton/Ba has 56 p+; Cs has 55 p+ 1
(ignore electrons: any mention of ‘neutrons’ is wrong)
(ii) s 1
(iii) Cs to Ba: nuclear charge increases/more protons
electrons are in: the same shell/sub-shell/orbital
/similar shielding/same shielding 3
attraction increases/pull increases …….ORA
(iv) smaller 2
shell has been lost/less shielding/less electron
repulsion/proton : electron ratio larger
mark separately
[7]

17. (a) 3
element structure bonding
Mg giant metallic
Si giant covalent
S simple covalent
1 mark for each correct row
(b) Si has strong forces between atoms/
covalent bonds are broken
P has weak forces between molecules/
intermolecular forces/van der Waals’ forces are broken 2

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 229

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(c) From Na → Al, no of delocalised electrons increases

charge on positive ion increases/
ionic size decreases/
charge density increases
attraction between + ions and electrons increases/
metallic bonding gets stronger 2
[7]
18. (i) O 1
(ii) AI 1
(iii) P 1
(iv) C/Si 1
(v) N/P 1
(vi) Mg 1
(vii) Na 1
(viii) Si 1
[8]

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 230

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

10.1 INTRODUCTORY TOPICS

1. The table below gives the names and structures of three isomeric alkenes.

Name Structure
but-1-ene CH3CH2CH=CH2

but-2-ene CH3CH=CHCH3

methylpropene CH 3
H3 C C CH 2

Give the molecular formula and the empirical formula of but-2-ene.

(2)
2. (a) Define the term structural isomerism.
(2)
(b) Draw displayed formulae for the two structural isomers of C4H10.

(2)
(c) A hydrocarbon, W, contains 92.3% carbon by mass. The relative molecular mass of
W is 78.0
(i) Calculate the empirical formula of W.
(ii) Calculate the molecular formula of W.
(4)
(d) Give the name and draw the graphical (displayed) formula of an alkene that is an
isomer of but-1-ene and that has a different carbon skeleton.
(2)
(Total 10 marks)

3. There are four structural isomers of molecular formula C4H9Br. The structural formulae
of two of these isomers are given below.
H
H H
H C

H C C Br

H C
H
H
H
CH3CH2CH2CH2Br
Isomer 1 Isomer 2
(i) Draw the structural formulae of the remaining two isomers.

(ii) Name isomer 1.

(3)

4. Analysis of T showed that it has the following composition by mass: Carbon 45.86 %,

hydrogen 8.92 % and chlorine 45.22 %.

(i) Calculate the empirical formula of substance T.

(2)

(ii) The relative molecular mass of T is 78.5. Suggest two displayed formulae which

could represent T.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 231

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(2)

(Total 4 marks)

5. The alkanes form an homologous series of hydrocarbons. The first four straight-chain
alkanes are shown below.
methane CH4
ethane CH3CH3
propane CH3CH2CH3
butane CH3CH2CH2CH3
(a) (i) State what is meant by the term hydrocarbon.
(ii) Give the general formula for the alkanes.
(iii) Give the molecular formula for hexane, the sixth member of the series.
(3)
(b) Each homologous series has its own general formula. State two other
characteristics of a homologous series.
(2)
(c) Branched-chain structural isomers are possible for alkanes which have more than
three carbon atoms.
(i) State what is meant by the term structural isomers.
(ii) Name the two isomers of hexane shown below.
Isomer 1
CH 3
H3C CH CH 2 CH 2 CH 3

Isomer 2
CH 3
H3C C CH 2 CH 3
CH 3

(iii) Give the structures of two other branched-chain isomers of hexane.

(6)
(Total 11 marks)

6. (a) Four members of the homologous series of alkenes are ethene, propene, but-1-ene
and pent-1-ene.
(i) Give one structural feature of the compounds that makes them members of
the homologous series of alkenes.
(1)
(ii) State the trend in the boiling points from ethene to pent-1-ene.
(1)
(b) There are five structural isomers of the molecular formula C5H10 which are alkenes.
The graphical formulae of two of these isomers are given.
H H H

H C C C C H
H H H H
H H
H C C C C C H
H C H
H H H H
H
Isomer 1 Isomer 2

Draw the displayed formulae of two of the remaining alkene structural isomers.

(2)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 232

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(c) Draw the displayed formulae of three alkenes which have the formula C4H8.
(3)
(Total 7 marks)
7. (a) Give the structural formula of 2-bromo-3-methylbutane.

(1)
(b) There are nine structural isomers of molecular formula C4H8Br2, three of which
have branched carbon chains. Give the names and draw the displayed formulae for
any two of the branched chain isomers of C4H8Br2.
(4)
(c) There are eight structural isomers with the molecular formula C5H11Br. Four of
these are classed as primary, three as secondary and one as tertiary.

Draw the displayed formula of the tertiary compound with molecular formula
C5H11Br.
(1)
(Total 6 marks)
8. (a) Draw the displayed formula for pent-2-ene.
(1)
(b) Distinguish clearly between the terms positional, chain and functional isomerism.
(4)
(c) Draw the graphical formula of a positional isomer, a chain isomer and a functional isomer
of pent-2-ene and name them.
(6)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 233

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

Marking Scheme

1. (a) Molecular formula: C4H8 (1)

Empirical formula: CH2 (1) [2]

2. (a) same molecular formula / same number of each type of atom (1)

different arrangements of atoms (in the molecule) (1)

(not just same structural formula) 2

H H H H H H H
(b) (i)
H C C C C H H C C C H

H H H H H CH 3 H
(1) (1) 2

(c) (i) %H = 100 - 92.3 = 7.7 (1)

C 92.3/12 = 7.7

H 7.7/12 = 7.7 (1)

= 1:1 ratio so empirical formula = CH (1)

(ii) C6H6

4
(d) Name methylpropene (1)

CH 3

Diagram H3 C C CH 2
2
[10]

CH3 CH CH2 Br

CH3 CH2 CH2 CH2 Br CH3

3.

Isomer 3 (1) Isomer 4 (1)

(ii) 2-bromomethylpropane (1) [3]

4. i) C: 45.86/12 = 3.82 H: 8.92/1 = 8.92 Cl: 45.22/35.5 = 1.27

1.27 = 3 /1.27 = 7 /1.27 = 1

= C3H7Cl

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 234

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(2)

ii) C3H7Cl = 78.5 so empirical formula = molecular formula

H H H H Cl H

H C C C Cl H C C C H

H H H H H H
(2)

[4]

5. (a) (i) Molecule/compound/consists/composed/made up of hydrogen and carbon only (1)

(ii) CnH2n+2 (1)
(iii) C6H14 only (1)
(b) Chemically similar / react in same way / same chemistry
Differ by CH2
gradation in physical properties OR specified trend e.g. b.p.
same functional group
Any 2, 2 marks 1 + 1
Not same molecular formula 2
(c) (i) Same molecular formula (1)
NOT same Mr
different structural formula / structures (1) (or atoms arranged in different way)
NOT different spatial arrangement
Only credit M2 if M1 correct
(ii) 2-methylpentane (1)
2,2-dimethylbutane (1)

Isomer 3 either order Isomer 4

(iii) CH 3 CH 3
CH 3 CH 2 CH CH 2 CH 3 (1) CH 3 CH CHCH 3 (1)
CH 3
OR correct condensed / structural formula
Penalise “sticks” once
Penalise absence of vertical bonds once
penalise badly drawn bonds once 6

[11]
6. (a) (i) the same general formula or CnH2n / the same functional group / a C=C / a double
bond / differ from their immediate neighbour by CH2 1

allow ‘all straight chain alkenes’

(ii) increases
not just ‘pent-l-ene highest’; allow ‘ethene lowest, pent-l-ene highest’ 1

(b) appropriate structure for pent-2-ene (1)

appropriate structure for 2-methylbut-2-ene (1)
appropriate structure for 3-methylbut-l-ene (1) max 2

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 235

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

accept structures with CH3– –C2H5 and –CH2–

(c)

H H H H H CH 3

C C C C C C

CH 3 CH 3 H CH 2 CH 3 H CH 3

(1) (1) (1)

allow C2H5 3
[7]
7. (a) CH3 H (1) 1

CH3 C C CH 3

H Br

(b) any two pairs of marks

1,1-dibromo-(2-)methylpropane (1)
graphical formula to suit (CH3)2CHCHBr2 (1)
1,2-dibromo-(2-)methylpropane (1)
graphical formula to suit (CH3)2C(Br)CH2Br (1)
1,3-dibromo-(2)-methylpropane (1)
graphical formula to suit BrCH2CH(CH3)CH2Br (1)
allow unambiguous names
mark name and structure independently
accept order of bromo / methyl reversed
penalise once for each of
numbering from wrong end and di in dibromo omitted max 4

(c) H H CH 3

H C C C Br

H H CH 3

accept CH3–CH2–.... (1) 1

[6]
8. (a)

H H H H H

H C C C C C H

H H H
1
(b) same molecular formula (1) but
(positional) functional group in different position (1)
(chain) different carbon skeleton/arrangement of carbon atoms (1)
(functional) different functional group (1) 4
(c)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 236

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

H H
H
H H
H
H
H H H H H C C C C H C
C C H
H H
H C C C C C H C H C C
H H H
H H
H H H H H H

positional (1) chain (1) functional (1)

pent-1-ene (1) methylbut-2-ene (1) cyclopentane (1) 6
formula, type of isomerism and name all correct = 2 marks
any two of formula, type of isomerism and name = 1 mark
allow correct 3- or 4- membered ring with correct branches for functional

[11]

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 237

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

10.2 HYDROCARBONS
1. (a) (i) Name the process used to separate petroleum into fractions.
(ii) Give the molecular formula for an alkane with nine carbon atoms.
(iii) Write an equation for the complete combustion of the alkane C11H24
(iv) Write an equation for the incomplete combustion of C11H24 to produce
carbon and water only.
(4)
(b) Alkenes can be produced by cracking the naphtha fraction obtained from
petroleum.
(i) Write an equation for the thermal cracking of one molecule of C10 H22 to give
one molecule of propene and one molecule of an alkane only.
(ii) Draw the structure of the chain isomer of but-1-ene.
(2)
(c) The alkanes and the alkenes are examples of homologous series of compounds.
One feature of an homologous series is the gradual change in physical properties
as the relative molecular mass increases. State two other general features of an
homologous series of compounds.
(2)
(Total 8 marks)

2. The fractions obtained from petroleum contain saturated hydrocarbons that belong to the
homologous series of alkanes.
(a) Any homologous series can be represented by a general formula.
(i) State two other characteristics of homologous series.
(ii) Name the process which is used to obtain the fractions from petroleum.
(iii) State what is meant by the term saturated, as applied to hydrocarbons.
(4)
(b) Decane has the molecular formula C10H22
(i) State what is meant by the term molecular formula.
(ii) Give the molecular formula of the alkane which contains 14 carbon atoms.
(iii) Write an equation for the incomplete combustion of decane, C10H22, to
produce carbon and water only.
(3)
(c) When petrol is burned in an internal combustion engine, some nitrogen monoxide,
NO, is formed. This pollutant is removed from the exhaust gases by means of a
reaction in a catalytic converter.
(i) Write an equation for the reaction between nitrogen and oxygen to form
nitrogen monoxide.
(ii) Identify a catalyst used in a catalytic converter.
(iii) Write an equation to show how nitrogen monoxide is removed from the
exhaust gases as they pass through a catalytic converter.
(3)
(Total 10 marks)
3. (a) Compound A (Mr = 215.8) contains 22.24% carbon, 3.71% hydrogen and 74.05%
bromine by mass. Show that the molecular formula of A is C4H8Br2.
(3)
(b) There are nine structural isomers of molecular formula C4H8Br2, three of which
have branched carbon chains. Give the names and draw the displayed formulae for
any two of the branched chain isomers of C4H8Br2.
(4)
(Total 7 marks)
4. There are eight structural isomers with the molecular formula C5H11Br. Four of these are
classed as primary, three as secondary and one as tertiary. The graphical formula of one
of the secondary compounds, isomer A, is shown below.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 238

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

H CH 3 H H

H C C C C H

H H Br H
isomer A

(a) Give the name of isomer A.

(2)
(b) Explain what is meant by the term structural isomers.
(2)
(Total 4 marks)

5. The table below gives some of the names and structures of isomers having the molecular
formula C4H9Br

Structure Name

CH3CH2CH2CH2Br

CH3

H3C C CH3 2-bromo-2-methylpropane

Br

1-bromo-2-methylpropane

CH3CH2 CH CH3
2-bromobutane
Br

Complete the table.

(Total 2 marks)

6. Petroleum is separated into fractions by fractional distillation.

The petrol fraction (C4 to C12) is burned in internal combustion engines and the naphtha
fraction (C7 to C14) is cracked.
(a) Petroleum is separated into fractions when it is heated and the vapour mixture is
passed into a fractionating column.
(i) Explain what is meant by the term fraction as applied to fractional distillation.
(ii) State a property of the molecules in petroleum which allows the mixture to be
separated into fractions.
(iii) Describe the temperature gradient in the column.
(3)
(b) The fractions from petroleum contain alkane hydrocarbons.
(i) Write an equation for the incomplete combustion of the alkane C8H18 to
produce carbon monoxide and water only.
(ii) One isomer of C8H18 is 2,2,3-trimethylpentane. Draw the structure of this
isomer.

(2)
(c) State one economic reason for the cracking of petroleum fractions.
(1)
(d) Identify a catalyst used in catalytic cracking.
(1)
(e) Identify the different type of hydrocarbon produced in a high percentage by the

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 239

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

thermal cracking of alkanes.

(1)
(Total 8 marks)
7. Many hydrocarbon compounds burn readily in air.
(a) Write an equation to show the complete combustion of C15H32
(b) One of the gaseous products of the incomplete combustion of methane in gas fires is
known to be poisonous. Identify this product and write an equation for the reaction
in which it is formed from methane.
(Total 4 marks)

8. (a) Crude oil is separated into fractions by fractional distillation. Outline how different
fractions are obtained by this process.
(3)
(b) The table below gives details of the supply of, and demand for, some crude oil
fractions.
Approximate %
Fractions Typical supply Global
from crude oil demand
Gases 2 4
Petrol and naphtha 16 27
Kerosine 13 8
Gas oil 19 23
Fuel oil and bitumen 50 38

(i) Use the data given above to explain why catalytic cracking of crude oil
fractions is commercially important.
(ii) Give the two main types of product obtained by catalytic cracking.
(4)
(c) Name a catalyst used in catalytic cracking and outline the industrial conditions
used in the process.
(3)
(Total 10 marks)
9. (a) The diagram below represents the industrial fractional distillation of crude oil.
gases

gasoline (petrol)
naphtha
A
gas oil (diesel)
mineral (lubricating) oil
crude oil
heater

residue

(i) Identify fraction A.

(ii) What property of the fractions allows them to be separated in the column?
(2)
(b) A gas oil fraction from the distillation of crude oil contains hydrocarbons in the C15
to C19 range. These hydrocarbons can be cracked by strong heating.
(i) Write the molecular formula for the alkane with 19 carbon atoms.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 240

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(ii) Write an equation for one possible cracking reaction of the alkane C16H34
when the products include ethene and propene in the molar ratio 2:1 and only
one other compound.
(3)
(Total 5 marks)
10. Name the alkene CH3CH2CH=CH2
(Total 1 mark)
11. The table below shows the fractions obtained from crude oil:

Name of fraction Number of Use

carbon atoms
Gases 1-4 bottled fuels for camping
Petrol (gasoline) 4-12 fuel for cars
Naphtha 7-14
11-15 jet fuel
Gas oil (diesel) 15-19 central heating fuel
Mineral oil 20-30 lubrication
Fuel oil 30-40
Wax 41-50 Candles
Bitumen over 50 road surfacing

(a) Complete the table above by writing in the empty boxes

(3)
(b) Give one structural formula in each case for the following components of crude oil:
(i) the isomer of C5H12 with the lowest boiling point

(ii) a saturated compound with molecular formula C5H10

(2)

(c) Give a molecular formula for each of the following components of crude oil:
(i) the alkane which, on cracking, forms, as the only products, two moles of
ethene and one mole of butane per mole of alkane.
(ii) the straight chain alkane found in the petrol fraction which contains the
lowest percentage by mass of hydrogen. Refer to the table at the start of the
question to deduce your answer.
(2)
(Total 7 marks)

12. (a) Central heating fuel is obtained by distillation of crude oil. An alkane present in
central heating fuel contains 16 carbon atoms per molecule. When a molecule of
this alkane is cracked, propene is formed.
(i) Name the crude oil fraction used as central heating fuel.
(ii) Write an equation for the cracking of the 16-carbon alkane to form octane,
propene and ethene as the only products.
(iii) Give one important commercial use of propene.
(4)
(b) A catalytic converter in the exhaust system of a car contains a ceramic honeycomb
covered with a thin coating of the catalyst. When hot gases containing nitrogen
monoxide and unburnt octane are passed over the catalyst, they react to form
nitrogen, carbon dioxide and water.
(i) Explain why the catalyst is coated on a honeycomb.
(ii) Write an equation for the reaction of octane with nitrogen monoxide to form
nitrogen, carbon dioxide and water.
(4)
(Total 8 marks)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 241

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

13. (a) Gas oil (diesel), kerosine (paraffin), mineral oil (lubricating oil) and petrol (gasoline)
are four of the five fractions obtained by the fractional distillation of crude oil within
the temperature range 40–400 °C.
Identify the missing fraction and state the order in which the five fractions are
removed as the fractionating column is ascended. Give two reasons why the
fractions collect at different levels in the fractionating column.
(4)
(b) Thermal cracking of large hydrocarbon molecules is used to produce alkenes. State
the type of mechanism involved in this process. Write an equation for the thermal
cracking of C21H44 in which ethene and propene are produced in a 3:2 molar ratio
together with one other product.
(3)
(c) Write equations, where appropriate, to illustrate your answers to the questions
below.
(i) Explain why it is desirable that none of the sulphur-containing impurities
naturally found in crude oil are present in petroleum fractions.
(ii) The pollutant gas NO is found in the exhaust gases from petrol engines.
Explain why NO is formed in petrol engines but is not readily formed when
petrol burns in the open air.
(iii) The pollutant gas CO is also found in the exhaust gases from petrol engines.
Explain how CO and NO are removed from the exhaust gases and why the
removal of each of them is desirable.
(10)
(Total 17 marks)
14. (a) Petrol engines in cars produce a number of pollutants which can be removed by
catalytic converters.
Discuss this statement, indicating what the pollutants are, how they arise and how
they are removed as efficiently as possible in a catalytic converter. Write equations
for any reactions you discuss.
(11)
(b) Petrol is obtained, not only by fractional distillation of crude oil, but also by
cracking of hydrocarbons from heavy fractions.
State why hydrocarbons from heavy fractions are cracked and explain why these
hydrocarbons are less easy to ignite than those in petrol.
(4)
(Total 15 marks)
15. Ethene and other important hydrocarbons can be produced industrially from decane,
C10H22. Name the process involved. Write two equations for reactions in which ethene is
formed from decane by this process. Explain the economic importance of the process.
(Total 7 marks)
16. The petroleum and petrochemicals industries use a small number of processes to produce
a large number of final products. Three of these processes are fractional distillation,
vacuum distillation and cracking.
(a) Describe briefly how fractional distillation can be used to convert crude oil into a
small number of fractions.
(4)
(b) The residue from the fractional distillation process is usually vacuum distilled. This
process allows the compounds in the residue to boil at temperatures much lower
than their normal boiling points. State whether the sizes of the molecules of the
compounds in the residue are smaller or larger than those in the other fractions and
suggest why the process of vacuum distillation is used.
(2)
(c) Cracking is carried out by heating long-chain hydrocarbons, often in the presence of
steam and a catalyst. Steam cracking is used to produce a mixture of alkanes and
alkenes in reactions such as the following:
C9H20 → C6H14 + C3H6
(i) Give a name for each compound produced in this reaction.
(2)
(ii) Nonane, C9H20, can be cracked to give other products. One molecule of
nonane can give two molecules of ethene, one molecule of ethane and one
molecule of another substance. What is the molecular formula of the other

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 242

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

substance?
(1)
(d) Halogenoalkanes have been used for a long time as anaesthetics, for example
trichloromethane and 2-bromo-2-chloro-1,1,1-trifluoroethane(halothane). Give the
formulae of both trichloromethane and 2-bromo-2-chloro-1,1,1-trifluoroethane.
(2)
(Total 11 marks)

17. (a) Crude oil is separated into fractions by fractional distillation.

(i) Explain the term fraction.
(ii) Outline how different fractions are obtained by this process.
(4)

(b) Gas oil (diesel), gasoline (petrol), kerosene (paraffin) and naphtha are fractions
obtained from crude oil.
Write the fractions gas oil, gasoline and kerosene in order of increasing boiling
temperature and give one specific use for each of the fuels, gas oil and kerosene.
(3)
(c) The hydrocarbon C17H36 is found in the gas oil fraction obtained by fractional
distillation of crude oil.
(i) Name a fraction which is obtained higher up the distillation column than gas
oil and give one reason why it is obtained higher up the column.
(ii) Write an equation for the complete combustion of the hydrocarbon C17H36
(4)

(d) Write an equation for the complete combustion of the alkane which requires 11
moles of oxygen per mole of alkane for complete combustion.
(2)
(Total 13 marks)

18. (a) The table below gives details of the supply of, and demand for, some crude oil
fractions.
Approximate %
Fractions Typical supply Global
from crude oil demand
Gases 2 4
Petrol and naphtha 16 27
Kerosine 13 8
Gas oil 19 23
Fuel oil and bitumen 50 38
(i) Use the data given above to explain why catalytic cracking of crude oil
fractions is commercially important.
(ii) Give the two main types of product obtained by catalytic cracking.
(4)
(b) Name a catalyst used in catalytic cracking and outline the industrial conditions
used in the process.
(3)

(c) The naphtha fraction is thermally cracked to produce a mixture containing

methane, ethene, butene and several other molecules.
(i) Suggest how the mixture produced by cracking is separated into individual
compounds.

(ii) Write an equation for the cracking of an alkane which has nine carbon atoms
per molecule into methane, ethene and butene.
(3)
(d) Write an equation for the cracking of C17H36 to form octane, propene and ethene

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 243

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

only.
(1)
(e) Give a molecular formula of the alkane which, on cracking, forms, as the only
products, two moles of ethene and one mole of butane per mole of alkane.
(1)
(Total 12 marks)

19. (a) Petrol engines in cars produce a number of pollutants which can be removed by
catalytic converters.
Discuss this statement, indicating what the pollutants are, how they arise and how
they are removed as efficiently as possible in a catalytic converter. Write equations
for any reactions you discuss.
(12)

20. (a) Most of the ethene used by industry is produced when ethane is heated to 900°C in
the absence of air. Write an equation for this reaction.
(1)
(b) Name the type of polymerisation which occurs when ethene is converted into
poly(ethene).
(1)
(Total 2 marks)
21. Consider the following reaction scheme, which leads to the formation of two compounds
V and W.
Reaction 2 Reaction 3
H2C=CH2 CH3CH2OSO2OH CH3CH2OH
conc H2SO4 H2O

Reaction 1 Reaction 4
O2/catalyst acidified
K2Cr2O 7

C2H4O C2H4O
V W
Name and outline a mechanism for Reaction 2.

(5)
(Total 5 marks)
22. Consider the following reaction sequence:
COCH 2 C 6 H 5 CH(OH)CH 2 C 6 H 5 CH=CHC 6 H 5

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Name the type of isomerism shown by the final product, 1,2-diphenylethene, and
explain why this compound can exist in two stereoisomeric forms.
(2)
(Total 2 marks)
23. But-2-ene can exist in two isomeric forms. Give the structures of these two isomers
and name the type of isomerism.
(3)
(Total 3 marks)

24. (i) Write an overall equation for the reaction of cyclohexene with hydrogen.
(ii) By stating a reagent and an observation, give a chemical test which would show that
this hydrogenation reaction has gone to completion.
(3)
(Total 3 marks)
25. Consider the following scheme of reactions.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 244

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

Reaction 1 Reaction 2
H 2 C=CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 Br CH 3 CH2 CN
ethene HBr bromoethane P

Reaction 3 Reaction 5

C 2 H 4O CH 3 CH 2 NH 2
epoxyethane Q

Reaction 4

HOCH 2 CH 2 OH
ethane-1,2-diol

In Reaction 1, ethene undergoes electrophilic addition with hydrogen bromide.

(i) State what is meant by the term electrophile.
(ii) Outline a mechanism for this reaction.
(5)
(Total 5 marks)

26. (a) Draw and name the geometrical isomers of pent-2-ene.

(2)
(b) Pent-1-ene reacts with hydrogen bromide to produce 2-bromopentane as the major
product.
(i) Outline the mechanism for this reaction.
(ii) Identify the minor product formed in this reaction.
(iii) Explain why 2-bromopentane is the major product of this reaction.
(7)
(Total 9 marks)
27. Propene reacts with hydrogen bromide by an electrophilic addition mechanism
forming
2-bromopropane as the major product.
The equation for this reaction is shown below.
Br H
H 3C H
C C + HBr H 3C C C H
H H
H H
(i) Outline the mechanism for this reaction, showing the structure of the
intermediate carbocation formed.

(ii) Give the structure of the alternative carbocation which could be formed in the
reaction between propene and hydrogen bromide.
(5)
(Total 12 marks)

28. (a) How do the physical properties of the alkene homologous series change as the chain
length increases?
(2)
(b) For the reaction shown in the equation:
H H

nC 2 H 4 C C

H H n

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 245

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

Give the name of this process:

(2)

(c) Most ethanol used in the chemical industry is manufactured by reacting together
water and ethene.
(i) Write a balanced equation for this reaction.
(1)
(ii) Outline the reaction conditions for this reaction.
(3)
(iii) Classify this reaction, indicating the type of initial attack on the ethene.
(2)
(Total 10 marks)
29. Compounds with double bonds between carbon atoms can exhibit geometrical isomerism.
(i) Draw structures for the two geometrical isomers of 1,2-dichloroethene.

(ii) What feature of the double bond prevents isomer 1 from changing into isomer
2?
(3)
(Total 3 marks)
30. The polymer poly(chloroethene), commonly known as poly(vinyl chloride) or PVC, can be
produced as follows:
H H
Cl 2 heat
H2C CH 2 C 2 H 4 Cl 2 C 2 H 3 Cl C C
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 n
H Cl
PVC
(a) Using your knowledge of the reaction between bromine and ethene, name and
outline a mechanism for Step 1.
(5)
(b) Write an equation for Step 2 showing clearly the structure of the organic product.

(1)
(c) Plasticisers are often incorporated into polymers such as PVC. Name a type of
compound used as a plasticiser.
(1)
(d) (i) Draw the structure of the organic product of the reaction of C2H4C12 with an
excess of warm aqueous sodium hydroxide.

(ii) Suggest why C2H3Cl, the organic product of Step 2, does not react with warm
aqueous sodium hydroxide.
(3)
(Total 10 marks)
31. Consider the following reaction sequence:
COCH 2 CH 3 CH(OH)CH 2 CH 3 CH=CHCH 3
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

(a) Explain why the final product, 1-phenylpropene, is formed as a mixture of two
isomers.
(2)
(b) When 1-phenylpropene is treated with hydrogen bromide, two compounds are
formed which are structural isomers.
(i) Give the structures of the two isomers.
(ii) Name the type of mechanism involved.
(iii) By reference to the structures of the two carbonium ion intermediates formed,
suggest why the two isomers are obtained in unequal amounts.
(6)
(Total 8 marks)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 246

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

32. Four members of the homologous series of alkenes are ethene, propene, but-1-ene and
pent-1-ene.
(i) Give one structural feature of the compounds that makes them members of
the homologous series of alkenes.
(1)
(ii) State the trend in the boiling points from ethene to pent-1-ene.
(1)
(iii) Give the name and draw the displayed formula of an alkene that is an isomer
of but-1-ene and that has a different carbon skeleton.
(2)
(Total 4 marks)
33. Ethanol is produced industrially from ethene. Name the catalyst and state the
conditions used in the industrial process and write an equation for the reaction.
(4)
(Total 4 marks)

34. Consider the following scheme of reactions for making ethane-1,2-diol from ethene by two
different routes.
Reaction 2
BrCH 2 CH 2 Br HOCH 2 CH 2 Br
X Y
Reaction 1 Reaction 3
Br 2 NaOH(aq)

H 2 C CH 2 HOCH 2 CH 2 OH
ethene ethane-1,2-diol

Reaction 4 H 2O Reaction 5
O
H 2C CH 2
Z
Name compound X and name a mechanism for Reaction 1. Explain why ethene is
able to react with bromine in this reaction, given that bromine molecules are
non-polar.
(4)
(Total 4 marks)
35. Addition reactions to alkenes can result in the formation of isomeric compounds.
Choose an alkene with molecular formula C4H8 which reacts with HBr to
form two structural isomers. Give the structures of these two isomers and
name the type of structural isomerism shown.
Outline a mechanism for the formation of the major product.
(7)
(Total 7 marks)

36. Ethene can be converted into a variety of useful products as illustrated below.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 247

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

CH 3 CH 2 OH
ethanol

Reaction 1
acid catalyst

H 2 C CH 2
ethene

Reaction 2 Reaction 3
Ag catalyst HBr

O
H 2C CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 Br
epoxyethane bromoethane

Reaction 4 Reaction 5

OH OH CH 3 CH 2 NH 2
ethylamine
H 2 C CH 2
compound X
(a) Give a reagent for Reaction 1
(1)
(b) Outline a mechanism for Reaction 3.
(4)
(Total 5 marks)
37. Describe the arrangement of bonds around the carbon atoms in ethane and in
ethene, and state the bond angle in each compound. Compare the relative lengths of
the carbon-carbon bonds in the two molecules and explain why they are different.
(6)
(Total 6 marks)
38. There are several non-cyclic structural isomers with the molecular formula C6H12.
(a) One of these isomers, 2-methylpent-2-ene, (CH3)2C=CHCH2CH3, reacts with
hydrogen bromide. Name the major product and account for its formation by
reference to the mechanism of the reaction.
(7)
(b) Identify one linear alkene of formula C6H12 which can exist as a pair of
stereoisomers. State the type of stereoisomerism shown, name the alkene and draw
the structures of the two isomers.
(4)
(Total 11 marks)
39. When 2-methylpent-2-ene reacts with hydrogen bromide two products are formed, one
major and one minor, each with molecular formula C6H13Br. Name these two products and
account for their formation by reference to the mechanism of the reaction.
(Total 15 marks)

40. This question is concerned with the six reactions shown in the following scheme. The four
compounds involved are represented by their molecular formulae and labelled using the
letters A, B, C and D.
reagent W reagent X reagent Y
C3H6   C3H7Br   C3H8O   C3H6O
compound A   compound B 
reagent X
 compound C 
reagent W
 compound D
reagent Z

(a) State the names of the three homologous series to which compounds A, B and C
belong.
(3)
(b) Give the name of the type of reaction occurring in each of the following conversions:

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 248

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(i) compound A to compound B;

(1)
(ii) compound B to compound C;
(1)
(c) Give the name or formula of reagent X and state the different conditions under
which it would be used in the conversions of compound B to compound C, and of
compound B to compound A.
(3)
(f) Write an equation for each of the following reactions:
(i) the conversion of compound B to compound A;
(1)
(ii) the conversion of compound B to compound C.
(1)
(g) Outline a possible mechanism for the conversion of compound B to compound C.
(3)
(Total 13 marks)

41. (i) Name the alkene CH3CH2CH=CH2

(ii) Explain why CH3CH2CH=CH2 does not show geometrical isomerism.
(iii) Draw an isomer of CH3CH2CH=CH2 which does show geometrical isomerism.
(iv) Draw another isomer of CH3CH2CH=CH2 which does not show geometrical
isomerism.

(Total 4 marks)
42. The alkene CH3CH=C(CH3)CH2CH3 reacts with hydrogen bromide to form
3-bromo-3-methylpentane, CH3CH2CBr(CH3)CH2CH3, as the major product.
(a) Give the name of this alkene and state the type of stereoisomerism shown by this
compound.
(2)
(b) Name and outline a mechanism for the reaction between the alkene and hydrogen
bromide.
(5)
(c) Give the structure of the isomeric product also formed in the above reaction and
explain why the two isomers are obtained in unequal amounts.
(3)
(Total 10 marks)
43. Many naturally-occurring organic compounds can be converted into other useful
products.
Oleic acid can be obtained from vegetable oils. Oleic acid is an example of an unsaturated
compound.
CH3(CH2)7CH=CH(CH2)7COOH
oleic acid
(i) Deduce the molecular formula and the empirical formula of oleic acid.
(ii) State what is meant by the term unsaturated.
(iii) Identify a reagent for a simple chemical test to show that oleic acid is
unsaturated. State what you would observe when oleic acid reacts with this
reagent.
(5)
(Total 5 marks)

44. Consider the following reaction scheme.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 249

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

Reaction 1
CH 3 CH = CH 2 CH 3 CHBrCH3 + CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 Br
propene 2-bromopropane 1-bromopropane
(a minor product)

Reaction 2 Reaction 3

CH3 CH(OH)CH 3
propan-2-ol
(a) (i) Name the mechanism for Reaction 1.
(ii) Explain why 1-bromopropane is only a minor product in Reaction 1.
(3)
(b) Reaction 2 proceeds in two stages.
Stage 1 CH3CH=CH2 + H2SO4 CH3CH(OSO2OH)CH3
Stage 2 CH3CH(OSO2OH)CH3 + H2O CH3CH(OH)CH3 + H2SO4
(i) Name the class of alcohols to which propan-2-ol belongs.
(ii) State the overall role of the sulphuric acid in Reaction 2.
(6)
(Total 9 marks)
45. This question concerns the chemistry of ethene and compounds derived from it. Consider
the following statements and then answer the questions below.
Ethene may be polymerised to form poly(ethene).
Treatment of ethene with bromine gives a compound C.
Compound C may be converted in the laboratory into a compound D, which has a
percentage composition by mass of: C 38.71%; H 9.68%; O 51.61%. The relative
molecular mass, Mr, of D is 62.
(a) (i) Explain what is meant by the term polymerisation.
(2)
(ii) Write an equation to represent the polymerisation of ethene.
(1)
(b) Give the name of compound C.
(1)
(c) Give the name of the mechanism of the reaction between ethene and bromine. Draw
the mechanism for this reaction.

(4)
(d) (i) Use the analytical data provided at the start of the question to deduce the
molecular formula of compound D.
(3)
(ii) Give the reagent(s) and condition(s) for the conversion of C into D.
(2)
(iii) Write an equation for the conversion of C into D.
(2)
(Total 15 marks)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 250

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

Marking Scheme
1. (a) (i) fractional distillation or fractionation 1
(ii) C9H20 only 1
(iii) C11H24 + 17O2 →11CO2 + 12H2O 1
(iv) C11H24 + 6O2 → 11C + 12H2O 1

(b) (1) C10H22 → C3H6 + C7H16 1

(ii) correctly drawn structure of methylpropene 1
(insist on clearly drawn C-C and C=C bonds)

(c) Any two from 2

chemically similar or chemically the same or react in the same way
same functional group
same general formula
differ by CH2
(penalise same molecular formula or same empirical formula)
[8]
2. (a) (i) any two from:
show a gradation/trend/gradual change in physical properties/
a specified property
differ by CH2
chemically similar or react in the same way
have the same functional group 2
(penalise ‘same molecular formula’)
(penalise ‘same empirical formula’)
(ii) fractional distillation or fractionation 1
(iii) contains only single bonds or has no double bonds
(credit ‘every carbon is bonded to four other atoms’ provided
it does not contradict by suggesting that this will always be H) 1
(b) (i) the molecular formula gives the actual number of atoms of each
element/type in a molecule/hydrocarbon/compound/formula 1
(penalise ‘amount of atoms’)
(penalise ‘ratio of atoms’)
(ii) C14H30 only 1
(penalise as a contradiction if correct answer is accompanied
by other structural formulae)
(iii) C10H22 + 5½O2 → 10C + 11H2O 1
(or double this equation)
(c) (i) ½N2 + ½O2 → NO 1
(or double this equation)
(ii) Platinum or palladium or rhodium 1
(iii) 2CO + 2NO → 2CO2 + N2 or
2NO → N2 + O2 or
(ignore extra O2 molecules provided the equation balances)
C + 2NO → CO2 + N2
(or half of each of these equations)
C8H18 + 25NO → 8CO2 + 12½N2 + 9H2O 1
(or double this equation)
[10]
3. (a) C 22.24/12 = 1.85 H 3.71/1 = 3.71 Br 74.05/79.9 = 0.927 (1)
ratio C:H:Br = [Link] therefore C2H4Br (1)
empirical mass = 107.9 therefore mol formula = 215.8/107.9 × C2H4Br = C4H8Br2
(1)
must use % to justify answer
or
C (22.24/100) × 215.8 = 47.99 i.e. 48/12 = 4 carbon atoms (1)
H (3.71/100) × 215.8 = 8.01 i.e. 8/1 = 8 hydrogen atoms (1)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 251

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

Br (74.05/100) × 215.8 = 159.8 i.e. 159.8/79.9 = 2 bromine atoms (1)

or
C (48/215.8) × 100 = 22.24% (1)
H (8/215.8) × 100 = 3.71 % (1)
Br (159.8/215.8) × 100 = 74.05% (1) 3
(b) any two pairs of marks
1,1-dibromo-(2-)methylpropane (1)
graphical formula to suit (CH3)2CHCHBr2 (1)
1,2-dibromo-(2-)methylpropane (1)
graphical formula to suit (CH3)2C(Br)CH2Br (1)
1,3-dibromo-(2)-methylpropane (1)
graphical formula to suit BrCH2CH(CH3)CH2Br (1)
allow unambiguous names
mark name and structure independently
accept order of bromo / methyl reversed
penalise once for each of
numbering from wrong end and di in dibromo omitted max
4
[7]
4. (a) 2-bromo-3-methylbutane
correct spelling each of bromo, methyl and butane (1)
for numbers – 2 & 3 either order (1) 2
(b) compounds with the same molecular formula / compounds or molecules
with the same number and type of atoms
not atoms or elements instead of compounds (1)
different structural formulae / different arrangement of atoms / different
structures / different graphical (displayed) formulae / functional groups in
different places (1) 2
[4]
5. 1(-)bromobutane 1
correct structure for 1-bromo-2-methylpropane 1
(C–C bonds must be clear where drawn)
[2]

6. (a) (i) compounds/mixtures/alkanes/hydrocarbons/molecules with a

boiling point range/similar boiling point/similar number of
carbon atoms/similar chain length; 1
(insist on “similar” rather than “same”)
(ignore references to size or Mr)
(penalise references to bond breaking/cracking as
contradictions)
(ii) molecules have different boiling points/intermolecular forces/sizes/chain
lengths/Mr; 1
(ignore references to melting points)
(credit the idea that molecules condense at different
temperatures)
(iii) the column has a higher temperature at the base (Q of L mark)
OR
the column has a lower temperature at the top; 1
(the statement needs to be expressed in good English and
show a clear understanding of the correct temperature
difference) (penalise “negative OR positive temperature
gradient” without qualification to what the candidate means,
otherwise ignore) (ignore references to the boiling points of
the molecules) (credit correct statements which use specific
temperatures with a maximum temperature of 500 °C at the
base)
(b) (i) C8H18 + 8 ½ O2 8CO + 9H2O; 1
(or double this equation)
(ii) correctly drawn structure of 2,2,3-trimethylpentane 1

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 252

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(penalise the use of ‘sticks’ once on the paper, including the

structures in the 2(a)(ii) and 2(c)(iii )mechanisms) (credit
correctly condensed structures)
(c) cracking produces/makes ethene/propene/alkenes/motor fuels/petrol
OR
cracking makes more useful products/high(er) value products
OR
cracking satisfies the high demand for small(er) products; 1
(ignore the idea that cracking makes or leads to plastics or
polyethene) (high demand needs to be qualified)
(d) zeolite
OR
aluminosilicate OR A12O31; 1
(e) alkene(s); 1
(credit “small or short chain alkenes”)
(penalise “cycloalkenes”)
(penalise additional types of compounds (e.g. branched
alkanes) as a
contradiction)
(do not credit examples or formulae, but ignore if these are
correct and in addition to the word “alkene”)
[8]
7. (a) C15H32 + 23 O2→15 CO2 +16 H2O
Products (1)
Balance (1)
If wrong reactant C.E
(b) Identity of product: CO or carbon monoxide (1)
3
Equation: CH4 + O → CO +2 H2O (1)
4 2
Any balanced equation using CH4, producing CO
Not could also make C + CO2 [4]
8. (a) Crude oil is heated to vaporise it / oil vaporised (1)
(Vapour passed into fractionating) tower / column (1)
Top of tower cooler than bottom
or negative temperature gradient (1)
fractions separated by b.p
OR condensed at different temperatures OR levels
OR low boiling fractions at the top
OR at the top small molecules or light components (1) max
3
(b) (i) Identify shortfall in supply - e.g. petrol / small molecules (1)
Higher value products OR more useful products (1)
OR cracking produces more of material (problem solving)
(ii) Motor fuels
Aromatic hydrocarbons
Branched alkanes / hydrocarbons
Cycloalkanes
Any two (2)
Ignore specific fractions, alkanes, shorter alkanes, penalise
alkenes, and hydrogen
4
(c) Catalyst: Zeolite / aluminosilicate (1)
Conditions: High temp OR around 450 °C [300 – 600] °C NOT
heat / warm (1)
Slight pressure [1 atm to 10 atm OR 1 megaPa, 1000 kPa] (1)
NOT high pressure
3
[10]

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 253

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

9. (a) (i) Kerosine or paraffin (1)

(ii) Boiling point (1) 2
(b) (i) C19H40 (1)
(ii) C16H34 → 2C2H4 + C3H6 + C9H20
or C16H34 → 4C2H4 + 2C3H6 + C2H6 (2) 4
[5]
10. but-1-ene (1)
[1]
11. (a) petrochemicals (1)
Kerosine or paraffin (1)
Power stations or ships (1) 3

(b) (i) CH 3

CH 3 C CH 3 (1)

CH 3
(ii) 2
CH 3
or (1)

(c) (i) C8H18 (1)

(ii) C12H26 (1) 2
[7]
12. (a) (i) Gas oil or diesel (1)
n
(ii) C16H34 (1) → C8H18 + 2C3H6 + C2H4 eq (1)
(iii) To produce polymers (1) 4

(b) (i) large surface area (1)

faster reaction (1)

(ii) C8H18 + 25NO → 8CO2 + 9H2O + 12½N2 (2) 4

[8]
13. (a) Missing fraction = naphtha (allow naphtha from list if not quoted
separately) (1) Order = mineral oil (lubricating oil), gas oil (diesel),
kerosene (paraffin),
naphtha, petrol (gasoline) (1)
Mark order consequential on M1 (if no missing fraction
given, M2 = 0) Accept correct reversed order
Negative temperature gradient on the column
or temperature of column decreases upwards (1)
Larger molecules or heavier fractions condense at higher temperatures or
lower down the column or reference to different boiling points
(ignore mp) (1) 4
(b) Type of mechanism = (free) radical / homolytic fission - used in complete
sentence phrase (1)
C21H44 → 3 C2H4 + 2 C3H6 + C9H20 correct alkenes (1)
Accept CH2CH2 & CH2CHCH3 all correct (1) 3
(c) (i) Sulphur (containing impurities) burn to form or forms SO2 or correct
oxides of sulphur (if oxide identified, must be correct) (1)
OR equation: e.g. S + O2 → SO2 or H2S + 1½O2 → SO2 + H2O
Leading to acid rain (must have specified oxides of S or burning)
or toxic product or respiratory problems (1)
(ii) NO formed by reaction between N2 and O2 from the air (1)
OR N2 +O2 →2NO
High combustion temperature or spark in engine (1)
provides EA or sufficient heat / energy to break N≡N (1)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 254

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(iii) Need to remove NO as forms acid rain or toxic product or causes

respiratory problems (1)
2NO + O2 → 2NO2 (1)
4NO2 + O2 + 2H2O → 4HNO3 (1)
Need to remove CO as it is poisonous (1)
Catalytic converter (1)
uses Pt / Rh / Pd / Ir (wrong answer cancels a correct one) (1)
Provides active sites / reduces EA (1)
Forms N2 + CO2 (1)
2NO + 2CO → N2 + 2CO2 (correct equation worth last 2 marks)
(1) max 10
[17]
14. (a) pollutants: CO (1)
NO or NO2 (1)
unburned hydrocarbons (1)
CO from incomplete combustion (1)
n
eg C8H18 + 8 ½ O2 → 8CO + 9H2O (eq 1)
NO from N2 + O2 → 2NO (1)
spark (1) max 7

removal: reaction between NOx and CO or CxHy

to form harmless products (1)
n
eq : 2NO + 2CO → N2 + 2CO2 (2)
C8H18 + 25NO → 8CO2 + 9H2O + 12½N2 (2)
one of Pt/Rh/Pd catalyst (1) max 4

(b) Demand for heavy fraction: low or for petrol: high (1)
Supply of heavy fraction: high or of petrol: low (1)
larger Mr are less volatile/have higher bp (1)
due to stronger intermolecular forces (1) 4
[15]
15. Cracking (1)
radical mechanism (1)
Any two equations e.g C10 H22 → C2H4 + C8H18
C10H22 → 2C2H4 + C6H14 (2)

C10H22 or larger alkanes:

low demand/high abundance/less useful (1)
C2H4 or smaller alkanes: high demand/low abundance/more useful (1)
Uses: ethene to make polymers/plastics/ethanol (1)
octane or smaller alkanes - for petrol or fuels (1) 8
[8]
16. (a) heated / vaporised / boiled
passed into column / tower
condense at different heights / liquefy at different heights
similar molecules (size, bp, mass) condense together / (1)
small molecules at the top and big molecules at the bottom 4

(b) larger (1)

reduces decomposition (1) 2

(c) (i) hexane or valid isomers (1)

propene (1) 2
(ii) C3H6 (1) 1

(d) CHCl3 (1)

C2HBrClF3 or correct structural formula (1)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 255

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

H F

Br C C F

Cl F 2
[11]

17. (a) (i) (group of molecules) with similar bp/chain length/size (1)
(ii) Crude oil is heated to vaporise it / oil vaporised (1)
(Vapour passed into fractionating) tower / column (1)
Top of tower cooler than bottom
or negative temperature gradient (1)
fractions separated by b.p
OR condensed at different temperatures OR levels
OR low boiling fractions at the top
OR at the top small molecules or light components (1) max 3
4
(b) gasolene, kerosene, gas oil (1)
lorries, trains (1)
jet engines (1)
3
(c) (i) Kerosine (paraffin) / naptha / gasoline (petrol) /LPG (1)
smaller molecules or lower bp (1)
(ii) C17H36 + 26O2 → 17CO 2  18H 2 O


(1) (1)
4
(d) C7H16 + 11O2 → 7CO2 + 8H2O
(1) eqn (1)
2
[13]

18. (a) (i) Identify shortfall in supply - e.g. petrol / small molecules (1)
Higher value products OR more useful products (1)
OR cracking produces more of material (problem solving)
(ii) Motor fuels
Aromatic hydrocarbons
Branched alkanes / hydrocarbons
Cycloalkanes
Any two (2)
Ignore specific fractions, alkanes, shorter alkanes, penalise alkenes, and
hydrogen 4
(b) Catalyst: Zeolite / aluminosilicate (1)
Conditions: High temp OR around 450 °C [300 – 600] °C NOT heat / warm (1)
Slight pressure [ 1 atm to 10 atm OR 1 megaPa, 1000 kPa] (1)
NOT high pressure 3
(c) (i) fractional distillation (1)
(ii) C9H2O → CH4 + 2C2H4 + C4H8 (1)
(1)
3
(d) C17H36 → C8H18 + C3H6 + 3C2H4 } (1)
or 2C17H36 → 2C8H18 + 4C3H6 + 3C2H4}
1
(e) C8H18 (1)
[12]
19. pollutants: CO (1)
NO or NO2 (1)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 256

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

unburned hydrocarbons (1)

CO from incomplete combustion (1)
eg C8H18 + 8 ½ O2 → 8CO + 9H2O (eqn 1)
NO from N2 + O2 → 2NO (1)
spark (1) max 7
removal: reaction between NOx and CO or CxHy
to form harmless products (1)
eqn : 2NO + 2CO → N2 + 2CO2 (2)
C8H18 + 25NO →8CO2 + 9H2O + 12½N2 (2)
one of Pt/Rh/Pd catalyst (1)
max 5
[12]
20. (a) C2H6 → C2H4 + H2 1
(b) Addition 1
(ignore self or chain as a preface to “addition “)
(penalise additional)
[2]
21. Electrophilic addition 1
M1: curly arrow from C=C bond towards/alongside the side of H atom on
H1OSO2OH 1
(penalise M1 if arrow to H2SO4 OR to formal charge on H of H1O bond)
(ignore partial charges on H and O of H2SO4, but penalise if these are
incorrect on the H atom being attacked)
(credit M1 and M2 if correct curly arrow to H+ provided the anion is present)
M2: curly arrow from H–O bond towards/alongside the side of the O atom on
H–OSO2OH 1
(credit the arrow even if there are partial or formal charges on H and O
but the structure of H2SO4 is correct)
M3: correct structure of the carbocation 1
(penalise use of ‘sticks’ in this structure)
M4: curly arrow from lone pair on an individual oxygen atom of
(correct formula for) hydrogensulphate ion towards/alongside C atom
bearing the positive charge 1
(insist that the an ion has the correct formula with a lone pair of
electrons and a negative charge)
[5]
22. Type of isomerism
geometrical or E-Z (1)
Explanation restricted rotation or
double bond rigid (1) 2
[2]
23.

H3C CH 3 H3C H
C C (1) C C (1)
H H H CH 3
H
accept CH 3 C C CH 3 and CH 3 C C CH 3

H H H
Credit 1 mark for a correct formula for but-2-ene
Credit 1 mark for any pair of cis / trans isomers
Geometric(al)
Or cis-trans
Or diastereoisomerism
NOT stereoisomerism
3

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 257

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

[3]
24. (i) + H2
or C6H10 + H2 → C6H12
(ii) Reagent(s) Br2 or KMnO4 (1)
Observation(s) no charge (1)
[3]
25. (i) Electron pair/ lone pair acceptor OR seeking/bonds
with an electron pair 1
(insist on reference to a pair of electrons)
(ii) M1 curly arrow from middle of C=C bond of the alkene towards/
alongside the H atom of the H-Br; 1
(penalise arrows which go towards one of the carbon atoms)
(ignore a partial negative charge on the C=C)
M2 curly arrow from H-Br bond to side of Br atom; 1
(penalise M2 if there are formal charges on HBr or if there are
partial charges which are the wrong)
(penalise M2 if the single bond has two dots in addition to the
line)
M3 correct structure for carbocation; 1
(penalise M3 if the positive charge is placed on the end of a
bond) (penalise M3 if any alkene other than ethene is used -
all other marks can score)
M4 curly arrow from lone pair on bromide ion to the positive carbon 1
of carbocation, ensuring that bromide ion has a negative charge;
[5]
26. (a) Ml credit a correct structure for either geometrical isomer and its 1
designation as either cis or trans.
OR credit two correct geometrical isomer structures (ignore the names)
OR credit two correct names for cis pent-2-ene and trans pent-2-ene (ignore the
structures)
M2 credit a second mark if all four parts of the required structures and 1
names are correct.
(credit “linear” structures)
(insist on the alkyl groups being attached clearly by C-C
bonds)
(b) (i) Ml curly arrow from middle of C = C bond to H atom on H-Br 1
(penalise M1 if partial negative charge or formal positive
charge on H)
(penalise Ml if pent-2-ene is used)
M2 curly arrow from H-Br bond to side of Br atom 1
M3 correct structure for correct secondary carbocation 1
M4 curly arrow from lone pair on bromide ion to the positive carbon of 1
carbocation, ensuring that bromide ion has a negative charge.
(with the exception of pent-2-ene, if the wrong alkene is used,
only penalise the structure M3)
(penalise the use of two dots in addition to a covalent bond,
once only)
(ii) 1-bromopentane 1
(iii) Ml 2-bromopentane is formed via the secondary (or 2°) carbocation 1
OR 1-bromopentane is formed via the primary (or 1°) carbocation
M2 a secondary carbocation is more stable than a primary carbocation - 1
award this mark only if the quality of language justifies the award.
(the argument must involve clear statements about
carbocations)
[9]
27.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 258

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(1) M4
arrow :Br –

H3C H +
C C H3C C CH 3
H H
(i) H M3
(1)
arrow (1) carbocation
H Br
M1
(1) arrow
M2
If wrong carbocation, lose structure mark
If wrong alkene, lose structure mark
Can still score ¾ i.e. penalise M3
Penalise M2 if polarity included incorrectly
no bond between H and Br
bond is shown as or
+
(ii) CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 (1)
credit secondary carbocation here if primary carbocation has
been used in (i)

:
Ignore attack on this carbocation by Br – 5
[5]
28. (a) melting point increases (1)
boiling point increases(1)
or they are liquids, the higher members are solids(1)
density increases(1)
viscosity increases(1) max 2
(b) addition (1)
polymerisation (1) 2
(c) (i) C2H4 + H2O→ C2H5OH - must show the functional group (1) 1
(ii) vapour phase / high temperature (300 ± 50°C) (1)
high pressure 70cl ± 20 (1)
if high T and high p, then only 1 mark, value for either gives 2nd mark
strong acidic catalyst /H3PO4 (1) 3
(iii) electrophilic (1)
addition (1) 2
[10]

29. (i)
Isomer 1 Isomer 2
either order

Cl Cl Cl H
C C (1) C C (1)
H H H Cl

Cl Cl Cl
[credit H C C H and H C C H]
Cl

(ii) restricted rotation OR no rotation OR cannot rotate (1)

3
[3]
30. (a) electrophilic addition (1)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 259

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

+ (1)
H 2C CH 2 H 2C CH 2

(1) Cl Cl
(1) –

:
(1) Cl
Cl 5

(b) CH 2 CH 2 H H 1
C 2 H 4 Cl 2 or C C + HCl
Cl Cl H Cl
(1)
(c) ester or alkoxy alcohol (1) 1

(d) (i) HO–CH2–CH2–OH (1)

(ii) high electron density of double bond (1)
–
repels OH or nucleophile (1) 3
[10]

31. (a) geometrical or cis-trans isomers (1)

due to restricted rotation (1) 2
(b) (i)
CHBrCH 2 CH 3 CH2 CHBrCH3

(1) (1)
(ii) electrophilic addition (1)
 
(iii) C6H5 C H CH2CH3 (1) C6H5CH2 C H CH3 (1)
both secondary but one is more stable (1) 6
[8]

32. (i) the same general formula or CnH2n / the same functional
group / a C=C / a double bond / differ from their immediate
neighbour by CH2 1
allow ‘all straight chain alkenes’
(ii) increases
not just ‘pent-l-ene highest’; allow ‘ethene lowest, pent-l-ene highest’ 1
(iii) methylpropene / 2–methylpropene not 2-methylprop-2-ene (1)
ignore wrong punctuation
CH 3 H H CH 3
H
C C
C C C H or H CH 3
H
H
allow 1 mark for but-2-ene with its correct structure (1) 2
minimum structure is CH 2 = CCH 3 or CH 2 = C(CH 3 )CH 3

CH 3
[4]
33. Catalyst (c) phosphoric acid or (c) sulphuric acid (1)
Not dilute
accept correct formula
Conditions Temp = High or 200–500°C (1)
Temp = medium or moderate or 50-100°C
Pressure = High or 5–20 Mpa or 50–200 atoms
Pressure = High or 2–4 Mpa or 20–40 atoms
If. wrong, no catalyst given, allow phosphoric acid conditions

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 260

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

Equation CH2 = CH2 + H2O CH3 CH2 OH

allow C2H4 allow C2 H5OH

not CH2 CH2 4

[4]
34. M1 X is 1,2-dibromoethane only 1
M2 electrophilic addition 1
(both words needed)
M3 the double bond is a centre of electron density 1
OR electron-rich
OR nucleophilic
OR a source of an electron pair
OR a pi cloud/bond of electrons
M4 a dipole or polarity is induced/created/formed in the Br-Br bond/molecule - 1
award this mark only if the quality of language justifies the award.
[15]

35. An appropriate alkene; CH3CH2CHCH2 or (CH3)2CCH2 1

Isomer 1 1
Isomer 2 1
Position isomerism 1
Mechanism
+
electrophilic attack and electron shift to Br (Unless H used) 1
carbocation 1
reaction with carbocation 1
[Allow mechanism marks for the alkene CH3CHCHCH3]
[Allow one mark if mechanism for minor product given]
[7]
36. (a) Reaction 1 H2O or steam (1)

(b) 4
H H
M4
H2 C CH2 H C C H (1) structure
(1) +
M1 (1) H
H Br
–
:Br
(1) M2 M3
Penalise M2 incorrect δ+ / δ–
Penalise δ– on alkene (M1)
Penalise dots on bonds once
Penalise M4 (structure) for use of wrong alkene
Penalise M1 for use of Br2
[5]
37. ethane tetrahedral (or 3d shown in diagram) (1) 109( 12 )° (1)
ethene (trigonal) planar (1) 120° (1)
bond lengths: C – C in ethane longest or }
C = C in ethene shortest } (1)
density
in ethene : 2 pairs of e/greater electron /π bond (1)
6
[6]
38. (a)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 261

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(1)
H Br
(1)
+
(CH 3 ) 2 C CHCH 2 CH 3 (CH 3 ) 2 C CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 (CH 3 ) 2 C CH 2 CH 2 CH 3

(1) :Br – (1) Br (1)

2–bromo–2–methylpentane (1)
tertiary carbonium ion more stable than secondary (1) 7

(b) geometrical or cis–trans isomerisation (1)

hex–3–ene or hex–2–ene (1)
1 2 1
R R R H
C C (1) C C (1)
2
H H H R
(cis) (trans) 4
[11]
(1)
39.
H
Br (1) :Br – Br
(1) +
CH 3 CH 2 CH = C CH 3 CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 C CH 3 CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 C CH 3
(1) CH 3 (1) CH 3 (1) CH 3
electrophilic addn (1) tertiary (1) 2-bromo-2-methylpentane (1)
+
or CH 3 CH 2 CH – CHCH 3 CH 3 CH 2 CH – CHCH 3
(1) CH 3 (1) Br CH 3
secondary (1) 3-bromo-2-methylpentane (1)

tertiary more stable than secondary (1)

[13]

40. (a) A – alkene (1)

B – halogenoalkane / bromoalkane / alkyl halide / haloalkane (1)
C – alcohol (ignore primary, secondary) (1) 3
(b) (i) addition ignore nucleophilic / electrophilic / free radical (1) 1
(ii) substitution not replacement / displacement (1) 1
(c) Sodium hydroxide / NaOH / KOH not just hydroxide (1)
(B to C) aqueous not dilute (1)
(B to A) alcoholic (1)
mark alternatives as (d)
ignore references to concentration and temperature 3
(d) (i) CH3CH(CH3)Br + NaOH →CH3CH=CH2 + NaBr + H2O (1)
(ii) CH3CH(CH3)Br + NaOH → CH3CH(CH3)OH + NaBr (1)
allow molecular formulae C3H7Br; C3H8O; C3H6
– –
allow ionic versions (with OH , Br ) 2
(e) arrow from O of OH– to C joined to Br (1)
lone pair not needed
C–Br polarity shown by δ+ δ– or
heterolytic fission of C–Br bond shown by arrow from bond between C
and Br to Br or
intermediate with partial bonds and minus sign (1)
–
Br as product (1)
allow all 3 marks if 1-bromopropane identified as B 3

[13]
41. (i) but-1-ene (1)
(ii) two H on one carbon of double bond (1)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 262

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(iii) CH3CH=CHCH3 (1)

(iv)
CH 3
C CH 2
CH 3 (1) 4
[4]

42. (a) Name of alkene 3-methylpent-2-ene (1)

Type of stereoisomerism geometrical or cis-trans (1) 2

(b) Name of mechanism electrophilic addition (1)

Mechanism
CH 3 CH 3

+
CH3 CH C CH3 CH 2 C (1)

(1) CH 2 CH 3 (1) CH 2 CH 3
H Br :Br –
(1) 5

(c) Structure
CH 3
CH3 CHBr CH (1)
CH 2 CH 3


Explanation (CH3CH2)2 C CH3 or tertiary carbonium ion more
stable (1)


than CH3 C HCH(CH3) CH2 CH3 or secondary
carbonium ion (1)
3
[10]
43. (i) C18H34O2 Only; 1
C9H17O Only; 1
(empirical formula is not consequential on molecular formula)
(ii) (An unsaturated compound) contains (at least) one double bond
OR
Contains C=C; 1
(must be a positive statement)
(iii) M1: Bromine water
OR
Br2(aq)
OR
Bromine
OR
Br2; 1
(penalise “bromide water”, but mark on)
Ml: decolourised or goes colourless
OR
from brown/red/orange/yellow to colourless; 1
(Must be “colourless” not “clear” for M2)
(chemical error if no reagent or wrong reagent, loses both
marks) (credit KMnO 4 for M1, (purple) to colourless for M2 (if
acidified) OR (purple) to brown/brown precipitate (if alkaline
or unspecified) (No credit for hydrogen or iodine as reagents)
[5]

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 263

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

44. (a) (i) Electrophilic addition 1

(Both words required)

(ii) M1 the reaction to form 1-bromopropane goes via the primary 1

o
carbocation OR 1 carbocation

OR via CH 3 CH 2 C H 2
M2 primary carbocations are less stable than secondary carbocations. 1
(Credit converse arguments for M1 and M2 i.e. the reaction to
form 2-bromopropane goes via the secondary carbocation ,
M1, and secondary carbocations are more stable than
primary carbocations, M2)
(Accept the use of “carbonium ions” as an alternative to
carbocation)
o
(b) (i) Secondary OR 2 1
(ii) Catalyst ONLY 1
(Ignore homogeneous, heterogeneous)
[9]
45. (a) (i) the joining together of monomers / small molecules (1)
to form long chains / large molecules (1) 2
(ii) nCH2 = CH2 → (-CH2–CH2-)n (1)
allow n CH2 CH2 not n C2H4 1
(b) 1,2-dibromoethane (1) 1
(c) electrophilic addition (1)
H H H H H H

C C H C C H H C C H
H H Br :Br – Br Br
+
Br

–
Br
words or diagrams to show attack by p electrons on Br atom
and either δ+/δ– on Br2 or e– shift on Br–Br (1)
correct carbocation intermediate (allow triangular representation) (1)
–
attack by Br (onto +ve carbon) leading to correct product (1) 4

(d) (i) C 38.71/12 = 3.23 ; H 9.68/1 = 9.68 ; O 51.61/16 = 3.23 (1)

ratio C:H:O = [Link] /empirical formula = CH3O (1)
empirical mass = 31 so molecular formula = 2 × CH3O = C2H6O2 (1) 3
(ii) reagent = NaOH / KOH (1)
conditions = aqueous solution (dependent on first mark) (1) 2

(iii) CH2BrCH2Br + 2NaOH → CH2(OH)CH2OH + 2NaBr

product = CH2(OH)CH2OH (condone missing brackets) (1)
correctly balanced (1) 2
if C2H6O2 given, allow second mark only
for CH2 Br CH2 Br + 2H2O → CH2(OH)CH2(OH) + 2HBr
allow 2 marks if reagent in (ii) is H2O or aqueous solution
[15]

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 264

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

10.3 ORGANIC HALOGEN COMPOUNDS

1. Methylbenzene is converted into (chloromethyl)benzene in a free radical

substitution reaction.
C6H5CH3 + Cl2 C6H5CH2Cl + HCl
(i) Write an equation for the initiation step.
(1)
(ii) Write equations for the two propagation steps.
(2)
(iii) Give the formula of another possible organic product of the reaction.
(1)
(Total 4 marks)
2. The reaction of bromine with ethane is similar to that of chlorine with ethane. Three steps
in the bromination of ethane are shown below.
Step 1 Br2 2Br●
Step 2 Br● + CH3CH3 CH3CH2● + HBr
˙
Step 3 ●
CH3CH2 + Br2 CH3CH2Br + Br●
(a) (i) Name this type of mechanism.
(ii) Suggest an essential condition for this reaction.
(iii) Steps 2 and 3 are of the same type. Name this type of step.
(iv) In this mechanism, another type of step occurs in which free-radicals
combine. Name this type of step. Write an equation to illustrate this step.
(5)
(b) Further substitution in the reaction of bromine with ethane produces a mixture of
liquid organic compounds.
(i) Name a technique which could be used to separate the different compounds
in this mixture.
(ii) Write an equation for the reaction between bromine and ethane which
produces hexabromoethane, C2Br6, by this substitution reaction.
(2)
(Total 7 marks)
3. (a) Dichloromethane, CH2Cl2, is one of the products formed when chloromethane,
CH3Cll, reacts with chlorine.
(i) Name the type of mechanism involved in this reaction and write an equation
for each of the steps named below.
(ii) Write an overall equation for the formation of dichloromethane from
chloromethane.
(5)
(b) A compound contains 10.1% carbon and 89.9% chlorine by mass. Calculate the
molecular formula of this compound, given that its relative molecular mass (Mr) is
237.0
(3)
(c) Suggest the formulae of two bromine-containing organic compounds formed when
dibromomethane, CH2Br2, reacts with bromine.
(2)
(Total 10 marks)
4. (a) When 3-bromo-2,3-dimethylpentane, (CH3)2CHCBr(CH3)CH2CH3, reacts with
aqueous potassium hydroxide, an alcohol is formed.
(i) Name the type of reaction taking place and give the role of the reagent.
(ii) Outline a mechanism for the reaction, showing clearly the structure of the
alcohol formed.
(5)
(b) When 3-bromo-2,3-dimethylpentane reacts with ethanolic potassium hydroxide,
three structurally isomeric alkenes are formed.
(i) Name the type of reaction taking place and give the role of the reagent.
(ii) One of the reaction products is 2,3-dimethylpent-2-ene.
Give the structure of this alkene and outline a mechanism for its formation.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 265

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(iii) Give the structures and names of the other two alkenes which are also
formed.
(10)
(Total 15 marks)
5. Bromoethane, CH3CH2Br, reacts with sodium hydroxide in an elimination reaction
to form ethene.
(i) Outline a mechanism for this elimination reaction.
(ii) Suggest one reason why this method for making ethene is not used in
industry.
(4)
(Total 4 marks)
6. Consider the following scheme of reactions.
Reaction 1 Reaction 2
H 2 C=CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 Br CH 3 CH2 CN
ethene HBr bromoethane P

Reaction 3 Reaction 5

C 2 H 4O CH 3 CH 2 NH 2
epoxyethane Q

Reaction 4

HOCH 2 CH 2 OH
ethane-1,2-diol

In Reactions 2 and 5, bromoethane undergoes nucleophilic substitution.

(i) Identify a reagent for Reaction 2. Name the organic product, P.
(ii) Identify a reagent for Reaction 5. Name the organic product, Q.
(iii) Outline a mechanism for Reaction 5.
(8)
(Total 8 marks)
7. (a) Draw the structure of 2-bromo-3-methylbutane.
(1)
(b) (i) Draw the structure of methylbut-2-ene.
(ii) Methylbut-2-ene is formed when 2-bromo-3-methylbutane is treated with
ethanolic potassium hydroxide. Name and outline the mechanism for this
reaction.
(5)
(c) Name the isomer of methylbut-2-ene which is also formed when
2-bromo-3-methylbutane is treated with ethanolic potassium hydroxide.
(1)
(Total 7 marks)

8. When 2-chloropropane reacts with sodium hydroxide, two different reactions occur.
Each reaction produces a different organic product.
Reaction 1 CH 3 C CH 3 + NaOH CH3 CH CH 3 + NaCl

Cl OH
Reaction 2 CH 3 C CH 3 + NaOH CH3 CH CH 2 + NaCl + H2 O

Cl
(i) Outline a mechanism for Reaction 1 and state the role of the hydroxide ion in

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 266

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

this reaction.
(ii) Outline a mechanism for Reaction 2 and state the role of the hydroxide ion in
this reaction.
(7)
(Total 7 marks)
9. (a) A substitution reaction occurs when 2-bromopropane reacts with aqueous sodium
hydroxide.
(i) Draw the structure of the organic product of this reaction and give its name.
(ii) Name and outline the mechanism for this reaction.
(5)
(b) Under different conditions, 2-bromopropane reacts with sodium hydroxide to
produce propene.
(i) Name the mechanism for this reaction.
(ii) State the role of sodium hydroxide in this reaction.
(2)
(Total 7 marks)
10. Consider the following reaction scheme.
Reaction 1
CH 3 CH = CH 2 CH 3 CHBrCH3 + CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 Br
propene 2-bromopropane 1-bromopropane
(a minor product)

Reaction 2 Reaction 3

CH3 CH(OH)CH 3
propan-2-ol
(a) Give a suitable reagent and state the essential conditions required for Reaction 3.
(2)
(b) The reagent used for Reaction 3 can also be used to convert 2-bromopropane into
propene. State the different conditions needed for this reaction.
(1)
(Total 3 marks)
11. Compound X, (CH3)2CHCN, can be formed from a haloalkane, C3H7Br.
(i) Name compound X.
(ii) Give the reagent and conditions necessary to form X from C3H7Br.
(iii) Name and outline the mechanism for this reaction, showing clearly the
structure of C3H7Br.
(7)
(Total 7 marks)
12. (a) The equation below shows the reaction of 2-bromopropane with an excess of
ammonia.
CH3CHBrCH3 + 2NH3 CH3CH(NH2)CH3 + NH4Br
Name and outline the mechanism involved.
(5)

(b) When 2-bromopropane is heated with ethanolic potassium hydroxide, an

elimination reaction occurs. State the role of potassium hydroxide and outline a
mechanism for this reaction.

(5)
(Total 10 marks)
13. Classify the following reaction.
C3H7Br + KOH C3H6 + KBr + H2O
(1)
(Total 1 mark)
14. (i) Give the structural formula and name of the organic product of the reaction

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 267

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

between CH3CH2CH2CH2Br and potassium cyanide.

(ii) Name and outline the mechanism involved in this reaction.
(iii) Suggest why CH3CH2CH2CH2F reacts less rapidly than CH3CH2CH2CH2Br
with potassium cyanide.
(6)
(Total 6 marks)
15. (a) Name and outline a mechanism for the reaction of 2-bromo-2-methylpropane with
ethanolic potassium hydroxide to form the alkene 2-methylpropene, (CH3)2C=CH2
(4)
(b) When 2-bromo-2-methylpropane reacts with aqueous potassium hydroxide,
2-methylpropan-2-ol is formed as shown by the following equation.
CH3 CH 3

H 3C C CH 3 + KOH H3C C CH 3 + KBr

Br OH
State the role of the hydroxide ions in this reaction.
(1)

(c) Write an equation for the reaction that occurs when CH3CH2CH2CH2Br reacts
with an excess of ammonia. Name the organic product of this reaction.
(3)
(Total 8 marks)
16. Alkenes can be made in the laboratory from halogenoalkanes by heating them with a
suitable reagent. By a similar method, cyclohexene can be prepared from
bromocyclohexane.
(i) Suggest the name of a suitable reagent and state an essential condition, other
than heat, for this reaction, starting from bromocyclohexane. (2)
(ii) Using graphical/displayed formulae, write an equation for this reaction.
(2)
(iii) Give the name of this type of reaction.
(1)
(Total 5 marks)
17. (a) (i) Write an equation for the reaction between 1-bromopropane and potassium
cyanide.
(1)
(ii) Give the name of the type of mechanism involved in the reaction in (b)(i).
(1)
(b) Give the formula of the attacking species in (b) and state what feature of its
structure is responsible for its role.
(2)
(Total 4 marks)
18. Consider the following reaction in which an alkene is formed from a haloalkane.

heat
CH 3 CHBrCH 2 CH 3  KOH  CH 3 CH  CHCH 3  KBr  H 2 O
ethanol solvent but 2  ene

(a) Name the haloalkane used in this reaction.

(1)
(b) Name and outline a mechanism for this reaction.
(4)
(Total 5 marks)
19. (a) The reaction of chloromethane with chlorine to form trichloromethane is a free
radical substitution involving several propagation steps.
(i) Write an overall equation for this reaction.
(ii) What is meant by the term propagation step?
(iii) Write an equation for a propagation step in which chloromethane reacts.
(iv) Write an equation for a propagation step in which trichloromethane is formed.
(4)
(b) Write an equation and outline a mechanism for the reaction of chloromethane with
an excess of ammonia.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 268

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(5)
(Total 9 marks)
20. When a mixture of chlorine with an excess of methane is irradiated with ultraviolet
light, a reaction occurs with chloromethane as the main organic product.
Write an equation and a mechanism for the formation of chloromethane.
(5)
(Total 5marks)
21. Ethene can be converted into a variety of useful products as illustrated below.
CH 3 CH 2 OH
ethanol

Reaction 1
acid catalyst

H 2 C CH 2
ethene

Reaction 2 Reaction 3
Ag catalyst HBr

O
H 2C CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 Br
epoxyethane bromoethane

Reaction 4 Reaction 5

OH OH CH 3 CH 2 NH 2
ethylamine
H 2 C CH 2
compound X
(b) Give a reagent for reaction 5.
(1)
(Total 1 mark)
22. Consider the following scheme of reactions for making ethane-1,2-diol from ethene by two
different routes.
Reaction 2
BrCH 2 CH 2 Br HOCH 2 CH 2 Br
X Y
Reaction 1 Reaction 3
Br 2 NaOH(aq)

H 2 C CH 2 HOCH 2 CH 2 OH
ethene ethane-1,2-diol

Reaction 4 H 2O Reaction 5
O
H 2C CH 2
Z
Name and outline a mechanism for Reaction 3. Explain why compound Y is
susceptible to attack by hydroxide ions.
(4)
(Total 4 marks)
23. Ethene is an important starting point for the manufacture of plastics and pharmaceutical

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 269

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

chemicals. Most of the ethene used by industry is produced by the thermal cracking of
ethane obtained from North Sea gas (Reaction 1). It is also possible to make ethene either
from chloroethane (Reaction 2) or from ethanol (Reaction 3).
CH 3 CH 2 Cl
chloroethane

Reaction 2

Reaction 1 Reaction 3
CH 3 CH 3 H 2 C CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 OH
ethane ethene ethanol
(a) Give essential conditions and reagents for Reaction 2.
(2)
(b) Name and outline a mechanism for Reaction 2. Suggest a reason why chloroethane
is not chosen by industry as a starting material to make ethene commercially.
(5)
(Total 7 marks)
24. Reaction of 2-bromobutane with potassium hydroxide can produce two types of product
depending on the solvent used. In aqueous solution, the formation of an alcohol, E, is
more likely but in ethanolic solution the formation of alkenes is more likely.
(a) For each type of product, name the type of reaction occurring and state the role of
the potassium hydroxide.
(4)
(b) Name alcohol E and draw its structural formula. By reference to the structure of the
halogenoalkane, explain why the initial step in the mechanism of the reaction
producing the alcohol occurs.
(5)
(Total 9 marks)
25. The structural formulae of compounds A, B, C and D, which are the four structural
isomers of molecular formula C4H9Cl, are given below.
CH3CH2CH2CH2Cl CH3CH(Cl)CH2CH3 (CH3)2CHCH2Cl
(CH3)2C(Cl)CH3
A B C D
(i) Give the name of compound D.
(1)
(ii) When refluxed with an alcoholic solution of KOH, compound B undergoes an
elimination reaction. Two structurally isomeric products are formed. Draw
the graphical formulae of these two structural isomers.
(2)
(iii) Draw the graphical formula for the product of the reaction between compound
C and NaOH(aq). Give an outline of the mechanism involved in this reaction.
(4)
(Total 7 marks)
26. In aqueous ethanolic alkali, 2-bromo-2-methylbutane undergoes either
substitution or elimination reactions to produce an alcohol or a mixture of two
alkenes, respectively. Give the structures and names of these three compounds.
Account for the formation of the various products by reference to the mechanisms of
the reactions involved.
(14)
(Total 14 marks)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 270

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

Marking Scheme
1. (i) Cl2 2Cl● / ½ Cl2 Cl● (1) 1
(ii) Cl●+ C6H5CH3 C6H5CH2● + HCl (1)
C6H5CH2● + Cl2 Cl● + C6H5CH2Cl (1) 2

(iii) C6H5CHCl2 / C6H5CCl3 / C6H5 CHCHC6 H5 /

other correct possible answer (1) 1

[4]
2. (a) (i) (free–)radical substitution 1
(both words required for the mark)
o o
(ii) uv light OR sunlight OR high temperature OR 150 C to 500 C 1
(iii) Propagation 1
(ignore “chain”, “first”, “second” in front of the word propagation)
(iv) Termination 1
●CH2CH3 + Br● CH3CH2Br
OR 2●CH2CH3 C4H10 1
(penalise if radical dot is obviously on CH3, but not otherwise)
(penalise C2H5·)
(credit 2Br● Br2)
(ignore “chain” in front of the word termination)

(b) (i) Fractional distillation OR fractionation 1

(credit gas–liquid chromatography, GLC)
(ii) CH3CH3 + 6Br2 C2Br6 + 6HBr 1
(credit C2H6 for ethane)
[7]
3. (a) (i) (free–) radical substitution 1
(both words required for the mark)
initiation Cl2 → 2Cl● 1
(credit correct half arrows, but penalise double headed arrows)
first propagation CH3Cl + Cl● → ●CH2Cl + HCl 1
second propagation ●CH2Cl + Cl2 → CH2Cl2 + Cl● 1
(penalise the absence of dots on radicals once only)
(penalise radical dot on Cl of CH2Cl once only)

(ii) CH3Cl + Cl2 → CH2Cl2 + HCl 1

(penalise if any radicals appear in this equation)

(b) M1: mol C = 10.1/12.0 and mol Cl = 89.9/35.5 1

M2: Ratio 0.842 : 2.53 OR 1: 3 OR CCl3 1
M3: 237.0/Mr of CCl3 = 237.0/118.5 = 2 Therefore C2Cl6 1
(correct answer gains full credit)
OR
M1: 237.0 × 10.1/100 and 237 × 89.9/100 1
M2: Ratio 23.9/12.0 : 213/35.5 OR 2 : 6 1
M3: C2Cl6 1
(correct answer gains full credit)

(c) any two from CHBr3 or CBr4 or C2H2Br4 (or CHBr2CHBr2) or C2Br6
(or CBr3CBr3) 2
(ignore HBr or H2)
(ignore equations and ignore names when given in addition to formulae)
(penalise names alone)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 271

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

[10]
4. (a) (i) substitution or hydrolysis (1)
nucleophile (1)

CH 3
H 3C CH(CH 3 ) 2
–
(ii) HO: C Br (1) HO C CH(CH 3 ) 2
(1)
CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 CH 3
(1)

or H 3C CH(CH 3 ) 2 H3C CH(CH 3 ) 2

– +
C Br HO: C

CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 CH 3

5
(b) (i) Type of reaction elimination (1)
Role of reagent base or proton acceptor (1)
(ii) Structure of the alkene (CH3)2C=C(CH3)CH2CH3 (1)
Mechanism
(1)
–
:OH
H (1) H
(CH 3 ) 2 C (CH 3 ) 2 C (1) CH 2 CH 3
C Br +C
H 3C
CH 2 CH 3 CH 3

–
H :OH
or (CH 3 ) 2 C
C Br
H 3C
CH 2 CH 3

(iii) Structure of second alkene (CH3)2CHC(CH3)=CHCH3 (1)

Name 3,4-dimethylpent-2-ene (1)
Structure of third alkene (CH3)2CHC(C2H5)=CH2 (1)
Name 2-ethyl-3-methylbut-1-ene(1) 10
[15]
5. (i) M1 curly arrow from lone pair of electrons on oxygen of hydroxide ion1
(insist on a lone pair of electrons on the oxygen atom and a
negative charge, but only credit this mark if the attack is to a
correct H atom)
M2 curly arrow from the middle of the C–H bond to the middle of
the C–C bond. 1
(only credit this mark if the arrow originates from the correct
C–H bond and if an attempt has been made at M1)

M3 curly arrow from the middle of the C–Br bond towards/alongside

the Br atom. 1
(credit M3 independently unless the bond breaking is
contradicted by an additional arrow)
(penalise M3 curly arrow if the C–Br has a formal positive charge)
(ignore partial charges on the C–Br bond, but penalise if incorrect)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 272

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(credit full marks for an E1 mechanism, with M2 awarded for a correct

curly arrow on the correct carbocation)
(award a maximum of two marks for an incorrect haloalkane)
(ignore products)
(ii) Haloalkane/C2H5Br is made from ethane
OR haloalkane is not (readily) available
OR haloalkane is expensive
OR it is (too) expensive/costly
OR (reaction) yield is too low/poor
OR it is too slow
OR a valid reference to nucleophilic substitution/alcohol formation
occurring as an alternative reaction. 1
(ignore references to temperature or to energy consumption)
(do not credit statements which refer to the idea that this route
is not chosen, because industry chooses another route
e.g. cracking)
[4]
6. (i) M1: potassium cyanide OR KCN OR sodium Cyanide OR NaCN; 1
(ignore conditions - dissolved in (aq) or (alc) or KOH(aq) all
work) (penalise HCN)
M2: propanenitrile; 1
(credit propan-1-nitrile OR propan nitrile, but not propanitrile)
(ii) M1: ammonia OR NH3; 1
(If formula is written, insist that it is correct)
(ignore conditions, but penalise acidic)
M2: ethylamine; 1
(credit aminoethane)
(iii) M1: curly arrow from lone pair on nitrogen of (correct formula for)
ammonia towards/alongside C atom of C-Br; 1
(penalise M1 if formula of ammonia is wrong or has a
negative charge or has no lone pair or arrow is from negative
charge)
M2: curly arrow from C-Br bond towards/alongside side Br atom; 1
(credit M2 independently)
(penalise M2 if formal positive charge on C atom of C-Br)

M3: correct structure of the ethylammonium ion; 1

(credit the structure drawn out with all four bonds around the
+ +
nitrogen atom OR written as C2H5NH3 OR CH3CH2NH3 )
M4: curly arrow from the middle of one of the H-N bonds towards the
positive N atom; 1
(possible to credit M4 on an incorrect ethylammonium ion
with no positive charge)
(ignore use of ammonia or bromide ion etc. to remove proton
from ethylammonium ion)
(If the wrong haloalkane is used, award MAX. 3 marks for the
mechanism) (If SN 1 mechanism is used, give full credit in
which M1 is for a curly arrow from the lone pair of the N atom
of (correct formula for) ammonia towards/alongside the
positive carbon atom of CH3CH2+)
[8]
7. (a) CH 3 CH CH CH 3 or CH 3 CHBrCH(CH 3 )2 1

Br CH 3
(1)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 273

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

H3C CH 3
(b) (i)
C C or CH 3 CH C(CH 3 ) 2
H CH 3

(1)

(ii) (nucleophilic) elimination

(1) –
:OH
H
(1)
+
CH 3 CH C CH 3 or via CH 3 CHCH(CH 3 ) 2

(1) Br CH 3
5
(c) 3–methylbut–1–ene (1) 1

[7]
8. (i) Mechanism:
–
HO: (1) M1
.. –
CH3 CH CH 3 CH3 CH CH 3 + Cl
(1)
Cl M2 OH

–
HO:
Credit M1 for
CH3 CH CH 3
+
M1 and M2 independent
Curly arrows must be from a bond or a lone pair
Do not penalise sticks
Penalise M1 if Na OH precedes (penalise this once)

Penalise incorrect + – for M2

Penalise + on C atom for M2
Only allow M1 for incorrect haloalkane
Role of the hydroxide ion: nucleophile (1)
electron pair donor
lone pair donor
NOT nucleophilic substitution
(ii)
Mechanism:
–
HO: (1) M1
M2
H (1)H
.. –
H C C CH 3 H 2C CHCH 3 + Cl + H 2 O
(1)
H Cl M3
–
HO:

H H
H C C CH 3
+
H
Only allow M1 and M2 for incorrect haloalkane unless RE on

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 274

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(i)+ charge on H on molecule, penalise M1

M3 independent
M2 must be to correct C–C
M1 must be correct H atom
Credit M1 and M2 via carbocation mechanism
No marks after any attack of C by OH–
Role of the hydroxide ion: base (1) 7
proton acceptor
+
accepts H
[7]
9. (a) (i) Structure: OH insist on
H3C CH CH 3 (1) C OH bond
No credit for propan-1-ol even when named correctly
Credit propane-2-ol
Name: propan-2-ol (1)
Not 2-hydroxypropane
(ii) Name of mechanism: nucleophilic substitution (1) (both words)
(NOT SN1 or SN2)
M1
arrow (1) Br

:
Mechanism: H 3C CH CH 3 CH 3 CH(OH)CH 3 + Br –
–
HO: (1) arrow from
(M2) lone pair
penalise incorrect polarity on C-Br (M1)
Credit the arrows even if incorrect haloalkane
If SN1, both marks possible
–
:

i.e. M1 C Br M2 HO correct carbocation

5
(b) (i) elimination (1)
(ii) base (1)
OR proton acceptor
NOT nucleophile (base) 2
[7]
10. (a) M1 NaOH OR KOH OR correct name 1
M2 aqueous or solution in water (ignore heat, reflux etc.) 1
(Penalise M1 for hydroxide ion alone, but mark on and credit
M2)
(Credit M2 ONLY for H2O as reagent and heat / warm / T=50
to 100oC)
(NaOH(aq) scores M1 and M2 provided it is not contradicted)
(Penalise M2 if NaOH(aq) followed by concentrated or ethanol)
(Penalise M1 and M2 if followed by acid)
(b) Ethanolic OR alcoholic OR CH3CH2OH / CH3OH solvent OR 1
aqueous ethanol/alcohol
OR higher temperature (must be comparative)
(Ignore heat or heat under reflux)
(Credit part (c) independently from part (b))
(Penalise “ethanoic”)
[3]
11. (i) 2–methylpropanenitrile (1)
(ii) Reagent KCN (1)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 275

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

Conditions alcoholic/aq (1)

(iii) Name of mechanism nucleophilic substitution (1)
CH 3 [1] CH 3
Mechanism
CH 3 C Br CH 3 C CN
–
H [1] H
NC: [1] –
+ :Br
7
[7]
12. (a) Name of mechanism: nucleophilic substitution (1)
Mechanism:
CH 3 (1) (1) CH 3 (M3 is for correct
carbocation - if
CH 3 C Br CH 3 C H used wrong
+
(1) H H N H halogenoalkane
lose M3)
:NH 3 N (1)
( :NH 3 (
(wrong dipole
– + +
C Br or C Br
loses C Br
mark)
Marks SN1 using same points
CH 3
M2 requires
CH 3 C Br
+

:NH 3
5
(b) Role of potassium hydroxide: Base (1)
Mechanism:
H (1) H
CH 3 C Br CH 3 C (1)
(1)
H C H CH 2
–
H :OH
(1)

Mark E1 using same points

H H
M2/M3
CH 3 C C H
+
H
:OH – 5
[10]

13. elimination (1) 1

[1]
14. (i) CH3 CH2 CH2 CH2 CN (1) Not C4 H9 CN
Pentanenitrile (1)
allow pentanonitrile, ignore numbers
(ii) Nucleophilic substitution (1)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 276

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

H M1
(1)
CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 C Br

H
(1) –
M2 :CN
SN1 mechanism
M1 formation of carbocation including C Br
M2 attack by :CN–
allow mechanism showing ‘Cl’
If ‘+’ on C’ lose M1
If K–CN shown lose M2
If δ–c–

Bs lose M1

(iii) C–F bond is strong (er) (1)

Must imply C–F is stronger than C–Br bond
ignore references to electronegativity, bond polarity etc.
6
[6]
15. (a) (base) elimination 1
(penalise other words before ‘elimination’ e.g. nucleophilic)
M1: curly arrow from lone pair of electrons on oxygen of hydroxide ion 1
(insist on a lone pair of electrons on the oxygen atom and a negative
charge, but only credit this mark if the attack is to a correct H atom) 1
M2: curly arrow from the middle of the C-H bond to the middle
of the C–C bond 1
(only credit this mark if the arrow originates from the correct C–H
bond and if an attempt has been made at M1)
M3: curly arrow from the middle of the C–Br bond towards/alongside
the Br atom
(credit M3 independently unless the bond breaking is contradicted
by an additional arrow)
(penalise curly arrow if the C–Br has a formal positive charge)
(credit full marks for an E1 mechanism, with M2 awarded for a correct
curly arrow on the correct carbocation)
(award a maximum of two marks for either an incorrect haloalkane or
an incorrect organic product)
(maximum 2 marks for use of .sticks. for the haloalkane, unless RE
from 2(b), when credit can be given)

(b) nucleophile or electron pair donor 1

(penalise ‘base’)
(c) CH3CH2CH2CH2Br + 2NH3 → CH3CH2CH2CH2NH2 + NH4Br 2
(M1 correct product)
(M2 balanced equation using 2NH3 and leading to NH4Br)
(penalise M1 for use of C4H9NH2 or for incorrect haloalkane,
but allow consequent correct balancing of equation with 2 moles
of ammonia)
(1–)butylamine 1
(credit 1–aminobutane and butyl–1–amine)
(award QoL mark for correct spelling)
[8]
16. (i) potassium or sodium hydroxide (or other specific strong base) (1)
allow formula; not just ‘hydroxide’
in ethanolic /alcoholic solution (independent of first mark) (1) 2
allow ‘in ethanol’, not just ‘ethanol’/ ‘with ethanol’
ignore references to heat / pressure

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 277

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

H H H H
H H H H
C C C C
H H H H
(ii) C C + KOH C C + KBr + H 2 O
H H H H
C C C C
H H H H
H Br
structure of cyclohexene showing double bond (1)
minimum structure needed is a ring with CH2 units implied
and double bond:
do not allow KOH over arrow
equation correct overall ie balanced
allow ionic equation (1) 2
(iii) elimination / dehydrohalogenation 1
ignore nucleophilic / electrophilic etc.
[5]
17. (a) (i) CH3CH2CH2Br + KCN CH3CH2CH2CN + KBr (1) 1
allow C3H7Br allow C4H7N
(ii) nucleophilic substitution / SN2 (1) 1
(b) CN– or NC– (1)
lone pair of electrons on C atom (1) 2

[4]
18. (a) 2-bromobutane; 1
(b) Elimination; 1
(penalise “nucleophilic” OR “electrophilic” before the word
“elimination”)
M1: curly arrow from lone pair on oxygen of hydroxide ion to H atom
on correct C-H adjacent to C-Br; 1
(penalise M1 if KOH shown as covalent with an arrow
breaking the bond)
M2: curly arrow from single bond of adjacent C-H to adjacent single bond C-C; 1
(only credit M2 if M1 is being attempted to correct H atom)
M3: curly arrow from C-Br bond to side of Br atom; 1
(credit M3 independently unless arrows contradict)
(Credit possible repeat error from 2(c)(iii) for M3)
(If the wrong haloalkane is used OR but-1-ene is produced,
award MAX. 2 marks for the mechanism)
(If E1 mechanism is used, give full credit in which M1 and M2
are for correct curly arrows on the correct carbocation)
[5]
19. (a) (i) CH3Cl + 2Cl2 CHCl3 + 2HCl (1)
(ii) step in which radicals are used and formed (1)
(iii) CH3Cl + Cl● CH2Cl + HCl (1)
(iv) ●CHCl2 + Cl2 CHCl3 + Cl● 4

(b) Equation CH3Cl + 2NH3 CH3NH2 + NH4Cl (1)

Mechanism
H
(1) (1)
+
H 3 N: CH 3 Cl CH 3 N H
(1) (1)
H
:NH 3 5
[9]

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 278

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

20. CH4 + Cl2 CH3Cl + HCl (1)

Initiation: Cl2 2Cl● (1)
Propagation: CH4 + Cl● CH3● + HCl (1)
CH3● + Cl2 CH3Cl + Cl● (1)
Termination: Cl● + Cl● Cl2 (1)
●
or CH3 + CH3 ● C2H6 5
[5]
21. Reaction 5 NH3 (1) 1
For Reaction 4; credit dil H2SO4 OR H2SO4(aq) OR HCl (aq)
but NOT steam and NOT NaOH(aq)
[1]
22. nucleophilic substitution 1
(both words needed)
Mechanism M1 curly arrow from lone pair on oxygen of hydroxide 1
ion to C atom of C-Br
Mechanism M2 curly arrow from C-Br bond to side of Br atom 1
(a possible repeat error here from Question 4a)
(award a maximum of one mark for the wrong haloalkane)
(credit an SNl mechanism in which Ml will be a curly arrow
from the lone pair on oxygen of the hydroxide ion to the
correct positive carbon atom)
Y is susceptible to attack by hydroxide ions for one of the following reasons 1
o the C-Br bond is polar
o the carbon atom is partially positive (or shown as such)
o the carbon atom is electron deficient
[4]
23. (a) Reaction 2: NaOH OR KOH (1) M1 alcohol (ic) OR ethanol (ic)(1) M2
ignore heat
Condition mark linked to correct reagent but award M2 if OH–
or base or alkali mentioned
2
(b) Mechanism:
– M1
HO: (1)
M2
H(1) H
..
H C C H( H 2C CH 2 + H2 O + CL – )
(1)
H Cl M3

Award M3 (C Cl) independently

M1 and M2 must be to / from correct places
H H
E1 mechanism possible in which M2 H C C H
+

H
Name: of mechanism = elimination (1)
NOT dehydrohalogenation
Ignore “base” OR “nucleophilic” before elimination
Reason: Reaction 2 has (very) low yield (1) 5
QoL OR chloroethane has to be made (from ethane)
OR chloroethane is expensive
OR chloroethane is not redily available
[7]
24. (a) Alcohol: Reaction = Substitution (/ hydrolysis) (1)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 279

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

Ignore reference to nucleophilic, but electrophilic give zero

Alcohol: Role = nucleophile (/ lone pair donor) (1)
Alkene: reaction = elimination (1)
Ignore ref to nucleophilic or electrophilic
Alkene: base (/ proton acceptor) (1) 4

(b) Alcohol = butan-2-ol (1)

Not 2-hydroxybutane or but-2-ol
Appropriate structure for CH3CH(OH) CH2CH3 (1)
Brackets not essential
SN2 version SN1 version
δ δ C–Br bond is polar (1)
C – Br bond is polar
Lone pair of OH– C–Br bond breaks (1)
δ+ forming carbocation / carbonium ion (1)
Attacks the C
M1 can be scored from a diagram, M2 and M3 from written
explanation only 5
[9]
25. (i) 2-chloro(-2-)methylpropane / (2)methyl 2 chloropropane (1) 1
(ii) appropriate unambiguous formula for either but-1-ene or but-2-ene (1)
appropriate unambiguous formula for the remaining structural isomer
allow 1 mark if candidate draws cis and trans but-2-ene (1) 2
(iii) unambiguous structure for 2-methylpropan-1-ol – may be
from mechanism (1)
–
curly arrow / attack by OH curly arrow from lone pair or
charge only (1)
do not allow if Na -OH
curly arrow from bond to Cl / dipole shown on
C-Cl bond / intermediate showing 3 full and 2 partial bonds to C (1)
– + –
loss of Cl NaCl or Na :Cl (1)
–
not allowed 4
if SN1 mechanism given:
first mark as above - independent
second mark for correct carbocation formed including curly
S+ S–
arrow from C to Cl or C –Cl
third mark for hydroxide attack as above
final mark not available (wrong mechanism)
penalise missing proton once only
[7]

26.
(1)
Br
CH 3
OH +
CH 3 CH 2 C CH 3 (1) CH 3 CH C
base CH 3
(1)
(1)
HO CH 3 H
(1)
HO (1)
OH
nucleophile
(1)
CH3CH=C(CH3)2 (1)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 280

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

CH3CH2C(OH)( CH3)2 (1) 2-methylbut-2-ene (1)

+
2-methylbutan-2-ol (1) also loss of H from CH3 (1)

or
Br

CH 3 CH C CH 3 CH 3 CH 2 C = CH 2 (1)

(1) CH 3
H CH 3
HO (1)
2- methylbut - l - ene (1)
14

[14]

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 281

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

10.4 HYDROXY COMPOUNDS

1. Consider the reaction scheme below which starts from butanone.

CN
Reaction 1
H3C C CH 2 CH 3 H 3C C CH 2 CH 3

O OH
A
Reaction 2

H excess
conc, H 2 SO 4
H 3C C CH 2 CH 3 but–1–ene and but–2–ene
180°C
OH
B

(a) When 5.0 g of butanone were used to carry out Reaction 1, the yield was 64% of the
theoretical maximum. Calculate the mass of compound A formed.
(4)
(b) Draw the structure of the repeating unit in the polymer which can be formed from
but-1-ene.
(1)
(Total 5 marks)
2. Ethanol is produced industrially from ethene. Name the catalyst and state the conditions
used in the industrial process and write an equation for the reaction.
(4)
(Total 4 marks)
3. (a) Write an equation for the complete combustion of butan-2-ol in an excess of oxygen.
(1)
(b) But-1-ene and other products can be made by the dehydration of butan-2-ol.
(ii) Explain why but-1-ene does not show geometrical isomerism.
(iii) An alternative dehydration of butan-2-ol produces geometrical isomers.
Draw the structure of one of these geometrical isomers and give its full name.
(3)
(Total 4 marks)

4. Protonation of alcohol A and subsequent loss of water, produces the intermediate B.

CH 3 CH 3

CH 3 CH 2 C CH 2 CH 3 CH 3 CH 2 C CH 2 CH 3
+
OH
A B
(a) (i) Name alcohol A.
(ii) What type of species is intermediate B?
(iii) Draw the structures of the two alkenes which can be formed from species B by
removal of a proton. Label as C the alkene which shows geometrical
isomerism.
(5)
(b) The intermediate B is readily attacked by nucleophiles such as water.
What is the essential feature of a nucleophile?
(1)
(c) (i) State what final colour you would see if alcohol A were warmed with acidified
potassium dichromate(VI). Explain your answer.
(ii) Draw two structural isomers of alcohol A which form branched chain ketones

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 282

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

when heated with acidified potassium dichromate(VI), but which could not
form alkene C on dehydration.
(5)
(Total 11 marks)
5. There are four structurally isomeric alcohols of molecular formula C4H10O. Graphical
formulae of these isomers, labelled A, B, C and D, are shown below.
H CH 3 H H CH 3

H C C OH H C C C OH

H CH 3 H H H

A B

H H H H H CH 3 H

H C C C C OH H C C C OH

H H H H H H H
C D
(a) Identify the type of alcohol represented by A and by B.
(2)
(b) Give the name of alcohol A.
(1)
(c) Select one of the alcohols A, B, C or D which will, on oxidation, produce an
aldehyde.
(i) Give the structural formula of the aldehyde produced by this reaction.
(1)
(ii) State the reagents and conditions required for the aldehyde to be the main
product of the oxidation reaction.
(3)
(d) All the alcohols A, B, C and D may be readily dehydrated.
(i) Explain what is meant by the term dehydration.
(1)
(ii) State the type of compound formed by dehydration of alcohols.
(1)
(iii) Suggest suitable reagent(s) and condition(s) for the dehydration of alcohols.
(2)
(iv) Select one of the alcohols A, B, C or D which, on dehydration, would give a
single product. Draw the structural formula of this product.
(1)
(v) Select one of the alcohols A, B, C or D which, on dehydration, would give two
products which are structurally isomeric. Draw structural formulae for these
two structural isomers and explain why the formation of two structural
isomers is possible in this case.
(4)
(Total 16 marks)
6. Butan-1-ol can be oxidised by acidified potassium dichromate( VI) using two different
methods.
(a) In the first method, butan-1-ol is added dropwise to acidified potassium
dichromate( VI) and the product is distilled off immediately.
(i) Using the symbol [O] for the oxidising agent, write an equation for this
oxidation of butan-1-ol, showing clearly the structure of the product.
State what colour change you would observe.
(ii) Butan-1-ol and butan-2-ol give different products on oxidation by this first
method. By stating a reagent and the observation with each compound, give a
simple test to distinguish between these two oxidation products.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 283

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(6)
(b) In a second method, the mixture of butan-1-ol and acidified potassium
dichromate( VI) is heated under reflux. Identify the product which is obtained by
this reaction.
(1)
(c) Give the structures and names of two branched chain alcohols which are both
isomers of butan-1-ol. Only isomer 1 is oxidised when warmed with acidified potassium
dichromate(VI).
(4)
(Total 11 marks)
7. Consider the following scheme of reactions.
Reaction 1 Reaction 2
H 2 C=CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 Br CH 3 CH2 CN
ethene HBr bromoethane P

Reaction 3 Reaction 5

C 2 H 4O CH 3 CH 2 NH 2
epoxyethane Q

Reaction 4

HOCH 2 CH 2 OH
ethane-1,2-diol

(a) In Reaction 1, ethene undergoes electrophilic addition with hydrogen bromide.

(i) State what is meant by the term electrophile.
(ii) Outline a mechanism for this reaction.
(5)
(b) In Reactions 2 and 5, bromoethane undergoes nucleophilic substitution.
(i) Identify a reagent for Reaction 2. Name the organic product, P.
(ii) Identify a reagent for Reaction 5. Name the organic product, Q.
(ii) Outline a mechanism for Reaction 5.
(8)
(Total 13 marks)
8. Consider the following reaction sequence:
COCH 2 C 6 H 5 CH(OH)CH 2 C 6 H 5 CH=CHC 6 H 5

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

(a) Suggest a suitable reagent for Step 3. Name the mechanism for this reaction.
(2)
(b) Name the type of isomerism shown by the final product, 1,2-diphenylethene, and
explain why this compound can exist in two stereoisomeric forms.
(2)
(Total 4 marks)
9. Consider the following reaction scheme, which leads to the formation of two compounds
V and W.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 284

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

Reaction 2 Reaction 3
H2C=CH2 CH3CH2OSO2OH CH3CH2OH
conc H2SO4 H2O

Reaction 1 Reaction 4
O2/catalyst acidified
K2Cr2O 7

C2H4O C2H4O
V W

(a) In Reaction 4, compound W is distilled from the reaction mixture.

(i) Name compound W and draw its structure.
(ii) Name the type of reaction shown by Reaction 4.
(3)
(Total3 marks)
10. (a) Ethanol, C2H5OH, can be made from glucose, C6H12O6
(i) Write an equation to represent this reaction.
(ii) Give the name of this process for making ethanol.
(2)
(b) Ethanol can be used as a fuel in the internal combustion engine of a motor car.
(i) Write an equation for the complete combustion of ethanol.
(ii) Identify a pollutant produced when ethanol is burned in a limited supply of
air.
(iii) Nitrogen monoxide, NO, is a pollutant gas produced by motor cars. Write an
equation to represent a reaction occurring in the catalytic converter which
decreases the amount of this pollutant.
(3)
(c) Ethene can be formed by the dehydration of ethanol using concentrated sulphuric
acid.
Name a mechanism for this reaction.
(1)
(Total 6 marks)
11. Consider the following reaction sequence:
COCH 2 CH 3 CH(OH)CH 2 CH 3 CH=CHCH 3
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

(a) For step 3, name the type of reaction taking place and suggest a suitable reagent or
combination of reagents.
(2)
(Total 2 marks)
12. (a) An alcohol containing carbon, hydrogen and oxygen only has 64.9% carbon and
13.5% hydrogen by mass. Using these data, show that the empirical formula of the
alcohol is C4H10O.
(3)
(b) The structural formulae of two of the four possible alcohols of molecular formula
C4H10O are shown below.
OH
CH 3 C CH 3 CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH
CH 3

Isomer 1 Isomer 2
(i) What type of alcohol is Isomer 1? Suggest a reason why this type of alcohol is
not easily oxidised.
(ii) Draw the structural formulae of the two remaining alcohols of molecular
formula C4H10O

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 285

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(4)
(c) Isomer 2 was oxidised by adding it dropwise to acidified potassium dichromate(VI)
solution and immediately distilling off the product. When this product was treated
with Fehling’s solution, a red precipitate was formed.
(i) State the type of product distilled off during the oxidation by acidified
potassium dichromate(VI) solution.
(ii) Write an equation for the oxidation by potassium dichromate(VI), showing
clearly the structure of the organic product. Use [O] to represent the oxidising
agent.
(iii) Name and draw a structure for the organic product formed by the reaction
with Fehling’s solution.
(5)
(d) State one advantage and one disadvantage of the production of ethanol by the
hydration of ethene compared to the fermentation of glucose.
(2)
(Total 14 marks)
13. In the presence of reagent X, the alcohol shown below undergoes a reaction to form
two isomeric alkenes.
HO H
CH 3 C C CH 3
H CH 3

(i) Name this alcohol.

(ii) Give the name of the type of reaction involved in the formation of the two
alkenes.
(iii) Suggest the identity of reagent X.
(iv) Give the structural formulae of the two isomeric alkenes.
(5)
(Total 5 marks)
14. Many naturally-occurring organic compounds can be converted into other useful
products.
Glucose, C6H12O6, can be fermented to make ethanol, which can then be
dehydrated to make the unsaturated compound, ethane.
(i) Write an equation for the fermentation of glucose to form ethanol.
(ii) Identify a catalyst for the dehydration of ethanol to form ethene. Write an
equation for this reaction.
(3)
(Total 3 marks)

15. The structures of two alcohols of formula C5H11OH are shown below.
CH 3

CH3 CH CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 CH 3 C CH2 OH

OH CH 3

pentan–2–ol 2.2–dimethylopropan–1–ol
(i) A third alcohol of formula C5H11OH is tertiary. Draw the displayed formula
and give the name of this alcohol.
(2)
(ii) Draw the displayed formulae of two alkenes formed when pentan-2-ol is
heated with concentrated sulphuric acid.
(2)
(iii) State the type of reaction taking place in (a)(ii).
(1)
(iv) Explain why the type of reaction taking place in (a)(ii) does not occur when
2,2-dimethylpropan-1-ol is heated with concentrated sulphuric acid.
(1)
(Total 6 marks)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 286

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

16. When 3-bromo-3-methylpentane, CH3CH2CBr(CH3)CH2CH3, is treated with aqueous

ethanolic potassium hydroxide, a mixture of 3-methylpentan-3-oI, 3-methylpent-2-ene
and an isomeric alkene is formed.
(a) (i) Name the type of mechanism occurring in the formation of
3-methylpentan-3-ol from 3-bromo-3-methylpentane.
(ii) Why is it difficult to oxidise 3-methylpentan-3-ol?
(2)
(b) Name and outline a mechanism for the formation of 3-methlypent-2-ene in the
above reaction.
(4)
(c) Give the structure and name of the isomeric alkene formed together with
3-methylpent-2-ene in the above reaction.
(2)
(Total 8 marks)
17. When 3-bromo-2,3-dimethylpentane, (CH3)2CHCBr(CH3)CH2CH3, reacts with
aqueous potassium hydroxide, an alcohol is formed.
(i) Name the type of reaction taking place and give the role of the reagent.
(ii) Outline a mechanism for the reaction, showing clearly the structure of the
alcohol formed.
(iii) Why is it difficult to oxidise this alcohol?
(6)
(Total 6 marks)
18. Glucose can be used as a source of ethanol. Ethanol can be burned as a fuel or can be
converted into ethene.
C6H12O6 + CH3CH2OH H2C=CH2
glucose ethanol ethene
(a) Name the types of reaction illustrated by the two reactions above.
(2)

(b) (i) State what must be added to an aqueous solution of glucose so that ethanol is
formed.
(ii) Identify a suitable catalyst for the conversion of ethanol into ethene.
(2)
(c) (i) State the class of alcohols to which ethanol belongs.
(ii) Give one advantage of using ethanol as a fuel compared with using a
petroleum fraction.
(2)
(d) Most of the ethene used by industry is produced when ethane is heated to 900°C in
the absence of air. Write an equation for this reaction.
(1)
(e) Name the type of polymerisation which occurs when ethene is converted into
poly(ethene).
(1)
(Total 8 marks)
19. (a) (i) Pentan-1-ol, CH3CH2CH2CH2CH2OH, was oxidised by adding it dropwise to
acidified potassium dichromate(VI) and distilling off the organic product
immediately. Write an equation for this reaction showing clearly the structural
formula of the organic product. You may use [O] to represent the oxidising agent.
(ii) Pentan-2-ol, CH3CH2CH2CH(OH)CH3, was oxidised by heating it under
reflux with acidified potassium dichromate(VI). Write an equation for this
reaction showing clearly the structural formula of the organic product. You
may use [O] to represent the oxidising agent.
(4)
(b) By stating the reagents, conditions and observations, show how you would
distinguish between the two oxidation products formed in parts (a)(i) and (a)(ii).
(4)
(Total 8 marks)
20. Some alcohols can be oxidised to form aldehydes, which can then be oxidised further to
form carboxylic acids.
Some alcohols can be oxidised to form ketones, which resist further oxidation.
Other alcohols are resistant to oxidation.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 287

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(a) Draw the structures of the two straight-chain isomeric alcohols with molecular
formula, C4H10O
(2)
(b) Draw the structures of the oxidation products obtained when the two alcohols from
part (a) are oxidised separately by acidified potassium dichromate(VI). Write
equations for any reactions which occur, using [O] to represent the oxidising agent.
(6)
(c) Draw the structure and give the name of the alcohol with molecular formula
C4H10O which is resistant to oxidation by acidified potassium dichromate(VI).
(2)
(Total 10 marks)
21. The three compounds CH3CH2CH2CH2OH, (CH3)3COH and CH3CH2CH2CHO can be
distinguished by use of the following reagents:
1. potassium dichromate(VI) acidified with dilute sulphuric acid
2. Tollens’ reagent
(a) Identify which of these three organic compounds would reduce acidified potassium
dichromate(VI). Give the structures of the organic products formed. Write a
half-equation for the reduction of dichromate(VI) ions in acidic solution.
(6)
(b) Identify which one of these three organic compounds would reduce Tollens’ reagent.
Give the structure of the organic product formed. Write a half-equation for the
reduction of Tollens’ reagent.
(3)
(Total 9 marks)
22. Ethene can be converted into a variety of useful products as illustrated below.
CH 3 CH 2 OH
ethanol

Reaction 1
acid catalyst

H 2 C CH 2
ethene

Reaction 2 Reaction 3
Ag catalyst HBr

O
H 2C CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 Br
epoxyethane bromoethane

Reaction 4 Reaction 5

OH OH CH 3 CH 2 NH 2
ethylamine
H 2 C CH 2
compound X
(a) Give a reagent for each of Reactions 1 and 5.
(2)
(b) Outline a mechanism for Reaction 3.
(4)
(c) Ethanol can be manufactured from ethene as shown in Reaction 1 or by the
fermentation of sugars. Outline the essential conditions and give an equation for the
fermentation reaction. Compare the relative rates and the purity of the product
obtained in each case by these two manufacturing processes.
(5)
(Total 11 marks)
23. Ethanoic acid can be formed from bromoethane in two steps. Give reagents and

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 288

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

conditions for each step. Include in your answer the name of the mechanism for the first
step and an equation for the second step.
(Total 9 marks)

24. (a) When a mixture of chlorine with an excess of methane is irradiated with ultraviolet
light, a reaction occurs with chloromethane as the main organic product.
Write an equation and a mechanism for the formation of chloromethane.
(5)
(b) Ethanol can be produced industrially either by the direct hydration of ethene or by
fermentation. State the conditions for each method and compare the two processes
by giving two advantages and one disadvantage of direct hydration.
(9)
(Total 14 marks)
25. Ethene is an important starting point for the manufacture of plastics and pharmaceutical
chemicals. Most of the ethene used by industry is produced by the thermal cracking of
ethane obtained from North Sea gas (Reaction 1). It is also possible to make ethene either
from chloroethane (Reaction 2) or from ethanol (Reaction 3).
CH 3 CH 2 Cl
chloroethane

Reaction 2

Reaction 1 Reaction 3
CH 3 CH 3 H 2 C CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 OH
ethane ethene ethanol

(a) Give essential conditions and reagents for each of Reactions 2 and 3.
(b) Name and outline a mechanism for Reaction 2. Suggest a reason why chloroethane
is not chosen by industry as a starting material to make ethene commercially.
(c) Name a mechanism for Reaction 3. Suggest why this route to ethene may become
used more commonly in the future as supplies of North Sea gas begin to run out.
(4 + 5 + 2)
(Total 11 marks)
26. This question is concerned with the six reactions shown in the following scheme. The four
compounds involved are represented by their molecular formulae and labelled using the
letters A, B, C and D.
reagent W reagent X reagent Y
C3H6   C3H7Br   C3H8O   C3H6O
compound A   compound B 
reagent X
 compound C 
reagent W
 compound D
reagent Z
(a) State the names of the three homologous series to which compounds A, B and C
belong.
(3)
(b) Give the name of the type of reaction occurring in each of the following conversions:
(i) compound A to compound B;
(ii) compound B to compound C;
(iii) compound C to compound D.
(3)
(c) Give the name or formula of reagent X and state the different conditions under
which it would be used in the conversions of compound B to compound C, and of
compound B to compound A.
(3)
(d) Identify, by name or formula, the substances present in reagent Y and state an
essential condition under which they would be used in the conversion of compound
C to compound D.
(3)
(f) Write an equation for each of the following reactions:
(i) the conversion of compound B to compound A;
(ii) the conversion of compound B to compound C.
(2)
(g) Outline a possible mechanism for the conversion of compound B to compound C.
(3)
(Total 17 marks)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 289

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

Marking Scheme
1. (a) C4H8O C5H9NO
Mr = 72 (1) Mr = 99 (1)
If MF shown lose 1 for wrong Mr.
If no MF shown max 2 if Mr wrong
5
5g → × 99 (1) (= 6.88g)
72
5
64% yield = 0.64 × × 99 = 4.40g (1)
72
(allow answer 4.36 – 4.42) 4

(1)
CH 2 CH (n)
(c) 1
CH 2 CH 3
or C 2 H 5

[9]

2. Catalyst (c) phosphoric acid or (c) sulphuric acid (1)

Not dilute
accept correct formula
Conditions Temp = High or 200–500°C (1)
Temp = medium or moderate or 50-100°C
Pressure = High or 5–20 Mpa or 50–200 atoms
Pressure = High or 2–4 Mpa or 20–40 atoms
If. wrong, no catalyst given, allow phosphoric acid conditions

Equation CH2 = CH2 + H2O CH3 CH2 OH

allow C2H4 allow C2 H5OH

not CH2 CH2 4

[4]
3. (a) C4H10O + 6O2 4CO2 + 5H2O (1) 1

(b) (i) two H on carbon in double bond (1)

(ii)
CH 3 CH 3 CH 3 H
C C (1) or C C
H H H CH 3
Z but-2-ene (1) E but-2-ene 3
[4]

4. (a) (i) 3-methylpentan-3-ol (1)

(ii) carbonium ion/carbocation (1)

CH 3 H CH 3 CH 2
C C (1) C CH 2
(iii) CH 3 CH 2 CH 3 CH 3 CH 2
(1)

C (1)
5
(b) lone pair (1)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 290

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(c) (i) orange (1)

tertiary alcohol (1)
not oxidised (1)
(ii) two from:
CH 3

CH 3 CH CH 2 CH CH 3

OH

CH 3

CH 3 CH 2 CH CH CH 3

OH

CH 3

CH 3 C CH CH 3

CH 3 OH (2x1) 5
[11]

5. (a) A = tertiary alcohol/ 3° (1)

B = secondary alcohol/ 2° (1) 2
(b) (2)-methylpropan-2-ol (1) 1

(c) (i) (selects isomer C and) gives suitable structure for butanal (1)
or
(selects isomer D and) gives suitable structure for
2-methylpropanal (1) 1
(ii) (sodium / potassium) dichromate / manganate VII (1)
+
acidic conditions / H (this mark dependent on first mark) (1)
not HCl with KMnO4
distill(ation) not reflux (1) 3

(d) (i) removal of water (1) 1

(ii) alkene / ether (not a named example) (1) 1
(iii) concentrated sulphuric acid / concentrated or solid phosphoric acid
(strong) heat / high temperature / 150 – 200 °C / reflux
or
suitable catalyst eg aluminium oxide / broken porcelain (1)
strong heat / high temperature / 300+ °C (1)
mark for conditions dependent on mark for reagents 2
(iv) (selects isomer C and) gives suitable structure for but-1-ene
(accept but-2-ene structure if primary to secondary carbocation
rearrangement mentioned)
or
(selects isomer A or D and) gives suitable structure for
2-methylpropene (1)
also accept structures for ethers 1
(v) selects isomer B (1)
suitable structure for but-1-ene (mark independently of isomer
chosen) (1)
suitable structure for but-2-ene (either cis or trans not both) (1)
dehydration ‘involves the removal of OH and H to make water,
and H can be
either from C1 or from C3 so two isomers formed (1) 4
[16]

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 291

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

6. (a) (i) Equation

(1)
O
CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH + [O] CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 C + H 2 O (1)
H
Colour change orange green
(ii) Reagent ammoniacal silver nitrate/Tollens (1)
Observation with oxidation product of butan-1-ol silver
mirror (1)
Observation with oxidation product of butan-2-ol no
reaction (1) 6

(b) Butanoic acid (1) 1

(c) Structure of isomer 1 Structure of isomer 2
CH 3 CH 3

H3 C C CH 2OH H3C C CH 3

H (1) OH (1)
Name of isomer 1 2-methylpropan-1-ol (1)
Name of isomer 2 2-methylpropan-2-ol (1) 4
[11]

7. (a) (i) Electron pair/ lone pair acceptor OR seeking/bonds

with an electron pair 1
(insist on reference to a pair of electrons)

(ii) M1 curly arrow from middle of C=C bond of the alkene towards/
alongside the H atom of the H-Br; 1
(penalise arrows which go towards one of the carbon atoms)
(ignore a partial negative charge on the C=C)
M2 curly arrow from H-Br bond to side of Br atom; 1
(penalise M2 if there are formal charges on HBr or if there are
partial charges which are the wrong)
(penalise M2 if the single bond has two dots in addition to the
line)
M3 correct structure for carbocation; 1
(penalise M3 if the positive charge is placed on the end of a
bond) (penalise M3 if any alkene other than ethene is used -
all other marks can score)
M4 curly arrow from lone pair on bromide ion to the positive carbon 1
of carbocation, ensuring that bromide ion has a negative charge;

(b) (i) M1: potassium cyanide OR KCN OR sodium Cyanide OR NaCN; 1

(ignore conditions - dissolved in (aq) or (alc) or KOH(aq) all
work) (penalise HCN)
M2: propanenitrile; 1
(credit propan-1-nitrile OR propan nitrile, but not propanitrile)

(ii) M1: ammonia OR NH3; 1

(If formula is written, insist that it is correct)
(ignore conditions, but penalise acidic)
M2: ethylamine; 1
(credit aminoethane)
(iii) M1: curly arrow from lone pair on nitrogen of (correct formula for)
ammonia towards/alongside C atom of C-Br; 1
(penalise M1 if formula of ammonia is wrong or has a
negative charge or has no lone pair or arrow is from negative
charge)
M2: curly arrow from C-Br bond towards/alongside side Br atom; 1

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 292

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(credit M2 independently)
(penalise M2 if formal positive charge on C atom of C-Br)
M3: correct structure of the ethylammonium ion; 1
(credit the structure drawn out with all four bonds around the
+ +
nitrogen atom OR written as C2H5NH3 OR CH3CH2NH3 )
M4: curly arrow from the middle of one of the H-N bonds towards the
positive N atom; 1
(possible to credit M4 on an incorrect ethylammonium ion
with no positive charge)
(ignore use of ammonia or bromide ion etc. to remove proton
from ethylammonium ion)
(If the wrong haloalkane is used, award MAX. 3 marks for the
mechanism) (If SN 1 mechanism is used, give full credit in
which M1 is for a curly arrow from the lone pair of the N atom
of (correct formula for) ammonia towards/alongside the
+
positive carbon atom of CH3CH2 )
[17]
8. (a) Reagents H2SO4 or H3PO4 or Al2O3 (1)
Name of mechanism elimination (1)
Mechanism
(b) Type of isomerism geometrical or cis-trans (1)
Explanation restricted rotation or
double bond rigid (1) 2
[4]

9. (a) (i)ethanal 1
correct structure for ethanal 1
(aldehyde functional group must be drawn out)
(ii) oxidation or redox 1
[3]
10. (a) (i) C6H12O6 2C2H5OH + 2CO2 1
(Or CH3CH2OH)
(Ignore state symbols in the equation)
(ii) Fermentation 1

(b) (i) C2H5OH + 3O2 2CO2 + 3H2O 1

(Or C2H6O or CH3CH2OH)
(ii) CO or carbon monoxide or C or carbon ONLY 1
(iii)2CO + 2NO 2CO2 + N2
OR 2NO N2 + O2
OR 2NO + C N2 + CO2
OR C8H18 + 25NO 8CO2 12½N2 + 9H2O 1
(In equation 2, allow additional O2 on both sides of the
equation)
(c) Elimination 1
(Penalise additional words such as “electrophilic”)
[6]
11. Step 3
dehydration or elimination (1)
H2SO4 or H3PO4 or A12O3 (1) 2

[2]
12. (a) % O = 21.6 % (1)
If % O not calculated only M2 available

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 293

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

64.9 13.5 21.6

C H O (1)
12 1 16
= 5.41 = 13.5 = 1.35
Ratio: 4 : 10: 1 ( C4H10O) (1)
If arithmetic error in any result lose M3
If percentage composition calculation done zero
3
(b) (i) Type of alcohol: Tertiary (1)
Reason: No hydrogen atom on central carbon (1)
OH CH 3
CH 3 C CH 2 CH 3 CH 3 C CH 2 OH
H H
(ii)
(1) (1)

Isomer 3 Isomer 4
Penalise missing bonds / incorrect bonds once per paper
4
(c) (i) Aldehyde (1)
Ignore named aldehydes or their structures,
penalise wrong named compound
(ii) CH3CH2CH2CH2OH + [O] CH3CH2CH2CHO + H2O (1)
Balanced (1)
C4H10O is OK as a reactant
[O] can be over arrow
C3H7CHO not accepted for product, but C2H5CH2CHO is OK
If use C3 or C5 compounds no marks in (ii) C.E of wrong alcohol
(iii)Name Butanoic acid (1)
Structure: CH3CH2CH2COOH (1) 5
(d) Advantage: Fast reaction OR pure product OR continuous process
OR cheap OR high yield,100% alcohol (1)
Disadvantage: High technology OR ethene from non-renewable source
OR expensive equipment not just costly (1)
Not answers based on fermentation 2
[14]
13. (i) 3-methylbutan-2-ol (1)
No alternatives
(ii) elimination or dehydration (1)

(iii) (c) H2SO4 or (c) H3PO4 – name or correct formula (1)

Alkene 1 Alkene 2
H
(iv)
CH 2 C C CH 3 CH 3 C C CH 3
H CH 3 H CH 3
(1) (1)
Double bond must be shown
Accept any correct unambiguous structures
if but- 1-ene and but-2-ene offered, allow M2
5
[5]

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 294

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

14. (i) C6H12O6 2C2H5OH + 2CO2; 1

(penalise C2H6O once only in this question)
(ii) Concentrated H2SO4 OR concentrated H3PO4 OR A12O3; 1
(penalise aqueous or dilute as a contradiction)
C2H5OH C2H4 + H2O OR C2H5OH H2C = CH2 + H2O; 1
.
(penalise CH2 CH2 and CH2-CH2 and CH2:CH2 for ethene)
[3]
15. (a) (i) correct graphical formula for tertiary alcohol
allow CH3 not C2H5 (1)
2-methylbutan-2-ol / 2-hydroxy-2-methylbutane / 2-methyl-
2-hydroxybutane award name mark even if it follows
incorrect formula (1) 2
(ii) graphical formula of pent-1-ene (1)
graphical formula of pent-2-ene (1) 2
accept geometrical isomers of pent-2-ene if clearly shown to be different
(iii) dehydration / elimination (1) 1
(iv) no H atoms on C atom next to C–OH / three methyl groups on C (1) 1

[4]
16. (a) (i) nucleophilic substitution (1)
(ii) tertiary alcohol or no H atom available (1) 2
(b) Name of mechanism elimination (1)
Mechanism
CH 3 CH 3
CH 3 CH 2 C CH 2 CH 3 CH 3 CH C CH 2 CH 3
+
(1) (1)
Br H
–
HO: (1)
–
HO:
or H CH 3
CH 3 CH C CH 2 CH 3
Br
4
(c) Structure
CH 3 CH 2 C CH 2
(1)
CH 2 CH 3
Name 2-ethylbut-1-ene (1) 2
[8]
17. (i) substitution or hydrolysis (1)
nucleophile (1)
CH 3
H 3C CH(CH 3 ) 2
–
(ii) HO: C Br (1) HO C CH(CH 3 ) 2
(1)
CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 CH 3
(1)

or H 3C CH(CH 3 ) 2 H3C CH(CH 3 ) 2

– +
C Br HO: C

CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 CH 3

(iii) tertiary or no C–H (1) 6

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 295

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

[6]
18. (a) M1 fermentation 1
M2 dehydration or elimination 1
(b) (i) yeast OR zymase OR an enzyme 1
(ii) concentrated sulphuric or phosphoric acid 1
(penalise aqueous or dilute as a contradiction)
(c) (i) primary or 1° 1
(ii) sugar or glucose or ethanol is renewable 1
OR ethanol does not contain sulphur-containing impurities
OR ethanol produces less pollution or is less smoky or less CO/C
(the objective is a positive statement about ethanol)
(penalise the idea that ethanol is an infinite source or vague
statements that ethanol has less impurities) (penalise the
idea that ethanol produces no pollution)
(d) C2H6 C2H4 + H2 1
(e) Addition 1
(ignore self or chain as a preface to “addition “)
(penalise additional)
[8]

19. (a) (i) CH3 CH2 CH2 CH2 CH2 OH + [O] CH3 CH2 CH2 CH2 CHO + H2O (1)
(equation balances (1))

allow C4 H9 CH2 OH product must show aldehyde group

or C5 H11 OH e.g. C4 H9 CHO
If ketone shown here, allow balance
If wrong alcohol used, allow balance
(ii) CH3 CH2 CH2 CH(OH)CH3 + [O] CH3 CH2 CH2 COCH3 + H2O (1)
(equation balances (1))

allow C3 H7 C(OH) CH3 product must show CO in ketone

or C5 H11 OH e.g. C3 H7 COCH3
If aldehyde show here, allow balance
If wrong alcohol used, allow balance 4
(b) Fehling’s solution or Tollen’s reagent or Potassium dichromate (1)
Boil, heat, warm ammoniacal silver nitrate
Conditions tied to reagent
orange or brown or red precipitate or solid etc
or silver mirror grey/black precipitate of solid
or (orange) turns green or blue
observation tied to reagent
4
No precipitate
or no silver mirror
or no colour change (1)
or no reaction
Not “nothing”
If no reagent or wrong reagent quoted, mark as ‘CE’
2– +
Any appropriate reagent - e.g. - Benedicts, but if Cr2O7 or [Ag CNH3)2]
or MnO4– given, do not allow reagent mark.
[8]

20. (a) M1: CH3CH2CH2CH2OH; 1

M2: CH3CH(OH)CH2CH3; 1

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 296

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(penalise incorrect alcohols in part (a), but mark

consequentially in part (b) and in part (c), if relevant)
(if three alcohols drawn, award MAX. 1 mark)

(b) M1, M2 and M3: Correct structures for butanal, butanone and butanoic acid; 3
(award these structure marks wherever the structures
appear, but insist that the C=O is shown in each structure
and additionally, the C-O in the carboxylic acid
M4: balanced equation for the reaction of butan-1-ol with [O] to
produce butanal and water; 1
M5: balanced equation for the reaction of butan-1-ol with [O] to
produce butanoic acid and water
OR
balanced equation for the reaction of butanal with [O] to
produce butanoic acid; 1
M6: balanced equation for the reaction of butan-2-ol with [O] to
produce butanone and water; 1
(Credit condensed structures or molecular formulas in each
equation, provided it is obvious to which reaction the
equation refers) (Insist that whatever formula is used in each
equation that it is a conventional representation of the
compound; for example penalise CH3CH2CH2COH for
butanal)
(c) M1: Correct structure for 2-methylpropan-2-ol; 1
M2: 2-methylpropan-2-ol
OR
methylpropan-2-ol; 1
(penalise on every occasion in parts (a) and (c), structures for
the alcohols that are presented with the alcohol functional
group as C-H-O)
[10]
21. (a) K2Cr2O7/H2SO4 reduced by
CH3CH2CH2CH2OH (1)
oxidised to CH3(CH2)2CHO (1)
and CH3(CH2)2COOH (1)
CH3CH2CH2CHO (1)
oxidised to CH3(CH2)2COOH (1)
Equation: Cr2O72– + 14H+ + 6e– 2Cr3+ + 7H2O (1) 6
Note: Deduct one if all three compounds given as reducing
agents.
(b) Tollens’ reduced by
CH3CH2CH2CHO (1)
oxidised to CH3(CH2)2COOH (1)
Equation [Ag(NH3)2]+ + e– Ag + 2NH3 (1) 3
[9]
22. (a) Reaction 1 H2O or steam (1)
Reaction 5 NH3 (1) 2
For Reaction 4; credit dil H2SO4 OR H2SO4(aq) OR HCl (aq)
but NOT steam and NOT NaOH(aq)
(b) 4
H H
M4
H2 C CH2 H C C H (1) structure
(1) +
M1 (1) H
H Br
:Br –
(1) M2 M3

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 297

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

Penalise M2 incorrect δ+ / δ–
Penalise δ– on alkene (M1)
Penalise dots on bonds once
Penalise M4 (structure) for use of wrong alkene
Penalise M1 for use of Br2
(c) Water OR aqueous solution OR (aq) in equation (1) M1
Yeast OR enzyme/zymase OR T ≤ 45°C M2
but T not below 20°C and allow warm
N.B. yeast and T=60° con
Ignore pH
Ignore anaerobic / oxygen
Ignore time
Ignore pressure
C6H12O6 2C2H5OH (or CH3CH2OH) + 2CO2 M3
Allow C12H22O11 if balanced equation
M4 OR M5 needs the use of good English and correct
chemistry to gain credit
M4: The rate of fermentation is slower (1)
OR The rate of hydration is faster
QoL OR (The rate of) fermentation is slow and
(the rate of) hydration is fast
reference correctly to time rather than rate gains credit
M5: The product of fermentation is less pure or lower purity
OR The product of hydration is more pure or higher purity
OR The product of fermentation is impure and that of hydration is pure
OR Specific reference to 10–15% versus 90–100%
OR correct reference to higher or lower yield 5
[11]
23.
CH 3 CH 2Br (1)
NaOH (1) aqu or warm (1)
nucleophilic substitution (1)

K2Cr2O7 H2SO4
CH 3 CH 2OH (1) Reflux (1)

CH 3 COOH

CH3CH2OH + 2[O] CH3COOH + H2O (1)

[9]

24. (a) CH4 + Cl2 CH3Cl + HCl (1)

Initiation: Cl2 2Cl● (1)
Propagation: CH4 + Cl● CH3● + HCl (1)
CH3● + Cl2 CH3Cl + Cl● (1)
Termination: CH3● + Cl● CH3Cl (1)
or CH3● + CH3● C2H6 5

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 298

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(b) Hydration: H3PO4 (1)

300°C (1)
65 atmos (1)
Fermentation: yeast (1)
35°C (1)
air free (1)
Advantages: Two from
faster/purer product/continuous process
(cheaper on manpower) (2)
Disadvantage: ethene is non-renewable resource (1) 9
[14]

25. (a) Reaction 2: NaOH OR KOH (1) M1 alcohol (ic) OR ethanol (ic)(1) M2
ignore heat
–
Condition mark linked to correct reagent but award M2 if OH
or base or alkali mentioned
Reaction 3: concentrated H2SO4 OR H3PO4 M1 (1) heat
(1) M2
OR 150°C - 200°C 4
Condition mark linked to correct reagent but award M2 if
H2SO4 or H3PO4, but not concentrated
Penalise reagent and condition if dilute H2SO4 / H3PO4
(b) Mechanism:
– M1
HO: (1)
M2
H(1) H
..
H C C H( H 2C CH 2 + H2 O + CL – )
(1)
H Cl M3

Award M3 (C Cl) independently

M1 and M2 must be to / from correct places
H H
E1 mechanism possible in which M2 H C C H
+

H
Name: of mechanism = elimination (1)
NOT dehydrohalogenation
Ignore “base” OR “nucleophilic” before elimination
Reason: Reaction 2 has (very) low yield (1) 5
QoL OR chloroethane has to be made (from ethane)
OR chloroethane is expensive
OR chloroethane is not redily available
(c) Name of mechanism = elimination (1)
NOT dehydration alone
Reason: Ethanol could come from (fermentation of) renewable 2
QoL sugars / glucose / carbohydrates / sources (1)
[11]
26. (a) A – alkene (1)
B – halogenoalkane / bromoalkane / alkyl halide / haloalkane (1)
C – alcohol (ignore primary, secondary) (1) 3
(b) (i) addition ignore nucleophilic / electrophilic / free radical (1) 1
(ii) substitution not replacement / displacement (1) 1
(iii) oxidation not reduction; not redox; allow dehydrogenation (1) 1
(c) Sodium hydroxide / NaOH / KOH not just hydroxide (1)
(B to C) aqueous not dilute (1)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 299

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(B to A) alcoholic (1)
mark alternatives as (d)
ignore references to concentration and temperature 3
(d) sodium (or potassium) dichromate / Na2Cr2O7 or (1)
named alkali or water or aqueous
sulphuric acid / H2SO4
ignore dilute / concentrated (1)
allow HCl, H3PO4, HNO3
allow KMnO4 with H2SO4 / H3PO4 / HNO3 not HCl
+
allow 1 mark for acidified dichromate or dichromate / H
heat / reflux / boil / warm / temperature 40°C - 100°C (1)
this mark dependent on ‘dichromate’ or ‘manganate’ 3

(e) (i) CH3CH(CH3)Br + NaOH CH3CH=CH2 + NaBr + H2O (1)

(ii) CH3CH(CH3)Br + NaOH CH3CH(CH3)OH + NaBr (1)
allow molecular formulae C3H7Br; C3H8O; C3H6
– –
allow ionic versions (with OH , Br ) 2
(f) arrow from O of OH– to C joined to Br (1)
lone pair not needed
C–Br polarity shown by δ+ δ– or
heterolytic fission of C–Br bond shown by arrow from bond between C
and Br to Br or
intermediate with partial bonds and minus sign (1)
–
Br as product (1)
allow all 3 marks if 1-bromopropane identified as B 3
[17]

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 300

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

10.5 CARBONYL COMPOUNDS

10.6 CARBOXYLIC ACIDS & DERIVATIVES

1. Consider the sequence of reactions below.

H H
Reaction 1 Reaction 2
CH 3 CH 2 CHO CH 3 CH 2 C CN CH 3 CH 2 C COOH
HCN
OH OH
P Q R
(a) Name and outline a mechanism for Reaction 1.

(5)
(b) (i) Name compound Q
(ii) The molecular formula of Q is C4H7NO. Draw the structure of the isomer of Q
which shows geometrical isomerism and is formed by the reaction of ammonia
with an acyl chloride.
(3)
(c) Draw the structure of the main organic product formed in each case when R reacts
separately with the following substances:
(i) methanol in the presence of a few drops of concentrated sulphuric acid;
(ii) acidified potassium dichromate(VI);
(iii) concentrated sulphuric acid in an elimination reaction.
(3)
(Total 11 marks)
2. Alcohol X has the structure (CH3)2 C(OH)CH(CH3)2
(a) (i) Name alcohol X.
(ii) Name and outline the mechanism for the reaction occurring when alcohol X is
converted into 2,3-dimethylbut-2-ene in the presence of a strong acid.
(iii) Give the structure of, and name an isomer of 2,3-dimethylbut-2-ene which is
also formed in the reaction. Explain why two products are obtained.
(10)
(b) (i) Write an equation for the reaction between alcohol X and ethanoyl chloride.
Name and outline a mechanism for this reaction, using ROH to represent the
alcohol in the mechanism.
(ii) Give an alternative method for obtaining the organic reaction product in part
(b) (i), starting from alcohol X, other than using ethanoic anhydride.
State the type of reaction, the reagent(s) used and the reaction conditions.
(9)
(Total 19 marks)
3. (a) Consider the following pair of isomers.
O O
H C HO C
OCH 2 CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3

C D
(i) Name compound C.
(ii) Identify a reagent which could be used in a test-tube reaction to distinguish
between C and D. In each case, state what you would observe.
(4)
(b) Consider the following pair of isomers.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 301

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

O O
H3 C C H C
CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3

E F
(i) Name compound E.
(ii) Identify a reagent which could be used in a test-tube reaction to distinguish
between E and F. In each case, state what you would observe.
(4)
(c) Draw the structure of the chain isomer of F which shows optical isomerism.
(1)
(Total 9 marks)
4. This question is about compounds A, B, C, D and E and their interconversions. Some of
these are shown in the diagram below.
E + CH 3CH 2COCl (CH 3 CH 2CO) 2 O
B C

CH 3 CH 2COOH CH 3 CH 2 COOCH 3
A D

(a) (i) Give the names of compounds B and C.

(2)
(ii) Describe one observation that would be made when compound B reacts with
water. (1)
(iii) Draw the graphical formula of the organic product formed when compound B
reacts with ammonia.
(1)
(iv) When compound C is heated in water, it is hydrolysed to a carboxylic acid.
Write the equation for the reaction that occurs
(1)
(b) Compounds A, B and C will each react with the same alcohol to form compound D.
(i) Give the name of the alcohol and the name of compound D.
(2)
(ii) State the appropriate reaction conditions for the formation of compound D
from each of the compounds A, B and C.
(4)
(Total 11 marks)
5. (a) (i) Write an equation for the reaction of butan-2-ol with ethanoic acid, showing clearly
the structure of the organic product.
(ii) Name the type of organic compound formed in part (a)(i) and suggest a use for
this compound.
(iii) Give a homogeneous catalyst for the reaction in part (a)(i) and state the
meaning of the term homogeneous.
(6)
(b) Write an equation for the complete combustion of butan-2-ol in an excess of oxygen.
(1)
(c) But-1-ene and other products can be made by the dehydration of butan-2-ol.
(i) Outline a mechanism for the dehydration of butan-2-ol into but-l-ene.
(ii) Explain why but-1-ene does not show geometrical isomerism.
(iii) An alternative dehydration of butan-2-ol produces geometrical isomers.
Draw the structure of one of these geometrical isomers and give its full name.
(7)
(Total 14 marks)
6. Consider the following reaction scheme.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 302

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

Reaction 2 O
CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 OH CH 3 CH 2 C
Reaction 1 Q R OH

O
CH 3 CH 2 C
H OH
P
Reaction 3
CH 3 CH 2 C H

CN
(a) Give the reagent(s) for Reaction 1 and name the type of reaction involved.
(2)
(b) (i) Give the reagent(s) and conditions for Reaction 2.
(ii) Write an equation for this reaction using the symbol [O] to represent the
oxidising agent.
(4)
(c) Give the reagent(s) and name the mechanism involved in Reaction 3.
(2)
(d) Reaction 3 produces a mixture of two stereoisomers.
(i) What is the relationship between these two isomers?
(ii) How can separate samples of these isomers be distinguished?
(3)
(e) (i) Draw the structure and state the name of the organic product formed when Q
reacts with R.
(ii) Draw the structure of an isomer of R which forms ethanol on hydrolysis.
(3)
(f) Write an equation for the complete combustion of P.
(2)
(Total 16 marks)
7. (a) The structures of two alcohols of formula C5H11OH are shown below.
CH 3

CH3 CH CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 CH 3 C CH2 OH

OH CH 3

pentan–2–ol 2.2–dimethylopropan–1–ol
(i) A third alcohol of formula C5H11OH is tertiary. Draw the graphical formula
and give the name of this alcohol.
(2)
(ii) Draw the displayed formulae of two alkenes formed when pentan-2-ol is
heated with concentrated sulphuric acid.
(2)
(iii) State the type of reaction taking place in (a)(ii).
(1)
(iv) Explain why the type of reaction taking place in (a)(ii) does not occur when
2,2-dimethylpropan-1-ol is heated with concentrated sulphuric acid.
(1)
(b) Compound X is converted into compound Y by the reactions outlined below.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3
CH 3 CN CH 3 COOH CH 3 COCl CH 3CONHCH 3
X Y

(i) Give the name of compound X.

(1)
(ii) State the type of reaction taking place in Step 1.
(1)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 303

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(iii) Write an equation for the reaction taking place in Step 3.

(2)
(Total 10 marks)
8. Consider the following three reactions of cyclohexanone, C6H10O.
H

OH
Reaction 1

O Reaction 2
Compound X
HCN

Reaction 3
conc
HNO 3
HOOC(CH 2 ) 4 COOH

(a) Give a suitable reagent for Reaction 1.

(1)
(b) Name the type of reaction and outline a mechanism for Reaction 2.
(5)
(c) (i) Name the organic product of Reaction 3.
(ii) Calculate the maximum mass of this organic product that could be formed if
2.40 g of cyclohexanone were allowed to react in Reaction 3.
(4)
(Total 10 marks)
9. The molecular formulae of some compounds that can be prepared from ethanoic acid are
given in the scheme below.
C 2 H 4O2
ethanoic acid

ethanol/conc H 2 SO4 /heat PCl 5

C 4 H 8O 2 C 2 H 3 O 2 Na C 2 H 3 OCl C 2 H 5 ON
P Q R S

(a) (i) Give the name and graphical (displayed) formula of P.

(2)
(ii) Give the name of the type of reaction which occurs when P is formed from
ethanoic acid.
(1)
(b) Ethanoic acid can be obtained from P.
(i) Give the name of the reagent(s) and state the conditions required.
(2)
(ii) Write a balanced equation for the reaction
(1)
(c) (i) State the reagent and reaction conditions that could be used for converting
ethanoic acid into Q.
(2)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 304

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(ii) Give the name and graphical formula of the organic product of the reaction
between anhydrous samples of Q and R.
(2)
(iii) State how the product formed in (c)(ii) could be converted into ethanoic acid
and write an equation for the reaction.
(2)
(d) (i) Give the name and graphical formula of the amide S.
(2)
(ii) State the reagent(s) and reaction conditions that could be used for converting
ethanoic acid into S.
(2)
(iii) Write a balanced equation for the reaction between S and aqueous
hydrochloric acid.
(1)
(Total 17 marks)
10. (a) Addition reactions to both alkenes and carbonyl compounds can result in the
formation of isomeric compounds.
(i) Choose an alkene with molecular formula C4H8 which reacts with HBr to
form two structural isomers. Give the structures of these two isomers and
name the type of structural isomerism shown.
Outline a mechanism for the formation of the major product.
(iii) Using HCN and a suitable carbonyl compound with molecular formula
C3H6O, outline a mechanism for an addition reaction in which two isomers
are produced.
Give the structures of the two isomers formed and state the type of
isomerism shown.
(14)
(b) Explain why ethanoyl chloride reacts readily with nucleophiles.
Write an equation for one nucleophilic addition–elimination reaction of ethanoyl
chloride. (A mechanism is not required.)
(4)
(Total 18 marks)
11. The two functional groups in compound A, CHO, behave independently.
(a) State what would be observed if a few drops of compound A were added to Fehling’s
solution and heated. Give the structure of the organic reaction product.
(2)
(b) Using RCHO to represent compound A, write an equation for the reaction between
RCHO and hydrogen cyanide. State the type of reaction taking place and outline a
mechanism.
(5)
(c) State the type of isomerism shown by 2-hydroxypropanoic (lactic) acid,
CH3CH(OH)COOH, and point out the structural feature of the molecule which
causes the existence of two isomers. With the aid of diagrams, show the structural
relationship between the two isomers and state how these isomers can be
distinguished.
(5)
(Total 12 marks)
12. (a) Compound A, HCOOCH2CH2CH3, is an ester. Name this ester and write an
equation for its reaction with aqueous sodium hydroxide.
(2)
(d) A naturally-occurring triester, shown below, was heated under reflux with an
excess of aqueous sodium hydroxide and the mixture produced was then distilled.
One of the products distilled off and the other was left in the distillation flask.
CH 3 (CH 2 )16 COOCH 2
CH 3 (CH 2 )16 COOCH
CH 3 (CH 2 )16 COOCH 2
(i) Draw the structure of the product distilled off and give its name.
Structure

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 305

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(ii) Give the formula of the product left in the distillation flask and give a use for
it.
(4)
(Total 6 marks)
13. (a) P, Q and R have the molecular formula C6H12
All three are branched-chain molecules and none is cyclic.
P can represent a pair of optical isomers.
Q can represent a pair of geometrical isomers.
R can represent another pair of geometrical isomers different from Q.
Draw one possible structure for one of the isomers of each of P, Q and R.
(3)
(b) Butanone reacts with reagent S to form compound T which exists as a racemic
mixture. Dehydration of T forms U, C5H7N, which can represent a pair of
geometrical isomers.
(i) State the meaning of the term racemic mixture and suggest why such a
mixture is formed in this reaction.
(ii) Identify reagent S, and draw a structural formula for each of T and U.
(6)
(Total 9 marks)
14. Consider the following reaction scheme and then answer the questions below.
C 3 H 6 O2 NH 3 CH 3 CH 2 COONH 4 heat
C 3 H 7 ON
propanoic acid ammonium
propanoate X
esterification

C 5 H 10 O2
Y
(a) Draw the displayed formula of propanoic acid.
(1)
(b) Propanoic acid may be converted into compound Y by an esterification reaction.
(i) Give the reagent(s) and condition(s) required for the formation of compound Y
from propanoic acid.
(3)
(ii) Give the name of compound Y.
(1)
(iii) Write an equation for the esterification reaction.
(2)
(c) Propyl ethanoate is an ester that is structurally isomeric with compound Y. When
propyl ethanoate is heated with aqueous sodium hydroxide, two products are
formed.
(i) Explain what is meant by the term structural isomerism.
(2)
(ii) Give the names or structures of the two products of this reaction.
(2)
(Total 11 marks)
15. There are several non-cyclic structural isomers with the molecular formula C6H12.
(a) One of these isomers, 2-methylpent-2-ene, (CH3)2C=CHCH2CH3, reacts with
hydrogen bromide. Name the major product and account for its formation by
reference to the mechanism of the reaction.
(7)
(b) Identify one linear alkene of formula C6H12 which can exist as a pair of
stereoisomers. State the type of stereoisomerism shown, name the alkene and draw
the structures of the two isomers.
(4)
(c) One of the branched, non-cyclic structural isomers of C6H12 can exhibit a different
type of stereoisomerism from that shown in part (b). State the type of
stereoisomerism shown, name the alkene and draw the two structures.
(4)
(Total 15 marks)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 306

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

Marking Scheme

1. (a) nucleophilic addition 1

M2 M4
–
CH 3 CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 O +
H
C
C O
H CN
H –
CN
M1 M3
4

(b) (i) 2-hydroxybutanenitrile 1

(ii) 2
H3C H

C C
O
H C
NH 2
(allow 1 for amide even if not C4H7NO, i.e. RCONH2)
(if not amide, allow one for any isomer of C4H7NO which shows geometric
isomerism)
(c) (i) 1
H

CH3 CH2 C OH

COOCH3

(ii) 1
O

CH3 CH2 C COOH

(iii) CH3CH=CHCOOH 1
[11]

2. (a) (i) 2, 3 – dimethylbutan – 2 – ol (1)

(ii) elimination (1)
Mechanism
(1) + (1) +
H OH 2 OH 2

(CH 3 ) 2 C CH (CH 3 ) 2 (CH 3 ) 2 C CH (CH3 ) 2

(1) H
+
(CH 3 ) 2 C C (CH 3 ) 2 (CH 3 ) 2 C C (CH 3 ) 2
(1)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 307

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(iii) Structure
CH (CH 3 ) 2
H2 C C (1)
CH 3

Name of isomer 2, 3 – dimethylbut – 1 – ene (1)

+
Explanation loss of H or H (1)
from end C also possible (1) 10

(b) (i) Equation

OH OCOCH 3
(CH3 ) 2 C CH (CH 3 ) 2 + CH 3 COCl (CH3 ) 2 C CH (CH 3 ) 2 + HCl (1)
Name of mechanism addition – elimination (1)
Mechanism
(1) Cl (1) Cl (1)
+
R O: C O R O C O–
allow loss
H CH 3 H CH 3 of H + here

O
+
R O C
(1) H CH 3
(ii) Type of reaction esterification (1)
Reagent(s) CH3COOH or ethanoic acid (1)
Conditions strong acid catalyst (1)
or H2SO4 or HCL 9
[19]

3. (a) (i) propyl methanoate (1)

not propanyl
A wrong reagent or no reagent scores zero
An incomplete reagent such as silver nitrate for Tollens, or
potassium dichromate loses the reagent mark, but can get
both observation marks
penalise observations which just say colour change occurs
or only state starting colour
(ii) Reagent: NaHCO3 (1)
Observation with C: no reaction (1)
Observation with D: effervescence (1) 4
for C and D NOT Tollens
Test an acidified acidified correct UI or stated PCl5
identified K2Cr2O7 KMnO4 metal indicator
(hydrogen)
carbonate
Observation no reaction goes green goes no no change no
with C colourless reaction reaction
observation bubbles or no change no change bubbles red or (misty)
with D CO2 or H2 correct fumes
colour
pH 3 – 6.9

(b) (i) Reagent: pentan-2-one (1)

or 2-pentanone
but not pent-2-one or pentyl

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 308

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(ii) Reagent: Tollen’s or Fehling’s (1)

Observation with E: no reaction (1)
Observation with F: silver mirror or red ppt (1) 4
for E and F
Test Tollens Fehling’s or iodoform or acidified Schiff’s
Benedicts I2/NaOH K2Cr2O7
observation no reaction no reaction yellow (ppt) no change no
with E reaction
observation silver or red or ppt no reaction goes green goes pink
with F mirror or grey not red
or ppt solution

(c) H (1) 1

CH 3 CH2 C CHO

CH 3
must be aldehyde. Allow C2H5 for CH3CH2 otherwise this is
the only answer
[9]
4. (a) (i) B: propanoyl chloride (or consequentially on part (a) (ii)) (1)
C: propanoic anhydride (or consequentially on part (a) (ii)) (1) 2
do not allow formulae
(ii) effervescence / misty fumes / steamy fumes / fumes /
solution becomes warm / fizzing not just gas (1) 1
(iii)

(1) 1
(the minimum necessary for the mark is C=O and C–N shown)
(iv) (CH CH CO) O + H O 2CH CH COOH (1) 1
3 2 2 2 3 2
allow C2H5…..
(b) (i) methanol (1)
methyl propanoate (or consequentially on part (a) (ii)) (1) 2
do not allow formulae
(ii) A: in presence of (concentrated) sulphuric acid
/ H2SO4 / strong acid / gaseous hydrogen chloride or HCl
allow dilute H2SO4 (1)
heat / reflux (but only if first mark awarded) (1)
allow 1 mark for acidic conditions / H+ and heat
B: room temperature / in the cold / not heated / cooling not acid (1)
C: heat / reflux not acid (1) 4
[11]
5. (a) (i)
O
CH 3 CH CH 2 CH 3 + CH 3 COOH CH 3 C CH 3
O CH + H2O
OH CH 2 CH 3
(1) eqn (1)
(ii) ester (1)
solvent, flavourings (1)
(iii) conc H2SO4 (1)
in same physical state (1) 6
(b) C4H10O + 6O2 4CO2 + 5H2O (1) 1

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 309

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

(c) (i)
+
CH 3 CH CH 2 CH 3 CH 3 CH CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 CH CH 2 CH 3

OH + OH 2 H (1) (1)

(1) (1)
H+
CH 2 = CHCH 2 CH 3
(ii) two H on carbon in double bond (1)
(iii)
CH 3 CH 3 CH 3 H
C C (1) or C C
H H H CH 3
cis but-2-ene (1) trans but-2-ene 7
[14]

6. (a) Reagents NaBH4 (1)

Type of reaction reduction (1) 2
(b) (i) Reagents(s) K2Cr2O7 (1) H2SO4 (1)
Conditions reflux (1)
(ii) CH3CH2CH2OH + 2[O] CH3CH2COOH + H2O (1) 4
(c) Reagents HCN or NaCN/H+ (1)
Name of mechanism nucleophilic  addition (1) 2
(d) (i) mirror images (1)
(ii) plane polarized light (1)
rotated in opposite directions (1) 3

O
(e) (i) Structure CH 3 CH 2 C
OCH 2 CH 2 CH 3 (1)
Name propyl propanoate (1)
O
(ii) 3
H C
OCH 2 CH 3 (1)

(1)
(f) CH3CH2CO or C3H6O + 4 O2 3 CO2 + 3H2O (1) 2
[16]

7. (a) (i) correct graphical formula for tertiary alcohol

allow CH3 not C2H5 (1)
2-methylbutan-2-ol / 2-hydroxy-2-methylbutane / 2-methyl-
2-hydroxybutane award name mark even if it follows
incorrect formula (1) 2
(ii) graphical formula of pent-1-ene (1)
graphical formula of pent-2-ene (1) 2
accept geometrical isomers of pent-2-ene if clearly shown to be different
(iii) dehydration / elimination (1) 1
(iv) no H atoms on C atom next to C–OH / three methyl groups on C (1) 1
(b) (i) ethanenitrile / ethanonitrile / methyl cyanide /
cyanomethane / acetonitrile (1) 1
(ii) any hydrolysis (1) 1
(iii) CH3COCl + CH3NH2 CH3CONHCH3 + HCl
for correct formula of methylamine / HCl product (1)
overall correct (1) 2
[10]

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 310

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

8. (a) NaBH4 (1) 1

(b) nucleophilic addition (1)
(1) (1) H +
–
O O:
CN
–
(1) :CN
(1) (1) 5
(c) (i) hexanedioic acid (1)
(ii) C6H10O C6H10O4
Mr = 98 (1) Mr = 146 (1)
2.40
2.40 g × 146 = 3.58 g (1) 4
98
[10]

9. (a) (i) ethyl ethanoate

H O

H C C H H

H O C C H

H H
(1) 2
(ii) esterification / condensation / addition - elimination (1) 1

(b) (i) aqueous / dilute sulphuric / hydrochloric acid (allow HCl(aq); H2SO4(aq)
not water) (1)
temp. < 100° / warm / heat / reflux (this mark dependent on sensible
reagent) (1)
2
(ii) CH3COOC2H5 + H2O CH3COOH + C2H5OH
(allow C4H8O2, C2H4O2 but must have C2H5OH) (1) 1
(c) (i) sodium hydroxide / sodium carbonate / sodium hydrogen carbonate
(allow formula) (1)
room temperature / aqueous (2nd mark dependent on correct reagent) (1) 2
(ii) ethanoic anhydride
H H

H C HH C H

C C

O O O
(1) 2
(methyl groups can be shown as –CH3 but the C–C bond must be drawn)
(iii) addition of water / hydrolysis (1)
(CH3CO)2O + H2O 2CH3COOH (1) 2
(d) (i) ethanamide not ethylamide.

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 311

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

H O

H C C

H N H

H
(1) 2
(ii) ammonia (not if dilute implied) / ammonium carbonate /PCl5
followed by NH3 (allow formulae) (1)
heat or temperature < 100° (1) 2
(iii) CH3CONH2 + HCl + H2O CH3COOH + NH4Cl (1) 1
[17]
10. (a) (i) An appropriate alkene; CH3CH2CHCH2 or (CH3)2CCH2 1
Isomer 1 1
Isomer 2 1
Position isomerism 1
Mechanism
+
electrophilic attack and electron shift to Br (Unless H used) 1
carbocation 1
reaction with carbocation 1
[Allow mechanism marks for the alkene CH3CHCHCH3]
[Allow one mark if mechanism for minor product given]
(ii) An appropriate carbonyl; CH3CH2CHO 1
Mechanism nucleophilic attack and electron shift to O 1
anion intermediate 1
reaction with anion 1
[Allow mechanism marks for the carbonyl (CH3)2CO]
Isomer 1 1
Isomer 2 1
Optical isomerism 1

NB Isomer structures must be tetrahedral

NB Penalise “stick” structures once in part (a)

(b) QoL Large charge on carbonyl carbon atom due to bonding to O and Cl 1
Nucleophiles have electron pairs which can be donated 1
Equation Species 1
Balanced 1
[18]
11. (a) Observation orange or red-brown precipitate (1)
Structure
COOH or COO – (Na + ) (1)
2
(b) Equation RCHO + HCN RCH(OH)CN (1)
Type of reaction nucleophilic addition (1)
Mechanism
(1) – (1)
R R O:
C O C H+
H H CN
:CN –
(1) 5
(c) Type of isomerism optical (1)
Structural feature atom with 4 different substituents
or asymmetric or chiral (1)
Isomer 1 Isomer 2

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 312

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

tetrahedral (1)
COOH mirror images (1) COOH

C C
OH HO
H CH 3 CH 3 H
Method of distinguishing opposite rotation of polaroid light (1) 5
[12]
12. (a) propyl methanoate; 1
– –
HCOOC3H7 + OH HCOO + C3H7OH
OR
HCOOC3H7 + NaOH HCOONa + C3H7OH; 1
(b) (i)
CH 2 OH
CHOH

CH 2 OH 1
propan(e)-1,2,3-triol
OR
1,2,3-propan(e)triol
OR
Glycerol; 1

(ii) CH3(CH2)16COONa or C17H35COONa or C18H35O2Na; 1

(ignore 3 in front of formula but not if indicating trimer)
(not just anion and penalise Na shown as covalently bonded) soap -
allow with detergent but not detergent alone; 1
[6]
13. (a) Structure of P: CH 3 CH 2 CH 3 (1) 3
C
H CH CH 2
CH 3 CH 3 CH 3 H
C C and C C
Structures of Q and R: H CH 2 CH 3 H CH(CH 3 )2

NOT C 3 H 7
(1) (1)
Q and R in any order
(b) (i) Racemic mixture: equal mixture of optical isomers / enantiomers
OR in explanation
Explanation: planar ( >C=O) (1)
attack from either side is equally likely (1)
(ii) Reagent S: HCN or (KCN / HCl or H2SO4) (1)
Compound T: OH (1)

CH 3 CH 2 C CH 3
CN
Compound U: CH 3 CH 3 (1) 6
C C
H CN
[9]

4. (a) graphical structure for CH3CH2COOH (1)

allow CH3CH2– or C2H5– 1
(b) (i) ethanol / CH3CH2OH / C2H5OH not just alcohol (1)

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 313

 A’-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REVISION QUESTIONS

+
(concentrated or dilute) sulphuric acid / HCl / strong acid / H
not just acid solution
heat / reflux / warm / temperature < 100 °C (1)
allow second and third marks if alcohol given
third mark is dependent on first and second marks
second mark is independent on first mark 3
(ii) ethyl propanoate (1) 1
(iii) CH3CH2COOH + CH3CH2OH CH3CH2COOCH2CH3 + H2O
C3H6O2 + C2H6O C5H10O2 + H2O (minimum for mark) (1)
CH3CH2COOCH2CH3 or C2H5CO2C2H5 (1) 2
(c) (i) compounds with the same molecular formula /
same numbers of same atoms (1)
but different structural formulae / structures or (1)
atoms joined / bonded / linked in different orders / C skeletons
not atoms arranged differently 2
(ii) sodium ethanoate / CH3COONa (1)
propan-1-ol / CH3CH2CH2OH / propanol / propan-2-ol (1) 2
[11]
5. (a)
(1)
H Br
(1)
+
(CH 3 ) 2 C CHCH 2 CH 3 (CH 3 ) 2 C CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 (CH 3 ) 2 C CH 2 CH 2 CH 3

(1) :Br – (1) Br (1)

2–bromo–2–methylpentane (1)
tertiary carbonium ion more stable than secondary (1) 7
(b) geometrical or cis–trans isomerisation (1)
hex–3–ene or hex–2–ene (1)
1 2 1
R R R H
C C (1) C C (1)
2
H H H R
(cis) (trans) 4

(c) optical (1) 3–methylpent–1–ene (1)

H H

C CH CH 2 C
H 3C H 2C CH CH 3
CH 2 CH 3 H 3C CH 2
(1) (1) 4
[15]

THE SCIENCE INSTITUTE, HARARE  0777 033 011 314